Maintenance B-54815 PDF

serie
UC 10/100
C 11/110 series
NUC 1 /120 s ries
MAITEr\lAr~CE MAI\JUAl
~-----_._-
I J H
---------------
Ingenirfirmaet Jrgen Hansen
Jrgen Hansen
Horsemosevej 10
4100 Ringsted
Denmark
Tej (Mobile)
Tej (Offiee)
Fax (Offiee)
20404955
57619141
57670917
Int. +45 2040 4955

Int. +45 5761 9141
Int. +45 5767 0917
8-5481 SE! 06
E-mail:
ijh@ijh.dk
Web: http://www.ijh.dk
FANUC LTD .:i984
CVR-nr'(SE-mj DK 1376 2473
VAT-no.: DK 1376 2473
This manual describes the following produets.
Name af produets
Abbreviation
FANDe 10T-MODEL A
10T-A
FANDe 10T-MODEL F
10T-F
FANDe 10M-MODEL A
l OM-A
10M
FANDe llT-MODEL A
llT-A
llT
FANDe llTT-MODEL A
llTT-A
FANDe llTT-MODEL F
llTT-F
FANDe 11M-MODEL A
l lM-A
FANDe 11M-MODEL F
11M-F
FANDe 12T-MODEL A
1ZT-A
12T
FANDe 12M-MODEL A
12M-A
12M
FANDe 100T-MODEL A
100T-A
100T
FANDe 100M-MODEL A
100M-A
100M
FANDe 110T-MODEL A
l10T-A
llOT
FANDe 110M-MODEL A
110M-A
110M
FANDe 120T-MODEL A
120T-A
120T
FANDe 120M-MODEL A
120M-A
120M
10T
10 series
llTT
11 series
llM
12 series
100 series
110 series
120 series
CONTENTS
1
GENERAL
1.1 Structure .
.1.2 Construetion ..
1.3 System Block Diagram
1.3.1 10/100 series ..
l .3.2 11/110 series
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.3 12/120 series ..
1.4 PCB and Units Table
II
2.
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
Cl
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
l
2
21
39
39
42
44
55
........
72
Periodic Maintenance
Maintenance Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
72
83
83
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedures ....................
3.2 Error Message
3.3 Checking and Countermeasures ...............................
84
84
84
85
2.1
2 2
2.3
II
3.
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
3. l
II
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
III
No power ean he turned on ................................

CRT screen is not displayed af ter turning on power supply
Troubleshooting by alarm number ......
Lighting of LED on master PCB ....
3.3.5 JOG operation failure
3.3.6 Operation failure with manual pulse generator ...
3.3.7 Synchronous feed operation failure ....
3.3.8 Tape is not ready normaIly ........
3.3.9 No automatic operation is possibIe ....
3.3.10 Spindle binary/analog output voltage is abnormal
...........
3.3.11 Analog output voltage linearity is not good ..
3.3.12 Reader/puncher and ASR33 interface do not operate normaIly
3.3.13 Stop position does not coincide with reference point return
position ...................................................
3.3.14 System error ...........................................
3.4 Power Voltage Check
3.4.1 Input unit
3.4.2 Input power voltage check ..........
3.4.3 DC voltage checking .................
3.4.4 Power voltage check on velocity control unit PCB ...
3.5 Tape Reader Photo-amplifier Adjustment ............
3.5.1 Tape reader without reels photo-amplifier adjustment .....
3.5.2 Tape reader with reels photo-amplifier adjustment .....
3.6 Connecting Diagram of NC Inside .......................
3.7 Status Display by Self-Diagnostic Function ...........
3.7.1 Interface display ...........................
3.7.2 Display of internal conditions of NC ..........
3.7.3 Memory contents display ...........................
3.7.4 I/O signal diagnostic data .......................
3.7.5 Address list for 11TT .........................
3.7.6 LED display of I/O module .....................
3.8 Block Diagram of Servo System ..................
3.8.1 Block diagram of position control
3.8.2 Block diagram af M series velocity control unit ..........
3.8.3 Internal connection diagram of M series velocity
control unit .................................
3.8.4 Block diagram af M series velocity control unit PCB .....
3.8.5 Block diagram af AC series velocity control unit .......
3.8.6 AC serve velocity control unit inside connecting diagram ..
85
86
86
105
112
113
114
114
119
120
122
123
124
129
132
132
135
141
151
152
152
154
158
176
176
177
179
180
194
231
232
232
234
235
238
239
240
3.9 Connection with Servo .................................

3.9.1 Connection to H series servo ..........................
3.9.2 Connection to AC servo ..........................
3.10 Standard Connection and Reverse Connection of Motor ...........
3.10.1 'When using H series servo ...........................
3.10.2 When using analog Ae servo ..............................
3.10.3 When using digital AC servo .......................
3.11 Troubleshooting for Servo System .........................
3. ll. l Hach Lne tool runs away .....................
3.11.2 Machine tool vibrates .............................
3.11.3 Poor positioning accuracy or machining accuracy ......
3.11.4 Method of confirming the operation of velocity control
unit and position control unit (For analog servo) ...
3.11.5 Countermeasures taken when a fault occurs in digital servo
3.12 Error Display and Its Contents of I/O Unit ......
3.12.1 Error display and contents in interface module (IF01A) .....
3.12.2 Error display and contents in interface module (IF04C) ..
3.12.3 Error display and contents in positioning module (PT01A) ..
3.12.4 Fuse alarm of I/O module ..................
4.
ADJUST~IENT
6.
281
282
284
284
286
288
310
316
4.1 Procedure of Adjustment ..........................

4.2 Connection of Power Transformer ..................
4.2.1 Tap change of control power transformer .......
4.2.2 Connection of M series servo power transformer ......
4.2.3 Connection of AC servo power transformer .....
5
244
244
249
268
268
273
276
277
277
277
278
316
323
323
323
326
PARMfETER ....................... 331

5.1 Parameter Display .... 331
5.1.1 Displaying parameters other than pitch error
compensation data
. 331
5.1.2 Displaying pitch error compensation data .... 331
5.2 Parameter Setting
. 331
5.2.1 Parameters tape format
. 331
5.2.2 Setting parameters using parameter tape . 333
5.2.3 Setting from}fil
. 333
5.3 Parameter Tape Punch
. 334
5.3. l Punching all parameters .... 334
5.3.2 Punching the parameters except pitch error compensation data
334
5.3.3 Punching pitch error compensation data 334
5.4 Parameters
. 335
5.5 PMC Data Setting and Display (PCPRM) . 349
5.5.1 Timer setting and display ................................ 349
5.5.2 Counter setting and display .................................. 350
5.5.3 Setting and display of keep relay and nonvolatile memory
control data ................................................. 351
5.5.4 Setting and display of data table .. 352
5.5.5 Setting and display of positioning MODULE parameters 354
SETTING AND ADJUSTMENT aN TRE PCBs ....

6.1 Setting and Adjustments on the Control Unit PCB s .
6.1.1 Setting on the control unit PCBs for 10 and 11 series .
6.1.2 Adjustment on the control unit PCBs for 10/11/100/110 series
6.1.3 Mounting positions of setting pins/variable resistor on
control unit PCBs for 10/11/100/110 series ....
6.1.4 Adjusting methods related DSCG ...
6.1.5 Setting and adjustment on 12/120 series control unit PCB
6.1.6 I/O unit set ting and adjustment .....
6.2 Setting and Adjustment for M Series Velocity Control Unit .
6.2.1 Setting and adjustment on M series velocity control unit PCB
356
356
356
364
364
379
384
402
409
409
,.
\'
6.3
Setting and Adjustment an PCB for Velocity Control Unit

for Analog Servo AC Servo Motor ................ 415
6.3.1 Parts location on PCB ............... 415
6.3.2
7.
Setting terminal
".. "
425
6.3.3 Variable resistor .........................

6.3.4 Check terminals lis t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4 Setting and Adjustment on PCB for Velocity Amplifier for
AC Se rv o Motor ...............................
6.4.1 Parts lo cat ion on PCB ........................
6.4.2 Setting terminal ....................
6.4.3 Check terminals list .............
6.5 Setting and Adjustment for AC Spindle Servo Unit .....
6.5.1 PCB parts mounting diagram ...............
6.5.2 Main parts list for AC spindle servo unit for motor
ma d e l 3 - 15
. ". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ", . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ . . . . . . . . . . ..
6.5.3 Adjustment af variable resister on the PCB for
AC spindle servo unit .........
6.5.4 Description of check terminal
6.6 Adjustment of Spindle Orientation Control Circuit .....
6.6.1 Adjustment of magnetic sensor system spindle orientation ...
6.6.2 For position coder system ............
436
436
REPLACING METHOD OF PCB AND UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . .

7.1 Replacing Methods of Power Supply Unit ..............
7.1.1 Procedure
7.2 Replacing Methods af Option PCB (for 10/11/100/110 series) and
Control PCB (for 12/120 series) ......................
7.3 Replacing Methods af PMC ROM Cassette ...............
7.4 Replacing Methods of Master PCB ..................
7.5 Replacing Methods af 12/120 Series Back Panel
7.6 Replacing Methods of 10TF, 11MF, 11TT-F, Conversational PCB ..
7.7 Replacing Methods of Connection Unit l
7.8 Replacing Methods of Connection (with Connecting Board) ....
7.9 Replacing Methods of Built-in Type I/O Unit PCB
(12/120 series only) .............................
7.9.1 Replacing method of interface and I/O module .........
7.9.2 Replacing method of I/O base unit .................
7.10 Exchange Methods of I/O Unit ................................
7.10.1 Exchange method of power supply module .......................
7.10.2 Exchange method of main control module and I/O module ....
7.10.3 Exchange method of base units .......................
7.11 Replacing Methods of Small CRT/1-IDI PCB
7.11.1 Replacement of PCB A (keyboard PCB) .....................
7.11.2 Replacement of PCB B (soft key PCB) ........................
7 .12 Replacing~rethods of 9" Standard CRT/l'lDI Unit PCB
7.13 Replacing He t hod.s Ol ~!" 'I CoLor CRThillI (ho r i.z on t a L type) PCB
480
480
481
7 . 1. 3 l 1O/ 11 / 12 s er i es
441
441
453
453
455
455
456
458
463
465
465
476
481
483
484
495
496
498
499
503
503
504
505
505
506
509
511
511
511
513
516
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5 l 6
518
7.13.2 100/110/12.0 series .........................................

7.14 RepLac Lng ~'let:heds SI 14" CRT/;VmI Cr aph.i c Unit
(vertical type) PCB (10/11/12 series) .............................
7.15 Replacing Metheds ef PCB and Others Referred to Tape Reader
7.15.1 Replacemenc oI PCB of tape reader without
reels photoamplifier ........................................
7.15.2 Replacing methods of tape reader with reels PCB and fuse ...
7.15.3 Replacement of capstan roller of tape reader without reels
7.15.4 Replacement of capstan roller of tape reader with reels
7.15.5 Replacement of brushes of tape reader with reels sole motor
7.16 Replacement of PCB for Velocity Control Unit and
AG Servo Amplifier ...............................
520
521
521
522
523
523
525
526
APPENDIX
APPENDIX l
APPENDIX 2
APPENDIX 3
CONNECTION DIAGlt~HS ..............................

DETAlLS OF POHER UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPECIFICATIONS OF }lliJOR PARTS IN }1 SERIES VELOCITY
CONTROL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
APPENDIX 4 DC SERVO MOTOR }lliINTENANCE ......................
APPENDIX 5 AC SERVO MOTOR }lliINTENANCE ................
APPENDIX 6 HOH TO INITIALIZE BUBBLE HEHORY
APPENDIX 7 FUSES LIST ..................................
APPENDIX 8 PROPERTY OF LUBRICATION OlL FOR }iAINTENANCE OF TAPE READER .
APPENDIX 9 FAN UNIT LIST .............................
APPENDIX 10 PARAHETER AND DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY FUNCTION OF
POSITIONING HODULE .................
APPENDIX 11 OPTICAL FIBER CABLE . . . . . . . . . . .
531
618
633
636
645
648
652
667
670
671
7Ol
1.
1.
GENERAL
10/11/12/100/110/120 series is specifically designed to be latest CNC system

having a structure cornmon to both software and hardware.
It can easily satisfy
the demands of many different machine tools.
This up-to-date CNC system uses
powerful microprocessors, newly developed large-scale custom LSI, optical fiber,
large-capacity bubble memory, color CRT, and other components created by using
the latest technology.
This manual describes preventive maintenance for using the 10/11/12/100/110/120
series, quick troubleshooting procedures for possibIe failures, check points and
adjustments at the time of installation.
Refer to 10/11/12/100/110/120 series operator's manual (Appendix) (B-54810E) for
various pieces of technical information such as detailed description of
parameters.
Please re fer
to the operator's manual
(B-54814E)
and connecting manual
(B-54813E) when needed.
Description.of terms frequently used in this manual
Least input increment ........ The minimum unit for program input of the move
command
Least cornmand increment
The minimum unit of a cornmand given from NC to
machine tool
Detection unit .............. The minimum unit to detect a machine tool position
Cornmand multiplier (CMR)
A constant to enable the weight of NC cornmand
pulses to coincide with the weight of pulses
from the detector
Detection muLt Lp LLe r (DMR) .... A constant to enable the weight of NC cornmand
pulses to coincide with the weight of pulses
from the detector
(Note) The relationships among the least input increment,
and DMR are as specified below.
detection unit,
CNR
Least input increment = CNR x detection unit

..
Movement per rotation of motor
Detect~on un~t =
DMR x No. of pulses of detector per rotation of motor
CRT/MDI panel
Abbreviation for Manual Data Input & CRT panel
This operation panel is used to input a cornmand
to the NC and display NC conditions by using key
switches.
Parameters ............ Values to be set to fully display functional
features af an NC machine tool to the maximum
extent when the NC is combined with the machine
tool.
l -
1.1 Structure
CRT/MOl (internal type) (lO/lI only)
\
\
Tape teader
,vi th reels
{ without reels -
------Smal1
Smal! connecting board

A02B-0076-CI51
(l l series only)
Velocity Control Unit

or digital servo aruplifler
Adapter for separate

. e detcctor
' \ tyP
(digi't a I .servo only)
CRT/~ml
Standard
CRT/MOl
10'1'/100'1'
10M/l00M
A02B-0072-C001
A02B-0073-COOI
A02B-0076-C022
A02B-0076-c021
A02B-0076-C022
A02B-0076-C021
A13B-0073-BOOl
Tape Reader
With Reels
I Ht/llOH
'----.
Tape Reader
Without Reels
Input Unit
lIT/I10T
--------------------
AI3B-0070-BOO1
A13B-0080-BOOl
B
C
D
A14B-0076-B003
A14B-0076-B004
A14B-0076-BOOS
AIl.B-007G-I1101
IIJI,B-0076-B102
AII,B-O[)76-B103
Velocity control unit

ar digital servo ampllfier
Connection Unit 2
- - A2DB-IDDO-o950
Fan unit
A02B-0047-C900
",~~\
/,j
(Front view)
Fan unit
A02B-0076 -C931
y
(IO series only)
(Note l)
.i-:
-: Multi-lap transfor mcr
f~~~_,~
Punch panel
(J;!'--~--_.-
1_ MCC Transformer
Fan unit ~
10T/llT ..... A02B-0047~C90lT1---O
10M/ll M '00' A02B-0047-C902
Fan Unit~,
A05B-202D-C903
I-------~
(lOM and 11M only)
U
Note 1) The Irasformer is not mounted when 2DDVAC input type
digital serve is II sed.
Li?
(Rear view)
(Note l)
Servo Transformer
(One more would be mountcd)
Fig. 1.1 (a) Free-standing cabinet internal component location for 10/11/100/110
10M
101'
11M
111'/11'1''1'
Small CRThlD1 I A02B-0072-COOl I A02B-0073-COOl

Standard
CRT/HUl
A02B-0076-C022 I A02B-0076-C021 I A02B-0076-C022 I A02B-0076-C021
Fan unit
A02B-0076-C941
OOM and 11M only)
/
CRT/MDI (Internat view)
r-
[-
//
/-x
-,-I
I
I
Fan unit
A02B-0076-C94J
(I0T, lOTF and lIT only)
Jii
AI4B-0076-BOOl (IOT, 10M)

"-Bl04(llT,IIM)
-\ - / /
I //
.J
I/
\._ ,/ /
.J
~I
Remote buffer
A 16B-1200-0270
(11 T, 11Manly)
I
I
Input Unit
I
I
..J
Small cermeeting board

A02B-0076-CJ51
(llT, 11 Manly)
or
type detector
A20B-I002-0290
(Digital servo only)
,:;/1
l.U
Punch panel
tJ
./
->
/
.
,J
-~ --~
,...r::=~====-=-.::_~~
L-=-.I
Fan Unit
A02B-0076-e:902
I I
Connection unit l
A20B-I000-0940
I/O cards DI~D3
A20B-1001-0240
A20B-IOO1-0241
A20B-I001-0242
(I/O cards Dl~D3 are only for JO TF)
I I
L
I
-=_ \ ,,/
I~I-- ...
-LJ
JJ
, __
\,\
Connection Unit 2
A20B-IOOO-D950
/",
Battery case
(JOT, 10M only)
Fig. 1.1 (b)
\
Fan unit
A02B-0047-C904 0011'1 and 11M only)
Built-in 1 cabinet internal component location for 10/11/100/'110 series
F'
.
<an unit
A02B-0047-C094
(lOT, l OTP and IlT o nlv)
Battery case
(10T only)
Fan unit
A02B-0076-e932
Tape roarler withou t reels

" "\
l
I
" ... _---'"
I
/
Terminal unit
Input unit
--
Velocity Control Unit
Servo
transformer
Fan unit
A02B-D047-e907
------------------Input unit B
C
D
lOT
lIT
Al4B-0076-BOO3 Al4B-0076-BIOl
A14B-0076-BOO4 Al4B-0076-BI02
A14B-0076-BOOS A14B-0076-BI03
Fig. 1.1 (c) Built-in 2 cabinet internal component location (for 10T/llT)
;-o
----...---
-- ----------
:;111"]]
CI('J'/HIIl
Standard
CI(T/HIII
Tape Header
\.Jlthout Re e l a
Tape Header
\lith Re e l.s
lat
11'1''1'
AO~Il-0076-CO~t
A02B-0076-C021
A02B-0076-C022
AI:JIl-0073-BOOI
A13B-0070-BOOl
l ()~l
AO~IJ-O()73-COOI
Fan unit
A02B-0047-e910
AI3B-OOBO-BOOl
CRT/IIIDI (Interior)
,_______l
,
I
r+-------
/'/
.-
.>
-;
-,
, ,--,,
.:
)1
.-'-
\...... _..r> .- .-J

.-
.:
//
-l
/'
,,/ f-',
I
l
I
I
input unit
J-------------"
U:__
I
V--~
J
J
__J
---,
-+----I
Ul
Tape render
______ A14B-0076-B002 (lOjl 00)

A14B-0076-IH05 (lI/IlD)
______ Connection unit 2

A20B-lOOO-o950
""'i--t-----L-!'
_J
~----- Connection unit 1

A20B-lOOO-o940
I \Vith reels
'l Without recls
/1
->.
\
\
)
~~
-'-1
I
I
\'l-~
.l '
I
I
I
Punch panel /'
///EJ
I
/
Ha ttery case
Small connccting board

A02B-D076-e15l
(lI Monly)
or
I
JV1/
Adapter for separate type

detector (A20B-1002-o290)
I
I
I
I
VV,--y
II
Fan unit
A0213-0060-C906
.---
0\
Multi-tap transformer
Fig. 1.1 (d) Built-in 2 cabinet internal component location (for 10M/llM/llTTl
11M
10M
Sma11 CRT/MIlI
A02B-0073-COOl
Standard
CRT/HDl
A02B-0076-C021 I A02B-0076-C021
Tape Reader
Without Reels
A13B-0073-BOOl
Tape Reader
With Reels
Fan unit
A13B-0070-BOOl
A02B-0076-<:903
A13B-OOBO-BOOl
/" . . - ~,--:,- ----,-;-=.-;,.---l-:;7i

.,.
//
\ ..._ ...'
I
,/
', ..._ .. 1 , / /
~--------------_//
/J
,/
-l
A14B{l076-BOOI (lOM)
AI4B-0076-Bl04 (llM)
Input unit
...~
I
I
I
I .J
--I
_--1
_~-L_J
CRT/MOl
(Interior)
it,-_
______,I_J
I
I I
O'
I
Tape reader
WitllOut ree1s
{
With ree1s
Punch panel
Conncction nnit l
A20B-1000-0940
I-.::.J--~
~J
-~
<;
Connection unit 2
A20B-I000-o950
,,
Battrv case
(10M only)
Fig. 1.1 (e) 8uilt-in 2-2 cabinet internallocation (for 10M/11M)
Fan unit
A02B-0076-<:920
Smalt connccting board

A02B-0076-<:151
(lIM only)
or
type detector
A20B-I002-o290
.....
fan unit
A02B-{)076-e911
.?r.. .~/:-.-;.-1
'------/~7t----_:::-':r
7' . ,
,,;;
---
2'. --(
/'-', -,
... _-_ ....
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
_..J. ..........
__Y'"
"-J
//
Conncction unit l
A20B-lllOO-iJ940
ar l/O card DI-D3
A20B-lOOI-0240
A20B-IOOl-{)241
A20B-IOOI-0242
O/O curd D l - 1)3
ure only for .101'1")
I
I
Input
unit
... -1
I
I
Buttory case
(for lO1' and lOM)
Fan unit
A02B-G076-e901
Small connecting
A02U-G076-e151
(11 only)
A14U-G076-BOOl (lO)
A14U-G076-Bl 04 (11)

or. type detector
A20U-1002-G290
Fig. 1.1 (f) Unbundled cabinet control component location for 10/11/100/110 series
......
ran unit
~,------------
/-/-::'\--;J
~,
I
I /
1,/
,r----L __ -::v
--71
/
/
/
(
f-----{
I
v., ... / ' / -
/1I
/
I
I
I
-7-r
:f----(
/'
/
,,-
/'
-_~
/--:1
r c~~~7(-(-"~/1:
-
II
_-J
'-..-
(
I I
__
II
/'
/'1-1
"~II
Ti-
Velocity
control
unit
Fan unit
I I
Velocity
control
unit
"
- - - --'::;7l
~
/' - ,
7y,~,
I
I
/'/
,,- I
I
/
,
I
, I
"
I
)...1
I
1/
Conncction 1I0it I
A20B- 1000-0940
Conncction unit 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fan unit
A20B-~:-~~L
I
r ": . . . / ..... -,
,I
J
IL <,:'
Velocity
control
co
I
I
I
I
\.._/
_
unit
I
I
7:71','
Jn
'-ae er
Jnput unit
Fan unit
I
I
Servo transformer
------1-1 - - - --)
/
/
/
/
/
/'
tJ
Fig. 1.1 (g) Built-in 3 cabinet internal component location for 11TT!110TT
~

Ol' digital serve aruplifler
Fan unit
A02 B.(]OSS-C02S
CHT/MIll unit
121' : A02B-0076-C022
12M:
"
-CU25
~l
dr~-
I(~~\
'I<=lf-.-l,
\~~;J
rt
~~7~
/=~=-I\
____-~..:::--::::L
~.
- .>:
~--~r:J1)e render
f wit Il leds
'a
!>
p...
[Ji
Fun uuit
AU2B-OI155-C024
B'lsic coutrol unit

A02B-U07S-COUI
,~'
Built-in type
I/O unit
AU]B-OBOI-COO I
~p~=q:-__
....
./
Fan unit
A02B-OOSS-C026
/'
AI4B-0076B20S
Input unit
@
Funuuit
AOSB-2020-C903
t:
Export transformer
A80L-OOOI-0262#B
Rear view
Front view
Fig. 1.1 (h)
(N)
(M)
-"
;:l
<o
(L)
Free-staudinq cabinet A internal component location for 12/120 series
CRT/MDl unit
12T: A02B-0076-e022
-e02S
12M:
"
'1-?-=~
j - Fan unit
Fan unit
A02B-007S-eOOS
j;
Built-in
I/O unit
A03B-0801- ::001
.
fY
I I I I)
I ./
I-'
--:;-)
~~--~
[~iJ~~~~L )
~.
,71
additional I/O unit

A03B-0801-COOl
I j I'
'S;:l
Additional control;l ('

A02B-007S-CU02
~~I
Fan unit
AOSB-2020-C90S
Fan unit
A02B-oOSS-C026
Input unit
A14B-0076-B20S
l1
~
o
p.,
-~
'''''~'''''''''''v
I(
Tape render
without rcels
with reels
'I
Rear view
Fig. 1.1 (il
Free-standing cabinet B internal component location for 12/120 series
fan unit
))/
AOlB.{)047-C910
-,
Input unit
A 14B.{)076-BlO l
-Bnilt-inl/Ounit
A03B-080 I-COOl
CRT/M DI unit
IlT, AOlB-0076-C022
12M, AOlB-()076-COl5
o
Basic co ntr ol unit

I-'
I-'
AOlB-0075-COOl
Tape render
. Without reel
. With reel
Power unit
A20B- JOOO-0770
Punch panel
fan unit
A 0213-0060-C900
Retnote buffer
AI6B-llOO-0270
Export transformer
A80L-OOOI-Ol61#B
Fig. 1.1 (j) Built-in cabinet internal component location for 12/120 series
....
1.1
\ 10/11/100/110 Master & Option PCB
l) Analog servo 10 series master PCB structure

PMC casette
or interface converter
Power unit
AI6B-1210-QSIO
Master PCB
AI6B-IOIO-Q040
/'
l---l'
(lOTF only)
Optional fiber interface
Conversational type PCB

A16B-1210-Q410
(SUB CPU)
AI6B-1310-Q300
(MEMORY)
AI6B-1210-Q360
or I/O card Al - A3
AI6B-1210-Q320
AI6B-1210-Q321
AI6B-1210-Q322
ROM/RAM & additional axis (AI6B-I210-0380)

ROM/RAM board (AI6B-1210-0381)
Fig. 1.1 (k)
2) Analog servo Il series master PCB structure
Power unit
AI6B-1210-QS60
Mater PCB
AI6B-I010-QOSO
.:
////~//
.:
///
ROM/RAM board
AI6B-1210-Q470
Additional axis
AI6B-1210-Q430
(4th pulse ceder, Sth pulse coder)
AI6B-1210-Q4S0
4th resolver, Sth pulse coder
or 4th inductosyn, Sth pulse ceder
Bubble memory unit

. AI6B-1210-Q410
A16B-1211-0870
A16B-1210-Q4S0
(4th resolver, 5th resolver)
Fig. 1.1 (I)
- 12 -
A87L-00Dl-0017 (80 m)
A87L-00Dl-0084 (320 m)
A87L-000I-0085 (640 m)
A87L-000I-0086 (1280 m)
A87L-000I-OIOO #8M (2560 m)
A87L-00Dl-OIOO #12M (3840 m)
1.1
3) Digital servo 10 series/lOOseries

PMC cassette
ar interface converter
Power unit
A16B-1210-0510
Master PCB
A16B-1010-0190
A16B-1010-0320
1/0 card A
A16B-1210-0320
A16B-1210-0321
A16B-1210-0322
Sma11 type CRT/MDl
Interface
A16B-121l-250
Addition axis
~i:B~~ll-0270
OPTION 1
A16B-121O-0350
A16B-121l-0271
ROM/RAM
(lOTF
only)
A16B-1210-0290 Conversational type PCB
CRT 1MDI ad apter
(100only)
( For A16B-1010 ) A16B-1210-0410
-0190only
A16B-1211-0870
Memory PCB
A16B13100300 ar
A16B-13100480
- 13 ...
1.1
4) Digital servo 11 series/llG series
Power unit
Master PCB
A16B-1010-0200
A16B-1010-0330
(Note 1)
Bubb1e memory unit

Axis control PCB
1st and 2nd axis,
3rd and 4th axis,
5th axis from right side
A16B-1211-0270 (for 2 axes)
A16B-1211-027l (for 1 axis)

ROM/RAM board
A16B-1211-G291
A16B-1211-0280
PMC cassette or
interface converter
CRT/MDI addapter (110 series only)

A16B-1211-0260
Note l) Axis control PCB for 1st and 2nd axis is not provided when master PCB is
A16B-1010-0330.
Power unit
)
Bubble memory unit
PMC cassette
Interface PCB
These are same as analog servo.
- 14 -
Ul
<;
tJj
Pl
Pl Pl
:J>
p
1-'- 1-'-
Pl
f-'
cr'Ul
1-'-
P n
ro
rt
n
o
n
n
op
rt
li
r-,rt
(J\li
f-'
t-eJ
"TI
C?
...\
::I
en
li
CD
...
'"..
en
CD
iD"
en
lJ"
Cl
en
s
n
...
::I
c:
;:;:
iil
::I
ro
ro
F==
...
Bubble memory
...
...\
::I
Graphic control
Cl
=
OIPOI
Ul
rt
OIP02
ROM/RAM
Peripheral control
'"..
CD
Main buffer
en
OIPIO
Sub CPU
n'
1-"
Axis CPU
OlP06
Axis control
rt
OlP07
DSCG interface
ro
iD"
lJ"
Cl
en
n
O
...
::I
c:
;:;:
iil
::I
tJj
OlP09
Additional detector control
OIP13
Spindle control
=
OIPl4
Additional buffer l
...
o
OlP04
OlP08
Ul
1-"
n
Pl
er
~ ~
ro tJj
Main CPU
OQ
1-'rt
rt
OIP03
f-'~
ro p
Ul
Ul
en
~
<
p..
f-'
li
f-'
Pl
en
Pl
O-
IC
r;:;
"TI
C?
OlPI7
Power unit
-e
c:
PSUI
PC ROM PMC ROM cassette
t-h
t-h
<
rt
BMU
OIC
..
o
Ul
f-'
Pl
'<:
Cl
I-'
otJj
::I
tJj
Ul
-<
o
p,-<:
li
f-'
'-"
rt
OQ
Ul
----------- -----I
1==
1==
ro
<:
o
li
t-'
PSUl
Power unit
Ul
ro
BMU
Bubble memory
li
1-"
PCROM
PMC ROM cassette
Ul
Pl
Ul
OlPl7
Graphic control
OIPOI
ROM/RAM
=
Peripheral control
OIP03
Main CPU
OlP04
Main buffer
1-'f-'
OlP07
DSCG interface
...,-
OlP08
Axis CPU
OlP06
Axis control
OlP09
1-'-
02P07
DSCG interface
ro
02P08
rt
I
~
P
c:
...
rt
...\
~p..
t-h
li
ro
ro
I
Ul
rt
c,
1-'-
OQ
:J>
...,"
n
n
o
t-h
eT
ro
o'
OIP02
1'-.)
rt
li
f-'
~
1-"
rt
l-cJ
O
tJj
Ul
rt
li
~
rt
Axis CPU
02P06
Axis control
02P09
li
ro
O"
'-'
ElPJ
tJj
PJ PJ
o'CJl
f-'. f-'.
::1
ro
rt
f-'
n
o
----------
O"ti
f-'
ti
lp'
......
:::J
Il)
5"
ca
Cl>
CD
<
o
...
N
I-'
O"
..
CJl
CJl
f-'.
rt
PJ I-d
:><:
ro
n
o
tJj
=
f-'
PJ
::1,-<
rr o
ti
f-'
'-'
rt
t-h
CD
..
r+
2c
:::J
;:j:
-<
o
cr+
...
lp'
ti
f-'
:...
rn
O'
f-'.
o'
PJ
:::J
I-d
ro
BMU
PCROM
Bubble memory
PMC ROM cassette
ro
CJl
OlPI7
Graphic control
f-'.
OIPOI
ROM/RAM
OIPOl
Peripheral control
::1
rt
OlP03B
PMC/MMC interface
ti
O
f-'
~
rt
I
OlP07
DSCG interface
rt
OlP08
Axis CPU
n
~
f-'.
::1
ro
rr
PJ
p..
::1
f-'.
I-d
(")
tJj
OlP06
Axis control
OlP09
Additiona! detector control
02P07
DSCG interface
02P08
Axis CPU
rn
rt
ti
~
rt
~
ti
02P06
Axis control
02P09
Additiona1 detector control
rt
CJl
::1
::1
::1
ti
O
f-'
Main buffer
f-'.
8
:::J
N
O
OlP04
ri"
el
Power unit
=
=
f-'
n
o
I-'
PSUl
f-'.
f-'
Cl>
PJ
<:
o
o'
C"
::1
ro
ti
OlP03A Main CPU
Cl>
jjj'
(")
CJl
CJl
,-...rt
"TI
rt
f-'.
OQ
::1
tI>
o,
p..
f-'.
ro
"TI
...
Il)
5"
OIPIS
Adc1itional buffer 2
02P08
Axis CPU
::1
02P06
Axls control
rt
02P09
Additio nnl detcctor control
(")
ca
f-'
Cl>
'-<
..
o
CD
<
...
N
..
Cl>
CD
jjj'
Cl>
C"
Il)
Cl>
n'
..
O
:::J
r+
2-
:::J
;:;:
-<
o
c
r+
02P07
DSCG interface
03P08
Axis CPU
03P06
Axis control
03P09
03P07
DSCG interface
tJj
PJ
rt
.0
t-h
t-h
ti
ro
ro
I
rn
rt
PJ
::1
p..
f-"
::1
OQ
PJ
o'
f-'.
::1
ro
rt
04P08
Axis CPU
04P06
Axis control
OlP09
Additional detcctor control
OlP07
DSCG interface
OSP08
Axis CPU
OSP06
Axis centrul
OSP09
Additional detcctor control
OSP07
DSCG interface
PSU2
Power unit
tJj
t-h
ti
ro
ro
I
CJl
rt
p..
f-'.
::1
OQ
tI>
--.J
'--'
(l.l
t:J
t:d
O'en
ro
rt
f-l.
n
n
o
rt
(l.l
, I-'
",ti
."
I-'
cO'
ro
en
....
J-d
~(")
en t:d
I-'
(l.l
Dl
::l '<l
III
ti
...
~
....
~
....
N
~
...
Ri'
Ul
C"
~
('j'
rto
t::
rt
I-'
'--'
o
H1
O'
t::
f-l.
I-'
I
=
OlP17
Graphic control
OIPOI
ROM/RAM
OlP02
Peripheral control
OlP03B
OlP03A
OlP04
I
f-l.
OlP42
f-l.
I:
::l
02P41
Il>
-<
....
(l.l
::l
p..
H1
ti
ro
ro
I
en
rt
(l.l
::l
p..
f-l.
::l
(JQ
;J>-
Main buffer
en
O'
(l.l
en
f-l.
n
n
::l
rt
ti
t::
::l
f-l.
OlP09
ro
Main CPU
Axis CPU
rt
PMC/MMC interface
OlP06
(l.l
::t:
ro
I-'
:l
en
ro
OlP41
O'
ti
f-l.
rt
::l
Bubble memory
PCROM PMC ROM cassette
N
N
;;
...
Power unit
t-'
t-'
BMU
(l.l
n
o
PSUl
rt
....
;;;-
t-'
t::
~
O
cO'
;:j.'
--.J
en
I-'
e. ~
::l
ro
ti
<:
o
,-..,rt
ti
en
::l
(l.l
en
f-l.
n
n
(JQ
f-l. f-l.
::l
t:d
f-l.
(l.l
I-'
Il
cO'
....
....
:c
:l
Il>
O'
cc
Ul
...<
....NO
Ul
III
J-d
(")
t:d
I-'
(l.l
'<l
t::
rt
ROM/RAM
Peripheral control
en
OlP03B
PC CPU/MMC interface
(l.l
OlP03A Main CPU
rt
...Ri'
::l
Ul
f-l.
OlP04
Main buffer
C"
::l
OIPIO
Sub CPU
n
(l.l
O'
OlP08
Axis CPU
OlP06
Axis control
III
Il>
p..
(JQ
Ul
('j'
rt
:l
:s
::+'
Di
-<
o
02P08
Axis CPU
...
02P09
t::
ti
ro
Bubble memory
OlP02
!2.
rt
BMU
OIPOI
I:
t::
Power unit
ro
ro
J-d
ti
H1
ti
(")
rt
PSUI
H1
::l
t:d
---------- ----
......
rt
en
02P42
rt
ti
I:
f-l
ro
t:d
F=
OlP07
DSCG interface
OlP09
OlP13
Spindle control
OlPI4
Additional buffer l
tJ;j
p..
P3
c,
Ul
1-'-
1-"
rt
1-'-
:::J
......
n
rt
P3
:::J
t-l
o
......
:::J
rt
t-d
t-l
"
....
cjii'
02P41
Axis control I
02P42
Axis control Il
(")
tJ;j
02P08
Axis CPU
......
02P09
Additional detector
cQ'
;:t.
t-h
03P41
Axis control I
!!!.
rt
03P42
Axis control Il
...<
t-l
CD
CD
--
03P08
AxisCPU
....
t-h
03P09
Additional detector
li:
...
t-l
CD
CD
04P41
Axis control I
04P42
Axis control II
rt
P3
:::J
p..
1-'-
04P08
AxisCPU
ce:
.
r.l...
<
o
00
ep'
"
Additional buffer 2
E:
....
....
I\)
:::J
1-'rt
t-d
P3
c-
Il)
Ul
er
Ul
OQ
Axis control I
t:
05P42
Axis control II
:::I
;:;:
iii
P3
o-'
1-'-
-<
o
t:
:::J
tJ;j
...
CD
rt
ID
--....
o
Ul
...iD'
cIl)
Ul
05P41
05P08
AxisCPU
05P09
Additional detector
PSU2
Power unit
Ul
04P09
...
rt
ID
:::J
O
:::I
e,
:..
I\)
Additional detector
I\)
t-h
P3
....
Ul
I\)
iD'
Ul
tJ;j
......
OlPl5
:..
......
(")
o
......
o'
......
:::I
t-h
1==
PSUI
Power unit
BMU
Bubble memory
Ul
OIPOI
ROM/RAM
rt
P3
:::J
p..
OlP02
Peripheral control
OlP03B
PC CPU/MII1C interface
1-"
:::J
OlP03A Main CPU
OlP04
Main buffer
o-'
1-"
OIPlO
Sub CPU
CD
Ol NI
I} 16 80rfl-r"
OlP42
!9 )(/5 .do -I'
OQ
P3
:::J
rt
tJ;j
!2..
OlP08
Axis CPU
t:
:::I
OlP09
Additional deteclor control
OIP13
Spindle control
OIP14
Additional buffer I
;::;:
iii
-<
O
...
t:
......
Mount positions of the two modules at

the right are fixed.
Arbitrary I/O modules ean be mounted
on the 1Il0unt positions l - 10.
The I/O interface module (IF04C) ean
be mounted on any mount position l - 10.
Mount position fixed

A.
/~
I/O interface
modulo
Power supply
module
Slol
10
number
r-ow
CA15
CA16
DTj
t-'
F'31F'31
<.D
(5A)(5A)
COP4
D
1-.
) (J
Note 1:
Fig. 1.1 (t)
DD~~
~J
CP31D
I"@
ALC
ALD
+24E
CND
+24V
(,2A)
F'35
M3 screw
l"
@@
Note l
There two
errninals
annot be used.
Do not connect
nything to these
wo terminals.
M4 tap
Use these terminals to supply power to the extcrnul contucts,
when using a non-insular type input module. Be careful not to
connect short with the + 24E ol' other base units.
Module mount drawing of I/O base unit BU10A
......
Mount positions of the two modules at

the right are fixed.
Arbitrary I/O modules ean be mounted
on the mount positions l - 8.
The I/O interface module (IF04C) ean
be mounted on any mount positions l - 10.
Slot
nuinber-
Mourit position fixed

~
l/O interface
module
1F
IO
(
" )
Power supply
module
POW
CAI5
.---
L--
CA16
r----1
F31 F32':2
(05A)(05AJ ~
,
COP4~D
D CP31D~
,
"
Mountable position orl/O machine
L--
ALC
+24E
ALIl
I TIGY 1/ M3
l!'"J
f-:\
scrcw
) Note I
GND
,'''Vl'A) G
'
I
~35r---1
I
L-.-J
(8 modules)
BU08A
(61110dules)
BUO 6A
(4modules)
BU04A
Note l:
Fig. 1.1 (u) Module mount drawing of I/O base unit BU04A, BU06A, BU08A
'"
@@
M4 tap
Use thesc terminals to supply power to the

external contacts, when using non-insulnr
type input rnodulc. Ile curcful no t to
connect short with the +24E ol' ether base units.
1.2
1.2 Construetion
l) Analog serve 10 series connecting construetion
a) For small CRT/MDI

;:o
'"
a
"8
'"
"c ,
t::
.g
u
::
..:::
~
.g
.5
~
I
- I
~
;j
"Q
~
"E
:a
"&
:;
t::
..
~
II
r-
-------------------'
I~
U
Reader/puncher
ri
High-speed measuririg
position reach signal
4 th axis velocity control unit

<,
Ij
,----
c.:J
Ic:;
' ....
4 th axis serve motor

(position detector)
......
.N
.--------,I~
I~
CI.l
I U<G
I~
___----:,,------:,,---~---r--+-U(
To magnetic cabinet circuit
I~
U
~~---r---
C]-J
IQ
,----c=J
Position coder
CAI
CA2
Icv/i
CF3
CA3
OCA4
i
c::::::::h :
c=J,
CA5 !
CVI
Spindle velocity control

unit
3rd axis
2nd axis
CV2 ! CF2
Servo motor
(position
dctector)
1 - + - - l st axis
CFI
3rd axis
Velocitv
~'------- 2nd axis ~ control
unit
1st axis
Smal! CRT /~IDI
Fig. 1.2 (a)
10 series master PC8structure
- 21 -
, - - - - - - AC input power supply

Conversational Iunction card
Manual pulse generator
CA3
Standard
Reader/puncher interface/20mA C/L
O"'
'-../
CD l type or
14" color
t:D
Connection unit
for operator's
panel
Additional axis +
additional mernory
CRT/MDI
...
(1)
'<
t:
CMD
hj
O
ti
(Il
g.
ri'
PMC ROM cassette
P'
l:l
CDP
Option card l
p...
P'
ti
o,
O
ti
"TI
ep'
I-'
Machine operator's panel
n~~J~~~.u
Master PCB
....
C"
Reader/puncher interface
....
o
nDnDnDn
en
...
III
ij'
N
N
c.n
t:I
ol>-
CAN
.....
CAS CAE2 CAG
CAII
.(:-.
Power
supply
nnit
n
o
t--'
o
n~
ti
CAC
Il)
S
...
"'tl
CAP
~: :~: :~: :~~ ~-I ~ ~19~E~ ~Jj
...
~
t:
...t:
III
CAEl
>-
IV
Ul
....
'"
::l
t;;'
~, ~.
P.
...
P.
'" '"
'--..r--'
8<
~.::t5.... 0
~.
~q
>-
....
'"
IV
::l
p.
...Ul
p.
~.
'"~,
~,
'"
'"
'------y-------
p.'"t:I
(1)0
r+",
(1) ~.
OM
~.
....
o o
.... ::l
.g'
S'
'"t:I
~
Et:
g.
o
~
::l
'<
o
p.
(1)
....
g
e.t:
g.
~-l
COP4
-t
:
:
:
I
3
[
Connection unit or I/O cards
Dl
~D3
lii!!
.-. .j:>.
'"t:Ir+
n~
o ....
o::>" ::l::>"
'O ~~
~OQ'clQ' ~
;::"::r'::r'
a:~.
.... ...o' 'O 'Oro
o", a~
til
::l",
p.
(1)
(1)
';1
(;0
~3
...o ....o
...
~o
t:~
::l
(1)
....
l-t
('ti
(1)
o.
::+'0 :"3
~.
tI:I
(1)
p..
.- AC input power supply
o.
(1)
I-t
-g
.......
~ ::l
a~~
f'.
'"
'"
g.
(1)
l-t
'"
::l
~""
Magnetic cabinet circuit

(Max. two connection units are extensive.) ,
t..)
Axis control (3rd, 4th axes)

ROM/RAM
CRT/MDI adapter
(l00 series only)
Small type CRT/MDI

interface
(JQ
~ 1-"
-.
-n
Ib rt
Ib
rtf-'
Ol
(Il
Option card I
"
->
CRT/M Dl)
s,
{ CO"",",;"" uuit
b:JO
t---'
0"\
b:J
l
t-'
CAI
o
t-'
o
cl'
~
...
CAM
(Il
9"/14" CRT/MDI
en
...<
ID
CAS
Punch panel
(For smull type
CRT/M DI)
->
O
en
...Ri"
CAE2 CAB
CAG
g,
CAC
t-'
I.D
1-"
(Il
t=:
ID
Ol
l/O unit
Cl
<C"
;:+"
(Il
Cd"
n<:
(For stundard
'-"
1-" C1
'-" 1-"
l/O card
(For smal1type
CRT/MDI)
.p"
Conversational function card (lOT-F)
(Il
l st axis { Pulse coder . .Servo amphlJcr
en
Ol
o,
t::J
I\:l
......
li>
CAP
en
rl
ID
2nd axis { Pulse ceder. .-
"ti
Servo uruplifier
tO
......
...
en
l:
.L
...
l:
ID
Note)
Standard 9"/14" CRT/MDl af 10 series

is same as that af analog 10 series.
Refer to item (g) 14" CRT/MDI for
100/110/120 for 14" CRT/M DI af
100 series.
CPll
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
LJ
CAEl
ca cl' 0-'1
otll
(") .... o3
~g. P'
'<J:l~
(") o (Il
(J~[
~~ ~
g"'",'d
...0.[;;"
~
o o ...
g.:
o'
2
::;"e:
~~
(Il
OQ
(Il
J:l
...
...'o"
(Il
5]' [(Il
"'w
(Il ...
S~
'd'"
~.
...'"
~'d
~
[;;"
(Il
ri
'--v---'
(Il
(JUl
:;d 3
~~
tI.a
.... (Il
~,...
oo ....:
~.?- ",(J
P.
~:;d
CD'~
"'iS:
tI
g~
...
g,
r--'-----.
:;d
~.~ ~
OQ
e. en
s.!:!...
"'-3
~
CD
1r
el ES ES ~
~.~~ "
(Il
til
(Il
J:l P. P.
1-*'
AC input power
J:l
I-i
el 'd S'
ri
g.
~
C
~
~
...S
t..l
Axis control (3rd, 4th axes)

CRT/MDI adapter
(lOa series only)
Small type CRT/M DI

interface
Conversational function card (l aT-F)
1-"
1-"
'-'
::;::
llJ
Ul
l/O card
(For small type
CRT/MDI)
rt
PMC cassette
(1)
Option card 1
t-d
Ba ttery unit
()
td
~
"
~.
Cl'
...
li:
Connection unit }
l/O unit
<C'
;;:
s,
9"/14" CRT/M Dl
en
...<
III
N
.J:'-
td
(For standard
CRT/M DI)
...o
O
en
...III
L.-J
CAI
CA6
'"C
CAM
:;;
w
w
eAS
Punch panel
(For small type
CRT/MIm
CAE1 CAZ
CAG
g.
CAC
1-"
Ul
Ul
(1)
o,
m'
en
Pulse coder
1st axis { Servo amplifier
3lU
()
t:J
toV
......
CAI'
en
rt
III
I I
I I
Pulse coder
2nd axis { Servo amplifier
-g
ro
I I
I I
......
...ncc
en
I I
er i r LJ
...
III
I-~
Note)
Standard 9"/14" CRT/MDI af 10 series

is same as that af analog 10 series.
Refer to item (g) 14" CRT/M DI for
100/110/120 for 14" CRT/M DI af
100 series.
CAE2
< '"C '"'l

'" o o
O~S
O.g.
)
'<el~
o o ~
o o ""',
elPo,.,
(J~~
::o",el
~ '< ~
"'-'0"1':.
0'lj
~ ~
Pot;;
'"
g
(JQ
8- ' "~ so"
~~. S'
s~ ~
'"
8....
'---y---'
(JVl
::oS
t2~
;5::.-.
t1~
-",
"'W
'"
.... ....
Po
6~
1".-.
SP'
'ljl"
I:::~.
~'"
~~
t;;
'"
8Po
it
r--'----,
-""
o
o .
",(J
g::o
co' ti
"';5::
t1
~~
C:1
~
.-.
'"....
S:
'<
::o
ELi~
~
< P'
....
e:.~~en ~
~
CD CD ::s
el."..".
,.,
AC input power
~.(i)
{JQ
I':.S ~ ~
(ti
~
~
j.oO.
'lj
S'
.-.
S'
!t
'lj
hl
(JQ
S'
.-.
l"
kl
1.2
2) 11 series connecting construetion

(a) Analog serve
"O
....
<"3
U
c:
o
.~
c:
<2
c-,
....
o
E
'"
E
c
'"
.g
m
....
>
'"c:
'"
::D
i:::l
"'::' c..
'---------------------~~
.o
:l
L--j-
'-------';3
'--
...'"
----,
15
--,--,--------,--,--
,....-------,:< =:::::'~=====~='=:::::J
' - - - - - -....u
li
,....-------, ~ ===========
'---------'u
c::
Velocity
control
unit
::;:
=-
Position
detector
I~
'-------u
'------- u
Extemal position indicator

, - - - - - - - - - - - - t - - - Reference proximity signal
,..------, ==j=F====;===--+--
~
' - - - - - -.... u
High speed skip
High speed measuting } - - - - t - - - I
position arrival signal
eAB
Spindle velocity
control unit
Position coder
Reader-puncher interface - - - t - - I
Reader/puncher
interface
----j--I
CD4
Position
detector
OD
I
I
I
EJ OEbo
.~
CVI
CFI
~'------ 3rd axis
t---
Velocity
control unit
1st axis
~.~;-;W
rfll------rhWuc
Ccnnectiori unit
for operator's
panel
2nd axis
::E
iS 4J
Reader/puncher
interfacez If) mACfL
ma
m~
.,----
~'
1l.J t
"
\:
~~----
-----W c
,'~----
~"'~---
<.~---
-------iO] 3
D
Flg. 1.2 (e) 11 series master PCB structure
- 25 -
.;
'
-:J:
.=:l
u
1.2
(b) Digital serve

i) Master PCB A16B-1010-0200 is used.
t.;.,
t:
L.;..
L.;..
-<
"'--"
co
'"
.c
'"
c:<
...
u
c,
"8Ol
",g
::e::
::
<
~
:?
o
~r--
UL-
E
E
---.,
-J
.....
.....
..... o..
c, u
':t'
.o
.o
='
c:<
L-_+
Connection unit
or l/Q unit
'::>o"
II
...
"'~
:
~ol
~;:..,
c.._
Ol ::
~~
-",
::e::~
u
::e::
Q.-
-'"
E-0
~uC
.....
...
..------,,:2
U
14" CRT/MOl
(11O series only)
~~~====~==~2ndaxis
1st axis
ist axis
'----.:::========t:=:::::::
2nd axis
_....r_I..-r--"""L--r"--f.C=r====j====-.4th axis
3rd axis
Pulse coder
Servo amplifier
Pulse coder
3rd axis } Servo amplifier

,-_""::======::j==4th axis
. External position display
====~S~~::;:f~==--l- 5th axis }
-+-------...
5thaxis
00
Reader/puncher ---1---1
nVJ
Near zero signal --t-~=::~=:""":::"':':
Servo amplifier
Pulse coder
-<
.....
++__
c,
O
Separate type
detector interface
C'I
c,
VIVJ
VZVJ
2nd spindle }
1st spindle
position ceder
2nd SPindle} Spindle velocity

control unit
l st spindle
Fig. 1.2 (fl
Digital serve 11 series master PCB strueture
- 26 -
1.2
ii) Master PCB A16B-1010-0330 is used
.-,
~
t::
.....
::;
.....
.....
e
J:Q
"""
o..
;:.
';:;
"8Ol
::
.~
::;
<r:
~....
i'
o
::
oE
<.l
:c.o"
::l
'--_--+
Connection unit
or I/O unit
<.l
>
II
....
<.l.-,
->.
0.._
Ol ::
""o
Ol
--'".....
f-<O~
uC
=
~
"u
'"
Q.-"
::;5:1
.....
::E
r--------" ~
""
14" CRT/MDI
(11O series only)
~=~::===I===.. 4th
axis
3rd axis
3rd axis
4th axis
=====r,====r"i;;-I--' 5th axis

'---------t---'
Reader/puncher
2nd
--+-----.,.
--+--1
vaJ
CJ
S
co
IIYJ
.....
c,
Near zero signal -I-r::===:'-":::"~
1st
ILA::>
I6d:J
Pulse ceder
Serve amplifier
Pulse ceder
Serve arnplifier
Pulse coder
~~-r==r:==:j::::==:::::-lst
<r:
Servo amplifier
5th axis } Servo amplifier
-r--==:;:===:J==::- 2nd
External position display
Pulse ceder
::il
"'"
+f---
Separate type
detector interface
C'I
c,
2nd spindIe }
l st spindle
Position ceder
2nd spindIe } Spindle velccity

control unit
1st spindie
Fig. 1.2 (g)
Digital serve 11 series master PCBstrueture
- 27 -
1.2
Basic control unit UDI

-
cP
pSUI
OlP
Basic
Back panel II Power unit c p
OlF
C:-IOCI'E
T o th e connec or CND on b u ilt -in

- Ila um
To the connector CNC on built-in I/O unit
Input
ACpower
unit
--
eNG
Uo I 2
l 4
I I
BMU
Bubble memory
CNT
C:-;A
u o I I
PMC ROM
PMC ROMn-l::", r
Tape
reader
Basic
Back panel I
I
C:-IA
o I P ti I
ROM -RAM
C:-IA
o I P o2
co,
Peripheral
control
C03 1>'
CA l 9
Machine side (Reader/puncher Interfar-"

Machine side (High speed DI)
Machine side (High speed DO)
Position coder
Spindle speed control circuit
CA IO
CA~
CNC
CNA
CNB
CAI
(J
I P 03
CSJ
Main CPU CO P 3
exc
C!\A
I
CNB
P,
CI\2
(J
CA 17 A
Main
buffer
l P
CA l i B
(J
External position display (Lst)

External position display (2nd)
Machine side (analog input)
To the connector COP3 on CRT/MDI
To the connector CON on I/O unit
CA l il
COPI
CNC
COP2
I
CNA
I
C:-IB
C;NA
o ] - o 2 P II ScN J
Axis CPU
OI-02P06 C F 5 l
C F5 2
Axis
CF53
control
CVI
}
}
}
}
CV2
CNC
CV3
CF 3 I
CF32
Interface CF33
CF71
CF72
CF73
CNC
CA l 2
CNA OI-02P09 CF 3 l
Additional CF32
CF 33
detector
control
CF7 l
(DSCG typej c r z 2
CF73
O]-02P07
DSCG
Velocity
con tro l unit
Inductosyn
preamplifier
Addltloii"ai.- CF6]
R eference point
d etective signal
Switch
} Inductosyn
preamplifier
} Inductosyn slider
or resolver
r-}
CA 12
detector
control
(pC type)
Inductosyn scale
j - - Inductosyn slider
-D
} Pulse input
detector or
pulse coder
CF62
CF63
CA 12
R eference point
d etective signal
switch
When using built-in cabinet or free-standing cabinet A

(6 or less axes control)
Fig. 1.2 (h) Analog servo 12 series basic control unit connecting structure
- 28 -
1.2
Basic control unit
UDI
uol
c~p
Basic
back panel II
CNDC:-IE
C:-;F
on th e b u ilt'
-m t ype I/O u nit
T o th e connec or CND
l
To the connector CNC on the built-in type I/O u nit
--
C:-IG
P~Ul
c p 14
Power unit c p l l
Input
ACp ower
umt
BMU
Bubble memory
To power unit PSU2
C:-;T
C:-:A
uol
PMC ROM
I
PMC R oxrcassette
Basic
back panel I
Tape
reader
I
C:'\A
ol
C:\A
ol
ol
ROM/RAM
P
o2
C:-IB
CA l o
CA 2 ?
CA l ]:l
ol
o3
C;-':1
Main CPU
COP3 ::J ,
c:-;c
C:-;A
C~B
C:-;'2
ol
o4
Main
buffer
C~B
C~A
C:-lB
I
C:-IA
External position display (1st)
CA l i A
Exter nal position display (2nd)

Mac hine side (analog input)
To the connector COP3 on CRT/ MDI
To the connector COP4 on I/O uni t
CAl7S
CA l 3
COPI
c~c
C~A
eDP:!
ol
P l
Sub CPU
ol
C:-Jl
o8
eNI
Axis CPU
U l P
o6
C F5 l
Axis
control
o7
cFJ
DSCG
CF33
cF7 l
c F 72
CF73
C:-IC,
CF3 l
Interface
C~A
}
}
cv:!
CV3
P
c F 53
C~C
ol
}
}
}
}
C F 52
eVI
Mach'me side (High speed DI)

Mach'me side (High speed DO)
CA 19
C:-;C
C:-IA
Machi ne side (Reader/puncher interface)
C D4
CD3 l;'
Peripheral
control
Velocity
control unit
,
Inductosyn
preamplifier
CA 12
ol
CF J l
o9
Additional
detector
control
(DSCG
type)
Inductosyn
preamplifier
c F 32
CFJJ
cFi
cFi 2
cF7J
Inductosyn
slider ar
resolver
0A l '!
Additional c F 3 l
detector
CF62
control
c F 63
(pC type) CA 12
I
C:-;A
ol
C:-IB
Spindle
control
c xc
C:-IA
c:-;s
=r
P l 3
Pulse input
detector or
pulse ceder
CA2
CAI
CN2"+"
C"J~
' ''t'
i}-D
Reference points
detective signal
switch
Reference point
detective signal
switch
I
External position display (3rd)
Positi an coder
CA 1 i C
ul P l 4
Additional
buffer I
Inductosyn scale
- - Inductosyn slider
To the connector CNl on the addit ional back panel U021

To the connectar CN2 on the addi tional back panel U021
To the connector CN3 on the addit ional back panel U021
When using free-standing type cabinet B

(When more than 7 axes are controlled)
Fig. 1.2
li)
Analog servo 12 series basic control unit connecting structure
- 29 -
1.2
Basic control unit
UOS
T o th e connec or CND on b u ilt"

-m I/O uro,
Input
ACpo wer
urut
--
CNG
u ol 2
C P l.
It' s U I
CNP
Basic
Back panel II Power unit c p l l
ljMU
CNP
Bubble memory
CNDCNE
(NT
u oI
PMC ROM
PMC ROMcassette
CNA
Basic
Back panel I
,o
CSA
/r
../
I P I I
,
ol
CNA
CNC
CNA
OlP03B
CNB
PMCCPU
!MMCIF
OlP03A
Main CPUCDI3B
CNC
CNA
CNB
Mach"me side (HIgh speed DI)

Mach'me side (High speed DO)
Positi on coder
CSO
CNl
Machi ne side (Reader/puncher Interface)
CA! n
CA2
CAI
CNA
CNB
Graphic display control
ol
ROM/RAM
CD4
ol P o2
Peripheral c D 3
CA! 9
control
CNA
Tape
reader
j
I
14" CRT/MDI
C1\2
o!
CA 17 A
CA 17 B
P 04
Main
buffer
Extemal position display Cl st)

External position display (2nd)
To the connector COP3 on CRT/M DI
To the connector COP4 on I/O uni t
CA 18
COPI
COP2
CNC
CNA
CNB
o I - o 2 P o 8c N !
Axis CPU
Cp 5 l
C P 52
CP53
control
CVI
CV2
CNC
CV3
01-02P07 C p 3 l
C P3 2
DS CG
Interface CP33
CP 7 l
CP72
CP73
CNC
CA! 2
CNA o l 02po 9 CP3!
Additional CP32
CP33
detector
control
CP7!
(DSCG type) C p 72
c;NA
01-02P06
Axis
CP73
1--________ CAI2
Additional C p 6 !
detector
CP62
control
CF63
(pC type) CA! 2
}
}
}
}
Velocity
control unit
Inductosyn
preamplifier
} Pulse input
detector or
pulse coder
Inductosyn scale
t----- Inductosyn slider

Reference point
detective signal
switch
} Inductosyn
preamplifier
} Inductosyn slider
or resolver
}-D
Reference point
detecti ve signal
switch
When using built-in cabinet ar free-standing cabinet A

(6 axes ar less control)
Fig. 1.2 (j) Analog servo 120 series basic control unit connecting structure
- 30 -
1.2
Basic control unit

UOl2
C:-iG
Basic
CNP
To the connector CND on the built-in type I/O unit

To the connector CNC on the built-in type I/O unit
U05
l
CP l 4
Power unit c p
backpaneIII~~~~~~~~-------r=~
BMU
CNDCNE
CNF
CNT
Bubble memory
1----------------------------------- AC power
To power unit PSU2
UJ--------+--------------ffi
PMC ROM
PMC ROMcassette
CNA
u ol
l l
Tape
reader
Basic
back panel I
ol P ol
ROM/RAM
C:-iA
o l P o2
Peripheral
control
CNC
OlP03B
i I J - l - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14" CRT/MDI
IT>+---}~_
Vela city
control unit
CV3
ol
oi
DS CG
Interface
II>-t-----}---rn
CF3 l
C F 3210-+CF33
EIJ--+----------
}---------cn
CF1 l
}
C F 1210-+----------
CNC
CNA
r-
....:...._---:
....l_
CF 1 3
o o
h=lF;OF=~#tt=========:--:-~~------1
EIJ--+----------} Inductosyn
Additional
CA l 2
l P
detector
control
(DSCG
type)
CF3 l
Inductosyn scale
Inductosyn slider
Reference points
detective signal
switch
C F 32
C F 33
preamplifier
Inductosyn
CF1 2
slider ar
r e s o l v e r - D Reference point
c F 1 3~
CoA 12
t------------------=}
detective signal
.~ddluollarcF~__; .
1 Pulse input
switch
derector
e F 6 ,u.; .
detector ar
I
coritrol
C F 6 3 ['>+---------pulse coder
(pC type) e ,\ l : [,>+
.---l
CF1 l
eNA'OIPl3
e N B ~ Spindl~
CNC ID contro
CNA
C:-.'B ,
ol
CA 1 I
P l 4
Additional
buffer I
CN2
eN3
I
To the connector CN1 on t he additional back panel U021

To the connector CN2 on t he additional back panel U02I
To the connector CN3 on th e additional back panel U021

Fig. 1.2 (k) Analog servo 120 series basic control unit connecting structure
- 31 -
1.2
Additional control unit
--
cx i ~
To the connector CNl an the addi tional buffer l OlPl4

To the connector CN2 an the ad di tional buffer l OlPl4
To the connector CN3 an the additional buffer l OlPl4
O"
CK3
CSf.
ef'S
Ol PI;
Additional
buffer Il
CNC
eNA
CKB
Cl'A
02 -05POB
CKl
Axis CPU
02-05POG
Axis
control
CF5 l
}
}
c F 52
CF53
eVI
C\'2
CNC
eNA
u o2
C\'3
02-05P09
CF3 l
Additional
detector
control
CF 3 2
CF' l
[DSCG
c F 72
type)
Additional
back panel l
} Inductosyn
preamplifier
CF33
} Inductosyn slider
ar resolver
CFi3
f-.---~..,___ ~~!2
Additional C F 6 l
detector
CF62
control
c F 63
(pC type) CA 12
02-0-1P07
DSCG
} Pulse input
detector or
pulse coder
CF31
Interface
}
}
CF 12
CF3i
cF7 l
CF72
CND
CNC
Additional
back panel II
c F7
CNC
U 02 2
OSP07
CF 3 l
DSCG
CF32
Interface
CF33
}
}
C F 73
CNC
}-D
Inductosyn
preamplifier
Power
CNG
CP l J
unit C p l ,
--
Inductosyn
prearnplifier
From input unit
r---
Inductosyn seale
Inductosyn slider
Reference point
detective signal
switch
CA 12
PSU2
Reference point
detective signal
switch
CA 12
CF7 J
CF72
CNP
Vela city
control unit
Inductosyn seale
j- -
Inductosyn slider
Reference point
detective signal
switch
To the connector CNC an the additional bui! t-in I/O unit

..
To the connector CND an the additional built-in I/O unit

Fig. 1.2 (I) Analog servo 12/120 series additional control unit connecting structure
- 32 -
1.2
Basic control unit
uol
UU - -
eNG
p su l
CP l
OIP
Basic
Back panel II Power unit c p l
C~DC~E
To the connector CND

on built-in I/O unit
1
Input
AC power
urut
tJMU
C~F
Bubble memory
C:-1T
uol
PMC ROM
.1
PMC R OM cassette
C~A
Basic
Back panel I
ol
eSA
Tape
reader
Graphic display control
./
P l 7
ol
(;';A
P Il l
ROM . RAM
Il l P
eSA
o2
Mac hine side (Reader/puncher In terface)
CD4
}I'
CD3
PeripheraI
control
CA l 9
Machine side (High speed DI)

Machine side (High speed DO)
Posi tion coder
Sp'indle speed control circuit
cA l o
CA2
c~c
CA l
C~ArnOl:03
C~B
cx i
Mam CPUc o p J
c~c
c:-.;~
o l P o4
Main
buffer
C~A
CSB
14" CRT/MDI (120)

Ex! ernaI position display (1st)
Ex! ernal position display (2nd)
C A 17 A
CA l
CA l 8

To the connector COP3 on CRT/ MDI (12 series)
To the connector COP4 on I/O u nit
COPI
c:-:c
COPL
I
o l - o 2 P o Sc~
C~A
f"'' '
CF 1 o l
: Ol - 02P42
CF l
CF l 02
Axis
control
I
OIC
C~A
ili
oI
.-)
1-4
\
CV22
Servo arnplifier
1)1
cv 2 l
Reference point
return signal
switch
CAl2A
CA IIB[
Ol-02P09
CF3 l
} Inductosyn
preamplifier
} Inductosyn slider
or resolver
C F 73
-------- CA 12
Additional C F 6 l
detector
c F 62
control
C F 63
(PC type) CA 12
CF 91
Additional c F 3 2
C F 33
detector
control
CF 7 l
(DSCG typej c F 72
CF92
CV2l
iII
CNC
I)
I)
CF 91
I, control
Axis
I
Axis CPU
C~B
} Pulse input
detector or
pulse ceder
-D
Reference point
detective signal
switch
When using built-in cabinet ar free-standing cabinet A

(6 ar les s axes control)
Fig. 1.2 (ml Digital servo 12/120 series basic control unit connecting structure
- 33 -
1.2
Basic control unit
Ul!
ol
Ci'\G
c:>: p
Basic
back panel Il
I
C1\DCSE
eSF
To the connec ar CND an th e b u ilt'

-lTI t ype IIO unit
To the connector CNC an the built-in type 1;0 unit
--
_u l
CP J <
Power unit c p J l
Input
AC power
unit
BMU
Bubble memory
To power unit PSU2
C!"T
eNA
uol
PMC ROM
I
PMC ROMcassette
Basic
back panel I
C:>:A
ol
P 1 i
C:>:A
ol
l'
CNA
o ] p o2
Peripheral
Tape
reader
...... vGraphic display control
'ID
o]
ROM 'RAM
CD<
CD3 1>'
CA J 9
CA J o
CA' ~
CA J I>
control
C:>:C
CNA
C:>:B
CNC
Mac hine side (Reader/puncher interface)

Mac hine side (High speed DI)
Mac hine side (High speed DO)
o] p o3
CNJ
Main CPU COP3
14" CRT/MDI (120 series)
C!\'2
C:>:A
o] p o4
CA l i A
CA 17 B
CNB
Main
buffer
Ext ernal position display (1 st)

Ext ernal position display (2nd)
To the connector COP3 on CRT/MDI (12 series)
To the connector COP4 on I/O u nit
CA 1 B
COPI
CNC
COP2
ol
P ]
C:>:A
CNB
Sub CPU
CN]
CNA
CNB
ol
Axis CPU
eNI
o8
Ol - 021'41 CF101 j;J

CF l 02
Axis
control
I
CNC
Ol - 02P42 CFlOl
CNA
ol
CA 12A
Reference point
return signal
CA12B[
switch
og
Additional
detector
control
(DSCG
type)
CF3]
CF32
CF33
CF71
CF72
CF73
GoA l 2
AddItiona.r;F~-;
detector
control
(PC type)
,
CNA
CNB
CNC
CNA
eNB
ol
Pl 3
Spindle
control
ol
J-4i Servo ampIifier h
CV21
II
CNC
~'
~}
CF91
Axis
control
CF9J
CF92
CV21
CV22
CF62
CF63
CA l 2
CA 17 c
}
}
Inductosyn
slider or
resolver
Pulse input
detector or
pulse coder
CAI
Additional CN2
buffer I
CN3
J
i} -D
Reference point
detective signal
switch
Ext ernal position display (3rd)

Pos ition coder
Sp'indle speed control circuit
CA2
P l 4
Indnetesyn
preamplifier
To the connector CNl on the ad ditional back panel UD2l

To the connector CN2 on the ad ditional back panel UD2l
To the connector CN3 on the ad ditional back panel UD2l
When using free~standing type cabinet B

Fig. 1.2 (n) Digital servo 12/120 series basic control unit connecting structure
- 34 -
1.2
-----es
C:-;2
C~J
C~;
C:-;B
c xc
C:\A
C:-;B
U 12
--
I l l - - - - - - - - + - - - - - - - - - - To the connector CNI on the additional buffer l OIPI4

f T I - - - - - - - - + - - - - - - - - - - To the connector CN2 on the additional buffer l OIPI4
U J - - - - - - - - + - - - - - - - - - - T o the connector CN3 on the additional buffer l OIPI4
UIPl;,
Additional
buffer II
02 -05POH
C:-;I
Axis CPU
C A IZA 11>--1----------------------1
c A 11 B[
CNC
CSA
u o~
CF3 l
o l P D9
~T~T~=Tn~~----------~ lnductosvn
Additional C F 2 q:r-lJ
detector
control
(DSCG
Additional
back panel I
Reference point
return signal
switch
type)
CFJ J
cF 7 I~
cF72
cF7J
prearnplifier
Inductcsyn
slider or
resolver
j'
Reference point
detecti ve signal
switch
C:-;D
c:-;c
uo2 2
05PIl7
DSCG
Interface
Inductosyn
preamplifier
c xc
From input unit
c:-;p
C:-;G
--
L..----
To the connector CNC on the additional built-in I/O unit

T o thc connector CND on the additional built-in I/O unit
When using free-standing cabinet B

Fig. 1.2 (o)
Digital servo 12/120 series additional control unit connecting structure
- 35 -
1.2
c) 12 series CRT!}IDI unit

9" CRT/}IDI unit
IF
CPK
CKI-'
CPP
CMP2
CKKl
keyboard
Power CP21
supply
-'l-----$
/1
CRK
Ae power (from input unit)
cOP,
OIP
CA5 )--(jJCNl
Back
board
Software
keyboard
-1-
To the connector COPl on

the main buffer Ol P04
Punch panel
i
CDI
Control
't'
CA'
CMD
CDP
_-.--J
CRT
, unit
~ CDM
c P?
!
4
:t
T.rM11:;llntl ('Ml
Reader/puncher Interface
device
ASR33
Manual pulse generator (3rd)
Connection unit
for operator ' s panel
rifL-}
Machine side operator's panel

(output signal)
(input signal)
Fig. 1.2 (I)
14" CRT/}IDI unit
r-
..---i
,--(
--<
CKMKeYboaflK 3 Il----ilJCKK
Software
keyboard
'I
Power supply
OP3
CMP
eAS
P-----<lJ
eN l
' - - I CMK
CRT
-+, unit
To the connector COPl on

the main buffer OlP04
Punj..fanel
CDl
Control
;;:;:
CA3
CMD
m c DM
rC p 2 ,
CME~CDP
ACpower
't'
Connector unit
for operator's panel
device
ASR33
(3rd)
CMI CloU c~n Oll
T'(Y'L-.~
Fig. 1.2 (m)

(output signal)
(input signal)
d) 12 series built-in type I/O unit
--
eNAD
I/O base
eNAJ
CNA5
Interface
module
I F Ol A
To the connector COP2 o n

the main buffer OlP04
DI module
ID99A/B
c 22 A
I
Machine side (input signal)
C 22 E
eXA6
I
e:-:AJ o
C 23 A
e:-:e
C:-:D
Machine side (output signal)
e 23 E
T
I
DOmodule
OD99A
--
From the connector CNG on the basic back panel II

From the connector CP14 on the p o wer u rnt PSUl
Built-in type I/O unit used in

Built-in type cabinet Dr free-standing type cabinet A
Fig. 1.2 (n)
- 36 -
1.2
- - - - F r o m the connector CPl4 an the power unit PSUl

From the connector eNG an the basic back panel
r-L~;
l F
C~,\
Cf}~
-Intcriace
modulc
(j
/0
ol
(=-',1.5
c!
(~ : E
t:i"A ti
DOmodule
l 'i
L\
-~
-
C A I"
ntertace
module
C:>A I)
ddit Ionul
l /0
base
C2.lE
C,\ l 5
l=
0099.-\
c ~A
C
1099A
,\
the main buffer Ol P04
DI mcdule
ase
To the connector COPl
1 F il l B
C~B
C:';AI
~ DI module
C:"A 5
l 099:\
c c: A
c
2 2 E
ti
C~;.A

DO module
Ii
~ ~- From the connector
-~CNG on the additional back panel li
L::-;A l a
OD~9A
C1 JA
C:-;O
C:
3E
c;>;c
From the connector CP14 an the power unit PSU2
Built-in type I/O unit used in free-standing type cabinet

Fig. 1.2 (o)
e) 12/120 series connecting with servo system.

When an M series servo motor is used, the connecting differences caused by
the type of position detector are as follows:
i) For resolver
1-!ljP06
Axis conrrol
cr
C F 52
("II
cr
Cv l
cv:!
CV3
(L)
(,,!)
l:-i)
IL)
I:-II
Ol-OoP07
DC motor with a tuchogenerator
and resolver
DSCG Interface
Note)
1st, 4, 7, 10, 13th axis

2nd, 5, 8, 11, 14th axis
3rd, 6, 9, 12, 15th axis
L
M
11) For inductosyn

Ol-i)jPO
Axts comret
Cr o
Cro
C t:'-o
ILI
rxn
(:-il
CV l
CV:!
'c V 3
(LI
(~II
(:-Il
DC motor wirh a tacbogeneraror
ol
o s p il
DSCG Interface
CF3
lLi
cFi
(Li
C F 3 ')
()ol)
CF I 2
(:'1)
CF3
i:--;)
,~
t:'
v,
Prcarrmliflcr
f~n
____--, j - Inductosyn scalc
:F--J
'-
3bl -
37
Inductosyn slider
1.2
iii) For built-in type pulse coder

OI-05P06
control unit
CF5I
(L)
CF52
(M)
CVI
CV2
(M)
( L)
CF 5 3
(N)
./CV 3
Velocity
control unit
(N)
(DC motor with pulse coder)
iv) For separate type pulse coder

OI-05P06
control unit
CF5 l
(L)
CF5 2/CF5 3
CVI
(L)
CV2
(M)
(M)
(Separate type pulse ceder)
(N)
/CV 3
Vela city
control unit
(N)
(DC motor with tacha generator)
v) For pulse input detector (optical scale, magne-scale)
OI-05P06
Pulse
input
detector
control unit
CF51/CF5 L/CF5 3
(L)
CVI
(L)
(M)
/CV2
(M)
(N)
/CV3
Velocity
control unit
(N)
(DC motor with tacha generator)
vi) For reference point detective signal switch
OI-05P07
DSCG Interface
CA l 2
Reference
point
detective
signal
switch
~
[~
- 38 -
1.3
1.3 System Block Diagram

1.3.1
10/100 series
Magnetic cabinet
circuit
"
20 mAC/L
PMC ROM cassette
ROM
Interface
MDI/CRT
interface
I!
I/O card Al - A3
PMC
NC
Interface
CPU
CPU
Battery backup
RAM
- - - - - 1-rSerial
interface.
Master PCB
- - - - - - - L
Servo interface
Conversational
function card
Option card l
Additional axis
+
Additional memory]
Position
control
circuit
Position
control
circuit
Position
control
circuit
T
,
i
".
Readeri
High speed skip
puncher
High speed measuting
position arrival
signal
Fig. 1.3.1 (a) Analog servo 10 series system block diagram (when small CRT/MDI is used)
- 39 -
Reader/
punch
interface
1.3.1
r - - Reader/puncher
mtenace
i
I
Standard type
ar 14" color
CRT/liW l
generator
Connection unit
or l/O unit
Connection unit
for operator's
panel
Manual pulse
Optical fiber cable
,.:-O
Optical fiber interface

PMC ROM cassette
O/E
R O!Il
i
O/E
l.---
1---
- -,J----
1---
I,
~
i
NC
PMC
Interface
~--
CPU
CPU
Battery back up - - - - - I
ROM
RAM
f-----------I-
Serial interface
Master PCB
Serve interface
I
I
1
~-
I
,i
Conversational
function card
Option
card 1
Additional axis +
additional memory
Position
control
circuit
Position
control
circuit
~---
I
Position
control
circuit
--------
(Note)
O/E shows optical/electric conversion circuit.
Fig. 1.3.1 (b) Analog servo 10 series system block diagram (when standard or 14" color CRT/MDI is used)
- 40 -
Reader/
puncher
interface
1.3.1
Reader/puncher
interface
~}-
Standard type or
14" color CRT/MDI
Manual
-+---11pulse
generator
(100 series only)

PMC ROM cassette
ROM
CRT /MDI adapter

Interface
CPU
-~
erial
Connection unit
or I/O unit
interface
Connection unit
' - for operator's
panel
<,
Note l
Optical
fiber cable
I
PMC
CPU
NC
CPU
Interface
Serial
interface
1 - - - - - - - - ' 1 - Reader/puncher
interface
Serve
interface
Master PCB
L--J
r-"""""
L-..J
r-'--t
l---....J
Axis control PCB
+5'/Slr1:M
Conversational
function card
Option
card 1
ROM/RA.!'v!
card
Note 2
position
comrol
circuit
Position
control
circuit
Position
comrol
circuit
\.'--------------~/
Serve amplifier
Battery back up
NOle 1) O/E shows optical/e1ectric

conversion circuit
Note 2) ROM/RAM board is mounredon master PCB
when Master PCB is A16B-1010-0320.
Fig. 1.3.1 (cl
Digital serve 10/100 series system block diagram
- 41 -
1.3.2
1.3.2 11/110 series
Standard type
or 14" color
CRT/MDI
Manual pulse
+-----1 generator
,
PMC RPM cassette
Bubb1e memory
I
I
\ I
I.
Optical fiber
I
cable
O/E
Connection unit
or I/O unit
L-
\'0
I
i
Connection
unit for
operator's
panel
O/E I O/E
Ir
Interface
1----&---
Position display
1---1---- Reader/puncher
interface
Serial interface
Servo interface
./l'it
SV5Tf
Conversational
function card
ROM/RAM PCB
Additional axis
Position
control
circuit
Position
control
circuit
Position
control
circuit
i
I
\~----------:----_/

(Note) O/E shows optical/electric conversion circuit.
Fig. 1.3.2 (a) 11 series system block diagram
- 42 -
1.3.2
Reader/puncher
interface
,-
PMCROM
cassette
CRT/M Dl
adapter
Bubble
memory
ROM
.i,
..-
Adapter
Serial
interface I- interCPU
face
-~
r--1
l..-r--l
T J
Standard type or
14" color
CRT/MDl
}. -
Connection unit
ar I/O unit
---I
Manual pulse
generator
Connection unit
for
operator's
panel
p~
Note 1
I O/EJ O/E
Optical fiber
cable
'--
PMC
CNC
Interface
CPU
CPU
I---
I
Interface
position display
Serial
interface
Reader/puncher
interface
RAlv!
Master PCB
Servo
interface
,.-L,
I-,-J
's'YSJGP1-+
Conversational
function card
ROM/RA1\{
board
Axis
Axis
control
PCB
control
PCB
Position
control
circuit
Axis
control
PCB
Position
control
circuit
Note 2
Position
contrcl
circuit
I
\.-_--------------'/
Servo amplifier
Note 1) O/E shows optical/electric con version circuit.
Note 2) The position control circuit for 2 axes is mounted
on master PCB when PCB AI6-1010-0330 is used.
Fig. 1.3.2 (b)
Digital serve 11/110 series system block diagram
- 43 -
1.3.3 12/120 series
1.3.3
To each unns
Aepower - - - - - l l n p u ' unit
1I
UDI: Basic centrul unit
~IBM~u:-1 ------~n~'=-------l
memen
PMC ROM
I
l
.1
PMC ROM cassette
DC output
l-l
DIP17: Graphic display connot
r-----+r-r--I
r------------------
01POJ,
1
1-----+-+--1
Spindle speed centret cireurt

position ceder
Reader/puncher
ROM/RAM
,---;:======;-------
Main memory
GIPO:!: Penpheral centrul
ri
T,p' T",d" unit
Machine side
f---
I
Interface
~ Main CPU
J
Interface
II
Main CPU
I
o
r-_ _'_J;../O uru_
r---+-_-+-_0_JI'O_4_,_M_ainJbU-ff-,,--:--:----i-+----~---+i,"""
I
Interface
011'08:
Axis CPU
f---
I--+-rll~'
~
'
- ,
-l l!
L--t~
O/E
Machine side
Extemal position display (2nd)

Machine side
ROM
OlP06: Axis centrul
OIP07: DSCG interface

Inductosyn prcamplifier
Interface
Reference point apprcx. switcb
DlP09: Additional detector control

Position detector
,'---
IH-'
---'1
Resolver Inductosyn
optical scale,
magnescale
02P08: Axis CPU
'---+-rll~
~
ROM
-1F=..:.: c: :. .:==- - - - - - - - - w- - - - - - - -11

02P06: Axis centret
vetocity centrul unit
Position conr-ol
11------
Motor
Motor (resolver. tacncgenerator)
(pulse ender]
01P07: DSCG interface

lnductosyn preampllfier
lmerface
Reference point approx. switch
01P09: Additional derector control

Resolver Inductcsyn
opttcal scale.
mugne seere
Fig. 1.3.3 (a) Analog servo 12 series system block diagram
When using built-in type cabinet ar free-standing type cabinet A

(When 6 ar less axes control, hybrid control, synchronous operation
ar double check system is performed)
- 44 -
1.3.3
Ae power
-----I!
Input unit
If--------r----------~-TO
each unit
To additionul con nol unit
DC output
OlP17: Graphic display control
,----+-1--S3$--EJ
r------------------
geader/punctr
r----------------~- Machine side
DIPOl, ROM/RAM
Main memory
OIP02: Peripheral control
Interface
Interface
DlP04: Main buffer
Interface
QIPIO: Sub CPU
Machine side
Machine side
Position centret
OIP07: DSCG truerrace
lnrenuce
Reference puiru uppro x..switch
Additional derecnve comret
Resolver inductosyn
Optical scale. maene scate
Postuen detector
OIPl3: Spindle centrul

Spindle speed contror circun
costuen ceder
External position display 13rd)
Interface
01P14: .-I,.Jditional hutrer t
'----,_=J
Fig. 1.3.3 (bl
To addirional controt unit
Analog servo 12 series system block diagram

- 45
Aepower
1-----.-------I --I-,---l
- - - - - l l n " u t unit
uci.
1l
memory
PMCROM
Basic centrul unit
~~Ubb"
I
1.3.3
To each untu
PSlJ l
II
Power unit
'1_
I
DC output
PMC ROM cassette
l-l
DIP1?: Graphic display control
,-----+---1'--1
Spindle speed connol clrcuir

position coder
Reader/puncher
DIPOl: ROM/RAM
1-----+---1!--I:
1---;:=====:::;-------ri
I
Main memory
'------------'
011'02: Peripheral control
Machineside
Tape read" unit
I
Interface
rph~~MC
Lciu\
gfu
ROM
RAM
: 14" CRT/MD!
rt~==:t:;-r=~':::l=Jl rrB----[i~~J~~
~""
U
OIP03: Main CPU
DV/RV 1-!1-I---H-1-IDV/RY
I~
h
r:
JL---------lr, LI-I-~EE,/,OO
~
Interface
II
Main CPU
buerrace
...fQi'E1_
~~____ _
IJ~
~ Rea~~r/puncher
-I
r-r-_ _:..:1:../0 un;:;i''-
OIP04: Main buffer

_
Interface
I
OlPOB; Axis CPU
Machine side
Extemal position display (2nd)
Machine side
OlP06: Axis connol

Motor
Motor (resolver, tachogenerator)
(pulse coder)
Position centtul
011'07: DSCG interface
Indnetesyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point apprcx. switch

OIP09: Additional detector centrul
U
1L--
Position detecrcr
11-4-'---------
----J1
Resolver Inductcsyn
opncal scale,
magne scale
02POB: Axis CPU
I~
,----J
ROM
Hr=..;.::===-----'-'---w--------Ji
02P06: Axis control
Position ennt ral
Velcciry control unit
ll-
_ Motor
Motor (resolver, tacbogeneratcr)
(pulse ceder)
02P07; DSCG interface

Interface
Reference point approx. swttcb
02P09: Additiona! detector connot
Resolver Indnetesyn
optical scale,
magne scale
When using built-in type cabinet or free-standing type cabinet A (6 axis or less
control, hybrid control, synchronous operation or double check system is
performed)
Fig. 1.3.3 (c) Analog servo 120 series system block diagram
- 46 -
1.3.3
Ae power - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - t - - - - - - - - - - - - - T o each unit
To additional control unit
DC output
OlP17: Graphlc display ccntrcl
r----+-i--~-EJ
,-
Reader/puncher
, - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Machineside
DIPOl: ROM/RAM
Main memory
DiP02: Peripherai central
Interface
OlP03B: PMC
CPU/MMCJF
Main CPU
DIPOl:
Interface
OlP04: Main buffer
Exrernal position display

Machine side
Position control
OlP07:
oscc interface
l'
Interface
!1
.
I
~
Posmon detector
J 1P09: ......dlIitionJ.l_!l::tectj,'e Cf,:u.:O!
!i-+I-------------------~-8~j~~~~~~~~~~sene
i)tPl3: Scmdle conrrcl

:
Spindie speed centrul circun
,~
interface
--------------IT----------'-------------
LI
To addiucnal cernror unit
\wen using free-standing type cabinet B

Fig. 1.3.3 (dl Analog servo 120 series system block diagram
- 47
position couer
Extemal posmon d:spiay f3rdi
1.3.3
From input unit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ,
1---------uo:
Additioual centret unu
From basic ,on~:,y;
;s~-
I~
~I _~~~---,---------,
+b
DlPl,
Addtttonalbuff",
DC outpu:
i-
Q2P06: Axis control

Position control
-r_ _~::::::~
J-+--------========------
Motor
Motor (resolver, tachogeneratorj
(pulse coder l
02P07; DSCG interface

lmerface
I--j-----------------:------
Reference pointapprox. switch
02P07: Additiona1 position detector

Resolver inductcsyn
Position detector
1 - + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Dpucal scale.jtagne scale
r..::.:...:.::::.==~-------I-+_------__JI
vetocity centtot unit
11--
_
Inductcsyn preamplifler
Resolver incuctosyn
I - + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O p t i c a l s c a l e . magne scele
04P06: Axis ccrurol

velccuy control unit
1-----_
Motor
(pulse ceder)
DSCGinterface
Interface
L------------....J-i--------------------
Resoh-er Inductosyn
Position detector
1--+--------------------- Optical scale, magne scale
F=..:.::.===---------,~~------~vetocity cennol unit

Position control
Motor
(pulse ceder)
~i-----
lnductosyn prcamplifier
L_
Interface
_ _
05P09: Additional position detector

Resol ver inductcsyn
Optical scale, rnagne scale
Position detectcr

Fig. 1.3.3 (e) Analog servo 120 series system block diagram
- 48 -
power
-------1
1.3.3
- - - - - - - - , - - - - - - - - - - - - - . To each units
Input unit
LrOl: Basic centre! unit
----
BMU
I'SUi
Bubble
memory
R~IC
IR~IC
Power unit
ROM
ROM cassette
DC output
OlP17: Graphic dlspfay control
,----+-+-----e~
r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ;~~?~~s~;3~rcontrol clrcuit
~-----------------Reader/puncher
OIPOI: ROM/RAM
I __-;:======~-----_Machine side
Main memory
ol P02:
Peripheral con trol
I
Interface
PMC
CPU
OIP03: Main CPU
Interface
Interface
OIPOB: Axis CPU
l---+-.,..~-1)femOry
i
CPU
Machine side
'------'---I~
Digital serve aruplifler
1I P4
Axis centre! I
1.
I
I
Position ccntrol
:--1
OtP42; Axis centre! II
Separate type detector

Digital serve umplifler
Motor
Motor (pulse code r)
Position comret
Reference point approx. swirch

OIP09: Addlnonal de rector connol
Position detector
Resolver tnductosyn
optical scale ,
magne scale
02POS: Axis CPU
~-~
'-----~
-=-__ t--
Digital serve umplifler

rlL_.::.-
Meter
02P41: Axis controt I
r~::=:=====Ff~===~~~~;;=
Position cc nrrol
6~~~===
Digital serve arnplificr
il
i
Position contrut
Motor
Motor (pulse coder l

,jlP09: Addnional dc tcctcr centre!
L __'
Motor (pulse ceder}
Poxuion detector
h-II- - - - - - - - -
_~
Resolver inductosyn
optical scale.
mugne scale
liThen using built-in type cabinet or free-standing type cabinet A (6 axis or less
performed)
Fig. 1.3.3 (f) Digital serve 12 series system block diagram
- 49
AC power
-----1
1.3.3
To cach unit
To additicnal connol unit
Input uni,
-----------
UDI; Basic contr cl uni:
I ~1--------,
PSUI
Power unl!
DC output
;-----------------~ Reader/puncher
;----------------~~
Machine side
DIP02: Peripheral control
Interface
OlP03B: PMC
CPU/MMCIF
OlP03: Main CPU
Reader/puncher
ASR33
Interface
~~
L-

Machine side
ri
Digital servo amplifier
r----
Motor
Motor (pulse coder)
r-1
I
IOlP42: Axis control II
Digital serVQ arnPlifierr----- Motor

Position con trol

Resolver indnetesyn
Optical scale, magne scale
Position detector
OlP13: Spindle ccntrol
Interface
OlP14: Additiona! burier l

To additional contror unit

Fig. 1 33 (g) Digital serve 12 series system block diagram
- 50 -
1.3.3
Ae power ---------1
f---------,------------
To each units
COl; Basic contrcl unit
----
B~Il!
Bubble
memory
DC output
01P17: Graphtc display control

position coder
_ _ _I' IIIr--rl------;:=====~-:
Reader/puncher
Machine
side
Main memory
Tape reader unit
Interface
: 14" CRT/MDl
~; unit IIKeYbo-arill
,r----.J~ ,~
L:==+===-
L_-j-I-rE:'"Oi~--j;-t--~~~::++---f~/-E--
Ol P04: Main
jl-'-====-- Manual pulse
generator
(3rd)
buffer
Machine side
Extemal position display t2n)

Machine side
Digital serve amplifier
Motor
Motor (pulse ceder)
Position centret
r-1
OlP42: Axis contrcl II
f-

Motor

Position corurcl
OlP09: Addlticnal detector centre!

Position detector
Resolver inductosyn
optical scale,
magne scale
Axis corurcl I
Motor (pulse ceder)
Position contrcl
Separate type de tector
D2P42: Axis control II
L__~,---'J2P09:
Pestnon con tro!

Pamion de rector
~j-
Motor
Meter (pulse ceder)
Separate rype dctccror
Resolver inducrosyn
op tical scale.
magne scale
When using built-in type cabinet or free-standing type cabinet A (6 axis or less
performed)
Fig. 1.3.3 (h) Digital serve 120 series system blcck diagram
- 51
1.3.3
To each unit
To uddiuonal connol unit
.;C power
CD!: Basic centrul unit
B:>!l'
I I
I I
----
Bubble
memory
li"'" ' ' ",.'" f--P\IC
DC output
Olf'17: Grnpluc dIE;:;!:.;Y contr ol

r----------------~
01P01: ROM/RAM
r----------------~-
Reader/punche:
Machine side
Main memory
r--i
DIPOl: Peripherul contra!
Tape reader unit
Interface
Ol P03: Main CPU

I
DV/RV
Interface
orv
-j
L: --t::!Z21
f--ITi01
f-
I Main CPU
01P04: Main buffer
Interface
I-
OlP10: Sub CPU
Machine side
'----------------~- External position display
Machine side
OlPOS: Axis CPU
+---+""'--B-r-lMemOTY
CPU
ROM
,..-----'
Digitalservo amplifier
OIP41: Axis contrcl I
, - - - - - - - - - - - Motor (pulse ceder)
Position control
IOlP42: Axis connol Il
I
l
Motor
Motor
Motor (pulse ceder)
Position cennol
OlP09: Additionai detectin: ccrurcl
Reference point approx. swftch
14--------------------- ~~~f~~~~~~~~~~~~scale
To additional control unit
'--------When using free-standing type cabinet B

Fig. 1.3.3 (j) Digital servo 120 series system block diagram
- 52 -
1.3.3
From input unit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . . . ,
1101PIS: Additionalbuffcr2
From basic control

unit
I
DC output
02POS: Axis CPU
I~
...~
ROM
Digital serve ampUfier
02P06: Axis centret
-I
Position detectcr
Motor
Motor (pulse coder)

O2P07: Additional position deteetce
Interface
Lj
Motor (pulse ceder]

Position control
Motor
Resolver inductosyn
optical scale,
magnescale
03P08: Axis CPU
I~
:==r
ROM
Motor
03PQ6: Axis control
Motor (pulse ceder) .
Position centrul

Interface
03P09: AddJtional position ceder
Motor
Motor (pulse coder)

Separate type detectcr
Position detectcr
Resolver Inductosyn
optical scale,
magne scale
Q4P08: Axis CPU

I
I~
=--.J
ROM

04P06:
Am contrcl
Position control
Motor
Motor (pulse ceder}
04P07: DSCG Interface
Motor
Motor (pulse coder)
Separate type derectcr
Interface
04P09: Additional position detectcr
Position detectcr
Resolver inductcsyn
optical scale,
magne scale
I
I
0SP08: Axis CPU
l~
:==.I.
ROM
Digital servo ampllfler
~doter
OSP06: ..0\Xi5 centrul
I
I
Motor (pulse ceder)
Position comrul
0SP07: DSCG interface
Interface
Motor
05P09: Additional position detector
Position detector

Fig. 1.3.3 (j) Digital servo 12/120 series system block diagram
- 53 -
Resolver inductosyn
optical scale,
mugne scale
1.3.3
AC input power
Power
supply
L ___
CP24
CMD
Sub
CPU
h
~
L.. CP24
CDM
CMI CM2 CM3 CM4
.J
L CD13B
CDl3 .J
O
h
CA3
.J
CD12 .J
CDlS
CDl6
RAM tile
CA?
Floppy
interface
CNF
Operator's panel
TT~~
CDl4
Main
CPU
Connection unit
for operator's panel
,
,
Manual pulse generator (x3)
} Serial interface
.J
.J
,
~
Printer
Battery unit
Floppy unit (For debug)
Fig. 1.3.3 (k) 14" CRT/MOl for 100/110/120 series
- 54 -
CRT/MDI
Adapter
(NC main bo dy)
lA
1.4 PCB and Units Tabia

Table 1.4 (a) PCB & units for 10/100 series only
Name
Master PCB
Abbreviation
MASTER
Specification
Remarks
A16B-IOIO-0040
Analog serve
A16B-IOIO-0190
Digital serve
Pcb
(VUMr.o~l?
A16B-IOIO-0320
I/O Card
(lOT/M)
DI/DO l
A16B-1210-0320
DI/DO = 40/40
DI/DO 2
A16B-1210-0321
DI/DO = 80/56
DI/DO 3
A16B-1210-0322
DI/DO = 104/72
A20B-IOOI-0240
DI/DO = 40/40
A20B-IOOI-0241
DI/DO = 80/56
A20B-IOOI-0242
DI/DO = 104/72
I/O Card
(for 10TF)
ROM/RAM board
ROM/RAM
A16B-1211-0290
Digital serve systerr

(Master PCB
A16B-IOIO-0190)
Smal! type CRT/

MDI interface
CRT/MDI INT
A16B-1211-0250
Digital serve
system only
Optical Interface
OPT. INTERFACE
A16B-1210-0360
Analog serve system

only
Option l
OPTION l
A16B-1210-0350
Additional Axis
Card
AD. AXS (P)
A16B-1210-0431
Additional Axis +
Additional ROM/RAM
ADD. AXIS /MEM
A16B-1210-0380
Additional ROM/RAM
ADD. MEMORY
A16B-1210-0381
CRT/MDI Switcher
CRT/MDI SWITCHER
A16B-1210-0370
CRT/MDI Panel
Analog serve system

only
A20B-IOOI-0090
T keyboard
A20B~lOOl-0091
M keyboard
A98L-OOOI-Olll
Sheet switch
A20B-IOOO-0842
Smal! CRT/MDI
panel soft key
A61L-OOOI-OO79
Small, standard
CRT/MDI panel
common CRT unit
Al3B-005 6-COO l
- 55 -
1.4
Name
CRT/MDI Panel
(for lOTF)
Abbreviation
Specification
A20B-IOOO-0850
Remarks
Controller
A20B-IOOO-0900
A20B-IOO2-0900-902
A20B-IOOI-0200
Keyboard
A20B-IOOO-0890
50ft key
A20B-IOOI-0160
Power supply
Power Supply PCB
A16B-1210-051O
PCB for Input Unit
A16B-1600-0090
- 56 -
lA
Table 1.4 (b) PCB & units for 11/110 series only
Name
Master PCB
Abbreviation
MASTER
Specification
Remarks
A16B-IOIO-OO50
Analog servo system
A16B-IOlQ-0200
Digital serve system
A16B-IOlQ-0330
ROM/RAM Board
ROM/RAM
A16B-1210-0470
Analog servo system
A16B-1211-0291
Digital servo system
A16B-1211-0280
Additional Axis
(PP)
AD.AXS(P,P)
A16B-1210-0430
Pulse coder x 2
Analog serve system
only
Additional Axis
AD.AXS(R,P)
A16B-1210-0440
Resolver +
Pulse coder
Analog servo system
only
AD.AXS(R,R)
A16B-1210-0450
Resolver x 2
Analog serve system
only
RES/IND
A16B-1210-0460
Analog servo system

only
(RP)
Additional Axis
(RR)
Resolver/lnductosyn Interface
Power Supply PCB
A16B-1210-0560
PCB for Input Unit
A16B-1600-0080
Tape Reader
A20B-0007-0750
Photoamplifier
Tape Reader 2
A20B-IOOI-0050
Controller
A20B-IOOI-0060
Keyboard
CRT/MDI Panel
(14" for II TTF)
Controller
Note)
A20B-IOO2-0902 Note PCB A20B-IOOO-0990
is not provided for
PCB A20B-IOO2-0902
A20B-lOOO-0990
A20B-IOOO-0900
A20B-IOOI-0200
Keyboard
A20B-lOOO-0890
Soft key
A20B-IOOI-0160
Power supply
A20B-OOOI-OO74
CRT unit
- 57 -
lA
Table 1.4 (c)
Name
Axis control
PCB
PCB & units common to 10/11/100/110
Abbreviation
AXIS CONTROL
Specification
Remarks
A16B-1211-0270
Digital servo 2 axes
A16B-1211-0271
Digital servo l axis
A20B-1000-0913
(except llTT)
PMC Cassette A
A20B-lOOO-0910
4000 STEP
PMC Cassette B
A20B-lOOO-0920
16000 STEP
A16B-12l0-0340
For PMC-I
A20B-lOOO-0800
Controller
Interface
Converter
PMC RAM Board

Standard CRT/MDI
Panel (9")
(lO/lI series
only)
CRT/MDI Panel
(14")
(l0/11 series
only)
INT. CONVERTER
PMC RAM l
A20B-lOOO-0802
A20B-lOOO-0970
Backboard
A20B-lOOl-0160
Power supply
A61L-000l-0079
CRT unit
A13B-00S6-COOl
A20B-lOOO-0830
M keyboard
A20B-1000-083l
T keyboard
A86L-006l-0110
Sheet switch
A20B-lOOO-0840
Horizontal saft key
A20B-lOOO-084l
Vertical saft key
A20B-lOOO-08S0
Controller
A20B-lOOO-0870
Horizontal
keyboard M
A20B-lOOO-087l
Horizontal
keyboard T
A20B-lOOO-0880
Vertical keyboard M
A20B-lOOO-088l
Vertical keyboard T
A20B-1000-0890
Horizontal saft key
A20B-lOOO-089l
Vertical saft key
A20B-lOOl-0160
Power supply
A6lL-000l-0074
CRT unit
- 58 -
1.4
Name
Abbreviation
Specification
Remarks
Connection Unit
for Operator's
Unit
A16B-12l0-0480
DI/DO = 96/64
A16B-12l0-048l
DI/DO = 64/32
Connection Unit 1
A20B-lOOO-0940
Connection Unit 2
A20B-lOOO-0950
Tape Reader l
A20B-0007-0750
Photoamplifier
A20B-0008-0280
Serial interface
A20B-lOOO-0472
Power supply
A14B-0075-B120
A20B-lOOO-0200
I/O controller
A20B-lOOO-0190
Power supply for

100 V AC
A20B-lOOO-0191
Power supply for

200 V AC
A13B-0117-COOl
Switch unit
PPR
Conversational
function card
(for 10TF and
11TTF)
(for 11M graphic)
ACP
SUB CPU
Note)
A16B-1211-0870 Note The foliowing PCBs
are not provided for
PCB A16B-121l-0870.
A16B-1210-0410
A16B-1310-0300
MEMORY (lOTF,
llTTF only)
A16B-131O-0301
MEMORY (11MF)
A16B-13l0-0310
MEMORY (11MF)
A16B-1310-0480
MEMORY (lOTF, 11TTF)
- 59 -
lA
Table 1.4 (d) PCB & units list for 12 series
Cabinet
Group
type
(Note 2)
(Note l)
PCB
specification
Name & function
U01
(Analog servo
12 series)
A02B-0075-C001
Bu,
A,
B
U05
(Analog servo
120 series)
A02B-0075-C012
Basic control unit

Control PCB is mounted
~Consisting of 2 kinds
of the back panel PCB
A16B-1010-0010
(Analog servo 12 series)
A16B-101O-0230
(Analog servo 120
series)
A16B-101O-0350
(Digital servo 12/120
series)
A20B-1001-0100
(12/120 series)
ROM/RAM
Bu,
A,
B
B.O.
Peripheral control
Spindle speed analog
output
Position coder interface
High speed DI/DO
Tape reader interface
Bu,
A,
B
Module name
Ull
(Digital servo
12/120 series)
A02B-0075-C013
PCB
mounted
in basic
control
unit
U01, Ull
or U05
01P01
A16B-121O-0012
A16B-1211-0600
01P02
A16B-1210-0080
OlF03
A16B-1210-0060
(Analog servo
(12 series
only)
01P03A A16B-1211-0540
(Analog servo
120 series
only)
Main CPU
Main CPU
PMC CPU
Shared RAM
Main CPU-1
Main CPU
Shared RAM
Interface for 14" CRT/MDI
A16B-1211-0541
(Digital servo
12 series
only)
Note l) The cabinet type is abbreviated as f6llows:
Bu
Built-in type cabinet
A
Free-standing type A cabinet
B
Free-standing type B cabinet
Note 2) The abbreviations are as follows:
B
Basic
B.O.: Basic option
O
Option
- 60 -
1.4
Module name
PCB
mounted
in basic
control
unit
U01, Ull
ar UOS
PCB
specification
Name & function
Cabinet
type
Group
Bu,
A,
B
Adapter
Buffer af global bus and
axis bus
Bu,
A
B.a.
A16B-12l0-0030
(Analog servo
only)
Axis control
Position control 3 axes
(pulse coder, pulse input
detector, and resolver
inductosyn are available
as detectors. Resolver
inductosyn requires DSCG
interface)
B.a.
Bu,
A,
B
DSCG interface
Resolver, inductosyn
interface
Bu,
A,
B
02P07
A16B-12l0-0110
(Analog servo
only)
01P4l
S
02P4l
A16B-1211-0800
(Digital servo
only)
Axis control I
Position control 2 axes
(pulse coder)
(pulse input type) 2 axes
Bu,
A,
B
B.a.
OlP42
A16B-1211-08l0
(Digital servo
only)
Axis control II
Position control l axes
(pulse coder)
01P03B A16B-1211-0SS0
(120 series
only)
A16B-1211-0SSl
(Digital servo
12 series
only)
01P04
A16B-12l0-0070
Main CPU-2
Main CPU
PMC CPU
Interface for 14"
CRTl~1DI
Main buffer
Main buffer
Buffer af main bus and
peripheral bus
Buffer af main bus and
global bus
Position display control
(for 1st ar 2nd)
Analog input interf&ce
OlPOS
A16B-12l0-0090
01P06
02P06
01P07
S
02P42
- 61 -
1.4
Module name
PCB
mounted
in basic
control
unit
UOI, UIl
or U05
OlP08
02P08
OlP09
PCB
specification
Name & function
AI6B-1210-0020Axis CPU
CPU memory for axis
control
l pce of this PCB can
control 3 axes
(The hybrid servo control,
double check system, and
synchronous operation are
possible)
AI6B-1210-0180
02P09

(DSCG)
Additional detective
control in the hybrid
servo control and double
check system
Resolver inductosyn is
available as a position
detector
AI6B-1210-0170

(pulse input type)
Additional detective
control in the hybrid
servo control and double
check system
Pulse coder and pulse
input type detector is
available as a detector
OIPIO
AI6B-1210-0100
Sub CPU
CPU memory for sequence
control when more than 7
axes are controlled
OlPl3
AI6B-1210-0160
Spindle
(Used in the system where
sub-CPU is used)
Spindle analog output
Position coder interface
Position display control
(for 3rd)
OlPl4
AI6B-1210-0250
Additional buffer l
Buffer to expand the
global bus to the
additional control unit
- 62 -
Cabinet
type
Group
Bu,
B.O.
A,
B
Bu,
A,
1.4
Module name
PCB
mounted
in basic
control
unit DOl
or DOS
PHC
ROH
PCB
specification
A20B-1000-0910
Cabinet
type
Name & function

PHC ROH cassette
ROH for PHC
64 kB
A20B-IOOO-0920
Group
Bu,
A,
B,
B.O.
Bu,
A,
B
B.O.
PHC ROH cassette

128 kB
ROH for PHC
A20B-IOOO-0913
Interface converter
ROH for PHC
16 kB
BMU
A87L-000I-0017
Bubble memory
Hemorize parameter
Part program memory &
edit (60 m)
A87L-000I-0084
Bubble memory
Hemorize parameter
edit (320 m)
A87L-000I-0085
Bubble memory
Hemorize parameter
edit (640 m)
A87L-000I-0086
Bubble memory
Hemorize parameter
edit (1280 m)
A87L-000I-OIOO
fl8H
Bubble memory
Hemorize parameter
edit (2560 m)
A87L-000I-OIOO
If12H
Bubble memory
Hemorize parameter
edit (3840 m)
A87L-000I-OIOO
#161'1
Bubble memory
Memorize parameter
Part program memory
edit (5120 m)
- 63 -
&
lA
Module name
PCB
mounted
in basic
control
unit UOl
or UOS
PCB
mounted
in additional
control
unit UOZ
or U1Z
PSUl
PCB
specification
A20B-1OOO-Ono
Name
&
runction
Cabinet
type
Group
Power unit
Supply the DC voltage to
basic control unit
Bu,
A,
B

PCB is mounted ror 4th
or subsequent axis
position control when
more than 7 axes are
controlled.
Consisting or 2 kinds
of back panel PCBs
A16B-101O-OO20 (Analog)
A20B-1OO1-0180 servo
A16B-101O-0360 (Digital)
A16B-1OOZ-0960 servo
U02
A02B-007S-COO2
U12
A02B-007S-C014
OZP06
A16B-1210-0030
(Analog servo)
Axis control
B.O.
A16B-1Z1O-OllO
(Analog servo)
DSCG interface
Bu,
A,
B
B.O.
OSP06
OZP07
OSP07
OlP41
02P41
OlP4Z
OZP4Z
A16B-1Zll-0800 Axis control I

(Digital servo)
Position control Z axes
(pulse coder)
Separate type (pulse
input type) l axis
A16B-1Zll-0810 Axis control I I

Position control l axis
(Digital servo)
(pulse coder)
Separate type (pulse
input type) l axis
Reference point return
signal input 3 axes
OZP08
A16B-1Z1O-OOZO
Axis CPU
B.O.
A16B-1210-0180

(DSCG)
A16B-1Z1O-0170

(pulse input type detector)
S
OSP08
OZP09
OSP09
- 64 -
lA
Module name
PCB
mounted
in additional
control
unit U02
ar U12
OlPlS
A16B-l21O-0260
Name & function

Additional buffer 2
Buffer to receive the
global bus from basic
control unit
Cabinet
type
Group
Bu,
A,
B
B.O.
PSU2
A20B-IOOO-Ono
Power unit
Supply DC voltage to
additional control unit
.:
PCB
mounted
in
builtin
type
I/O unit
PCB
specification
IFOIA
A03B-0801-COOl
Built-in type I/O unit

I/O PCB is mounted
Max. for input
5 pcs
Max. for output
5 pcs
A16B-1310-0020
...
..
Interface module
Interface between basic
control unit and built-in
type I/O unit
ID99A
A20B'-1000-07SO
Input module
Low speed input 48 points
Used as a receiver af
contact signal
ID99B
A20B-IOOO-07S1
Input module
High speed input 48
points
Used as a receiver af
photo coupler, etc.
OD99A
A20B-IOOO-0760
Output module
Contactless output 32
points
A03B-080l-COOl
Built-in type additional

I/O unit
I/O PCB is mounted
Max. for input
5 pcs
Max. for output
5 pcs
PCB
mounted
in
builtin
type
additional
I/O unit
IFOlB
A16B-l21O-0030
...
..
Interface module
Interface between builtin type I/O unit and
bui It-in additional I/O
unit
ID99A
A20B-lOOO-07SO
Input module
ID99B
A20B-IOOO-07S1
Input module
OD99A
A20B-lOOO-0760
Output module
- 65 -
1,4
Module name
PCB
specification
Name & function
Cabinet
type
Group
A14B-0076-B201
Input unit
Power ON/OFF control
circuit, power magnetic
contactor and fuses are
mounted
Bu
A14B-0076-B206
Input unit
(When a velocity control
unit is not instalIed in
the free-standing type A
B. O.
Bu,
cab Lne t )
A14B-0076-B207
Input unit
unit is instalIed in the
free-standing type A
cabinet, and when servo
transformer total capacity
is 5 kVA or less)
A14B-0076-B20B
Input unit
unit is instalIed in the
free-standing type A
cabinet, and when servo
transformer total capacity
is 5 kVA or more)
A14B-0076-B205
Input unit
A16B-1600-00BO
Input unit PCB

(Commonly used in the input
unit for built-in type
cabinet, and free-standing
cabinet type A and B)
A20B-IOOI-0210
Input unit PCB

(Used in the input unit for
free-standing type B
cab Lne t )
AD2B-DD7S-CDD3
Punch panel
Connection to ASR33
Connection to reader/
puncher interface device
- 66 -
A,
B
1.4
Name
CRT/MDl unit
(12 series only)
9" CRT/
MDl unit
component
Specification
Remarks
A02B-0076-C022
9" horizontal type

for 12T
A02B-0076-C025
9" horizontal type

for 12M
A02B-0076-C042
9" vertical type for

12T
A02B-0076-C062
14" horizontal type

for 12T (color)
A02B-0076-C063
14" horizontal type

for 12M (color)
A02B-0076-C082
14" vertical type for

12T (color)
Control PCB
A20B-1000-0800
Back board
A20B-1000-0970
Power
A20B-1001-0160
CRT unit
A13B-0056-COO1
Key board
PCB
A20B-1000-0831
For 12T
A20B-1000-0832
For 12M
A20B-1000-0840
For horizontal type
A20B-1000-0841
For vertical type
Soft key
PCB
- 67 -
Cabinet
type
Bu,
A,
B
External
type
Group
B.O.
1.4
Name
14" CRT/
HDI unit
cornponent
Remarks
Control PCB
A20B-lOOO-0850
Power
A20B-lOOl-0160
CRT unit
A6lL-000l-0074
Keyboard
PCB
A20B-l 000-08 71
Horizontal type for

l2T
A20B-lOOO-0872
Horizontal type for

12M
A20B-lOOO-088l
Vertical type for l2T
A20B-lOOO-0890
Horizontal type
A20B-lOOO-089l
Vertical type
A16B-12l0-0480
DI 96 points,
DO 64 points
A16B-12l0-048l
DI 64 points,
DO 32 points
Al3B-0070-BOOl
Without reels
Al3B-0080-BOOl
With reels
Photo
amplifier
A20B-0007-0750
Without reels
Control PCB
A20B-lOOl-0050
With reels
Keyboard
A20B-IOOl-0060
With reels
Saft key
PCB
Connection unit for
operator panel
Tape reader
Tape
reader
component
Specification
- 68 -
Cabinet
type
External
type
Bu,
A,
B
Group
B.O.
lA
Table 1.4 (e)
Name
14" CRT/MOl for 100/110/120 series
Specification
14"CRT/MDI unit
A02B-0087-C200
14"
CRT/MDI
unit
component
Main CPU
A20B-1001-0830
Sub CPU
A20B-1OO1-0840
Remarks
ROM file (512KB) A20B-1OO1-0860

ROM file (l MB)
A20B-1OO1-0870
RAM file (128KB) A20B-1OO1-0880

RAM file (256KB) A20B-1OO1-0881
RAM file (S12KB) A20B-1OO1-0882
Bubble memory
(S12KB)
A20B-1OO1-0911
Bubble memory
(1MB)
A20B-1OO1-0910
Floppy
interface
A20B-1OO1-0901
Power supply
A20B-1OO1-0930
Back panel
A20B-1OO1-0920
Key board
A86L-0001-0130
Floppy unit terminal

board
A20B-1OO2-0060
ROM file adapter
A20B-1OO2-0ll0
- 69 -
For debug.
For ROM file and PMC writer
1.4
Table 1.4 (f)
PCB & unit for I/O unit [common to 10/11112/100/110/120 series)
Specification
Name
Remarks
BUlOA
A03B-080l-C009
I/O unit back panel (for 10 pcs)
BU08A
A03B-080l-C004
BU06A
A03B-080l-C006
BU04A
A03B-080l-C007
Power module
POW
A16B-13l0-001O
Common to main unit and I/O unit

200 VAC input
I/O interface
modul e
IFOlA
A03B-080l-ClOl
Optical signal ~ I/O bus,

electric signal ~ I/O bus
IFOlB
A03B-080l-Cl02
I/O bus extension
IF04C
A03B-080l-Cl03
Optical signal extension
OD64A
A03B-080l-C14l
DO=64
OD32A
A03B-080l-C140
DO=32
OD64B
A03B-080l-Cl13
DO=64
OD32B
A03B-080l-C1l2
DO=32
OD16B
A03B-080l-Clll
DO=16
OD08B
A03B-080l-CllO
DO= 8
OD16C
A03B-080l-CllS
DO=16
OD08C
A03B-OBOl-Cl14
DO= 8
OA16D
A03B-080l-Cl17
DO=16
OA08D
A03B-080l-C1l6
DO= 8
OA16E
A03B-080l-C1l9
DO=16
OA08E
A03B-080 l-C 118
DO= 8
ID64A
A03B-080l-C133
DI=64
ID32A
A03B-080l-C132
DI=32
ID16A
A03B-080l-C13l
DI=16
ID08A
A03B-080l-C130
DI= 8
I/O base.unit
Output module
Input module
- 70 -
24'V48VDC/
0.125A
Connection
via
connectors
24'V48VDC/
0.2SA
24'V48VDC/
O.SA
Connection
via terminals
24'V48VDC/
2A
l20VAC/1.6A
240VAC/1. 6A
24VDC/20mS
non insulation
Connection
via
connectors
Connection
via terminals
1.4
Name
Input module
(cont' d)
Positioning
module
(software is
necessary)
Specification
Remarks
ID64B
A03B-080l-C137
DI=64
ID32B
A03B-080l-C136
DI=32
ID16B
A03B-080l-C135
DI=16
ID08B
A03B-080l-C134
DI= 8
ID64C
A03B-080l-C123
DI=64
ID32C
A03B-080l-C122
DI=32
ID16C
A03B-080l-C12l
DI=16
ID08C
A03B-080l-C120
DI= 8
ID64D
A03B-080l-C127
DI=64
ID32D
A03B-080l-C126
DI=32
ID16D
A03B-080l-C125
DI=16
ID08D
A03B-080l-C124
DI= 8
IA16E
A03B-080l-C129
DI=16
IA08E
A03B-080l-C128
DI= 8
PTOlA
A03B-080l-C05l
Positioning
module control
24VDC/2mS
non insulation
Connection
via terminals
24VDC/20mS
insulation
Connection
via
connectors
Connection
via terminals
24VDC/2mS
insulation
Connection
via
connectors
Connection
via terminals
l20VAC/30ms
insulation
Connection
via terminals
A03B-080l-J50l
fl775
Software for positioning module
Analog input
module
AD04A
A03B-080l-C052
Analog input = 4
Analog output
module
DA03A
A03B-080l-C055
Analog output = 3
DA02A
A03B-080l-C053
Analog output = 2
CTOIA
A03B-0801-C054
Pulse input = l
PCB for power

input unit
A16B-1600-0090
200VAC input
PCB for additional power

input unit
A20B-l 00 1-021 O
200VAC input
Pulse counter
module
Connection
via
connectors
- 71 -
2.
2. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT
10/11/12/100/110/120 series is designed for ease of maintenance, such as

reduction of regular check points, easy adjustment, etc. It is also important
that the user make the departments concerned fully aware of the concept of
preventive maintenance in order to keep the NC machine tool in good condition.
Preventive maintenance includes the foliowing:
Routine check and adjustment.
Arrangement of maintenance tools.
Main spare parts.
2.1
Periodic Maintenance
(l) Tape reader cleaning
(a) Tape reader without reels

Item
Cleaning point
Reference
drawing
Surface of read head

(light sensing part)
Fig. 2.1 (a)
Surface of read head

(light emitting part)
Fig. 2.1 (a)
Tape retainer
Fig. 2.1 (a)
Cleaning
period
Daily
CD
Cleaning method
Cleaning with gauze or
thin brush with pure
alcohol.
Daily
Daily
Tape path
Fig. 2.1 (a)
Daily
Capstan roller
Fig. 2.1 (a)
Weekly
Guide roller
Fig. 2. l (a)
Weekly
Pinch roller
Assembly under tape

path plate
Fig. 2.1 (a)
Inside tape reader

cover
Fig. 2.1 (b)
Fig. 2.1 (a)
Weekly
(j)
Monthly
- 72 -
Monthly
Clean with cloth or a

brush.
2.1
(A13B-0070-BOOl)
Fig. 2.1 (a) Tape reader without reels front view (with cover removed)
9
Fig. 2.1 (b) Tape reader without reels side view
- 73 -
2.1
(b) Tape reader with reels

Item
Cleaning point
Reference
drawing
Cleaning
period
Surfaee of read head

(light sensing part)
Fig. 2. l (c)
Daily
Surfaee of read head

(light emitting part)
Fig. 2. l (c)
Daily
Tape retainer
Fig. 2. l (c)
CD
Cleaning method
Clean with gauze or a
thin brush with pure
alcohol.
@
Daily
G)
4
Tape path
Fig. 2. l (c)
Daily
Capstan roller
Fig. 2. l (c)
Weekly
Guide roller
Fig. 2.1 (c)
Weekly
Pinch roller
Fig. 2.1 (c)
Weekly
Assembly under tape

path plate
Fig. 2.1 (c)
Monthly
Inside tape reader

cover
Fig. 2. l (d)
Clean with cloth or a

brush.
Monthly
Fig. 2.1 (c) Tape reader with reels front view (with cover removed)
- 74 -
2.1
Fig. 2.1 (d) Tape reader with reels side view
(2) Tape reader lubrication

a) Tape reader without reel
The routine lubrication points and lubrication periods are as follows:
Item
l
Lubrication point
Magnetic section
Period
See Fig. 2.1 (a) (j)
Light machine oil
Lubrication
(Note)
Amount
3 months
Light machine
oil
l drop
l year
Rocol paste
Sufficient to
form a thin
film
Rocol paste
- 75 -
2.1
b) Tape reader with reels

The routine lubrication points and lubrication periods are as follows:
Item
l
Per iod
Lubrication point
Magnetic section
See Fig. 2.1 (e)
CD
Lubrication
(Note)
3 months
Light machine
oil
l drop
l year
Rocol paste
Sufficient to
form a thin
film
6 months
Rocol oil
lU
3 drops
lU
3 drops
Light machine oil
Roco1 paste
Amount
~ ::>-- ':::>,.,
V
__---=m
Guide roller
Tension arm guide roller
See Fig. 2.1 (e)@
See Fig. 2.1 (f)
6 months
Rocololl
/\
- 76 -
Rocol oil
2.1
Fig. 2.1 (e) Tape reader with reels front view
(Note) Lubricant
Item
Name
Manufacturer
Rocol oH (ROCOL ASO)
ROCOL CO. , Ltd. (U .K.)
Rocol Paste (ROCOL ASP)
ROCOL CO. , Ltd. (U.K. )
Luna oil
Nippon Sekiyu
Refer to appendix 18 about characteristics of oil .

. (3) Air Filter cleaning (For free-standing type cabinet only)
When the air filter instalied at the bottom rear of the equipment is dusty,
the dust collection efficiency will drop, and the temperature in the equipment will rise. Therefore, the filter must be cleaned weekly as follows:
a) Remove the fastener and air filter from the bottom rear of the equipment.
b) Blow the air filter out with compressed air from the inside while shaking
the filter lightly.
c) When the filter is very dirty, wash it in a neutral cleaner with pressure
and then dry in the shade. (At this time, do not wash it by rubbing.)
Wash it with pres sure in a neutral cleaner and water (about 40C or
104F) (cleaner 5%; water 95%), then rinse in clear water.
77 -
2.1
-:
Jl
Jl.
~Dnr--
IO
O
---------0 OD
------------
Air filter
r-
-.
"'.
I-
DI
;,:..
(4) Check and Cleaning af Motor Brush

a) Check and clean the motor brush as follows.
If the motor brush is
abnormally worn due to neglect, the motor can be damaged as aresult;
therefore, be sure to check the motor brush periodically.
i) Periodic checks should be made at the intervals listed below
When using a general machine tool (lathe, milling machine, machine
center, etc.): Once ayear
. When using a machine tool with a high frequency af acceleration/
deceleration (turret punch press, etc.): Every two months
However, it is recommended that the check interval be determined
by judging the actual wear af the motor brush.
ii) Confirm that the power supply to the DC servo motor (machine) is OFF.
Immediately af ter the DC servo motor has been operated, the brush may
be hot.
In such case, make the check af ter the brush is completely
cooled.
iii) Remove the brush cap, as shawn in Fig. A, using a screwdriver which
fits the slot.
iv) Af ter taking out the brush, measure (visually) the length af the brush
(see Fig. B). If the length af the remaining brush is shorter than 10
mm (5 mm for model DOM), the brush can no longer be used. Taking this
into consideration, make a judgement as to whether the brush can be
used until the next check and, if necessary, replace the brush.
v) Check the brush carefully. If any deep groove ar scar is found an the
contact surface af the brush, ar if any mark af arcing is seen an the
brush spring; replace the brush.
If this occurs, check the brush
occasionally for about a month af ter the replacement; if this recurs
during this period, contact our nearest service office.
- 78 -
2.1
vi) Blow off the dust in every brush holder with compressed air (factory
air), and the dust will come out through another brush holder. Before
using the compressed air, confirm that the air does not contain iron
dust or a large amount of moisture.
vii) Af ter the check, put back the brush and tighten the brush cap
completely. Be careful as sometimes the brush spring may be caught in
between the conducting metal and brush holder and the brush cap may
not go in correctly make sure that all the brush caps are tightened
into the respective brush holders to almost the same level.
When putting the brush into the brush holder, sometimes the brush
cannot slide smoothly due to brush dust which adhered to the inside
surface of the brush holder. In such a case, clean the inside surface
of the brush holder with the tip of a screwdriver.
(Take care not
scratch the commutator surface.)
viii) When replacing the brush, use a brush similar (in quality, shape ,
etc.) to the existing one. Af ter replacement of the brush, run the DC
.s e rvo motor without load for a while, to fit thebrush surface to the
commutator surface.
. 0. -,:
...
Length of brush
Brush
Brush holder
\
Brush cap
Fig. A Structure of brush holder
I_VWfj
!.
Motor model
1ength of
new brush
Usable length
Model
OOM
10 mm
5 m
Model
01, 51, OM,

5H, lOH, 20H,
30M, 30HH
19 mm
10 m
Fig. B Brush length
- 79 -
2.1
(5) Cleaning of heat exchange

The heat exchange and fan motors should be cleaned periodically.
If they are contaminated with dust, mist, or foreign substances, the heat
exchanging capacity may deteriorate, or fan motor trouble may occur.
The cleaning interval differs according to the installation environment of
the units.
Clean them at least once a every year; or clean more frequently according to
the environmental circumstances.
a) External view of unit
i) A type cabinet
The mounting face of
the heat exchange is
open, and the heat
exchange ean be cleaned
from the outside of
the cabinet.
(free-standing type,
built-in type l,
unbundled type)
Air outlet---++>.. ~
Fan motor
Air inlet
Rear view
ii) B type cabinet

The heat exchange is
mounted at the coupling
joint with the machine
tool, and it cannot be
cleaned from the outside
of the cabinet.
(10M/11M built-in
type 2, etc.)
(Clean the heat exchange
of this type from
the interior of the cabinet
af ter opening the door)
Air out1et ---------.
Fan motor
(Mounted inside the heat
exchange)
Air inlet ----I--HI->-f.X
Rearview
- 80 -
2.1
b) Preliminary work for cleaning

Turn off the power supply before starting the folIowing work.
Before cleaning, blow compressed air through the air inlet.
For the i)-A type cabinet: detach the fan motor together with its
mounting plate, detach the protective caps from the terminal board
mounted at the innermost part of the heat exchange, and disconnect the
power cables of the fan motors.
Fan motor
Power cable
For the ii)-B type cabinet:

open the front door, and detach the unit
mounted in front of the fan motor.
For instructions on how
to remove these units,
see Chapter 7"Replacement of PCB and Units".
The mounting structures of the fan motors in the heat exchange are
divided into the fan motor rear plate mounting type (the mountirig plate
and fan motor are separated from each other) and the fan unit type (the
mounting plate and fan motor are assembled together).
Remove the blind plate from the former or remove the fan unit from the
latter.
Disconnect the power cable
Power cable
and grounding wire from
the terminal board.
. Detach the blind plate or
fan unit by removing mounting
screws.
Terminal board
. Detach the protective caps

from the terminal board; then,
disconnect the fan motor power
cables in case of the fan motor
rear plate mounting type.
Unscrew mounting screws and
remove the fan motor.
Blind plate ar
fan unit
Protective cap
Power cable
- 81 -
Fan motor
2.1
c) Cleaning meihod
i) Cleaning of fan motors
Remove dust, mist, and other foreign substances from the fan motors,
terminal board, fan mounting plate, and other parts by using a brush
or other cleaning tool.
If they cannot be removed easily , wipe them off with a damp cloth
af ter wetting the cloth with water containing a neutral detergent.
Be careful not to allow detergent to go into the fan motor rotors and
other electric parts.
Completely dry the fan motors if water or detergent was used.
ii) Cleaning of heat exchange
Remove dust, mist, and other foreign substances from the interior of
the heat exchange through the mounting opening of the detached fan
motors or fan unit by using dry waste or something similar.
d) Installation
Af ter cleaning the fan motors and heat exchange, remount the fan motors
or fan unit, blind plate, and other parts, and connect the power cables
Be sure to fully cover the terminals with their
to the terminals.
protective caps.
Mount the units which have been removed in the preliminary work for
cleaning to their specified mounting places.
Be particularly careful not to connect the cable connectors incorrectly.
(Note) If defective, replace the fan motor. Mount the protective caps as
illustrated below.
(If protective caps are not mounted correctly,
a leak may occur.)
i) Pass the protective cap through each lead wire of the fan motor before
attaching the crimp-style terminal.
Protective cap
Crimp-style terminal
ii) Fully cover the terminals with protective caps.
Protective cap ~
Lead wire
- 82 -
Through type terminal

board
2.2
2.2
Maintenance Equipment
The folIowing equipments are recommended.

l) Measuring instruments
Instrument
Requirements
Usage
AC voltmeter
AC power-supp1y voltage
can be measured with a
tolerance of +2% or
downward.
Measurement of AC powersupply voltage
DC voltmeter
Maximum degree of 10 V,
30 V Tolerance of +2% or
downward (digital voltmeter may be required.)
Measurement of DC powersupp1y voltage
Phase rotation meter
Check of connection
sequence of AC 3-phase
input power
Oscilloscope
Frequency bandwidth of
5 MHz or upward, 2
channe1s
Adjustment of tape reader

photoamp1ifier, e tc ,
2) Too1s
+ screw driver: large, medium and smal1
screw driver: large, medium and smal1
3) Chemicals
Tape reader c1eaning 1iquid (pure a1coho1) and oi1.
2.3 Main Spare Parts
A1ways keep the fo110wing parts an hand:

o Fuses (see Appendix 17)
o Motor brush (see Appendix 14)
As required, provide P.C.Bs and units.
o P.C.B. and unit (see Table 1.4)
o Primary parts af the ve10city control unit (see Appendix 13)
- 83 -
3.
3. TROUBLESHOOTING
3.1 Procedures
Troubleshooting procedures are classified below, according to the status
failing NC.
l) No power ean be turne d on ....................... Section
2) Nothing is displayed on CRT screen af ter power is turned on . Section
3) Troubleshooting by alarm ........................ Section
4) LEDs on the master PCB light ......................... Section
5) Jog operation is not possibIe .................. Section
6) Manual pulse generator does not operate ............... Section
7) Synchronous feed or feed per revolution is not possible ... Section
8) Tape reader does not operate normaIly ............. Section
9) Automatic operation is not possibIe ................ Section
10) Spindle binary analog output voltage is abnormal ...... Section
Il) Analog output voltage linearity is not possibIe ... Section
12) Reader/puncher interface do not operate normaIly ... Section
13) Stop position does not coincide with reference point
in reference point return ......... Section
14) System error .......... Section
15) Power supply voltage checking ......... Section
16) Tape reader photo-amplifier adjustment .... Section
17) Connection diagram inside the NC ..... Section
18) Status display by self-diagnostic function .... Section
19) Block diagram and standard setting of serve system .. Section
20) Confirmation of connections between NC and serve unit . Section
21) Motor normal connection and reverse CONNECTION Section
22) Troubleshooting for serve system ... Section
23) Error display and its contents of I/O unit Section
Survey on Trouble Phenomena
of the
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
3.3.5
3.3.6
3.3.7
3.3.8
3.3.9
3.3.10
3.3.11
3.3.12
3.3.13
3.3.14
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
Inform our Service Center of checked data on the folIowing items, when trouble
occurrs.
l) Phenomena
i) Mode in which the trouble occurred
ii) Position where the trouble occurred
iii) Alarm number
iv) Trouble frequency
v) Amount of error in the position
vi) Display of the position when trouble occurrs
2) Other information
i) Software series and edition number displayed on the CRT when the power is
turned on (see Subsec. 3.3.2)
ii) Parameter contents
Inform our Service Center of the results of a comparison between the
parameter table attached to the NC and the parameters set in the NC.
iii) Program contents and cutter compensation values for automatic operation
iv) Contents of other items if checked
3.2
Error Message
See error meassage table of a separate volume (B-s4810E).
- 84 -
3.3
3.3 Checking and Countermeasures

3.3.1
No power can be turned on
Item
l
Cause of trouble
No input power
supply is connected to NC.
Check points
l
See Sec. 3.4. Make sure that

input unit pilot lamp PIL
(green LED) is ON.
When PIL is OFF, make sure

that input power is supplied
at input unit power-supply
terminal TPl.
When power is supplied at

input unit TPl and pilot lamp
is OFF, see Sec. 3.4. fuses
Fl, F2 or F3 are considered
blown out.
See Sec. 3.4. Make sure that
input unit alarm lamp ALM (red
LED) is OFF. When ON, remove
the cause (see Appx. 12 for
details) and press POWER OFF
but ton once; then press
pmoJER ON button.
Alarm lamp is ON.
OFF contct of
ex t erriaL powersupply ON/OFF is
faulty.
Make sure that EOF and COM are

shorted at input unit terminal
POWER OFF switch

on CRT/MDI unit
is faulty.
l
2
POWER ON switch on
CRT/MDI unit is
faulty.
Countermeasures
Remove blowout
causes and
replace fuses.
Make sure that POWER OFF

button contact is closed.
. 5 0FF1J
Make sure that two plns
are shorted in input unit.
Make sure that pressing POWER

ON button closes the contact.
Make sure that pressing POWER

ON but ton short circuit two
. 60N1J ln
" lnput unlt.
.
plns
Input unit is
faulty.
Replace the input

unit.
- 85 -
3.3.2
3.3.2 CRT screen is not displayed after turning on power supply
If no display appears on CRT screen af ter power is turned on, a faulty point can
be checked by the display conditions af l-segment LED on the master PCB
(10/11 series) or LED on the each PCB in the control unit (12 series).
For
details see 3.3.4.
3.3.3 Troubleshooting by alarm number
l) SR590 TH error (Tape Horizontal error)

If a tape code which is not covered in the code table is detected during the
significant information section of an NC tape (other than the section from
control out to in), the readout operation af tape is stopped.
When the
control unit is executing the previous block, it stops af ter completion af
the block, and SR590 is displayed an CRT.
The block in error is invalid, and is not executed.
The alarm condition is reset by pressing the RESET button.
Locate the cause according to the foliowing information obtainable through
the diagnostic function.
No.
Meaning af data
Display
1100
POSITION (CHARACTER)
1101
BIT PATTERN (CHARACTER)
1100
POSITION (CHARACTER)
1101
BIT PATTERN (CHARACTER)
If TH alarm occurs, the position of

the character in TH alarm is displayed by the number of characters
counted from the start of the block.
(TH alarm in front)
F
The readout code af the character in

TH alarm is displayed by the bit
pattern. (TH alarm in front)
If TH alarm occurs, the position af
the character in TH alarm is displayed by the number af characters
counted from the start af the block.
(TH alarm in back)
The readout code af the character in

TH alarm is displayed by the bit
pattern. (TH alarm in back)
Causes and countermeasures

o Contamination of NC tape and tape reader
Clean NC tape.
Clean the tape reader.
o Tape setting failure NC tape is set upside dawn;
Reset the NC tape correctly.
o Punching error af NC tape
Correct NC tape.
2) Alarm number
SR59l TV error (Tape Vertical error)
If during pari ty check, an odd number af characters are in a block (from the
character next to EOB), the control unit will execute the preceding block,
stopping af ter completion af it.
(The tape stops on the next character to
the EOB of the erroneous block.)
"SR59l" is displayed the CRT.
Alarm status is reset by pressing the reset button.
Error block is ignored.
- 86 -
3.3.3
This TV checking function can be made effective by setting the parameter.

Countermeasures
o Something (a space symbol, for example) that is ignored by the NC should be
punched befare *(EOB) code for odd-numbered holes. The tape punched out by
CNC is checked by the TV check.
The number ofcharacters in ane block must be made an even number.
o If this lamp lights up with an even number af characters punched, the tape
reader may be misreading. Clean the reading section af the tape reader ar
the NC tape.
3) PS200 Pulse coder synchronous error
The ane-revolution signal af the pulse coder was not. applied in reference
point return, ar the feed rate is tao low.
When using a pulse coder, af ter turning an the power ar resetting an
emergency stop, the reference counter is synchronized with the ane-revolution
signal when the first reference point return is performed .
The fallowing
conditions are required to catch the same edge af the l revolution signal:
a)
The position deviation (DGN No. 3000) should be 128 ar more.
b)
Af ter the position deviation amount has
exceeded
128
the
ane-revolution signal should be input at least ance before the
deceleration dog is separated again.
The one-revolution signal is not used during the second ar subsequent
reference point return. This alarm check is not made.
Item
l
Cause of trouble
Feedrate is tao
Low ,
Check points
Countermeasures
Perform reference point return

under the same conditions in
which the alarm occurred.
Confirm that the position
deviation is 128 ar more by
using the self-diagnostic function (DGN 3000). The start
point af the reference point
return must not be on the deceleration dog.
Increase the feed

rate. When the
position gain is
30 sec- 1, a fe ed
rate af at least
300 mm/min is
necessary.
The start point

af the reference
point return is
too close to the
reference point.
Check the distance from the

start point to the reference
point.
The distance from

the start point to
the reference
point must be
equivalent to at
least two motor
revolutions.
Source voltagefor
the pulse cader is
tao low.
The source voltage af the pulse

cader should be 4.75 V ar more.
(Remove the pulse coder cover
and measure the source valtage
at the + and - terminals an the
pulse cader baard.)
Cable lass must be

0.2 V ar less
including both
sides af 5 Vand
O V.
Defective pulse
coder.
Replace the pulse coder.
Replacement.
Defective master
PCB.
Replace the master PCB.
Replacement.
- 87 -
3.3.3
+ OVERTRAVEL (HARD)
OT008 - OVERTRAVEL (HARD)
When the movable part af the machine tool reaches the stroke end, the above
alarm message is displayed an the CRT screen.
When this alarm occurrs, movement af all axes stop in auto operation.
In
manual mode, the axis that alarm occurred an stops.
To stop the movable part of the machine tool, two limit switches (LSI, LS2)
are provided an each axis in each direction as sho~~ in the figure below.
4) OT007
Feed rate
LSI
Position
LS2
o When LSloperates, the feed is stopped af ter deceleration.

This alarm
message is displayed an CRT.
(LS2 opera tes only when
o Hhen LS2 operates , the feed is emergency-stopped.
LSI malfunctions)
Cause of Trouble and Countermeasures
l
Check the reference point setting for errors; then, correct the program.
2
Check the program for errors; then, correct the program.
Release
a) When only LSloperates
Move the movable part of the machine tool by manual operation (Jog, Step
or Handle) in the opposite direction (safe side) to separate it from the
limit switch. Push the RESET key on the MDI panel.
(Note) In this case, the movable part of the machine tool can be moved in the
opposite direct ion only.
b) When both LSI and LS2 operate
i) Set 2nd L.S. REMOVE button to ON on operator's panel.
ii) Follow the same instructions given for LSI.
(Note) In the equipment in which LSI is not operating when LS2 in operation,
the movable part is movable in both direct ions by manual operation.
Be careful of the direction in which it is to be moved when LSI has
malfunctioned.
5) OTOOl
OT006
OVERTRAVEL (SOFTl)
- OVERTRAVEL (SOFT3)
1
J
Stored Stroke limit alarm
When a machine reaches stored stroke limit, ane af these messages is

indicated an the CRT screen. When this alarm occurrs, movement of all axes
stop in auto operation.
In manual mode, the axis that alarm occurred on
stops.
Cause af trouble
a) Program miss.
b) Setting of stored stroke limit is abnormal.
Countermeasures
o The movable part of the machine tao l can be moved in the opposite
direction.
o If the movable part of the machine tool can not be moved, push the
emergency stop but ton and command G23 (Stored Stroke Limit Function OFF).
If the setting value is in error, correct the setting value and return to
reference point.
- 88 -
3.3.3
Confirm
Check the actual machine position (position on machine coordinate system)
from the reference point displayed on CRT screen.
(Note)
To make stored stroke check 1 invalid until the

return end af ter turning on the power, in the
folIowing operation should be done.
Operating procedure
(i) Turn on the power while pressing
(ii)
c:J
and
reference point
10 series, the
c:J keys.
It is attached to IPL mode and the following.menu is displayed on the

screen:
IPL
1 CUMP MEMORY
2 3 CLEAR FILE
4 SETTING
5 6 END IPL
(iii)
Key is
mI
(iv)
Key in
[]J
(v)
INPUT
I to
select
"4 SETTING"
in response to the question "CHECK SaFT aT AT POWER aN?"
The menu described in (ii) is displayed on the CRT.

change IPL mode.
I INPUT l to
Key in ~
6) SV023 SV over load

Item
1
Cause of trouble
(analysis)
Check points
Countermeasures
Check if OVERLOAD lamp lights

when turning on NC power
supply.
Connection/setting
failure.
Proceed to item 6
or 7.
Check to see i f thermal relay

of M series velocity control
unit functions.
(AC servo is
not provided with this thermal
relay. )
Proceed to item 2
or 3.
Check to see if radiation fins

of AC servo velocity control
unit are overheated.
(M series
serve is not provided with
these radiation fins.)
Proceed to item 2.
Check thermostat of serve

transformer functions.
Proceed to item 2
or 4.
Check thermostat of regenerative dis charge unit functions.
Proceed to item 5.
Check thermostat of AC serve

motor functions.
Proceed to item 2.
- 89 -
3.3.3
Item
2
Cause of trouble
Overload of motor
Check points
Countermeasures
Measure the motor current.

The continuous rated current
is as specified below:
M series serve
OOM
4A
lA
OM
SM ... 9A
10M
l2A
l8A
20M
24A
30M
AC serve
0.93A
30R
29A
4-0
0.93A
3-0
3A
2-0
2.9A
l-O
4.6A
O
6.8A
S
llA
10
20A
20
22A
30
..
..
...
..
...
..
..
...
..
...
..
..
..
Reduce the cutting

condition. If the
continuous rated
current exceeds
the specified
value during idle
feed. Adjust the
machine tool.
...
..
Setting failure of Check to see if the thermal

thermal relay of M relay is set to the continuous
series serve
rated current value of the
motor specified in item 2.
Reset the thermal

relay setting.
Thermostat of
serve transformer
is defective.
If thermostat functions when

the surface temperature of
transformer is lower than
60C, it's defective.
Replace transformer.
Excessive regenerative energy
l) Excessive acceleration/
deceleration frequency.
Check to see if the
positioning frequency
exceeds l ~ 2 times/sec in
rapid traverse. Check that
no alarm occurs when this
frequency is reduced.
Reduce the acceleration/deceleration frequency by

inserting a pause
time.
2) Counter balance on machine

tool side.
Correct the
counter balance.
Check to see if the folIowing

wiring is correct.
o NC (CVl ~ )
- velocity control unit (CNl)
o Servo transformer
- velocity control unit (CN2)
o Regenerative discharge unit
- velocity control unit (CN2)
o AC servo motor
- velocity control unit (CNS)
Correct wiring.
Wiring failure
- 90 -
3.3.3
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
Setting fa ilure on
velocity control
unit PCB
Check to see i f setting pin S20

is set as specified in M series
servo. Check to see if setting
pin SI is set as specified in
AC servo.
Reset pin S20 or

SI, as specified.
7) SVOOO TACROGENERATOR DISCONNECT

a) For M series servo
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
The motor power

cable is not connected to terminals (5), (6), (7)
or (8) of terminal
board TI in the
velocity control
unit, or the power
cable is broken.
If the alarm occurs when a

motion command is not input, the
alarm cause described here
should be checked.
Correct the power

cable connection.
PCB setting is
incorrect.
Check the setting according to

section 6.2. "Setting and adjustment of PCB ".
Adjust the setting.
Velocity feedback
voltage is not
being applied or
is intermittent.
Measure the velocity feedback

voltage between check terminals
CR2 (TSA) and CR3 (GND) with an
oscilloscope. Verify whether
the voltage is being interrupted.
Repair the cable

carrying the
velocity feedback
voltage. Repair
the defective
source (i.e.,
motor or control)
of the velocity
feedback voltage.
Checking points
Countermeasures
b) For AC servo
Item
Cause of trouble
The motor power

cable is not connected to terminals (5) , (6) , or
(7) of terminal
board TI in the
velocity control
unit, or the power
cable is broken.
I f the alarm occurs when a

motion command is not input, the
alarm cause described here
should be checked.
Repair the power

cable of motor.
PCB setting is
incorrect.
Check the setting.
Adjust the
setting.
Pulse coder feedback signal is not

be sent.
Check the feedback cable.
Repair the feedback cable.
- 91 -
3.3.3
8) SVOOl MOTOR OVERLOAD

Item
Cause af trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
PCB is defective.
The OVC alarm occurs if the power Replace the PCB.

is turned an when the motor power
cable is disconnected. (In this
case, the gravity axis may fall
dawn; therfore, it should be
supported.)
(The S23 terminal should be
shorted so that the TGLS alarm
does not occur. Af ter confirmation, the S23 connection
should be opened.)
PCB setting is
incorrect.
Check the set ting af variable

registor RV3 which is used to
set the upper limit af the motor
current. (Generally, RV3 is set
to la, but the adjustment may
differ with the machine tool.)
Change the RV3

setting.
Mechanical load is
irregular.
Observe the waveform between

check terminals CR8 and CR3 with
an oscilloscape. Check whether
the current which is determined
by RV3 flows more than 600 msec.
Remove the mechanical overload.
Checking points
Countermeasures
b) For AC servo
Item
Cause af trouble

sent.
Reconnect the
feedback cab Le ,
Motor current
exceeds rated
current.
Check motor current.
Change the cutting

conditions.
9) SV002 VELOCITY UNIT BREAKER OFF

Item
l
Cause af trouble
The no fuse
breaker operated.
Checking points
The breaker is open when it is
as shawn below.
See section 3.4 for the location
af the breaker.
This button pops
~l::
up when the breaker
t-> operates. To reset
IT
the breaker, press
the button af ter
I
turning off the
power.
=m r
- 92 -
Countermeasures
Turn off power and
reset the breaker.
(If it does not
reset immediately,
wait about ten
minutes and try
again. )
3.3.3
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Diode module DS or
some other part of
the velocity
control unit is
defective.
The breaker opera tes again when

power is restored af ter the
countermeasures of item 1.
Replace diode
module DS or the
whole velocity
control unit.
Mechanical load is
excessive.
Observe the motor load current

at rapid traverse between terminals CH8 and'eH3 on the PCB
with an oscilloscope.
Check whether it exceeds the
rated current.
Remove the
mechanical overload.
The PCB or the

connection between
the PCB and the
velocity control
unit is defective.
The BRK alarm occurs when the

no fuse breaker is not
operating.
Replace the PCB

ar the velocity
unit.
Countermeasures
This alarm message is not displayed for AC servo.

10) SV003 EXCES S CURRENT IN SERVO
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
Incorrect motor
power cable connection.
The HCAL alarm does not occur

when the power is turned on when
the motor power cable is disconnected.
(In this case, the gravity axis
may fall down, so it should be
supported. The S23 terminal,
on the PCB should be shorted so
that the TGLS alarm will not
occur. The S23 connection
should be opened af ter confirmation.)
Fix the motor

power cable connection.
The transistor
module is defective.
The RCAL alarm goes on when the

motor power cable is disconnected.
Turn off power and measure the
resistance between the folIowing
terminals using a multi-meter.
If the measured value is 10 ohms
or less, the transistor module
is defective.
Replace the transistor module.

Cl
Bl
El, C2
B2
E2
ex)
Confirm be twe en
Cl-El, C2.
El, C2-E2.
- 93 -
3.3.3
b) For AC servo
Item
Cause af trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
Incorrect connection af motor

power line.
HC alarm does not occur when

turning an the power supply
af ter disconnecting the motor
power line.
(Since the gravity axis may
drop, support it ar disconnect the drive cable af
gravity axis brake.)
Reconnect the
motor power line
correctly.
If the motor power
line is checked
while disconnected, set
terminal SlO setting to L side, ar
TG alarm occurs.
Transistor module
is defective.
Check if HC alarm occurs when

af ter disconnecting the power
line according to item 1.
Turn off the power supply,
remove PCB, and observe the
resistance between terminals
af the transistor module with
a circuit tester.
Replace transistor
module.
* Check resistance
between Cl - El
and C2; also
between El and
C2-E2.
** Check resistance between
Cl-El and also
between C2-E2.
(x)
Cl
Bl
El, C2
B2
E2
(>0
(H003)
**
ex)
Cl
Bl
El
C2
B2
E2
(x)
(H004,HOOS)
3
Internal shortcircuit failure af

motor windings.
Check motor windings for normal

insulation.
Replac.e the motor.
PCB is defective.
PCB is defective if HC alarm

occurs when there is no defect
in items 1, 2, ar 3.
Replace the PCB.
- 94 -
3.3.3
Il) SV004
EXCESS VOLTAGE IN SERVO

Item
Cause af trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
Input AC power
voltage is toa
high.
Check the tap connection af

servo power transformer.
Correct the tap

connection.
Servo motor is
defective.
Check to see i f the insulation

resistance is normal between
the motor armature (power line)
and the body.
Clean brushes.
PCB is defective.
Check to see i f alarm occurs

when item l and 2 are normal.
Replace PCB.
b) For AC servo
Item
Cause af trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
Input AC power
voltage is higher
than specified.
Check to see i f the servo

transformer taps are properly
connected.
Repair the tap

connection.
Servo motor is
defective.
Check to see i f the insulation

resistance is normal between
the motor armature (power line)
and the body.
Replace the motor.
Load is excessively motianIess.
PCB is defective.
Increase the
acceleration/
deceleration time
constant.
PCB is defective if HValarm
occurs when there are no
defects in items l, 2, ar 3.
Replace the PCB.
12) SVOOS EXCES S DISCHARGE CURRENT

Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
Discharge transis ter Q1 or the

PCB is defective.
The alarm occurs immediately

af ter turning on power.
Replace transistor Q1 or replace

PCB.
PCB setting is
incorrect.
Terminal S26 is shorted although

the separate regenerative discharge unit is used with the
gravity axis.
Open terminal S26.
- 9S -
3.3.3
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Machine tool
counterbalance is
incorrect.
The waveform shown in the

folIowing figure is measured at
stated periods on check terminal
CHIO while the counterbalanced
axis is moving down at rapid
traverse speed.
Adjust the
counterbalance.
The acceleration/
deceleration rate
frequency is toa
high.
Check whether the positioning

frequency at rapid traverse
speed exceeds l to 2 time per
second. Check that the alarm
indicator does not go on when
the rate is decreased.
Use a dwell period

and decrease the
acceleration/
deceleration rate.
Item
Countermeasures
1.2 O.2 V
O.2O.2V
OV
Discharged
time
b) For AC serve
Checking points
Countermeasures
Item
Cause of trouble
Regenerative transistor QI is
defective or PCB
is defective.
DC alarm occurs immediately

af ter power is turne d on.
Replace the transistor QI or replace the PCB.
PCB setting is
incorrect.
Setting pin S2 is set to L

side, although a separate
regenerative discharge unit
is used.
Set 82 correctly.
The acceleration/
deceleration rate
frequency is too
high.

speed exceeds l to 2 times per
second. Check that the alarm
does not occur when the rate is
decreased.
Use a dwell period

and decrease the
acceleration/
deceleration rate.
- 96 -
3.3.3
13) SV 006 VELOCITY-UNIT POWER TOa LOW

a) For M series serve
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
AC power voltage
is toa low.
Check to see if connection

between input AC power voltage
and serve transformer tap is
correct.
Correct the tap

connection.
Connection is
defective between
serve transformer
and CN2 on the
PCB.
Check to see i f PCB voltage

+24 V and +15 Vare correct.
Check that the serve transformer terminals (41 tV 43,
44 tV 46, 47 tV 49) and PCB CN
2 (1, 2, 3) are connected
correctly.
Correct the
connection.
PCB is defective.
LVAL alarm occurs when above

items l + 2 are normal.
Replace the PCB.
b) For AC serve
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
AC power voltage
is toa low.
Check to see if the connection

between input AC power voltage
and serve transformer is
correct.
Correct the tap

connection.
Connection is
defective between
serve transformer
and PCB CN2.
Check to see if PCB voltage

+24 V, +15 Vand +5 Vare
correct. Check that serve
transformer terminal 41 tV 49
(AC 18 V) and PCB CN2 (1, 2,
3) are connected. correctly.
Correct the
connection.
+5 V fuse is blown
out.
Check to see i f the fuse for

+5 V is blown out.
Replace the fuse.
PCB is defective.
PCB is defective if LV alarm

occurs when above items l tV 3
are correct.
Replace the PCB.
14) SV013
Item
Improper V-READY OFF
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
100 V AC is not
supplied to
velocity control
unit.
Check to see i f 100 V AC is

supplied across terminals (3)
and (4) of the terminal board
of the velocity control unit.
Supply 100 V AC.
No fuse breaker
is turned off in
AC servo.
Check the no fuse breaker

button on/off state.
If the button is
off, proceed to
next block.
- 97 -
3.3.3
Causes and countermeasures when no fuse breaker functions in AC servo

Item
Cause of trouble
Check procedure
Countermeasures
No fuse breaker
function
The operating condition is

illustrated below:
This button is
pushed inward
during normal
operation of
the motor. If
the breaker has
functioned,
turn off the
three-phase
power supply
once and press
this button.
Reset the no fuse

breaker af ter
turning off the
power supply.
(If the no fuse
breaker cannot be
reset, wait for
about la minutes,
then try again.)
Diode module,
surge absorber
(ZNR) or other
parts are faulty
in velocity
control unit.
No fuse breaker functions simultaneously when power supply

is turned on af ter countermeasure in item l.
Replace diode
module DS or surge
absorber (ZNR) of
velocity control
unit.
Irregular mechanical load
Check to see if the motor load

current exceeds the rated current during rapid traverse,
while monitoring CHIa and CHll
or CH12 and CH3 (aV) of PCB
using and oscilloscope.
Eliminate irregular load from

mach ine tool side.
15) SV008
SV009
Excess error (Stop)

Excess error (Moving)
Position deviation excessive alarm

Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
Mis-setting of
position deviation
Check that parameters 1828 'V

1830 are the same as the parameter list attached to the NC.
Correct the
parameter setting.
Overshoot
When sufficient current does

not flow to the motor during
acceleration or deceleration,
deviation value of position
control circuits increases.
Check waveform at CHl on
velocity control PCB and
confirm whether overshoot is
within 5%.
Increase the rapid

traverse time
constant of NC.
(set at NC side)
Increase gain
(RVl) of the velocity control unit.
- 98 -
3.3.3
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
Drop of input
power voltage
Check to see if input power

voltage is within +10% and
-15% .
Change the input

tap of power
transformer for
servo.
Voltage of power
supply is
irregular.
Check the voltage of control

part.
Repair the fault.
Connection is
erroneous
Check the connection of power

line of motor, tacho-generator,
etc.
Repair the fault.
Trouble with position control circuit on the master

PCB (for FS10/11)
or 01~05P06 axis
control PCB, 01~
05POl DSCG interface PCB (for
FS12). Trouble
with velocity control unit PCB.
Replace the PCB with a new one

(if provided) and recheck.
Adjustment and setting.
Replace the PCB

with spare.
Poor brush contact

due to loosened DC
motor brush cap
Confirm the motor brush contact.
Tighten the brush

capo
""
16) SVala
Item
Excess drift compensation
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
Bad connection
Check the connection of power

lines to servo motor.
Check the connection between
position detector and serve
motor.
Repair the fault.
Setting af drift
compensation
value is
incorrect.
Check whether the contents of

parameter No. 1834 exceed 500.
tfuen emergency
stop condition
occurs, set O bit
(ADR) of parameter
number 1800 to "O"
and set the
contents of parameter No.1834 to
"O". Then reset
ADR to "l" and
re lease the
emergency stop.
- 99 -
3.3.3
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Trouble with
velocity control
unit or/and position control
circuit on master
PCB (for 10 and 11
series). Trouble
with 01~05P06 axis
control PCB (for
12 series).
Check by changing with spare

PCB (if provided).
Adjustment and setting must be
done correctly.
Countermeasures
Replace the PCB
with spare.
17) SV011 LSI overflow

These alarms occur when:
a) Positional deviation in the axis involved exceeds +32767. However, when
positional deviation limits (parameters 1828 ~ 1830) are set correctly,
alarm SV008 or SV009 is displayed before any of the above-noted alarms
occur. So they usually cannot occur on this condition.
b) D/A converter velocity command value does not include the +8191 to -8192
range.
D/A converter velocity command value = 0.192 x K x G x E x 10- 5
where K: serve loop gain multiplier (parameters 1826)
G: serve loop gain 0.01 sec- 1 (parameter 1825)
E: position deviation (can be verified by DGN 3000)
TheoreticaI value (when feed has become constant)
E = !- x ! x ! 10 2
60
G
a
mm/min (inch/min)
where F: feed rate
a: detection unit
mm (inch)
G: serve loop gain o.oi sec- 1
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Parameter setting
is incorrect.
l) Check serve loop gain multi-
plier.
Parameter 1826
2) Check serve loop gain.
Parameter 1825
3) Check CMR.
Parameter 1820
4) Check DMR.
Parameter 1816
- 100 -
Countermeasures
3.3.3
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Extreme positional
deviation.
Compare the theoretically calculated value with positional

deviation by DGN 3000.
l) Feed rate
Rapid traverse rate:
parameter 1420
Machine tool do es
not move the
usual distance.
Countermeasures
Feed rate is correct; positional

deviation is also correct.
Proceed to 6.
Feed rate is correct; positional

deviation is incorrect.
Proceed to 3.
Issue a command (feed of several

mm) (do not cause alarm) to see
if machine tool moves by a normal
value.
If machine tool does not move by
a normal value.
Proceed to 4.
Machine tool does move by a

normal value.
Proceed to 5.
Position detector
is incorrect.
Replace the position detector.
PCB is incorrect
(for 10 and 11
series.)
For pulse coder,

replace master
PCB.
For resolver!
inductosyn,
replace PCB A16B1210-0460.
Master PCB is
incorrect (for 10
and 11 series).
Replace the master

PCB.
01"'OsP06 axis
control PCB or
01"'OsP07 DS CG
interface PCB is
bad (for 12
series).
Replace the PCB wf.t h the spare

PCB (if provided). Adjustment
and setting should be correct.
- 101 -
Replace the PCB.
3.3.3
18) SV018
SV020
UNFIT DSCG FREQUENCY

UNFIT PRASE SRIFT VALUE
Position detecting system trouble.

Item
Cause of trouble
(Resolver/inductosyn)
Checking points
Countermeasures
Connection is
bad.
Check to see i f connector

connection, cable signal line
connection, and the signal line
are shorted to the ground or
to another line.
Repair error
Detected gain is
bad.
See Subsect. 6.1. 2 or 6.1. 5 for

detected gain adjustment.
Adjust detected
gain.
Phase shift is
bad.
Check to see i f phase shift

value was initialized (parameter
1802, bit O, PSF=O) at first
field adjustment or af ter position detector replacement.
Initialize phase
shift value.
Setting on PCB is
erroneous.
Check the short circuit of

inductosyn/resolver interface
PCB (for 11 series) or Ol'"
05P07 DSCG interface PCB (for
12 series). See Subsect. 6.1.1
or 6.1.5.
Correct erroneous
setting.
Parameter setting
is erroneous.
Check i f resolver inductosyn

parameters RES (parameter 1815,
bit O) is set to "l" for pulse
coder-type position detection.
Set parameter
correctly.
PCB adjustment is
bad.
Check Fmin and Fmax adjustment

on inductosyn/resolver interface
PCB (for 11 series) or 01"'05P07
DSCG interface PCB (for 12
series) (see Subsect. 6.2.1 or
6.1.5).
Readjust.
Position detector
is faulty.
Change position control axis

to another axis for checking.
Inductosyn gap is
clogged with
chips.
Insert a piece af paper in the

gap. While NC-side cable is
removed, check to see if
scale-side signal and sliderside signal are insulated.
Remove chips.
Inductosyn/
resolver interface PCB is
faulty (for 11
series).
Replace the PCB for checking.
Replace the PCB.

Al6B-1210-0460
- 102 -
3.3.3
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
10
Inductosyn preamplifier is
faulty.
Replace the preamplifier for

checking.
Replace the pr eamplifier.
11
Master PCB is
faulty (for 11
series).
Replace the PCB.
12
01"'OSP07 DS CG
interface PCB or
01"'OSP06 axis
control PCB is
bad (for 12
series).
Replace the PCB.
19) SVOlS Pulse coder disconnection

(Disconnection detective alarm)
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
Cable connection
is erroneous.
PCB is faulty.
Replace the master

PCB or replace the
additional axis
PCB (for 11
series).
Replace 01"'OSP06
axis control PCB
(for 12 series).
Pulse coder is
faulty.
Replace the pulse

coder.
20) OROOl
Check pulse-coder feedback cable

connection and wiring.
Locker overheating
"OROOl" is displayed when overheating inside the NC control unit

detected.
Release
Restart is impossible with reset button while this alarm is displayed.
Af ter the temperature is lowered, the alarm releases.
Item
Cause of trouble
Surrounding temperature is toa

high.
Lower surrounding temperature.
Air filter is
dusty.
Clean the air filter.
Fan Motor of NC
is not working
properly.
Replace the fan motor.
Countermeasures
- 103 -
is
3.3.3
21) OHOOO
Item
Overheat alarm of DC serve motor
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
lOverload
Check that the motor armature

current exceeds the rated
current.
Decrease load
torque.
Decrease cutting
condition.
Winding insulation
trouble
Check the insulation between

the terminals Al or A2 of motor
power cable and the motor
bodies with a tester or a
megger.
Over l Mn at 500 V is normal
for the megger check.
Infinite value is normal in
the tester check.
Clean around the

commutator with
forced air.
Change the motor
if the ab ove
counter measure
is ineffective.
Shortcircuit
inside of winding
Measure no-load current by removing the motor from the

machine. If the current
increases in proportion to the
motor rotation rate, there is
a short-circuit inside of
winding.
Clean around the

commutator.
This problem can
easily occur when
the oil adheres to
the surface of the
commutator.
Demagnetization of
fieldsystem
magnet
Check to see if the motor

terminal voltage between Al and
A2 is normal at rapid traverse.
Change the motor

if terminal voltage is low and
the motor is overheat ed at the same
time.
Trouble with heat

pipe fan operation
Check the fan voltage and the

wiring.
Check whether the fan does not
touch a wire gauze.
Check the fan motor itself for
a problem.
Rearrange the
wiring.
Refix the wire
gauze.
Replace the fan
motor.
Trouble in heat
pipe efficiency
The heat pipe does not work

when a motor with a heat pipe
is overheated, despite the faet
that all the above items are
normal.
Replace the motor.
Brake trouble
Check to see that the brake

connection corresponds to the
power source frequency.
Check to see that the voltage
is 100 V lO%(allowable value.)
Replace the brake.
Connection trouble
Check the overheat connection

between motor and position
control.
Repair the fault.
- 104 -
3.3.4
Item
9
10
3.3.4
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
Master PCB and/or

additional axis
control PCB is
faulty.
Replace the PCB.
01'VOsP06 axis
control PCB is bad
-(for 12 series).
Replace the PCB.
Lighting of LED on master PCB
If an alarm occurred, an alarm message should be displayed on the CRT screen.

However, it is possibIe that no alarm will appears if the display function is
not working.
In such case, the alarm contents are displayed by the LED on the master PCB as
shown below.
(i) For 10 and Il series
WDALMO
7-segment LED8.
Master PCB
The 7-segment LED display changes af ter turning on the power supply, and it
finally displays "l" af ter stopping.
If an alarm occurred, it displays as
follows.
Display
Alarm contents
MDI connection failure
Bo
Eo
Coun t e rtne a su r e s.
Check optical fiber cable connection

and connector of CRT/MDI unit.
Replace master PCB, MDI PCB, or optical
fiber cable.
MDI failure
(Incorrect ID number)
Check the type (9", 14", etc. ) of CRT/

HDI unit or the edition number of NC
software.
Connection unit of operators panel or
its connecting cable is defective.
- 105 -
3.3.4
Display
Ea
Ro
r--""
I
I
I
I
Alarm contents
Connection failure of
connection unit or I/O
cards Dl 'V D3
---1
E
Check the optical fiber cables connection of these units and connectors.
Replace master PCB, connection unit,
I/O cand Dl 'V D3, or optical fiber
cable.
Different type of above

mentioned unit
(Incorrect ID number)
Check the above units for their

specified types or check the edition
number of NC software.
Connection of unit 2 or its connecting
cable is defective
Transfer error through

optical fiber cable
Check alarm LED of the units connected

by optical fiber cable. Replace master
PCB, MDI PCB, connection unit PCB, I/O
unit, or optical fiber cable.
Replace PMC RAM in case of PC debug.
PC or interface converter
does not function
(While waiting for answer)
Check if PMC-ROM cassette, PMC RAM

board or interface converter is mounted
on master PCB; or replace the above
PCB.
Waiting for PMC ready
Replace PMC ROM, PMC ROM cassette or

PMC RAM board.
Check PMC program.
RAM check error
Replace master PCB or ROM/RAM board

additional memory board.
System error
Replace master PCB, NC software ROM or

ROM board.
Do
fJ
Countermeasures
Bo
6
(IPL mode)
EJ
r-]
(Normal operatipn is
in progress.)
1--
L__
Others
System error

ROM PCB.
WDALM
lights
Watch-dog alarm occurs

ROM PCB.
- 106 -
3.3.4
ii) For 12 series

a) The "HALT" red LED is mounted on MAIN CPU (01P03). SUB CPU (01PIO) and
AXIS CPU (Ol ~ OSP08) PCB in 12 series as shown below. The LED is lit
when CPU is in "HALT" condition.
Main HALT
PC HALT
HALT
Main CPU (OlP03)
Axis CPU (01 - 05P08) ar

Sub CPU (OlPlO)
The folIowing conditions are considered to correct this:

CD Replacement of PCB that LED is lit
GD Replacement of ROM on the PCB that LED is lit
CD Replacement of Main buffer PCB when all HALT LEDs are lit
Fu r t.he rtnor e , when power is aN. the LEDs are lit for about O. S sec.;
however. it causes no abnormality.
b) The PALM(L)/(H) red LED is mounted on ROM PCB (OlPOl) and the GNMI/WDALM
red LED is mounted on MAIN BUFFER PCB (01P04) respectively, as shown
below.
GNMI
PALM(L)
PALM(H)
- 107 -
WDALM
3.3.4
The folIowing conditions are considered to correct this:

Alarm contents
Countermeasures
PALM(L)
Parityerror detection in
low-byte RAM on ROH PCB
Replacement of ROM PCB

(OlPOl) .
Replacement of ROH on ROM
PCB.
PALM(H)
Parityerror detection in
high-byte RAM on ROM PCB
Replacement of ROM PCB

(OlPOl) .
Replacement of ROH on ROM
PCB.
GNMI
RAM pari ty error detection

in AXIS CPU
Replacement of ROM of the

PCB which the four LEDs
for CPU condition indication becomes "E" condition.
(See Item C-2) in AXIS CPU
(Ol'\, OSP08), or PCB.
WD ALM
Watch dog alarm detection
Replacement of NC software
ROM or replacement of each
PCB.
c) The four green LEDs for display of the CPU condition are mounted on the
each PCB of MAIN CPU (01P03), (OlPOl) and AXIS CPU (01'\,OSP08) as shown
below.
The folIowing are details of the LEDs.
LED8
LED4
LED2
LED8
LEDl
LED4
LED2
LED 1
Axis CPU (01 - OSP08) ar
Sub CPU (01PIO)
Main CPU (OlP03)
How to check the LED:

The aN or OFF condition of LEDs are regarded as 1 or O respectively.
These are coded like as folIowing formula,
1
0
3
(LED8) x 2 + (LED4) x 22 + (LED2) x 2 + (LEDI) x 2
Ex. LED8 and LED2 are aN. It shows "A" in hexadecimal.
The display of four LEDs changes af ter power on, and stops on display "l"
at last. If a trouble occures, its display stops as follows.
- 108 -
3.3.4
C-l
o OFF
aN
-'f{.. Flick'I'
ering
o
o
o
o
"
Light on
condition
MAIN CPU (01P03) A16B-12l0-0060
Alarm details
Power system failure

Trouble in LED
See Item 3.3. L

Replace MAIN CPU (OlP03) PCB.
System doesn't start
Check ROM mounting and mounting position.

Replace PCB of ROM PCB
(OlPOl) , MAIN CPU (01P03) and Z'
or MAIN BUFFER (OlP04) .
RAM check error
Replace ROM PCB (OlPOl) or

MAIN CPU (01P03).
Abnormali t y of CRT/MDI
unit connection
Check optical fiber cable

connection and connector of
CRT/MDI unit.
-,,~
, I'
-.-:
,,'
-".~
o
Countermeasures
B
(Flickering)
, t'
Replace MAIN CPU (OlP03) ,

MAIN BUFFER (01P04), MDI PCB
or optical fiber cable.
o
o
-~.~
.::.-
3
(Flickering)
Discrepancy in CRT/MDI
unit (ID number doesn't
Abnormality of connection with built-in type

I/O unit or external
I/O unit
conform)
Check the type of CRT /MDI unit

(9 inch, 14 inch, etc.) or NC
software series
, t'
o
o
o
-.,"
Check optical fiber cable

connection or connector of
unit.
Replacement MAIN CPU (01P03),
MAIN BUFFER (01P04), MDI PCB
or optical fiber cable.
l
(Flickering)
Discrepancy in I/O unit

(ID number doesn't
conform)
,"
- 109 -
Check the type of I/O unit or

NC software series.
3.3.4
o OFl
ON
-.-Flick'I'
ering
Light an
condition
C
(Flickering)
Alarm details
Countermeasures
Trouble sending data in

optical fiber cable
Check alarm condition af LED

an the unit connected by
optical fiber cable.
Replacement af }~lN CPU
(0IP03), ~lN BUFFER (0IP04),
MDl PCB, optical interface PCB
in I/O unit ar optical fiber
c ab Le ,
Replace PCRA}1 PCB when PC

debugging.
PMC doesn't start
(waiting answer)
Check the mounting af PMC ROM,

PMC ROM cassette ar PMC RAM
PCB.
Replace the PCB as described
above.
Waiting PMC-ready
Replace the PMC ROM,

PMC ROM cassette ar PMC RAM
PCB.
Check PMC programming.
System error
See Item (b) when the red LED

an ~lN BUFFER (0IP04) ar ROM
PCB (OlPOl) is lit.
8
o
o
o
(Flickering)
Replace the SUB CPU (OIPIO),

when the "E" condition displays an the ~lN CPU (OIP03)
and SUB CPU (OIPIO) PCB only.
Replace NC software ROM ar
CPU (OIP03) PCB when the
"E" condition displays an the
~lN CPU (0IP03) PCB only.
~IN
IPL mode
Under normal operation
o
o
o
o
Others
Replace NC software ROM ar

PCB each.
System error
- 110 -
3.3.4
(C-2)
Light on
Condition
AXIS CPU (Ol
05P08) A16B-12l0-0020
Alarm details
Countermeasures

Trouble in LED
See Item 3.3. l.

Replace the AXIS CPU (Oh05P08)
that is not lit.
AXIS CPU software doesn't

start.
Check ROM mounting or PCB

mounting position.
Replace AXIS CPU (01~05P08).
RAM check error

System error
See Item (b) when the red LED is

lit on the MAIN BUFFER (01P04)
PCB.
Except in the above case,
replace ROM on AXIS CPU
(01~05P08) or AXIS CPU PCB.
ROM parityerror on AXIS CPU
(C-3)
Light on
Condition
Replace ROM on AXIS CPU

(O h05P08) or AXIS CPU PCB.
SUB CPU (01PIO) A16B-12l0-0l00

Countermeasures
Alarm details

Trouble in LED
See Item 3.3.l.

Replace the SUB CPU (01PIO) that
is not lit.
SUB CPU software doesn't start.
Check ROM mounting or PCB

mounting position.
Replace SUB CPU (01PIO).
RAM check error

System error
See Item (b) when the red LED is

lit on the MAIN BUFFER (01P04)
PCB.
Except in the above case,
replace ROM on SUB CPU (01PIO)
or SUB CPU PCB.
ROM parityerror on SUB CPU
- 111 -
Replace ROM on AXIS CPU

(01~05P08) or AXIS CPU PCB.
3.3.5
3.3.5 JOG operation failure
Item
Cause of trouble
(analysis)
Checking points
Countermeasures
Check whether the position

display functions under display lock DLK OFF condition.
l) Position display functions,

but machine does not move.
Proceed to item 2.
2) Neither position display nor
Proceed to item 5.
machine functions.
Machine lock MLK

ON
Check MLK signal by DGN.
Servo off signal

ON
Check servo off signal by DGN.

Check parameter No. 1802.
Servo system
failure
See 3. Il.
Interlock signal
ON
JOG override is
Check DGN No. 1000.
0%.
6
No mode signal is
input.
Check whether JOG or "J+H" is

displayed on CRT status display.
Feed axis direction signal is not

input.
Check whether feed axis direction signal of DGN is applied.

(Note) If an axis cammand is
applied befare JG mode
selectian, the axis daes
not mave. Turn aff the
axis cammand ance and
input it again. The
axis shauld move.
JOG speed setting

failure
Check parameter No. 1423.

Check rapid traverse speed
parameter No. 1420 tV i f the
rapid traverse do es not functian.
External reset ERS

ON
Reset & rewind RRW
ON.
Check whether "RSET" is displayed an CRT status display.
Check cannectians.
la
Reference point
return ZRN ON.
Check whether "REF" appears

an CRT status display.
Check cannections.
11
LED af master PCB

is ather than "l"
See 3.3.4.
- 112 -
3.3.6
3.3.6 Operation failure with manual pulse generator
Item
l
Cause of trouble
(analysis)
Checking points
Countermeasures
Check whether the position

display functions under the
display lock DLK OFF condition.
l) Position display functions,

but machine does not move.
Proceed to item 2.
2) Neither position display nor

machine functions.
Proceed to item 5.
Machine lock MLK

ON
Check DGN.
Servo off signal

ON
Check DGN, and parameter No.

1802.
Servo system
failure
See 3.ll.
Interlock signal
JOG override is
0%.
Check DGN No. 1000.
Mode signal is not

input.
Check whether "HND" or "J+H"

is displayed on CRT status
display.
Feed axis seleet

signal is not
input.
Check whether feed axis select

signal of DGN is applied.
External reset ERS

ON
Reset & rewind RRW
ON
Check whether "RSET" appears

on CRT status display.
Reference point
return ZRN ON
Check whether "REF" appears on

CRT status display.
10
Manual pulse
generator cable is
faulty.
11
LED lights on
master PCB
See 3.3.4.
12
Option is added.
Check i t according to the data

sheet.
- 113 -
3.3.7
3.3.7 Synchronous feed operation failure
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
Cable connection
failure

NC and position coder.
Spindle revolution
number check
Check spindle revolutions on CRT

screen.
Check DGN No. 1000.
Position coder
failure
Replace the
position coder.
Master PCB is
faulty (for 10 and
11 series)
Replace the master

PCB.
01P02 peripheral
control PCB (when
less than 8 axes
are controlled) or
01P13 spindle
control PCB (when
more than 9 axes
are controlled) is
faulty (for 12
series)
Replace the PCB.
3.3.8 Tape is not read normally
Item
l
Cause of trouble
(analysis)
Checking points
Countermeasures
l) Tape does not move even when
Proceed to item 3.
pressing the START button in

tape mode.
2) Tape moves when pressing
START button in tape mode,
but i t is not read properly.
Proceed to item
10.
3) An alarm message appears on

CRT.
See 3.3.3.
4) Alarm lamp on tape reader

lights (tape reader with
reels).
Proceed to item
16.
- 114 -
3.3.8
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Setting failure
Check to see if input device

number for foreground is set to
the tape reader being used.
(Setting input No. 0020. )
Check to see if select device
number of tape reader is correct.
10/100 series (small MDI)
3: Reader/puncher
interface 3
10/100 series (standard MDl)
2: Reader/puncher
interface 2
11/12/110/120 series
O: Tape reader
Check to see if corresponding
parameters are correct.
Mode signal is
not input.
Check to see if "TAPE" is displayed on CRT status display.
Start signal is
not input (in
tape mode only)
Check to see if start signal

turns to l or O when turning on
of off according to DGN.
AC power is not
supplied to tape
reader.
Check to see i f tape reader motor

is rotating. If this motor is
not operating, AC power is not
being applied.
DC power is not
supplied to tape
reader.
(+24 V, +5 V, O V)
(in case of ll/lZ/
110/120 series
tape reader
without reels)
Check to see i f the t;ape moves

when setting the tape reader
switch to ~~NUAL. If the tape
does not move, check DC power
supply on PCB in tape reader.
Tape reader is
faulty.
Tape is set upside down.
Tape is not black

in tape reader
with reels.
Countermeasures
Replace the tape

reader.
Change to black
tape.
10
EDB code punch

failure
Check EDB code of paper tape.
~l
Tape reader
adjustment
l) Check i f LED (green) lights
on photoamplifier PCB, referring to 3.5.

2) Adjust the photoamplifier,
referring to 3.5.
- 115 -
Proceed to 3.5.
3.3.8
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
12
LED on master PCB

is not "l".
See 3.3.4.
13
Cable connection
failure
Check cable connection.
14
Tape reader is
faulty.
Replace thetape
reader.
15
Master PCB is
faulty (for 10/ U/
lOD/UD series) or
01P02 peripheral
control PCB is
faulty (for 12/120
series).
Replace the PCB.
16
Tape reader is in
an alarm condition. (tape reader
with reels)
The alarm condition is known

by the lighting conditions
of LED on the front panel of
tape reader with reels.
For details, see next page.
- U6 -
Countermeasures
Set front panel

switch to RELEASE
to release the
alarm.
Item 16
No.
l
Alarm contents concerning tape reader with reels

Lighting
--
ALARM
Flickering
ALARM
FORWARD
STOP
REWIND
4
t-'
t-'
"-J
Reel function is abnormal

l. No tape is loaded or tape is
loosened with REEL aN.
2. Reel is used with REEL OFF.
Tape readout failure
l. Malfunction of brightness
ratio.
2. Punching failure.
--
ALARM
RE1tlIND
ALARM
FORWARD
STOP
REWIND
1.
2.
Load the tape correctly with REEL

aN.
Load the tape correctly with REEL
OFF.
1.
Adjust photoamplifier.
2.
Replace tape.
Tape end
l. Tape comes to an end.
l.
Load tape.
Tape does not stop in EOR during

rewind.
l. Stop magnet is faulty.
1.
Tape reader is faulty if tape is

lightly stretched with REEL OFF.
Adjust the photoamplifier.
2.
5
Countermeasures
Contents
Tape readout failure.
Reverse operation was made with REEL

OFF.
1. Rewind command or reverse
command was applied in AUTO mode.
2. REWIND switch was presse d in
MANUAL mode.
Serial data failure
Baud rate error.
l.
2. Stop bit error.
3. Transmission does not stop when
CS is turned off or DC3 is
received on the host side.
(PTR BUFFER FULL)
2.
1.
Perform rewind operation with REEL

aN.
l.
Check baud rate (4800 bauds).

Check to see if stop bit is 2.
Check cable disconnection.
2.
3.
W
00
No.
Lighting
AUTO
ALARM
FORWARD
STOP
REWIND
Contents
Flickering
All lamps light.
l.
2.
Watch dog
Power failure
Power abnormal
Countermeasures
l.
A power alarm occurs if power onl

off frequency is short. Wait for
30 seconds af ter turning off power
once, then, turn on power switch
again.
If the same sympton appears again,
the tape reader is faulty.
Check fuse in tape reader with reels.
tf an alarm occurs again af ter the above countermeasures, check to see if the PCB voltage for tape reader with reels
is as specified. If the alarm occurs again when the voltage is normal, the tape reader with reels is faulty.
I-'
I-'
co
Lu
00
3.3.9
3.3.9 No automatie operation is possibie
Item
l
Cause of trouble
(analysis)
Checking points
Turn the start but ton off and
on in AUTO mode (T, D, or MEM)
l) STL lamp does not light.
Proceed to item 2.
2) STL lamp lights, but no axis
Proceed to item 7.
moves.
2
Hode signal is
not input
Check to see i f "TAPE" "HEH"

and "HUl" are displayed on
CRT status display.
Start signal is
not input
Check start signal according to

DGN.
Automat ic operation stop signal

(*SP) is applied
Check to see if "HOLD" signal

appears on CRT status display.
Reset signal is
applied
Check to see if "RSET" appears

Check DGN No. 1000.
LED on master PCB

is other than "l"
See 3.3.4.
l) Override is 0%
2) Start lock!
Check DGN No. 1000 and 100l.
interlock is aN
3) Imposition
4)
5)
6)
7)
check is progressed
Waiting for
spindle onerevolution
signal during
thread cutting
Waiting for
spindle revolution in each
revolution feed
Waiting for
spindle speed
arrival signal
Read operation
from tape
reader in
progress
Dwell is being
executed
Countermeasures
Check to see i f "D1;oJL " is displayed on CRT status display.
- 119 -
3.3.10
Item
9
Cause of trouble
M, S, or T function is being
executed
Checking points
Countermeasures
Check i f "FIN" appears on CRT

status display.
3.3.10 Spindle binary/analog output voltage is abnormal
Item
l
Cause of trouble
(analysis)
(3/6 interface
only)
Checking points
Perform G97S-M03 command by MDl.
Check to see if ROl ~ R12
conform to the folIowing equation in DGN 424 and 425.
R12x2 1 1+Rllx2 1 0+ ... ROlx2 0
S
Sovr
= 0.8 x Smax x 100
x4095
s
: Specified revolutions rpm
Smax: Maximum revolution of
selected gear (Parameters
120 ~ 123)
Sovr: spindle override %
All ROl
(analysis)
(in case of BMI
only)
Spindle stop
signal (*SSTP)
(3/6 interface
only)
Countermeasures
R12 are O.
Proceed to item 3.
ROl ~ R12 are other than that

specified in the above equation.
Proceed to item 5.
ROl ~ R12 are as specified in

the above equation, but no
analog voltage appears.
Proceed to item
10.
Check to see if voltage is correctly written into DGN output

RIO ~ RIIS by PC.
The written voltage value is
correct, the analog voltage is
low.
Proceed to item
The written voltage value is

incorrect. The spindle revolution output ROO ~ ROls is
not output normally.
Proceed to item 6.
The voltage value is not written correctly, ROO ~ ROls are

output normally.
Proceed to item
15.
Make sure that "SSTP" is 'not

input according to the folIowing:
l) DGN *SSTP = l when bit O of
parameter 5602 is "O"
2) DGN *SSTP = O when bit O of
parameter 5602 is "l"
- 120 -
Il.
3.3.10
Item
Cause of trouble
Parameter set ting

failure of S code
output (3/6
interface only)
Check to see i f 7th bit of

parameter No. 5600 is "O".
Gear select signal

is applied incorrectly (3/6
interface only)
Check DGN (in case of analog

output B type).
Maximum spindle
speed setting
failure (parameter
setting failure)
Check to see i f parameters

No. 5621 'V 5627 are set
correctly.
Analog output
gain setting failure (parameter
setting failure)
Check to see if parameter

No. 5514 is "1000".
Check to see i f
spindle speed
binary code/analog
output option has
been added.
Check it with data sheet.
LED on master PCB

is other than "l"
See 3.3.4.
(analysis)
Make sure by reviewing DGN 004

and 005 that ROl 'V R12 are the
same as DGN 424 and 425 (for
the NC with Programmable
Controller may vary according
to its specifications).
10
Checking points
Countermeasures
Same as above, but no analog

voltage is output.
Proceed to Il.
Output voltage is varied.
Proceed to 15.
11
Cable connection
is erroneous
NC-side output connector is CAI.

Check the cable for connection.
12
Load is abnormal
Remove the cable connected to

NC-side output connector CAI
and check the voltage between
CAI connector pin 7 (VCMS) and
pin 19 (ECS)
Note: VCMS voltage is;
S
V = - - x 10 (V)
Smax
- 121 -
3.3.11
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
13
Check specifications of Programmable Controller,

if attached
Check to see i f the signals

from the machine tool clamp
the analog output on the
Programmable Controller.
14
LEDs on master PCB

are other than "l"
See Subsect. 3.3.4.
15
Master PCB is
faulty (for 10 and
11 series).
16
01P02 peripheral
control PCB (when
less than 8 axes
are controlled) or
01P13 spindle
control PCB (more
than 9 axes are
controlled) is
faulty (for 12
series).
Countermeasures
3.3.11 Analog output voltage linearity is not good
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Parameter setting
is wrong.
1) Command SO so that output

voltage can become O V;
then make sure that S analog
voltage is O V (offset
adjustment) . If not, set
parameter 5613 so that O V
can be output.
O.l
bO
O.l
Eo
bO
.s
>
'O
bO
=?
..9
co
>
en
o
<d
:::
<
Offset value
S cernmand
- 122 -
S command
Countermeasures
3.3.12
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
2) Command Smax so that output

voltage becomes 10 V;
then make sure that S 4-digit
analog voltage is 10 V (gain
adjustment). If not, set
parameter 5614 according to
the folIowing equation, so
that 10 V may be output.
10.0
x 1000
Measured voltage (V)
= Setting value
lOV
'"
Oll
Oll
O;
------...,
lOV f - - - - -
/i~fa
I
I
I
s command
.6"
I
I
<
S max. . S command
S max.
Load is abnormal
See art. (11) of Subsec. 3.3.10.
PCB is faulty
See art. (15) and (16) of

Subsec. 3.3.10.
3.3.12 Reader/puncher and ASR33 interface do not operate normally
Item
l
Cause of trouble
(analysis)
Checking points
Countermeasures
Punching ar reading is impossible. As a result, "PUNCH" or

"READ" not displayed below an
CRT screen.
Proceed to 2.
Af ter confirming
by operating again.
Punching or reading is impossible, but "PUNCH" or "READ" is

displayed.
Proceed to 6.
Alarm occurs.
Proceed to item
3.2.
Reset signal is
input
Check DGN No. 1000.

Check to see i f "RSET" appears
Mode signal is not

applied
Check to see i f either EDT or

MEM mode is "l" by DGN No. 003.
Check to see i f an
option is added
Check it with data sheet.
- 123 -
3.3.13
Item
Cause af trouble
Checking points
LED an master PCB

is other than "l"
See 3.3.4.
Setting failure
Check to see if correct I/O

device is selected (ar check
parameters No. 20 'V ) .
Baud rate setting

failure
Check to see if correct value

is set an I/O device number selected by parameter No. 5001 'V
1) Baud rate.
2) Stop bit.
3) Use control code.
I/O device operation is wrong
Check I/O device operation

according to the operator's
manual.
Cable operation
failure
Check to see if cable is connected to correct connector.

Check cable connection and
wiring.
Signals are connected according
to the specifications determined
between mach ine toa l builder and
I/O unit maker.
10
LED on master PCB

is other than "l"
See 3.3.4.
11
CRT/HDI PCB is
faulty
Replace the PCB.
12
Master print PCB

is faulty (for 10
and 11 series) ar
01P02 peripheral
control PCB is
faulty (FS12).
Replace the PCB.
Countermeasures
3.3.13 Stop position does not coincide with reference point return position
a) l-grid deviation
Item
l
Cause af trouble
The deceleration
dog position is
incorrect
Checking points
Countermeasures
Move the machine tool from the

reference point position to the
deceleration dog direct ion and
check the deceleration signal
with the diagnostic function.
Read the distance between the
reference point and the deceleration dog position an the NC
position display.
The distance between the deceleration dog and the

reference point
should be equivalent to one-half
of a motor revolution.
(Resolver
inductosyn)
- 124 -
3.3.13
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
The deceleration
dog length is too
short
Use the procedure given in

item l to read the length of
the deceleration dog.
Replace the dog,

according to
CONNECTING MANUAL.
The position of
the reference
point approximate
signal switch is
bad.
Move the mach ine tool from the

reference point position to the
deceleration dog direct ion and
check the deceleration signal
with the diagnostic function.
Read the distance between the
reference point and the deceleration dog position on the NC
position display.
The distance between the reference point and the

reference point
approximate signal
switch should be
about 1/2 of the
grid width.
Motor 1/2 rotation: for pulse
coder
1/n: for resolver
inductosyn
b) Random deviation
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
Noise
Check to see i f the shielding

Check that the
is grounded.
spark kUler is connected
to the solenoid coil, etc.
Check to see i f the pulse coder
cable and the power cable are
in close proximity.
Ground the shieldConnect

ing wire.
the spark killer.
Separate the pulse
code and power
cables.
Source voltage to
the pulse coder is
too low
When the voltage at power che-cking terminals on the master PCB

is 5.0 V +0.05 V, the s.o.urce
voltage should be 4.75 V or
more.
(Measure the pulse coder voltage
be t we en + and
or +5 Vand
O V of checking terminals or
pulse coder PCB)
Cable loss must be

0.2 V or less,
including both
sides of O Vand
5 V.
The voltage at
+5 V terminal on
the master PCB
should be within
the range of 4.95
to 5.10 V.
Coupling between
the servo motor
and the machine
tool is loDse
Hark the motor shaft and check

the correspondence between the
shaft and machine tool position.
Tighten the
coupling.
Defective pulse
coder
Replace the pulse eDder.
Replaeement.
- 125 -
3.3.13
Cause of trouble
Item
Defective master
PCB (for 10 and
11 series) or
defective 01'\,05
axis control PCB
(for 12 series)
Checking points
Countermeasures
Replace the PCB.
Replacement.
c) Minute deviation
Cause of trouble
Item
l
Broken cable or
defective
connector
Checking points
Countermeasures
Make sure the cable connector

is tight. Check the solder
connections and bends in the
Repair the connection.
cab Le ,
Variation in
offset voltage.
Defective master
PCB (for 10 and 11
series), Oh05P06
axis control PCB
(for 12 series)
In case analog servo system

Release the drift compensation
function with the parameter
(7th bit of No. 1800 is "O"),
and check the position deviation using the diagnostic
function. (DGN No. 3000'\,)
The offset value variation
should correspond to the variation of the position deviation
value at stoppage. Replace the
master PCB, axis control PCB or
the velocity control unit PCB
to determine the source of the
problem.
Checking method of reference point return operation

position.
l) Set the parameter according to the foliowing table.
As for parameter No. 1580, set "O" at beginning.
Parameter
number
Replace the
master PCB, axis
control PCB or
velocity control
unit PCB.
and
deceleration
Contents
1400
Manual rapid traverse is effective without performing

the reference point return.
1006
Reference point return direction.
1816
Capacity of reference counter for each axis.
1005
Reference point return function is provided (Return method).
1850
Setting of grid shift amount of each axis.
1425
Low feed rate (FL) for reference point return.
- 126 -
dog
3.3.13
Parameter
number
Contents
1240 '\,
Coordinate value of reference point in machine coordinate

system.
1024
FM feed rate at reference point return by magnetic switch

method.
2) Perform the reference point return and confirm the operation is correct.
If reference point adjustment is needed:
i) grid method ........... Adjusted by grid shift amount (parameter No.
1850)
If reference point
shifts
a
portion of
l
revolution of detector (pulse coder, resolver),
deceleration dog must be moved.
ii) magneswitch method ... Adjusted by position of proximity switch.
3) Confirm the deceleration dog position (grid method only).
i) Perform reference point return.

ii) Write down position display value at reference point.
iii) Check deceleration dog signal (*DECX, *DECY, *DECZ, *DEC4, *DEC5) and
return the machine to DEC signal beginning at reference point with low
speed.
iv) Calculate the distance from reference point to DEC signal using position
in (ii) and (iii) procedure. Make that distance a half of l-revolution
distance of detector by adjustment of Deceleration dog.
- 127 -
3.3.13
Reference point return direction,
11 Nmm'h,f~~"
--------7--
I Deceleration dog signal I

First
Reference signal
when grid shift
amount = O
voin ' I
This signal is neglected

because deceleration
signal is not turned
off.
Set O! to shift amount

for shift by O!
2nd
Reference signal
af ter setting
grid shift amount
=O!
Shift by
O!
Machine stops at this

position since the
deceleration
signal is
turned off.
I
Positioning adjustment of deceleration dog
1oE:----------_~ l
Normal referencepoint.l
Deviated by the shift

amount corresponding
to one revolution of
position detector.
3rd
Reference signal after
adjusting the deceleration dog signal position.
Reference signal after

setting grid shift amount =O!
(Set amount of the first time)
---------q9~--r~
Machine stop
TIlis signal is neglected

since the deceleration
signal is not turned off.
(Note)
- 128 -
positron
Set this distance to about 1/2 of

the shift amount of one rotation
of position detector,
3.3.14
3.3.14 System error
If a system error occurrs, the system can rare ly be repaired by users. Please
contact your nearest FANUC service center.
The system may be recovered by changing parameters and other countermeasures.
For details, refer to the folIowing table.
l) System error when power is turned on
No.
l
Display on CRT
ROM PARITY ERROR aaa bbb
Error contents
Inconsistency of ROM parity
aaa,bbb, ... : Faulty ROM No.
Countermeasures
Check to see
i f ROM is
mounted
correctly.
2
RAM TEST : ERROR

(LED display b)
An error was detected by

RAM test. (RAM in short
area)
RAM TEST : ERROR

aaaaaa : wwwwwwww rrrrrrrr
An error was detected by

RAM test.
aaaaaa: Address
wwwwwwww:
rrrrrrrr: Readout data
MISSING OPTION ROM aaa bbb .
Essential option ROM is

missing.
aaa,bbb, . : Required ROM
No.
MISSING OPTION RAM
Essential option RAM is

missing.
IMPROPER NUMBER OFAXIS
The number of preset contro lIed axes is incorrect.

(Not within the range of
l ~ (the number af installed axes).)
- 129 -
Check to see
i f ROM is
mounted correctly.
Check parameter setting is
correct.
Check option
RAM for correct mounting condition. Check
to see if
parameters
are set co rrectly.
Check to see
i f the addi-
tional axis
card is correctly installede
Check to see
if parameter
setting is
correct.
3.3.14
No.
7
Display an CRT
Error contents
LOAD SYSTEM LABEL : ERROR

SAVE SYSTEM LABEL : ERROR
LOAD PC PARAMETER : ERROR
CLEAR FILE # n : ERROR
LOAD FILES : ERROR
BUBBLE PREPARATION : ERROR
CLEAR BUBBLE : ERROR
Countermeasures
An alarm occurred halfway

during read/write operation
of bubble memory.
aaaa bbbb cccc (Displayed

af ter ane af the ab ove is
displayed)
B
BUBBLE INITIALIZE : NO BUBBLE

BUBBLE PREPARATION : NO BUBBLE
CLEAR BUBBLE : NO BUBBLE
Essential bubble memory is

not mounted.
CHECK BUBBLE ID : ERROR
Identification code showing

the type af bubble memory
is incorrect.
la
BUBBLE PREPARATION : NOT READY

CLEAR BUBBLE : NOT READY
Power-an processing af
bubble memory has been
terminated incorrectly.
This alarm does not usually
occur at first, but is
displayed when bubble was
accessed af ter alarm 7, B,
etc., occurred.
11
NO SYSTEM LABEL
System label (area used to

store the type af system,
construetion, and other
data) does not exist.
This alarm does not
usually appear at first,
but appears af ter the
system label was accessed
af ter alarm 7, 8, etc.,
occurred.
12
CHECK SYSTEM LABEL : ERROR
System label (see item Il)

is incorrect. This alarm
is generaIly displayed when
a bubble memory has been
instalIed without initializing it for the system ar
when the memory has not
been initializefr~fter
fully clearing it.
130 -
Check to see
if correct
bubble
memory is
mounted.
Initialize
the system.
3.3.14
No.
13
Display on CRT
FILE tf n : DATA BROKEN
Error contents
Data of file No. n is
broken. This alarm is
displayed when power was
turned off halfway during
the course of changing
the file.
(lO series)
Countermeasures
Clear co rresponding
file, and
remake it.
Note l) If one of the above system alarms occurred, a message in "CRT display"
column is displayed on CRT. The system is set to IPL and the initial
menu of IPL is displayed af ter the alarm message.
The system cannot be operated no rma l.l.y until the cause of the system
alarm has been eliminated.
2) System alarms during system operation
No.
Display on CRT
Error contents
TRAP 15
System software functions

abnormally.
ADDRESS ERROR
An address error (access to

odd address) occurred.
BUS ERROR
A bus error (invalid

address access) occurred.
ILLEGAL INSTRUCTION
An attempt was made to

execute an invalid command.
ZERO DIVIDE

execute the division when
divisor is zero.
CHECK INSTRUCTION
Register exceeds the range

in register range check.
TRAPV INSTRUCTION
Overflow trap occurred.
PRIVILEGE VIOLATION
A privilege command violation error occurred.
TRACE
CPU was set to the trace

condition.
10
LI0I0 EMUL

execute a command having a
command code of Axxx.
11
Lllll El-fUL

execute a command having a
command code af Fxxx.
12
UNASSIGNED TRAP
An unassigned TRAP occurred.
- 131 -
Countermeasures
3.4
Error contents
Display on CRT
No.
13
UNASSIGNED INTERRUPT
An unassigned interruption
occurred.
14
SPURIOUS INTERRUPT
A false interruption whose

cause remains unknown
occurred.
15
NON MASK INTERRUPT
A ~~I whose cause remains

unknown occurred.
16
WATCHDOG ALARM
Watch dog alarm occurred.
17
RAM PARITY ALARM
An RAM pari ty error is

detected.
18
ROM PARITY ALARM
An ROM parity error is

detected.
19
PC ALARM
A serious PC error
occurred.
Countermeasures
Clear all
memory in
case of
10 series.
Note l) If one of these system alarms occurred, the CRT displays i t and the
system cannot be operated.
The "display on CRT" in the above table
indicates a message will be displayed on the top of the CRT screen.
Diagnostic data caused by the error are displayed in the remaining part
of the CRT screen. (Detail is omitted.)
3.4 Power Voltage Check
3.4.1
Input unit
l) Types of input units

Six types of input units are provided for 10/11/12/100/110/120 series,
respectively.
(The input units for 10/100 series are different from those
for 11/110 series.)
a) For control unit (multitap transformer is not connected) Fig. l
(l0/100 series Built-in type l, 10TF Built-in type 3, 10/100/1l/110M
Built-in type 2-2, 10/11 series unbundled type)
b) For control unit (multitap transformer is connectable) .. Fig. 2
(lO/ll/lOO/llOM Built-in type 2)
c) For control unit and servo ............. Fig. 3
(10/11/100/110 series Free-standing type, 10/11/100/110T Built-in type 2)
d) For control unit
Fig. 4
(12/120 series Built-in type)

e) For control unit ................... Fig. 5
(12/120 series Free-standing type A)
f) For control unit
Fig. 6
(12/120 series Free-standing type B)

g) For additional power input unit ........... Fig. 7
(I/O unit)
- 132 -
3.4.1
2) Input unit PCB

For 10 series ... A16B-1600-0090
For Il series
A16B-1600-0080
For 12 series . A16B-1600-0080
A20B-IOOI-0210 (only 12 series free standing type B)
Fuses Fl, F2, F3, F91, F92 on the PCB
Fl, F2, F91, F92 .... A60L-000I-0901#P4110H (lOA) (Control unit input fuse)
F3 ..... A60L-000I-0172#DM03 (0.3A) (Power on/off control circuit fuse)
LED on PCB
PIL ....... Pilot lamp
Green light-emitting diode
This lamp remains lit when power is applied to NC.
ALM
Alarm
Red light-emitting diode
This lamp lights when an alarm signal is received from stabilizer power supply unit.
The PCB (10 series: A16B-1600-0090, Il series: A16B-1600-0080) in the power
input unit
The maintenance procedure on this PCB is mentioned below.
CD Two LEDs of PIL and ALM are provided with this PCB. PIL (Green LED)
lights while the power is supplied to the power input terminal board TPl.
ALM (Red LED) lights when this PCB receives an alarm signal from the power
stabilizer unit. When ALM lights, NC line contactors LCl and LC2 rurn
OFF. NC power cannot be turned on under this condition. To reset this
condition power supply must be once cut off or the POWER OFF button
(Either NC POWER OFF button or external POWER OFF button) must be pushed.
Even when NC power is off, the power has been supplied to the circuit
before the line contactors LCl (adn LC2) while PLI lighghts. When you
touch some units inside the power input unit, confirm that PIL is not
lighting.
CD Check the voltage for relays in the PCB Unit between (O) and (E), 21 to
22V is normal.
QD When it is desired not to cut off the power with an alarm at
troubleshooting by ALM lighting, connect check pins between PI and P2.
However, the time taken for troubleshooting must be as short as possibie
and you must disconnect the check pins immediately af ter the troubleshooting.
~ The fuse F3 (O. 32A) will blow out by short-circuiting of parts within the
PCB.
Replace the fuse af ter troubleshooting.
The ordering number of F3 is A60L-000I-0172#DM03.
3) Multitap transformer input fuse
For 10/11/100/110 series Fl, F2
For 12/120series Built-in type,
Fl, F2
For 12/120 series Free-standing
Fl, F2
(Fig. 2 - 6)
..... A60L-000I-0042#JGI-IO (lOA)
Free-standing type A:
..... A60L-000I-0042#JGl-20
type B:
..... A60L-0001-0042#JGl-30
4) Servo transformer input fuses

The fuse capacity differs according to serve transformer capacity.
foliowing table.
- 133 -
See the
3.4.1
Table 3.4.1 (al Servo input fuse for 10/11/100/110

~
Power voltage
PC type made by
Utsunomiya
Electric Co.
Fuse type
Transformer
CapacitY(KV~
FCF type made by

Fuji Electric
Co.
1.5 kVA
15 A
20 A
2.5
20
30
30
30
la
40
40
15
50
50
1.5
la
la
2.5
10
15
15
15
10
25
30
15
30
30
1.5
la
la
2.5
10
15
15
20
10
20
30
15
25
30
200 V
220 V
380 V
)
440 V
480 V
S
550 V
Table 3.4.1 (b) Servo input fuse for 12/120 series
Power voltage
200 V
)
550 V
Fuse type
Transformer
Capacity(KV~
JG type made by
Utsunomiya
Electric Co.
1.5 KVA
15 A
2.5
20 A
30 A
10
40 A
134 -
3.4.2
3.4.2
I nput power voltage check
Check to see if the input power voltage satisfies the folIowing requirements:
l) In case of input unit shown in Fig. l.
+10%
+10%
AC 200 V -15%' 50/60 Hz +1 Hz, 10, AG 220 V -15%' 60 Hz +1 Hz, 10
2) In case of the input unit shown in Fig. 2, 4 and 6 (when multitap transformer
is used).
AC 200 V/220 V/230 V/240 V/380 V/415 V/440 V/460 V/480 V/550 V
+10%
Rated fluctuation range -15%' 50/60 Hz l Hz, 10
3) In case of input unit shown in Fig. 3 and 5 (when multi tap transformer is
used).
AG 200 V/220 V/230 V/240 V/380 V/415 V/440 V/460 V/480 V/550 V
.
Rate d fl uctuat10n
range +10%
-15%' 50 16 O Hz +1 Hz, 3~~
CONTROL UNIT POEWR TRANSFORMER
A control unit power transformer (A80L-000I-0176) is required when the input
power supply is other than AC 200V, 50 Hz and AC 220V, 60Hz.
This transformer has taps for AC 200/220/230/240/380/415/440/460/480/550V on the
primary side (MULTI-TAP TRANSFORMER).
Select one tap depending on input power
voltage.
550
480
460
440
Tap change
(Select one tape
depending on
input power
supply)
415
380
240
200A-200 B 200V, 5 A (Used within the NC)

100A-lOO B 100V, 1 A (For measuring device at maintenance)
(Terminals 1OOAand 100B are attached for the transformer af
edition 2 or l ater)
230
~
220
200
200A
-----O 100 A
COM
200B
I
L_~
t
TBl
lOOB
t
TB2 (Screw size an the terminal board is M4)
An output between lOOA and lOOB is used only for measuring device at
maintenance.
This output must not be used for a long time. Also, because this
output does not have any protective means such as fuses, even when used for
measuring device, you must carefully examine whether the measuring device has
the shrot-circuit or whether the load current does not exceed lA.
Moreover , when you touch on the terminals such as TBl, TB2, e t c , you should
touch af ter turnign off the main switch of the magnetics cabinet.
(You can
confirm the main switch aN and OFF by the PIL lamp in the power input unit. PIL
lights while the main switch is aN, but extinguishes while that is OFF.)
- 135 -
3.4.2
Input unit PCB

I
,,,
+~
Ul'
---
0:0
~O
-+
'----
Op:: .
~
r-r-:
TP2
EOF COM FA FB
r--
L-
r--- 0""" ' r -
,....{~1'"""1
:E E-<
'"
~[
FI
'---
--
p::
tZl
r---r----
I-'r-
p::
I--
l-
tZlD
......
r---+
t--- O
@)
(@)~
+
B ,
-----
F2
c,
~
Input unit for 10/11 series built-in type 1, 10TF built-in type 3 10M/11 M built-in type 2-2,
and 10 series 11T/M unbundle-type cabinet
Input unit PCB

Input fuse for multi-top transformer
/
+
"
~O
'"
1;:0
'"
1;:0
'"
u
'"
::iD
0",3
c<Dg:,:
~O
DC
0"-
03
+-
!WANUC LTD
...J
[p
TI
TP2
EONEOFCOM PA'PH
~O
<
Il
l[)
-l-
l:i1 r'---
I::::l
r-- 01:'1
I:
~ r-----"1
r: :.
:E E-<
"G-","Gr---- 1::::l5I - -
p::D
'---
t--r-----"1
:::J
TI
Fig. 3.4.2 (a)
6~6::::: r--- 1::::l5

001:'10 r--I:
1:'1
1:'1 <.D
r---
D
EaN
---
~D
tXZl
Cl
Dr:::.r: :.
,,
,,
,
E-<
Cl'"'"'
D
O
~D
CJ
O ZE-<
.....-
~D
...L
P3
.i,
BT'"
PI P2
TP'
VJ~
Fig. 3.4.2 (b)
RI
Input unit for 1OM/11 M built-in type cabinet
136 -
SJ
3.4.2
Input fuses for servo transformer

Input unit " "
ZIOFF
L'l!
aN
DOCR
INT. LOCK
'"-ro
sD DOOOO
ALM PIL
00
."
>
o:
:QJ---b
S
OO OO
DO
Fj
FS
LC!
LCS LCR FNS FNR
/ 'I
r-----~ I
II
I~
FANUC LTD
II
SKI
O
-,
:~
r---
.~
Il Jl Jl Jl Jl Jl Jl Jl
R
:'
T~~ f~~ (jT~~:1 !j;~~z cxn
II II II
EXS
Ir u lr lr lr
lI
,\
\,
I ~~
cg
JI II
IOA@r----..
Ul
t:-t-4
IF!
TP!
RI
TP4
,---
-..., ,
,
I
IF2 @
@v
IV
II II
IIr--
r--
o
---
Input fuses for multi-tap transformer
Fig. 3.4.2 (c)
Input unit for 10T/M, 11T/M free-standing type and 10T/11T built-in type 2 cabinet
Input unit PCB
Multi-tap input fuse
PC_B_
AiGS - 1600-0080
+
Fig. 3.4.2 (d)
Input unit for 12 series built-in type cabinet
- 137 -
Servo transformer fuse
Multi-tu p transformer input fuse
F3
rOB
lF4 -
IDBI
lF5 -
rDBI
LCI
13
</I.AD
UJ
00
TB3 1 2
IIJ
14
ti
3 4
II
23
AD
IT
SKI
+-'0
0::
0110
-
B>
~CP"
F2
24
-+
I-"-
EJE88BB
F 1
I
f-'
A
.......
f--
0
I /'
Input unit PCB
+1
'J:
~
CP5
(J
j!gLOK
P. C. B.
A 16B - 1600 - OOBO
t:::I
gg'
TBI
+ Ir II " II IL] +
rn
D~u: ~~
<l <l
ON EOF COM FA FB
~
~
~~
(J
+IU"" ,I
~
L..-...J
ACINPUT
(f)
ee @
0@
-$-
Fig. 3.4.2 (e) Input unit for 12 series free-standing type A cabinet
Ul
l...l
Multi-lup trunsformerinput fuse
PILO
ALM~~()I~
~I
(\J
F2
FI
I~:U~
FNS
c:::::J
(\J
o,
U
ro
<;j"
n. o,
l{)
LCR
c::::::::J
Cl.. LCS
uc::::::::J
~8~8~aD~D::
~
m
m a,
m
~ o,~m ~m
o, o,
lO
N
o,
c:=:J
DOOR
RI
r:::=:J
t::::::I
INT.LOCK
PC.B. I
t::::::I
AIGB -1600- 0080

c:=:J
t-'
t::::::I
LU
\D
OFF
[JODDDJ D~
EON EOF COM FA
FB
P. C. B. 2
A20B -1001- 0210
SI
r:::=:J
t::::::I
ON
~
LL'
r:::=:J
c::J
S
r:::=:J
c:::J
~
I
~I
t\I
I IL
t\I
I~
Input unit PCB
TB2
TB3
~ ~
12...11...1...
o
Fig. 3.4.2 (f)
Input unit for 12 series free-standing type B cabinet

w
?10
3.4.2
l
l
-===-
.LfldNI
ov
r----l
I.---.-..C
-G: O
f---
L--
+
"" ....
Cl
Cl
"'" "'"
Cl
c,
U
IO
Cl
c,
----
'"
Cl
c,
..,.
Cl
c,
t - I-
c,
Cl
e,
'--
lU
~
C">
Cl
r.r
+
=
I
I
l
l
- 140 -
I
I
l
3.4.3
3.4.3 DC voltage checking
DC voltages supplied from the power unit must be measured at CP1? checking
terminals an the power unit.
Confirm that DC voltages are within the allowable
range.
1) Rated output voltage
Terminal
name
Rated
voltage
Allowable
fluctuation
Use
Logical circuit
+5
+5 V
-+5%
+24
+24 V
-+10%
Bubble memory, tape

reader, Small type, CRT
+24E
+24 V
-+10%
r/o
+15
+15 V
-+5%
Position control circuit
-15
-15 V
-+5%
Position control circuit,

Bubble memory
AO
O V
- 141 -
signals
--
.. ..
234567
<:'1
c,
E--<
Used for test af units
a b c
+1
321nJTIL
31
@ih
Lmi
30
29
281+t51
27 t=:=ID
26
25
24
23
221
+
+5
21
20
19
I-'
~
interface
+n
13
12
Il
IO I
9
8
@l
(With cover
removed)
18UMASTER
17
16
15
14
(@
+1
CPI2
BLUE;
VSII
-dUfDl
ro
rn-: 12 5A
AC200/220V ....ltt~lIl"'"
Input fuse
6
5
,1 - - - l
:3 +24
..\
BLACI(
2 +2H;
11...-_......
:3\ 2 l
1
(/) 0:::
ommW~m
~--~~+
"I
+N+
~I 2 3
r;;rn
lflJ
For connection unit
co
123456
CIEEIm)
++
a
aN
~
<:'-1
0...0...
, ..I
1'13 3.2A
_/" +24 fuse
...
---- FI45A
+24 fuse
AC200/220V input
PA-PB interface
6 54
For MDI/CRT
unit
Fig. 3.4.3 (a) Power unit for 10/100 series outer view
w
~
vJ
E- 2. :;. -4
5 6 7 8
~----;------~-;---Y1
'"
.-<o<noe:;ou
Cl.~:;;<:;z::;;q
!-<!-<
~
Cl]
Cl.
Used for testing units
CP16
..
:3~~~~ r.
:J I *1'1' 1j:iN
~
:; J
.........l/
2J
2j
EB
~
\.
VR11
mm
A 10 ADJ.
I':>
is
27
z;
~
r-
'i
2l
2:1
.,~
~
\-
@)
j- ;)
2I
2 Il
Il
Iq
ster
erfuce
I7
With cover
removed
I;
l
"
>-'
-I>W
t. l
\.
II
I
'l
()
o:
VB 11
lij
77
(;
A 16 B 12100560
Cl' 11
-IIIIJLACK
----
, - -I-~'I- -
'l
F145A
+24E fuse
POWER UNIT
lLIJE
lI
I J
,.-
Cl' 12
\ ~II':
ti
-r
c '~,,',.-,c:~,.--;...,.--.......,--."..J
. , +
""
.-<
-.:r
C'.)
-er
<:'1
111
2 :;
rgr:n
EEB
AC200!220 V
inpu t interface
l1LlJ
Connection unit
interface
w
Fig. 3.4.3 (b) Power unit for 11/110 series outer view
:r:..
-I-
321H
et
31
30IJ.!!i.
29
28
27
26
25
24
231 + 5
22
21
2
For
back
panel
19,
18
17
With
cover
removed
16
15
14
.....
+:+:-
thCPI2
13
12
et
BlVE
11
IO
9
I~
FlI-127.5A
AC200/220V
Input fuse
8
7
..
5
4
3
2
POWER UNIT
A20B-I000-0770
./
+24
123456789
-I
r\I
I-
CL
_Olt')o::t:oOn.
CLct_<tZ-OI-V
Ic:(
_VlU
'-'
'-'
For buiIt-in I/O unit
[fB
220/220 V
(Ae input)
For power input unit
Fig. 3.4.3 (c) Power unit for 12/120 series outer view
w
~
w
234567
2 3
I ... . -I l ...... E-<..o I

MOL[)O~O
P-<......
E-<":~~
......
......
~
&3.....:1
::I;1
I
E-<
lED.
CP16
I
I
I
I
AlO ADJ.
......
.pLn
15
14 1
I
I
/" I
back
1'0;
panel
III+~
+-
CP32
With
cover
removed
r
tit:
I
I
I
I
I
BLUE-HII
I
I
I
I
rmV'
I
I
CP1S
VRll
+5
o: ~P31
1111 II
VS 11
CP 17
765432
I
I
r.ep'""O=WE=RC-::-:U"'"'N""'IT:::'I :
A16B-1310-00l0 I
l
liG)
F31~32 5A
AC200/
~
220V \
Input fuse
~D
.If=
~
.
~~
n
I!:I LQ.
ep 000
F33 O.5A
+24
fuse
FM ~A
+24E
fuse
3 '2 1
Ij
UJ
&:!l~
220/220 V (Ae input)
PA - PB
P-< P-<
6 5 4
Fig. 3.4.3 (d) Power unit for I/O unit outer view
3.4.3
2) Adjustable points on power unit PCB

10/100 series
A16B-1210-0S10
11/110 series . A16B-1210-0S60
12/120 series .... A20B-I000-0770
It is not usually necessary to adjust the reference voltage (+10 V).
However, if the reference voltage is deviated due to a certain cause, a power
alarm may occur.
The reference voltage can be readjusted by VRl1 (AI0 ADJ) to +10.00 V while
measuring the voltage between AO - AI0 terminals of CP16 using a digital
voltmeter.
3) Mounting position of the input unit and power unit in each cabinet
a) 10/11/100/110 series Free-standing type cabinet
/'
I
{-
Front panel .-P"
V
Rear panel
Master PCB
Power unit
b) 10/11/100/110 series Built-in type l cabinet
Input unit
1--1
Master PCB
Power unit
/
L--7
./
. /".
Front panel
- 146 -
Input unit
3.4.3
c) 10/11/100/110T Built-in type 2 cabinet

/ Master PCB
____ Power unit
Input unit
Front panel
d) 10/11/100/110M Built-in type 2 cabinet

Input unit
Master PCB
Power unit
Front panel
e) 10/11/100/110M Built-in type 2-2 cabinet
Input unit
---r..,.----------".-/'
Master PCB
.>: Power unit
0'
/
Front panel
- 147 -
3.4.3
f) 10!11 series Unbundled type cabinet

/
MasterPCB
Power unit
Input unit
Frontview
g) 10TF Built-in type 3 cabinet
Master PCB
Power unit
Input unit
/
Front view
h) llTT Built-in type 3 cabinet

Master PCB
Input unit
- 148 -
3.4.3
i) 12/120 series Free-standing type A cabinet
Input
unit
Basic
control unit
Powerumt
Rear view
Front view
j) 12/120 series Free-standing type B cabinet
Additional
control unit
Power
unit
Basic control
unit
Input
unit
Power unit
Front view
Rear view
k) 12/120 series Built-in type

Input unit
Power unit
Front view
- 149 -
3.4.3
4) 12/120 series power voltage checking position
ec
-E
-"
o
li")
E
o
Basic control unit
+5V
DV
+I5V
-I5V
+24V
Additiona! control unit
- 150 -
3.4.4
3.4.4 Power voltage check on velocity control unit PCB
l) Check each power

for each axis.
o CR15
+24
o CR16
+15
o CR17
-15
output at the check terminals of velocity control unit PCB
V (+23 ~ +27 V)
V (+14.55 ~ +15.45 V)
V (-14.55 ~ -15.45 V)
2) Check 100 VAC power supply at TI screw terminals No. 3 and 4 for each axis.
If the emergency stop button of the operator's panel or the emergency stop
circuit of the mach ine tool side is functioning, the 100 V is turned off. In
such a case, the emergency stop button or emergency stop circuit must be
reset in advance.
...
...
GI
';:
~
Cl)
E ;Li
c u
~
en
CJ
...
CL.
'c
:I
E
...
Cl
N
M
Cl
c
o dl
Cl
(J
Cl
~ 9
I~
a=
5~ o~
a=
G~ a~ G~ ~
$;' o o o
;; a~ a~ a~
9 Q SJ 9 o 9 o o
o o a o u" o a~ a~
> > >.".
'"
'"
i +:
+
~
';:3
"
~
i:l:l
uQ.,
,S
a....
e'"
ee
....
B
u
-"
"t:l
;J
o
o Z
~
u 8
6 '"
I.:J Q
O)
o
....
...
'c
:::r
.....
"O
c
(J
'u
o
Q;
>
....
.3
u
"c::c:: .....
z
....
" .:
" :7
o
u 8 :=s" g
~
- 151 -
t=l=J ~ [g ca D
[Q
o o o o o o o o o
'"
en
'u
o Cl
")
>
3.5
3.5
3.5.1
Tape Reader Photo-amplifier Adjustment

Tape reader without reels photo-arnplifier adjustment
l) With paper tape, make a test tape (approx. 40 cm) as illustrated below that
alternates punching and non-punching and connect ends to form an endless loop
of tape.
(See Note 2, Note 3.)
ISO code
EIA code
or
*U*U*U .....
2) Mount the test tape in the tape reader and turn the switch to MANUAL to read
the tape.
AUTO
r;:
qy
RELEASE
FANUC
MANUAL
Tape reader without reels
,------'/
3) With an oscilloscope, measure the waveform between check terminals S and av
(ground) on the photo-amplifier.
Adjust it with RV1 so that the aN/aFF
timing ratio is 6:4.
4) Measure the waveforms at check terminals l through 8 on the photo-amplifier
using an oscilloscope. Find the channel where the aN width is the shortest.
(Use the terminal av for grounding.)
5) Measure the waveform where the aN time width is the shortest among l through
8 and compare it with the waveform of S. Adjust with RV2 so that the timing
indicated in the diagram below is obtained.
6) Confirm that waveforms l through. 8 satisfy the timing in the diagram below.
ON
S waveform
ON: OFF =6:4
(RVl)
--t-
OFF
I , -~-----,I
I
: ; [ above 300 /lS
Shortest ON width
rneasured from
1 through 8
(RV2)
-j
ON
-_I
above 300 /lS
OFF
- 152 -
3.5.1
Ajusting position of tape reader without reels photo amplifier

For the tape reader without reel (AI3B-0070-BOOl)
200VAC
Photo-amplifier PCB
A20B.QOOHl750
s8~854~~i
DV
~~
SP
Data punching signal adjustment
1..-___ Sprocket signal adjustment

Check terminal
(Note 1) Use paper tape that conforms to the folIowing standard:

Paper tape for data exchange JIS C6243-1970.
Position and size of paper tape punch for data exchange JIS C6246-1971.
(Note 2) A read error will occur if another tape is used af ter the tape reader
was adjusted with black tape.
When performing an output waveform adjustment of the photo amplifier,
use a paper tape color of blue, white, pink, yellow, orange, etc.
(other than black or gray) to perform the adjustment.
The use of a
t ape, colored blue, white, pink, etc. with a tape reader adjusted with
a black or gray colored tape may sometimes cause a read error. For the
case where black colored tape is normaIly used, a black tape may be
used for adjustment.
- 153 -
3.5.2
3.5.2 Tape reader with reels photo-amplifier adjustment
l) Prepare about 40 cm o f the following test tape (see Notes 2, 3 on the

previous page) which alternately repeats punching and unpunching, and splice
both ends to make an endless tape.
In case of EIA code (see Note 4)
In case of ISO code
or
*U*U*U*U
DELETE
eR
Adjust the photoamplifier by using the built-in adjusting program of the tape
reader with reels.
2) Start the adjusting program
a) Press FORWARD and REWIND
switches at the same time
while
in
the
RELEASE
condition.
b) AUTO and ALARM LED flicker.
c) The adjusting program mode
has now been set .
..
d) Load the test tape.

(See
Note 3.)
e) Set REEL OFF.
f) Press FORWARD switch.
g) The tape starts moving.
- 154 -
3.5.2
3) Adjustment
a) The adjusting position
is mounted on the right
side as viewed from the
rear face of the tape
reader with reels.
If
it is not mounted at the
position shown in the
left
figure,
(it
is
mounted at
"A".
See
Note 4.)
b) Turn SP knob until LD5
lights.
c) Turn DATA knob until LD1
flickers.
(See Note 5.)
This adjustment cannot
be
made
unless
LD5
lights.
4) Adjustment end
a) Press STOP switch.
b) Set RELEASE.
c) Press FORWARD and STOP
switches
at
the
same
time.
d) Normal mode
has
been
set.
e) Operate the tape reader
with the signal cable
normaIly connected.
lY ,
- 155 -
3.5.2
(Note l) Use paper tape that conforms to the folIowing standard:
Paper tape for data exchange JIS C6243-1970.
Position and size of paper tape punch for data exchange JIS C6246-1971.
(Note 2) A read error will occur if another tape is used af ter the tape reader
was adjusted with a bIack tape.
When performing an'output waveform adjustment of the photo ampIifier,
use a paper tape color of b Lue , white, pink, ye LLow , orange, etc.
(other than bIack or gray), to perform the adjustment.
The use of a
tape, colored b Lue , white, pink, e t c , , with a tape reader adjusted
with b Lack and gray colored tape, may sometimes caus e a read error.
For the case where bIack colored tape is normaIly used, a bIack tape
may be used for adjustment.
(Note 3) EIA test tape is app Lf.cab l,e when the edition number of the buiIt-in
program of the tape reader is B or subsequent.
(Note 4) The PCB is opened in the arrow direction with the Iower screw used as
the fuIcrum by Ioosening the four screws shown in the folIowing figure.
Tighten these screws af ter adjustment.
PCB
Screw ............
/ ' Loosen screws
Rear face
Screw s->'
DATA
/
Open
l2l
o=J
/'"
Front panel
Screw
SP g
o
o
o
o
This side
Never touch the power suppIy

(which produces 5 Vand 24 V
from 200 VAC) by hand.
(Note 5) I f LDO and LD3 flicker when turning DATA knob,

knobs.
<>.
!@
f'@]\
DATA
DATA
-'0'-
--' O',-
. /
I'
LD3
adjust the folIowing
I '
LDl
l) LD3 is fIickering.
2) Turn the knob toward the midpoint until LD1 fIickers.
- 156 -
PO/~SOZ- IOOI-OS~V
IOOI-OS~V
PO/PS01-
24V fuse
SV fuse
Voltage check terminal
-:
fI8ll""j7lCNT5
f13I /
rj2l
fJT1
rjQl
's'CNT4 '61,
r-so l4l f3' '2' ' "
"
3:
Lj.,1-
~
~l
~4V
::",0,./
m
o
1\
FUSE
"
Variable resistor
for adjusting
photoamplifier
......
V1
---J
()
[
"
IJ~(
5"
CDB
A20B-IOOI-0051i11
MADE IN JAPAN
FANUC
~I..QjLEJL!lJL!.QjlJLJL..JL2.JLJLJl2.JL1-JWl..JLLJ
lOOV Ae fuse
Fig. 3.5.1 (a) Adjusting points on the tape reader with reels PCB
W
Ul
Iv
Pnuel
Dour
'"TI
,p'
II
IlIt",I",'I'-li-f--m-r-;-h--.., . c6 eb eS
il:! :l If()rM(~Cl
r-o ~
I ,-.--... i i--"O.
Energuru-y
c'
'CO"
Power input
(Il
ri
s
ce
r Ol'
...
ce
r--1
i-
------J
to
AI.' sr-rvu
l uwcr l.itll,-
Y..I",'"
I V..I",",
.. .
IUII1,,,t
I nnt rnl
C'NI
motor
CN21
....:0"
I~_-..:.c=,,Add. Axis Control
':,,',,""}
f.llnlrlll
"
::J
_
II igb speed D I
et: "
,..~
o.
~;;
jij'
IC
Dl
3
o
CD
d'.
Reader/puncher
interface
,
to Ae serve 1110101'
w
;:,
;:,
Cl
'<.1
[:=~r--l~
,,, :''
:::J
:::J
a;'
0-_
JOOV
'I
oo
111' IP!'1 Ol" Fr-cdbnr-k
CN6
0--
f--.--~-:::_._~~~
oo
c-
>
,I;::., i
200\'
e"
.!!!..
nffill
r' ~~ ------::::::==::--==------~ - - - - ------=------- =...-----=.------====---------:=.-------==:------.----------.-----------:==--------- ------i---=-~- -. --- - ---i .-----,- - -
Builljn
Oncrn lnr '~
ri)
~~]
c:CD
Expor t )
Pusi tion Cmier.
S~il1llle Amp.
D:l
Spinlllr' Control
1.0 machlue s kle
:;
r-'
lr1
(Xl
a:
(Il
....
....O
-O
O
m
...m'
....
...
CD
--{\'05
1--~V20
CI'21
'!"
Standard Type
CRT/MOl Unit
ri
fOlIJN./1l!'F SIV
(Il
D:l
:::J
C:::J
Symbols uf
--Q
ce
"n
ID
D:l
s:
:::J
....
ID
cunner-Lur
Crirnp s tyle torminal
-O~21~,i,~P;,I~,i1)JP,9r,Jlin'
-fIIW
----.-.'
"UNIJ"
to mar-hine !{illt
oJPa
O:{20
111:1:9
@] l1J I CA:I,CMlJ
~I
Dl
In mur-hine
to Render/puncher
interface
---
DI/DO
(SOpin
I
I
I/O lInil
I
I
_ _ .Iirert
---Kl~
rlpt . t-utun-rl or-
Terminal Unit
,I
IlJlltNIJY
- - - --
: I ;~:T;;r:~~ -:T;~:T;~:12: li:',',~';"'ilOn
el':11
nr
201111\ e/L
(In case of no. Terminal Unit)

to machlue side
1~1~~1~J4n~ba"~~f'~J;mllii{lr2;F ~~,;r'C~~ l~:~~1i2~1:I~il:
,--'- -+-1- - - - - ,
for
Operator's Panel
Yameichi Ccnnectcr
'--II~
L L
f
9c;::JT9~~
E
!l
(;ollplin~
l n m achine
sidf~
i
I
,
I
t n machlue sido
Note 1) Specifications and connections of PCB

with * mark are changed in digital servo
system. Refer to Fig. 3-6 (g).
Note 2) Servo transformer is not mountcd
in digital servo 2aDVAC inpu t type
system.
!-'-'
0\
ruun SPI,:J-JJ I ~IFI'

TO
EXTERNAL l/Q
Til IIAt'IU:-:I': INTERFACE
l/O IINIT
r-----~._------
.,\(';IOllV -
c:
o
ITi
li
cs$w
,,
._-------!
,
~'I\
,,,
oII
III rrI)1 'TI':
::l
::l
--------0
CIl
I~I'"T
~
:;.
I'I'~I'P:\I'I'S! o-~
...
Dl
:;.
FAN~
I-'ANI
I-'AN"
a:
....
o
....
o
CIl
l'\JI:!
--
1'()I\'I':I!
In
IINl'J'
CIl
C"
C
[1---1fl
....
o "",l',\;;'!i IC!
i\lI:\,>1
<lSI'I:';
,
l
('P'" __ .
:@l
:
'~ eS
1--:
!
6
,,~
"1_'1 ,'.\1'1",\1.
C; C,
1-'11111
Il
Il ;,'1
II
(31'IN)
CAI
CAEI
'
II IL1\1~
~ICA~~JC~~2Cn~3n~
t~
1~lnn1
v
L-I
- (iJP3 Ol! -N0l'~9CN!

'OP! Cl SICP52CIlllI
STANDARD TYPE
. , '
.
.
I
SMALL TYPE
r>-J lJNN1,CT10N UNIT I
IlN OFI-',
, ! CRT/MOl UNIT JN --(WI
CPS5 CIl1l2
CtNNECTION UNIT 2
'I
"
TO POSITION CODER
ro SPI N1JIJo: AMP
TO MACIlINE
l'llcill:'; \1.
O 11~\\II::i:,; ~0-. IIiN'\ ,O, DUIlNDY

[1
O ~6~1~LJY
,
I
.-":g"'-;".'\i:ru~,,!
'~TL,"::,~jTTT'T
lTTT'
i
l
DI
..
. . __ o
________ - - - o CRT/MOl UNIT
CIl
C"
--~l~;JiD+ i
r-
bI
"C
CIl
-------
(\'~
:;'
.~ --1--------------.-----------------------------------..---...--4--.J
1---'------+
: i
; --- -
VI@
L..--_---l
CD! CAfi
I
- - + - - ,------
-,-
1J1
In
.... COPI
-----
SIII'I'I.\
...
m'
Dl
2,
INrEltJ-'ACI,
~J-----
In
:;'
~JPTICAf.
Flm:l! I
rTtUsn"'\juuummnnn: L..' rl-----"~~:'~;++-"
a-
Di'
IC
II
o~1111
@ U '!!J
@ .!. \S!J
.ai::\
'\;Q;J
IINIT
I-'NII I-'NS
li< I JIo'I-'
IC
....
2UIllAl''!.
(\-'o:~)
()
Ln
<o
,(;
~
l'
O)
......
~I,P
mt er clcok
IlliIld,
."
~'
'111
j:t\lC
III ;0: :0: I I I I II '
IIi
~~',,,
Il!
Reader/puncher
I. interface
I'Il
'n:I(,\IINAL U N I T !
~---_._------------~
,._--
l' AN l':I.
-r-r-r-r-r-v:
TO MAClilNE
Note 1) Dotted lines are used for small CRT/MOl unit

(not used for standard CRT/MDI)
Note 2) The specifications and connections of PCB with
* mark are changed in digital servo system.
Refer to Fig. 3.6 (g).
w
Ol
'l'ertninal lilli l
T(';j
Mntor p(I\wr
Dnor i nl.erl ock
Jo Duer
Ae mol nr
Fecd Back
-cm
swi t ch
lligh speed Dl
~-~~~
,.-etJ:::J \(('Y r,wilrh
p""",
et)!)
(1lltl'rflU'P
Symhol:;
IlIJHNIJY
---Bh JAE
ID
1:1
:i"
IC
CA2 1l
Spind te commund
eg
ri ex m
- - - - - y Pnsiton
1U
li>
a:
...o
--...o
~lEJ"'"
ID
~
-------
-I
!:.
TC2 IX2,1
5'
TCS AC2tIO
TC1 N'ZIXI
cpr"
l\'lI9 M2
M2lJ to.'tlH MI
!!~!!
~Illin:ll
unit 1
TO mnr-hlnc ;;~lf'
('Dl)2
'I''''''I!~
('Oll ('10 CII CI2lCll
llm
I'< 1">111'0 111m I IH'OZlIltl I Il li 1'111 ('101l C IIIICI21ll' 1.111

\
Tt'rJnillnt unit 1
~ ~;~~?;!rUChCr
: (Interface C)
EJ
".~'J1 III_I '~',II
cn:l C02 COI
~T~:E:E
MI!IIlM2I1MZOIIM IHII MIII
, CD6
Reader/puncher
l-~l-~?~'~t~~_:1
'"''
\ ~1I1 II Ul mUl
lens CO,1
__ ~_rt
Ll)f)! ,'pr;2
10111 I"P,I"~,,'11
ID
----~--
_;;;.__:=a=:-;;J.;;~
'C
eT
g~
-
--- ----
eT
Dl
II."
-I
:i"
ender
Feer! Hot-k
:i"
conner-tur
(I) --Slib)
_____d,
O-
iij'
'"
_IJ.
lJ Uipln.l \
PClpin)
~ ~ Opl. cnnncr-t.nr
:::I
:::I
Ynrunir-hi
(SOpin 1
__ ~~
oo
Dl
lor
IIIINDA
.2..
......
o
1'011111,'1:
Cl\hnp st yle Lerrnirc!
--{11m
w
l
0'1
Jz~r;~Qt~oD'9r.,,;n\
.p'
..3
li
----o
AC
"TI
nl
To nninnl 1lI1it:l
(11111'lf:H"1'
1\'
!
--{j'
l A.lB
Manunl pulse r,t'llf'r,lIlJr
n_n_m
\ 1i" ; ' ,2
Tn ruarhine sbte
Note) The srecification connections of PCB

with mark are changed in digital
servo system. Refer to Fig. 3.6 (g).
w
~
lilL,'II SI'1'1'1)
, .
INPIIT
TU l/Il IINIT
------,
TO M I' .. I J .
/0 l NTmFACE
I"
: Reader/puncher
\l.':!OIl\'
li:
::::I
IC
Cl
3
5
'"
s;
<ti
-"
:s:
--"
o
o
:s:
......
0'\
......
EMI;,o
_.....
--
cfl
(voD
0".
o;'
'
f
"'" n ' , " '
'f
'
i
I
er
L'l'l.l~
riT
h l
:s:
CI'EI n;P3
..
STANDARD TYPE
------D
CRTIMDI UNIT ,
ON on' Llll l'MIJL'A3
--"
:s:
5'
....<ti
i I
J,
=-=J
~',n
I
{'",
l
I'XI'I':Jl'<Al. her
I .( INTI':RI'A('I';
~l
"",;.,
c," m"1
PMCROM
CASSETTE
------~=~---__
o
o~ \ ~I ~Do
--. "r
j'l \
[}--
..\II'111
--'\'I(WI~-'
_
.v :
c:JcJ~
I,'I!:'\I;
le--
il
~.'\I';
MAST8R
0-
00-
'
i!
TFI;~IIl\Al.
!'ASTIlN
TI':H~II NAI.
1l'.11;NLlY
. .1 "PIN'
IU1IL'Jj.~1
l, liFj 1';'1
1';liIL,\11\
CAI
CVI C\'I
CV3
C\'2
CI"3
t Jn111 .,
ob
,I
CA~
G1D :
1~'I~d
rc.u.
li;]
ADD.A\]S
CAE2
CAE~
CAN
CAS
TO VEWCITY CUNTHDL UNIT
ICUI;;jCPS ICP5~ e lilli

bN/Ol'l,'lJN~~~'I'IUNCI\~~IT 1
CN2CA9CNI 6
~'\wr(lJC05
ro
"
._-\ , Ijl~~hMifJ,~'nTiiJ,
LTO M.p.(~.
~IA~'IIN8
0-- Sl'IW\V
l/ll:-JIJA
CAICD! CAG
L:JG-------
c-"
o
C-
CA3
GID
!
oc>
::::I
"
: : :-
+L
...
,t: """:'"" '""
r-I
jIlAl.r,:
UNIIml'
L---J
J ::";.i~"""
rt:
Cl
Cl
Wi
CPII
<ti
<ti
'jo
('P?' .
....
I\)
'-"l
I~CIIINI':
...
.L
-e
l'
II
U I"'J in! n~mm::::;="'F'

T
8:":'
n,
-----t--
"O
"O
.,!-
~ l'
Reader/punc
--D
::-5'
::-5'
- - ' - il
lIlFr: 1/II:I2.rN'k7[lChQiD
D~
~
-GIDI~ INI'IIT
-- - o F:liN,'Id.(11-'1"UNITFNllI I'NS~
J~:
~2'I'~11 rI ~= L,!;;llg'\-AT"<l '" @ ~
----G'i!'!.j--D.
cc:
cc:
:.
interface
:
1C/
' 1:
,
"''''
,"C< ,,"'
MH","
1'.:" '52'
J;cn
1
.,
I~TERLOCK
::::I
::::I
<ti
IC
\il'~ELS
r -IIEAIJEII
- - I TAI'F
IIEADEII
TAPE
'.T.liOIIT
IVI Til RI,m,s
C'I
C-
~UIHA .~
Til EM(;
<"P'
Tll
CO:l
"CUI
POSITION CUDl11
TO SPINDLE AMP
:!Olll:\
,-,--
TO I/O ro Il
OPERATORS
PANEL
C05 COI
CL
IU
(;;-ru-cm;oc;;9'-l
co:! CU2CIII
TEIlMINAI. IINI_T
Reader/puncher
Note l) Dotted lines are for small CRT/MDI

(cannot be used for standard type.)
Note 2) The specifications and connections of PCB
system. Refer to Fig. 3.6 (g).
interface
\
Til MACIIINE
Lo'
0'\
AC21XIV I
(5011;.. fiOll,.)
AC22/1V I
lfillll,.)
TO
MAClUNI':
IIIGII SI'I-:I:D INI'IIT------- __--- ._----...
"MG
-ri
r--~ --j;---.
JIl
1,01'1(
~
11,8
DU.
I';MG
----.-~
Reader/puncher ---.interface
"". swrrcn
~
.
VIH
---"-~l
INTI-:RLlJCI(
,
SWITCII
OUT!,OUT2
INPUT liN IT
Cp2
ON,OFr'
"
.p'
CAl
en
~
oO
1'1'11
:s
:s
Cl)
COpI
Cp12~
I
V51
IC
iij'
...
IC
M.p.G.
0\
II
Cl)
2lKIA
2011 Il
-a
;;;:i'
gi>J.~~.h~;i!~t
CRT/MOl
14"COLOR
GRAPHIC
III
CDI
'ti
Cl)
CAl
C'l
Il)
:i'
...
CANCASC'Ai"2CAI: CAIICAI
f:'"
CNT4
CM: I
~~A1CA2CVICFICV2CF2CV:lCF:l
rnrfL~
f'
----------------
Cl)
DUUo;CT
...---.... COIIPI.IN(;
o-FAST()N
Tlo:ltMINAL
f;l
~-
IlUltNDY
I B~21'1N
-'uFl_ I1tlllNDY
{fll'lN I
\,
:IPI~;
D SUII
Reader/puncher interfacelOrnA e/L

l/O ItfTERrACr
u-ur
'-------v----J
Til VI-:LIJI'ITY
('IlNTlllll, IINIT
Cf'!lI COP,.
I/O CAm)! DI --Il:l'
MIg M2 M2/1 M18 M2
r=J C=' r=J
Til I'IlSITIl)N
I'1l1u: Il
c::
-i-r-t-t-+-~-~
Til MACIlINI:
TO S!'INDLE
AM!'
--====-mi
,,---
Til \IACIIINI':
'-----v-----I
Til "IAI'IIINE
l'
111!!!:"DY
IlI'TIlAI.
1.'lllI-:ll
l"lINtHTTlU'j
II(JND(~lllPIN-lo
(1)J)2
CP!iS
TAPE !!EAD"!!
WITIIOUT 11ImLS
PAN,:L
...
'<
C"
-l
C"
MAST"" p.C.B.
(9)
!e,
e,
LJLJU__q_~
,.
1~lcAp
3
:i'
"
E,
Olf] O8-H~'TA
Il)
I-'
COP2
lINIT
e,
I1I'TII'II.I.
'''lIlW''',
I'OIWR
SlIl";LYCI'I.)
a,:s
--Q-----~-l
Cp3CP4CP5
Note) The spccifications and connections of rCB with

mark are elianged in digital serve system.
Refer to Fig. 3.6 (g),
I
w
0\
READER/PUNCHER
l/O
INTERFACE
CI:\CIlJe'1'
SI\TI'I'II
HIGH SI'EED INI'UT

TO MACHINE
E,VIt:
-----+ -
~kOG
EMI;
llll'!,
en
-:;;
I:
S
MI':'IKIV cc,I,__ / c----o
j-o
D~lIt.ln(h
CD
....
5'
=:e
...Ol
,l@-
Qi'
T~
o-~_~
1:\11'1'
--Itllii
,-----l.';-l:\
JU_~1
n.
lQ
I,'A;\i1
J1~1'l1 ',\J.
'[IWIl
J:',m:t{F:\\'~>
I,''\:\~
......
n.
1'111\'EII
SI:I'I'!.)
....O
[':\1'1'
...
;'
CD
-----~--"---
n----=J---- j=------~)
CPI:j
~t'AI'
I'AI';I
..
\.T.Ti)
l'A I I 'A~ I'V II'I,'jl'V2l'1,'2:VT'I':1
,
,
, , ,
'
'\
'
LJ
C~I
I
ri)'" ,.
S~IAIJ,
'1'1'1'1,:
CRT/MOl
UNIT
CD
....
I
I
u:;,
'C
CD
: :
i i
LL!J w
C:\:! l'N9
n.
i0n.
....
-<
5'
+----t----
,
,
I
! I !
0-
O-
,
I
(\J,j
I
l:
::l
Ol
---o
f---i----,
,I
\IASTI,;I! !'I'.I!,
~t--]- {
El---
,'1'1]
tn
C,V
'\8+---
t'UII~
I
,
tn
l:
::l
('I
_eeC'
"1'1:'&
CD
c:>~t'ClI'1
i-- -------------,- -------r---------------- --------------1
1'1'11
!!!,
l-----I;:J
lQ
3
5
I'MCROM
CASSETTE
-L
('1 1: \ ('l';',
t'IJ~
--I
l_J,
,
1-:tIN Jo:tw ('11'1
l/O INTERFACE
20mA C/L
.\'I,I'.{;
-rurrz
rNIt r,s
1~41'I:T
::l
::l
CJ\
(2) J J
"T1
.p'
_osnIlIOI.~_,JIo' I" : :I:,:~.'TI J(

I"HE,'T
....--~ ('(J[ll'I.!.';I:
Ol
IO
~Ilj
l' 1:-; t
ll0-
IhlNllA
rr\l
~. rr\l
~
n.'H\lIi';'\!
\' A\IAll'1l
SJ-
(H'nt',\l.
FlIlEtt
riD
sun
I'D\l 1':\11
lH'IC\!l'
l
[}-
l)
0- "
"""
n:I:,\1I
11:\t.
6--
IIll'lN
:311'1~
DI lJII
:':1'10:'
[1!J-- BI,';:','"
,,'"
I}- ''';,':;'~'\
~b66
..
u'''''''~''
"_.
IHI:-.lIl,\
JlO;,jJJA
INTERFACE
c!;'---r---b-----
'1l1;1I11
1:\'1'1"
_o=,I<LIJl'h
tIll{
l:
~c:I%ERI
PUNCI1ER
INTERFACE
l'MH
""I'" 1".'"
,.-,1 E ni I
I'Mj
il
0---
~
IOll
r
'----'-.r---'
'111
'JI'I:llATOJ(S I'A'II"!.
l
~c
r-l
lLD
('1'5.,
(1)Jl~
CONN I':CT ION
('8' li!!:! (~ 'ty '81
11.'411'
Cl:ll'12
CIICIOClI~1
g~pC1CJ
, " lTTTT
Til
lu~
I
TO VELOl'ITr CONTIWL UNIT

TO
POSITION l'OIlI':ll
TIl
SI'I~IJLI':
A\'iI'
~l,~
l'UP'1 CP52 CDDI

CIJNNECTION
--BOCI'51
IINIT 1
C ~ /O lJ :\ IT
l>
l,
v
~IACIIINE
Note l) Dotted lines are for small CRT/MDl

(cannot be used for standard type.)
Note 2) The specifications and connections af PCB
system. Refer to Fig. 3,6 (g),
tlJ
0\
14" CRT/MOl
(l00 series)
cf]
-O
.CRT
Standard 9"/14"
CRT/MOl
(10 series)
Small type
CRT/MOl
(lO series)
keyboard
{
--O
()
>
r---r-->
!t~S
CD13B
~>-'l'"
~--~
<O
>
~I---
() ~ 1!::q
CJl
Sil
""
()
~~~~~trUISe-o >
C'-'
Connectio
.
or I/O umt n urut
""
~
9
epo
w
s~1
O'
I I
()
()
I I
I I r-I-,-
PMC cassette
Conversational
function card (10TF)
OPTION
I ()()
() ~ ()()()
~M>
C/)
l'l
trJ
c;J ()
Master PCB
.j::-o
l'
I-'
Lt~'dA
~ ~
en
Battery
unit
A16B-1010-0190
cC
;:;0
!!!.
o...
~
Cl>
Cll
:2
...oo
...o
1L
""-
CNI
CNI
Cl>
. Digital .
servo
amplifjer
3rd axis
Digital
servo
amplifjer
4th axis
TI CN2
TI CN2
Cll
RiO
Cl>
I.
Punch panel
(For small type CRT/MDI)
- - - - - - - - - Spindle amplifier }
Position coder
Spind le control
FeedbaCk}
P
1st to 4th axis AC servo motor
ower
Servo transformer
l+- Power Supply
ee
~ ~ ~
Feedback of separate
type detector 1st to 4th axis
Note 1) Other specifications and connections than above mentioned
are same as in analog servo system
Note 2) ROM/RAM and CA6 (connector) are mounted on
master PCB, when master PCB is A16B-I010-0320.
w
e".
TO
TO
READER!
PUNCHER
illIlli
""
seuvo PUI.SE
TO 1I0ST COMPUTER INTERFACE

MOTOR ENCOOER l/O
POSITION
~IIIII"
ri
.....
CFA
eliA
PMCROM
CASSEITE
11.000,l/HAM
Ael' ecu
pen
"T1
~.
tAl
en
2:
no
::l
::l
Rl
a.
CV4 CF4 CV5Cf'5
::l
te
e:
1111
Cl
te
...
Cl
f-'
0\
lJl
3
:;
'"
a
-J
(VIR-l
Rl
.....
.....
CP14
---..........
8-1
U<
==
lh
TO SERVO AMP,
FOR ADOITIONAL
lAXES
- r,-
,nlrinl. ...C::-:lJ~-.,'.,i-,n'rrl
'"
...Rl
CD'
'"
-to
...
f-:Ol
Rl
?5
f-:Ol
c,
f-:Ol
O
Cl
Cl
c,
CD
....
'"
Cl
::l
a.
:i'
te
....
-<
'"Cl
Rl
C'l
Cl
.J
YYII
j
III ii
f-:Ol
n, o:
f-:Ol Cl
'"'" '"'" '"o:

o:
o,
c,
Ul
Ul
:r:
:I:
o o
-l
'"
Ul
'"
O
U
Z
O
-c
~
p.. ,
Ul
TO MACIlINE:
D
-
ll-
::l
....
Rl
' h lNII "

( 5111'1N
tll/~:~:,7N I
[I-rAM.l,.11.'1l1
_.,
q;'~\'lr~:~/'1.
[L uunrmv
ti
(hl'IN
-. El- Il~.!:~~~il/~\
[1 D- u-suu
(Q) (Q) (Q)
9999
tvlJlG 3
TO OPERATOR PANE:L
Note 1) The specifications and connections ofPCB with

in digital servo system. Refer to Fig. 3.6 (m).
* mark are changed
Note 2) Servo transformer is not mounted in digital servo

200V AC input type system.
w
0\
IU;MiJLH:
.
TAPE In:AlJlm
TO IIOST COM PI/Tim
POSITliJN
IlPL : - -
READER/
PUNCHER
INTERFACE
I/U
IINIT
I
I
lU' ,
xcanov
v,"
I ,--------o
Bil BB Lfo:
~JIo:MUI1Y
."
PCB
'fi'
w
en
-n
=]-
fJ AIJlJITIllNAI.
I gj
AXES
I'I'B
(,I/A
\'22
e-
::l
::l
CD
::i"
IC
e,
ln1~
V41
iii'
...
.e,
IC
III
I-'
0\
0\
3
:j'
en
iS:
CD
~ CP21
OOON/Oli'F'
......
~
~
L~
or::
;;+
CD
o-
S'
...
CD
II
a.
H C"J .
I:IJ~I
CA3 CMIl CP24
V:lI
...
O O
--
READER/PUNCHER 20",,\ C 'L

INTERFACE I ."
INTI':IlFAf'I~
lTIlIl'
READER/MPGI
T
PUNCHER
5'
-c
'ti
91NCH CRT/MOl UNIT
;::J
-----~120IllA C/L
(See 91NCfl
CRT/MOl)
jlrrr
jrrrl
MACI/INli:
_ I 'UNlJA
( SI)PIN
D
'
a-fL
a. a.
"J)
m
:r: .,..
o
I/ ONIJA
( 211PIN I
o-SCIU,:\\'
TlmMINAL
O o-FASTON
TlmMINAL
Q
FLllI'ILNIJY
(ilPIN)
Cl
"'"-
I,1B1,:11
Do:
b
::J
(,)
Cl
-'
-<.
Z
-c -c
LU
7-
rI;
Do:
:",
Cl
U
:;;;:
f'JJ
a.
'---v-----'"
TO VELlJI'ITY
('ONTILIII. l/NIT
I'IILS!': I-:NI'IJlH:11
-_.-
To MAC/liN!>
TO OI'I'ILATOI1 PANEL
MPG ,,:1
LJ. YAMAICW ~ [j[UIIII1NIJY

WIN'
c;rUPTlCilL
~~~
~TT~
a.
I ~
I:r: :r:
_lJlln;CT
Cl/ PL I Ni,'
HUNlJA
( 9()PIN)
b
::J
o..
Z :.:>
0
.,..
I ......
SYMBOI.S
b::J
[D-o
Note) The specifications and connections of PCB with

* mark are changed in digital serve system.
Refer to Fig. 3.6 (m).
SliB
'"
HI,:MlJ DI,;
'1'.11'1,; I{I,AIJI'I(
TO 1I0ST L'OMPlITICI(
POSITION
DPI . - - -
READER!
PUNCHER
INTERFACE
I/o
lINIT
~I
""""
i---
-------0
TI l-l
."
<P'
II
SAJ
(J')
o
o
TT,TTTT-----'
::l
::l
<Il
'-J
I
vll)
V22,
li
v 1;0
~llPI'I\
V,Il
('1'11
lni~
1"1'1'
IC
......
CYtID
...S'
Q'I
___
*"
a.
..
iij'
IC
l>l
HHJ:!.D-~
'"
c.:
'i
E::J
->
->
----IIIL~
,-Af)
-I
er
l27l
c:
;;;
5'
~
'C
<Il
->
l>l
E:
::l
...
<Il
E-
E::J
::J
'"
-<
a.
a.
<Il
L?
Reader/puncher interface 20mA
~I
l'III'I.IN':
lI'1NI1A
l
~Hi
PIN
IIIINIl,\
-, SIII,iN
_lI Il N Il A
O(
r'
...
1' 11 1
M AclllNE
e/L
t=l
o uo
t=l o
w
w w oo Z
a. N ...:t O
m
'"
c;
Z
-c -< ;n
TO VELOCITY
CONTROL UNIT
PULSE ENCODER
TI';I(~IINAI.
E-
o';=-SCiif:W!
OYAS'I'ON
TI<II,IINAL
i-1F]_IHII:NI1Y
hl In
Lll'
~tIIJIN i
I [1\'.\"1'\1
'~~~~r"~~r~~'
I~'I'I';IIF,,,'I':
I '"
SYMIIIlI.S
_ _ IlIla:,"/'
--c-:-+-
a.
::J
EI
~
-,III I IINIl Y
I.
[--J'
1l1''I'II'.-\ L [i [}Il
"I.'IIII':H
i
:HJIN
SIIII
QQQ
~T9C:P
'1'0 MACIlINE
TO OPICHATOH PANEL
MPG ',:l

* mark are changed in digital serve system.
Refer to Fig. 3.6 (m),
W
Q'I
TO
kI
~~Jb-t=~"Cet@
n~~~~:'frr2 rr~j1f
TI
.p'
'
-1
~Ot-
TAP!:: HEAIJEII
\lI1'II0IT UHI,"
...L.1-LL.LL..L.L.L.L--..l
rn:'1..llvrVnlll':'r.nn....
",'''::::,:'
".~:::"
,~"
In:MnH'
(I
r:--
READER/
PUNCHER
INTERFACE
--l
r-
Ills,\rnN
nxn TAI'I; III-:AIWll
IJIl.
CFA
l- {V2
bi:l W L:ii?l
nr1n
I II
I H\I'I~ HL!" ('I'I"~'
'7 9?
,,',S
Il,S,''JNHIlUW'
'1'1,F:!',rpl'
L ,~i'~"INf'rrrvl~~;;NS o-----.cmJ
O~J-O
mN.f-JlF,COM
COMPlJTE:R
I
AC200V
--
1I0~T
MO" I'ell
IL---J
I '------J
~~
IT
UL
54
ll
~:"~J~2I'I_r=1:=v.21~
aJ l
CJT
L
l
11!
en
c:
oO
\11m
Il~~r~:~
CDH
:l
:l
.-m
CPH
CD
a
:i'
lQ
Oii,j'
lQ
I-'
(J'\
oo
\14 !
Dl
3
:i'
en
a:
CD
r-nll
--f 1
j'--
......
......
"-
.. Ol
,-)
::>
s:
Z
_.
________ n
I I
:?OmA
L S ~ ~ !l
"ti
CD
IT
r.l
O
,,
F,\~;TI):,\
0- T 1-:U,\ l 1\:1\1.
QQCQ
l
9???
+
C05 CO-l
CO:1
C02
CO I
Cl:J (
,,l~h~=~t~~~::=I=~~h~=~t~4~~h~
l_I_~ !__! ~_~ !
~ ~ ~ I_!j
h
__
et:
I/l
i ::c
E5, _::c
r---------- --------- ----------- ------.--
r ~.j('J1
t-r-r-r-
o-:n:Jt'l I ~Ar.
'
TO MACIII NE
C,~L
CRT/MOl
StOIIE\\
O
til O
til til
P.. til
I/l P..
erlJIJ erllJI
:i"
~
::>
E.
'"g
et:
::>
'P..' P..
IT
:i"
111
t.:l
::c
I/l
VELOCITY
TO
CONTIWL liN I T
PIILSE: ENctHJF:11
TO MACIlINE
TO OPERATOR PANEL
MPG.\ 3

w
o,
IlEMflTE T'(l'~:
TAPE HE,\JH:H
WITllUlJT m:EI.S
'1',\['1'; m:,\IlE]t
Vo'I1'Jl ItEEU;
DD
CTX
i j bl
11
."
ep'
--o
Cl
1(.;;
-o
r-t- l
Ciij'
Ol
;:j'
en
c:
CD
-'
-'
.......
-'
Cl']
~I
;:j'
l.C
/-'
(']'.,
l'l'~
-r=- I
il
II
..
L
l'l'n
-1
eS
~
CD
Ol
O"
;:j'
...
CD
,'I''' .--1-------.
Slff'l'Li
IINIT
['PH
IJ-
'---~-
",I-U_U
1--1
'1'0 VELOCTY CONTItOL UNIT

PULSE ENCOlJER
llllNIJA
'~i 1']:'<
'
' nl.F Ih,",","
;luPIN
n,IIO;.;p ....
:!111'1:'.
TI:IIMI!~I\J.
uen 'I'
1'11
('lU
_ L'119
TIIIllIIlT
'ro
MACIll~lE
( IN CASE UF 1I111J.T IN CONNECTION UNIT J
MACIIII~E
t IN CASE 010' ItI:::MO'IT CONtJECl'IUN UNIT l
lil'lh
EI[}- H\I\"'II' [
C:I c} \.T;;II~/1
Cl:!
TO
o-.li:i.;;~~li~AI.
tJ
I~ n.""''''',''
CI3
LffTfTJ
O-::l'~
~UCtJI'4 ~~
L'UNNECT,llIN
- - - . ~!:lllt:li.\}I';I;
pen
t-uwuu
~YM IltIL~
_ U
unit
pcn
-}---U
CD
"C
Buttery
11111l1ll.E
M~;MOHY
F1H 1
ijj'
en
~.
BlU
-.EJ-----'
CI'Il
AXE5
..
e
cCD
c-
6-'6
::J
Il
en
r::
I I I
'-fi'~
sw
-'
::J
O"
II
V34
AlllllTIU~MI.
o-~.
o-~
.;
T" '''''T ,'''''''IIT''"
~~L
CD
!:l.
o-
rr 'l'I!~;:r'l:~J~ ~:;.I s
tiN ,liV!'
::J
::J
'O
,Ii
fllN,t'lJF.l'OM
n
o
...
1.1I II1I{ INTl::l:I.Ill'1\
1~ln.llUHI\
l.C
0-
UNIT
2lUlV sv .uv -.!

-o---o----(i
r,
1: t
A('2IJOV
l/Il
CD!!
CJ'~I
U~
' - I- - - f
D-
ll~t/l~iJl)
'JPIN'
~r
~ !i~~~I~~nl.-~C::
n m
'"
~
;;'n
n"'n",
C
Il :)1111
f!
~II'G
9999
TO OPEllATOIt PANEL

w
0\
eS
Near zero signal
14" CRT/MOl
(For 110 series)
CDl3B

Cl
f~.....
9"/14" CRT/MOl
(For 1\ series)
--------,'
'11
PMC Cassette
Connection unit
or I/Onnit
c?i'
ROM/RAM board
,
,
CA)
en
3'
c
cE'
Ilt
...<
ID
...
.........
O
......
CNI
Digital
servo
arnpliIler
1st axis
TI CN2
I-'
.......
O
LJtJD~0D
CDPI
::t'
~
Convcrsutional functinn
card(lIMI',IITTF)
Buhble memory
CNI
Digital
servo
arnplilier
2nd axis
TICN2
CNl
Digital
servo
amplilier
3rd axis
TI CN2
4P~CO"
J
Cl
Cl Cl
>ClClClCl
Master
PCB
r<UJl':Ir:>
""
b:l
"J :x: ;,;:
tJj
AI6B-IOIO
CAT
-0200
~D
Tape
teader
CD5
Ilt
...iD'
CPl4A
CPI41J
ID
Power supply
Ilt
~
III
Ilt
Positioo ceder
} 2nd spindle
Spindie amplifier
(I J TT only)
S'
...
"ti
Position ceder
...
en
...
...oo
rp
Serve transformer
Serve amplifier
of 4th .and
5 th axrs
==L=::------~ I
.--H
1st spiodle
Spindle amplifier
1/
I
f-+-----J
lIigh speed skip

C I';F type dctector
6
~
o
9 9 ........ 9
Cl
Cl
o
w
o
..
'"'1 '"'1
Power line of
AC serve motor
Ae servo motor
feedback of
1st to 5th axis
~~
8
....
'"
(J'
leeee?ee
Separate type dctector

feedback for J st to 5 th axis
Note) Other specifications and connections than above

menticned are same as in analog servo system
lJJ
0\
Near zero signal -------.,
14" CRT/MOl
(For 11O series)
2J
CD13B
::
"TI
f~
"
9"/14" CRT/MOl
(For 11 series)
--------~I
ca'
PMC Cassette
......
CAJ
Connection unit
or l/D unit
>
ROM/RAM board
r - - - - - - - - - Conversutional function
::I
i
I
eard (llM-F,IlIT-F)
Buhble memory
ca'
;:;:
..
'"
...<CD
o
........
........
o
...'"iD'
-......
'-J
......
CD
~~D~~D
COPI
eNI
Digital
servo
arnplifier
l st axis
TI CN2
CNI
Digital
serve
arnplifier
2nd axis
TICN2
eNl
Digital
serve
arnplifier
COP2
;";,,nnn
t-'cn>nn
Masler
PCB
AI6B-IOIO
Q q
~330
,~ ~~
3rd axis
T I CN2
dO Q ~::
'"
~
Ol
eAS C.AlACA2AC
~
AIBCA2B
......
gO
t>l
'rJ
~ E;;
E::::
CP14A
CP14B
Power supply
."
n>
"O
n
co
Position eoder
} 2nd spindle
Spind le aruplifler
(II IT only)
Position ceder
od
(J)
rp
....
o
....
o
Serve transformer
Serve arnplitier ==~

of 4th and
5thaxis
----
r=+l
IJ
l st spind le
Spindle arnplifier
High speed skip
CAJ
CAJ
.9
Power line af
Ae serve motor
~~
2
"
g,
r:t
Ae serve motor
feedback of
lSI lo 5th axis

feedback for lSI lo 5th axis
NOle) Other specifications and connections than above
mentiened are same as in analog serve system
V.
0\
3.6
z_
<E:
= '-,w ;;;w
G
z<
'-'
E:
CAl7A
QCA17B
~
w ~tCA18
c:
;O';?COPl
~
~ ""-COP2C:~
=w
3
3
CF31
c w
..,.... 8~~~~~
tiz
~~g
;!!
CF7J
CAI:!
""
E: G
:::2 u
= B "?
w
w
-=!
02
{-e:::J--
~;~~ ~ ~{-e:J-
= ~~ CF53C~
= uz "u ~~~
c,
u <
CVJ
,
,
,LI __
l:I-r
"' CN!
ro eN6 ~.' 12 )01

EN5
V-l
2 ~
34
--- "l
I
)C>-
Ist-c Srd
,t--+-,-+'-"='kJbCNl~N
gj== 56 ,~
Axes
V51,
V51b
V51,
>
CN2
C-
I
V5],
CN6 ~~
r-ir-i
~_.
'l
1.,
-I
10'
,c>-
r-' eN5 2 ~ 3.4

gj::> 6 Ao - - ....I!:=CNl~"
3
-"-_t-+-J
3
3
la
In.
I
. CF51 [C>{
o CF52[ [>{
~ CF52 C G>{_
~z
CVI[J(;o---1
~3 C\'2[J(;o---1
cn
:c
~
,
~
CND
t:
CO';;'
IF01A
CNAO
~~~ +
____ t~_
E~TU~~lL
+24E
I~ I
1099B
eNAl
_eNAS
-~
~I
I
I
I
I
:t:=====:
OD99A
CNAfi
-CNAlO
-~~
--I ----T------t-
,COM
lNDUCTSYN
} PRE AMP
}glPJlE'kT SYN
'-----;.J
~~~t~ER
NEAR ZERO
- -
DO I
MACHINE
Fig. 3.6 (o)
Conneeting diagram inside 12/120 series free-standing type cabinet A

(when one of synchronous operation, hybrid control or double check is performed in 6 or less axis control]
172 -
3.6
---..,
,r
r
I
l.
4J~-550V
SO/60Hz
HOST
} COMPUTER
Reader- puncher interface
mgM mg 8b
---!---=~
TION DPL I
PgTION DPL II
INPUT
~NALOG
l PUL~CODER
j :-:EAR ZERO _
POSITION DSPIII
POSITION
CODER
S ANALOG
r
EXTERNAL
1"0 U:<IT
~~j1~
-;~E -'B~-y
--l
___ -.J
'(
~I
\IACHINE
173
3.6
Via
Vlc
Jil9?sn~af
'1
Vlb
--
OIPU
:c
CC
....
G)
:t5
ca
t.l
Cl)
C.
....>Cl
:cc
ca
t:
a.......
G)
Ul
Cl)
".:: "'C
~.!!
CO
N
:-
.... c
N 8
eND eNE
....
GI
~
-&n
lu
en
.5 ~
E
ca
ca ,....
SJ
.!!! .c
"'C ....
Cl
G)
.~ ~
G)
174 -
3.6
1.
AC
200-550V
50/60Hz
I
I
I
4_-
I
I
} HOST
COMPUTER
I
I
Reader" puncher interface
~ ~O~~I Jmrm~~~~_~~_~~~HIGH
I
:59
~~
=
;;
~b~rTMJEfogfR
CD4Qr>-CD3[ I:>
CAI9'dC>-+---.J
CAIO
..J..J
SPEEDOUTPUT
Dl
S ANALOG
POSTION DPL l
I~Plc~ IWlJIr
"-O CA2dc,-+---.J
U 15 u CAlOC>-+---.J
G "- CNi[~
-e:
('j
3:
::; ~
~~
:EU
~J==;~~bcJ-----J
_CAliA
:z
~ "z~CAIiBdCJ-----_...J
:;: u
):,-,,-CAI8
;; ~ ~55COPl' C O l - - - - - - -
COP2
C:F31
CFJ2
=
c,
,-,t- E~r
U
-c
:g
eJ
a,
= '"
z
u
<
Z
=
:.=
=
~3 E~f~
l~
<Il
:.aes
I
I
,<u
;;;:CF52C~
",w CV2
~
CV3
..E'"
es
~~
~ CF53C
,-------'
k{
<:"'CF5I[~{
CAl2
tl)O CVI
I~
{~
.,
I;
~
I
}SERYOAMP
Axes
<;:
'E
C
C
:::
:1
CO
'"
::E
~
c,
'"
en
<ri
r.,
PULSE
} ENCODER
in
::o
..
I
I
<:
Z
}INDUCTSYN
PRE. AMP
AM?
(PULSE
ENCODER)
I
I
,..
f\~
Tr ;=- }ACSERVO
DCMOTOR
lst-3rd
e<
;,
~
MACHINE
175
Q>
..
Il)
C"'i
.g.
U.
3.7
3.7
Status Display by SeJf-Diagnostic Function
General
If trouble occurrs, you must clari f y whether the trouble occurred inside the NC
or on the PHC or machine side.
In order to do thi s , examine the interface
condition between NC and PC or between NC and machine as well as the internal
conditions of NC.
Row DGN function displays the condition of NC on the CRT screen when a problem
occurs is described in this section.
Refer to 10/11/12/100/110/120 series operator's manual for general operation of
CRT/MDl.
The 9" CRT/MDI unit is equipped with five soft keys. The 14" CRT/MDI unit is
equipped with ten soft keys. In this manual, the 9" CRT/MDI unit equipped with
five soft keys will be described. The soft keys are displayed as follows:
The characters in the frames are the names of the soft keys displayed at the
bottom of the CRT screen. The "+" mark at the right shows that "+" is displayed
at the right end of the lowest line on the CRT screen. This means that some key
is not displayed on the CRT screen because of insufficient soft keys.
The basic operation of the 9" CRT/MDI unit is the same as that of the 14"
CRT/MDI unit. With the latter, more keys can be operated simultaneously, so
there is less need for changeover of the soft keys.
3.7.1
Interface display
Interface signal ON/OFF (l/O) conditions can be displayed.

a) Set the soft key as a function select key by pressing the function menu key.
I SETTING ISERVICE I NOTICE I
I CHAPTER [~J
b) A maintenance screen is selected by pressing SERVICE Key.

c) If the maintenance screen is not a diagnostic data screen, press CHAPTER key
to select the soft key for the chapter select key.
PARAM
I PITCR IDIAGNOS IDSP .HEH I
I~
Press DIAGNOS key or press SERVICE key repeatedly until a diagnostic data screen
appears.
d) If a desired diagnostic data screen does not appear, observe the foliowing
procedure:
d)-l Hethod by page select key
Select pages by using page select key.
d)-2 Hethod by soft key
i) Press the operation menu key to select the soft key of the operation
select key.
l INP-NOI~
- 176 -
3.7.2
ii) Press INP-NO, and the soft key is selected for the operation guide key.
I (VALUE) I
iii) Input a data number key of the desired diagnostic data to be displayed.
When data number is entered by the key, the soft key becomes as shown
below.
_ _ _ _'----0
EXEC
iv) When EXEC key is pressed, the CRT screen displays the diagnostic data
of the data number entered by the keying operation. The soft key is
returned to the operation select key.
For I/O signals list, see 3.7.4.
3.7.2 Display of internal conditions of NC
The internal conditions of NC can be displayed by the same method used in the
interface display method described in 3.7.1.
l) Display of the condition where a command is apparently not executed
No.
Bit
Display
Internal conditions when l is displayed
1000
o
3
4
5
INPOSITION CHECK
FEED RATE OVERRIDE
JOG FEED OVERRIDE
INT./START LOCK ON
SPEED ARRIVAL CHECK
,.\TAIT REVOLUTION
STOP POSITION CODER
FOREGROUND READING
Inposition check is in progress.

Feed rate override is 0%.
Jog feed override is 0%.
Start lock/interlock is ON.
Waiting for speed arrival signal to turn on
Waiting for spindle l revolution signal in
threading
Waiting for the rotation of position coder in
spindle revolution feed
Tape is being read in foreground.
BACKGROUND READING
Tape is being read in background edition.
l
2
1001
2) Display of reset condition

The conditions of the input signals related to the reset and feed hold are
displayed.
No.
1010
Bit
7
RST
ERS
RRI\T
ESP
Display of "l" means the folIowing conditions

ESP Emergency stop condition
RRW Reset & rewind signal is turned on.
ERS External reset signal is turned an.
RST Reset key is being pressed.
- 177 -
3.7.2
3) Display af TH alarm conditions

TH alarm conditions are displayed as follows.
No.
Display
Meaning af data
UDO
POSITION (CHARACTER) F
1101
BIT PATTERN (CHARACTER) F
UDO
POSITION (CHARACTER) B
1101
BIT PATTERN (CHARACTER) B
Indicates the character position where TH

alarm occurred by the number af characters
(TH
alarm af foreground)
Indicates the readout code af the TH alarm
character by bit pattern.
(TB alarm af
foreground)
Indicates the character position where TH
alarm occurred by the number af characters
(TH
alarm af background)
Indicates the readout code af the TH alarm
character by bit pattern.
(TH alarm af
background)
4) Display af abnormal conditions af bubble memory

Abnormal conditions af bubble memory are displayed as follows.
Bit
No.
1200
PR4
PR3
MWP
PR2
WPE
TOE
UNL
Bit
No.
1201
7
BPE
PR4
PR3
MWP
PR2
WPE
TOE
UNL
BPE
PSO
PR1
TME
MDL
NOM
UNC
PSO
PR1
TME
MDL
NOM
UNC
MAP SINGLE-BIT PARITY ERROR

MAP MULTI-BITS PARITY ERROR
TOO MANY WRONG PAGES .
DATA SINGLE-BIT PARITY ERROR
WRITE P~OTECT ERROR
READ/WRITE TIME OUT ERROR
UNLOSSED
DATA BUS PARITY ERROR
PAGE SIZE OVER
DATA MULTI-BITS PARITY ERROR
TRANS MISSING ERROR
MANY DEFECT LOOPS
NO MARKER
UNDEFINED COMMAND
When "l" is displayed, it shows that the above error occurred.
- 178 -
3.7.3
5) Display of position deviation amount
The position deviation amount of each axis is displayed.

Display
No.
Meaning of display data
X SERVO ERROR
3000
y SERVO ERROR
Z SERVO ERROR
Indicates the
the detection
Indicates the
the detection
Indicates the
the detection
position deviation amount of X axis in

unit.
position deviation amount of Y axis in
unit.
position deviation amount of Z axis in
unit.
6) Display of resolver or inductosyn frequency check results

Resolver or inductosyn frequency check results are displayed.
is used for frequency adjustment.
No.
Display
3001
DSCG PULSE LOW
3002
DSCG PULSE HIG
This display
Meaning of display data

(Display
range of
(Display
range of
data) 0.125 is normal when it lies within a

230 ~ 800.
data) O.125 is normal when it lies within a
1466 ~ 1900.
7) Display of servo control information
The servo control information is displayed as follows.

No.
3010
3030
3050
~
~
~
3023
3043
3063
Axis corresponding to number

Servo control information of 1st axis
Servo control information of 2nd axis
Servo control information of 3rd axis
3.7.3 Memory contents display
Memory contents can be displayed as follows:

a) Set the soft key to the function select key.
I SETTING I SERVICE
INOTICE
CHAPTER
I~
b) Press SERVICE key.
A maintenance screen is selected.

c) If the maintenance screen does not indicate memory contents, press CHAPTER
key to switch the saft key to the chapter select key.
PARAM
I PITCR IDIAGNOS I DSP .MEM
Press DSP MEM key or press SERVICE key repeatedly until a memory contents
display screen appears.
d) Select the saft key for the operation select key.
INP-NO.
- 179 -
I~
3.7.4
e) Press INP-NO and the soft key is switched to the operation guide key.
(VALUE)
..L-
l - -_ _
----'l~
f) Enter the address of the memory to be displayed using a six decimal number by
pressing keys.
I
When the data number is entered, the soft key is reset as shown below.
I
EXEC
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _- ' -
J.....-
--'l~
g) Press EXEC key to display the memory contents of the input address.
key is reset to the operation select key.
3.7.4 I/O signal diagnostic data
I/O signal diagnostic data of the NC are constructed as follows:

1) When PMC is not provided;
Machine tool
NC
'------+
DGN No.
400-,500(Input) (Output)
(3T/3M/6T/6M, 4 types are provided)
- 180 -
The soft
3.7.4
2) When PMC is provided;
PMC
I
NC
PMC
NC
Interface
PMC
I
MT
Machine tool
Interface
In case of BMI
DGN No. 0-, 200(Input) (Output)
In case of 3/6 compatible
DGN No. 400-, 500(Input) (Output)
(3T/3M/6T/6M,4 types are provided)
PMC screen displays

diagnostic data
(Input)
No. XO.O
(Output)
No. YO.O
PMC diagnostic data display method
Press J NC/PC key on the keyboard. A PMC basic menu is displayed in the soft
key part.
Press ~I~P~C=D~G~N~I soft key.
The CRT screen shows PMC diagnostic function. and
the soft key menu turns to SEARCH I.
Press I SEARCH [ key af ter inputting the address to be displayed.
Continuous 10 byte data are displayed by a bit pattern from the designated
address on the top stage of the CRT screen.
To display other addresses. repe~eration starting with stepG).
Af ter display operation, press ~ key to reset the menu to the PMC basic
menu.
- 181 -
/J/)5JC ilJ1L'J!J/i..;(
-I-I.:~SP
BMI signal list
ES;'
BMI DGN
No.
O
ERS
RRW
*SP
*ESP
I SKIPl
I TCHIN
3.7.4
jlL
DI
UNIT
*CSL
*IT
ZRN
BRN
SRN
MOVL
I AGJ
EDT
MEM
l MLK
DLK
ABS
OVC
SBK
EDT1
DRN
AFL
KEY4
KEY3
KEY2
KEYl
FlD
FFIN
FIN
ST
BDT3
BDT2
I *CSM2
*CHF
51
6
RT
ROV2
ROV1
MP4
MP2
MP1
BDT9
BDT8
BDT7
BDT6
BDTs
BDT4
ITMRON
PRC
9
10
ul
TLRST
OMEP
OME
HS2D
HS2C
HS2B
C~
HS3D
HS3C
HS3B
HS3A
HS2A
HS1D
HSIC
HSIB
HS1A
*JV4
*JV3
12
13
14
151
*JV7
*JV6
*JVs
- 182 -
*JV2
*JV1
*JVO
3.7.4
BMI - DI
DGN
No.
16
17
AJA7
1
191 *BECLP
20
AJA6
*BEUCL
AJAS
I AJA4
WN16
I AJA3
I_WN_8_ _I_WN_4_--I..
....1.-
I AJA2 I AJA1 I AJAO
DIST26
! DIST2S\
WN1
DIST24!
21
22
24
I RISGN
25
RI7
RIl2
RIl1
RIlO
RI9
RI8
RI3
RI2
RIl
RIO
RI6
RIS
RI4
GS4
GSS
GS1
CDV6
CDVS
CDV4
26
I WOSET
27\ CDV7
CDV3
28\
29\
30
31
I SPSTP
I *SECLP I *SEUCL I
183 -
CDV2
CDV1
SPC
SPB
I CDVO
SPA
3.7.4
BMI - DI
DGN
No.
EIAS
EIA4
I EIA3 I
EIA2
EIAl
EIDS
EID4
EID3
I
I
I
EID2
EID1
32
331
EIA7
39
EID7
40
41
EIA6
EID6
43\
441
I
I
I
I
4S j
46
47
- lS4 -
EIDO
I
I
TLl20S1
EIAO
42\
I TL2S6
3.7.4
BMI - DI
DGN
No.
. 5
- 185 -
3.7.4
BMI - DI
DGN
No.
PKl
MLKl
MIl
-Jl
+Jl
PK2
MLX2
MI2
-J2
+J2
64
65
1
*CLl
661
67
1
69
70
I_*_C_L2_.l--_-..L._ _- 1 -_ _..L..-_----L_ _---i
----'-__~__"'____ __'_____'____~_
7l ,
73
"'____
____J
__'__ ___'___ _....L.-_----L_ _- - l
PK3
MLK3
MI3
-13
+J3
*CL3_' - - - _ - - ' -_ _- ' - -_ _" ' _ _ _ _ - - - ' -_ _- - '

1_ _--'--_ _....0..-.._
74!_ _.......l..-_ _--L.-_ _L...-_--'-_ _-I..-_ _.l--_---"-_ _......J

7
!_"__.L...-_---'-_ _--'--_ _
- i - - _ - - - - L_ _- - - ' -_ _- - L . - _ - - - - J
771
78
79
*CL4 ~_PK_4
----'I-__
-J4
ML_K_4--'-_M_I_4----'-_
_
+J4
--'--_~
--'-_ _-1..-
- - ' -_ _....0....-._----'-_ _--'
--'-_ _-1..-
- - ' -_ _-1..-_ _. 1 - -_ _
- 186 -
3.7.4
f) r; /rm.
BMI - DI
DGN
No.
II1/j'lcJ
.l
MLX5
MIS
-J5
+J5
80
81
. 82
*CL5
PK5
11/12/
110/120
series
only
83
1
Continued in the same way (for 12/120

104 '" 107:
84 '" 87: 6th axis
108 '" 111:
88 '" 91: 7th axis
112'" 115 :
92'" 95: 8th axis
116'" 119:
96 '" 99: 9th axis
100 '" 103: 10th axis
120 '" 123:
series only)
11th axis
12th axis
13th axis
14th axis
15th axis
- 187 -
TLCHA
ESEND
SSP
SRV
FMF
EF
DM30
DM02
DM01
DMOO
210
I RalS
R014
ROl3
211
R07
R06
212/
ARIS
213
2071 TLCHB
208
209
RPBSY
BCLP
BF
TF
R01~
ROll
ROS
R04
AR14
ARl3
AR7
AR6
MR1s
MR7
I BUCLP
SF
MF
R010
R09
R08
R03
R02
R01
ROO
AR12
ARll
AR10
AR9
AR8
ARS
AR4
AR3
AR2
ARI
ARO
MR14
}fRl3
MR12
MRll
MR10
MR9
MR8
MR6
MRs
MR4
MR3
MR2
MR1
MRO
214
1
215
1
- 188 -
3.7.4
EMI - DO
DGN
No.
M31
M30
M29
M28
M27
M23
M22
M21
M20
M19
MIS
M14
M13
M12
M11
M7
M6
MS
M4
M3
S31
S30
S29
S28
S23
S22
S21
2221
SIS
S14
223\
S7
216
217
M26
M2S
M24
M18
M17
M16
I
I
MIa
M9
M8
M2
Ml
MO
S27
S26
S2s
S24
S20
S19
S18
S17
S16
S13
S12
Sl1
SIa
S9
S8
S6
SS
S4
S3
I
I
S2
SI
so
T31
T30
T29
T28
T27
T26
T2S
T24
T23
T22
T2l
T20
T19
T18
T17
T16
TIS
T14
Tl3
T12
TIl
Tia
T9
T8
T7
T6
TS
T4
T3
I
I
T2
TI
TO
B3l
E30
B29
B28
B27
B26
B2s
B24
B23
B22
B2l
B20
B19
B18
B17
B16
218
1
219
I
221 I
220
224
1
225
1
226
1
227
228
1
229
1
230
BIS
B14
B13
B12
BIl
BIO
B9
B8
231
B7
B6
BS
B4
B3
B2
Bl
BO
- 189 -
3.7.4
BMI - DO
DGN
No.
EOA3
EOA2
EOAl
EOAO
I EIREND I
2321 EOSTB
233\
EOA7
EOA6
EOAs
EOA4
EOD6
EODs
EOD4
SPBO
SPAO
234
235
236
237
238
239
EOD7
EOD3
EOD2
EODl
SCLP
I SUCLP
EODO
240
241
I
SPCO
242
*REEL
243
244
1
245
246
1
247
- 190 -
SPAL
3.7.4
BMI - DO
DGN
No.
.5
- 191 -
3.7.4
BMI - DO
DGN
No.
ZP21
1
l -P Z
MMLKl
2651
ZP31
I MDl I
ZP41
264/
INPl
MVl
MMIl
266
267
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ZP2
I
I
MMI2
2681
269
270
271
I
I
I
INP2
ZP32
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
272/
2731
274\.
I
I
INP3
ZP43
ZP33
MD2
MV2
I
I
I
I
I
I
MD3
MV3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
l
I
ZP22
MMLK21
I
I
ZP23
MMLK3j
276 1
2771
INP4
ZP44
ZP34
MD4
MV4
l
I
ZP3
MMI3
l
l
275
ZP42
ZP24
I
I
l
l
I
ZP4
MMI4
278
279
- 192 -
3.7.4
BMI - DO
DGN
No.
. 5
6
INP5
280
ZP45
ZP35
MD5
MVS
ZP25
ZP5
MMLK51
MMI5
281
11/12/
110/120
series
only
282
1
283
Continued in the same way (for 12/120 series only)
284
288
292
296
300
tV
tV
tV
tV
tV
287:
291:
295:
299:
303:
6th axis
7th axis
8th axis
9th axis
10th axis
304
308
312
316
320
tV
tV
tV
tV
tV
307:
311:
315:
319:
323:
11th
12th
14th
14th
15th
- 193 -
axis
axis
axis
axis
axis
3.7.5
3.7.5 Address list for 11TT
BMI-Dll
I
00
t.i
..
.,
;)
()
SkII'1
"1
Ii\'T
!: l
01
Cl:.?
03
I
1
ove
O:J!
BDT1
te1
::;: 1
FIN
05l
~:
06/
07
os I TMRON
09
10
TLRST
1
tfl
111
12
13
14
1
15
1
(Note) There are some signals which are provided for the first and second tool
posts respectively and they provide just the same function.
These signals are identified by symbol #1 or #2 which is affixed to their
names. Symbol fil shows a signal exclusively provided for the first tool
post, while symbol #2 shows a signal exclusively provided for the second
tool post.
- 194 -
3.7.5
BMI-DI2
7
:i
:>
,I
16
()
17/
20 I
221
I,
23
IR
19
21
26
27
30
31
I 1'---------1...-._ _1
. ,
28
29
'----
- 195 -
3.7.5
BMI-DI3
I
ti
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
- 196 -
3.7.5
BMI-DI4
7
-.
li
')
SKIP1
I UIN! I :i<es~.)
I
,/.
:!:j::ZtI:2
----'----------'----
----'---_.....
49
50 I
51
52
_ _ _ _ _ _1
53/
54
I
ove :f!: Z I
BDT.1
#2
I
FIN,
#:2
1----'-----'---__
55
56/
_I
;)s
59
TLRST
TI
1-
---'-
J..-_ _- ' -
60
61
62
1
63]
-'--_ _-1...._ _--1.
- ' - -_ _---'-
-'--__
.L-_ _--L.._ _--I._ _---J
-l....._ _--I.
- 197 -
3.7.5
BMI-DI5
7
64
ti
51
:0
(}
I.
65/
l!
66/
II
711
67
68
69
70
741_ _----!---~__"_______'__
751'---~_
_
76
_____"
1
'----__---'---'----'---_ _
7 7 ! L . - - - - - J . - - - - ' - - - - - - l . - - . - l - -_ _- " - - -
78
!_ _~---J---J.------l.--.-
_ _
791L.-----J.----'--------J.-
- 198 -
3.7.5
BMI-DI6
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
- 199 -
3.7.5
BMI-DI7
gi)
97
t-j
:l
ERS
RRW
oJSP
EDT
MEi\1
IvlLK
DL1\:
ABS
SBr..:
I~KY4
KEY3
KEY2
"
.,
(I
"
*ESP
'I T
.r
Il
DRN
AFL
ZRN
98
1
991
100
Kel'l
ST
PHC
101
IIS3D
102
llS3C
llS3B
HS3A
103
105
10fi
1....
110 1
111 1....
-'-
-'-
--'-
-'-
1...-
- 200 -
.....
1 D_I_S_T_2_6[ D I
ST
25
DI ST
24 1
--'-1I_H_E_A_D_2J IHEAD 11
I...-_ _--J..
3.7.5
BMI-DI8
120
121 1....
-'-
'--
.1--
'---_ _-'
-J...
-J...
_____
122
1
123
1....
124!
-'-
.1--
-J...
.1--_ _--'-
-'--
---''---
--------- - -
'---
.1--_ _--'-
-'--
125i
'---_ _--'-
1261
'---__--'-
1271
'---__
---i-
- 201 -
---''---
-'
--l...
..I.-_ _----l
--l...
---'
....I-
l--
3.7.5
BMI-DI9
.)
12R
DTCH l !'SVFl
12~1 I_ _
. . l - - _ . . . . . J . -_ _
130
---"-
1331
---'....l.....-
135 [
I_M_I1~
. . . . l - - _ - - - J . -_ _
....1..-
MLI(2
- - ' - _ - - - - "_ _
""""---_--1.-
M12
-J 2
----'-
I MLK3
141
142
143
.. J l
+J 1
_ _. . I - - _ - - I
+J 2
---l.._ _. . . . L . - _ - . l . - _ - "_ _....l.....-_ _
138
139
M LI( l
-i....-_----I..-_---l..
131 11...-
137
I_ _
134!_ _
()
MLK4
- 202 -
MI3
-J 3
+J 3
1'1114
-J 4
+J 4
3.7.5
BMI-DIIO
145
146
1_ _---'--_ _1_ _---"---1
147
I MLK5
MI5
-J 5
+J 5
_~~~-l
1--'----'-----[
I .
~~-,.---__,_____r_I
I
I
"----
~--'------"--
~'___--"--~_
~--'--I _
-----'-
-----'-__---'-----'--i_
I
------'-------'--_------,--1
- 203 -
I
I
I
I
3.7.5
BMI-DO l
l
()
IPEN
200
~!
201
' - -_ _- ' -
"--
"--
DEN
~'1
M13D~g
202
204
212
TF
BF
,
- - - -l
:g: 1
SF
~!:1 I MF
#1
SPALS
SPAL4
SPAU
SPAll
TIl
tfl
tfl
#1
213
214
215
- 204 -
3.7.5
BMI-DO 2
fi
'}
"
216
:-.r 27
if: 1
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
I Bl l
230
231 1 B7 #1 I_B_5_7'_: 1_ 1 B5 #1
B4
,= 1
- 205 -
Bl
B2
B3
""1 i
=1
:;tI
BO
#1
#1
3.7.5
BMI-DO 3
ti
232
1TOO~i I
1)0029
I: 1
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
- 206 -
3.7.5
BMI-DO 4
()
248
249
_ _ _- ' - -_ _- - ' -
MBD~~
-'--
__
250
I
I BF
252
TF
#2
~21
SF
#2
I MF
#2
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
SPAL8
.u,
TT-
260
261
262
263
...1.--
---'
- 207 -
....>-
--'-_ _---'
3.7.5
BMI-DO 5
-;
;;
:1
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
- 208 -
3.7.5
BMI-DO 6
7
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
U03l~
295
U03071
....j-~
j*'2 I
- 209 -
3.7.5
BMI-DO 7
'7
:il
fi
296
297
298
I MZRN I
299
300
I MMLK I MDLK I MABS I
\1A
SA
MEDT
OP
MMEM
:2
:,
()
SPL
RST
INCH
DST
I
MD
I MSBK I
MJ
AL
MB
MDRN
STL
mVD
MS
I !\JAFL l .
301
302
303
304
305
306
I RPBSY I
307 [
308
309
310
311
---'---_I
---L.-_I
- 210 -
OHEADZI OHEAD
11
3.7.5
312
BMI-DO 8
l,
I EOSTB I
;';
_---'-1_-,-_-"--_ _--"-_-,-_-'--_,.--
(]
[ E I RENDI EOHEADI
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
EOD7
322 1....
323'
324
EOD6
EOD5
EOD4
EOD3
EOD2
I *REEL
--'-
--'-
EODI
T ICHK
--'-
"--_ _--'-
EODO
-'-_ _----'
--'-
--'-
.l.-_ _---l.
--'-
--'-
.1.-_ _--'-
---'
---
325
326
327 1....
- 211 -
3.7.5
328
329
I MMLKI I M MI l
330
331
332
333
IMMLK21
334
335
INP3 [ ZP43
IMMLK31
[.
339
340
[ ZP44
341
342
3361
337
338
3431
INP2
INP4
ZP42
ZP32
ZP33
ZP34
MD2
MD3
MD4
l\lV2
MV3
MV4
ZP22
ZP23
ZP24
ZP2
MMI21
ZP3
M MI 3
ZP4
/MMLK41 MMI41
- 212 -
3.7.5
BMI-DO 10
7
li
,{
ZP45
I ZP35 I
MD5
()
344
345
IMMLKSI
346
.1
347
INP5
- 213 -
MV5
ZP25
ZP5
MMI5/
3.7.5
Tool posts and BMI

llTT controls turning machines which can turn one or two workpieces concurrently
by operating two tool posts independently.
In other words. it is applicable to either turning machine (with 2 spindles and
2 tool posts) which can turn two workpieces concurrently by using two tool posts
with two spindles. or turning machine (with l spindle and 2 tool posts) which
can turn one workpiece concurrently by using two tool posts with one spindle.
The DI/DO signals of BMI can be sorted when dividing them from the viewpoints of
tool posts as described below.
- DI/DO signals common to two tool posts
A signal having a certain function is provided to both first and second tool
posts in common. The reset signal. emergency signal. and other signals that
select basic operation modes of the control unit belong to this group. If a
memory command operation mode is se Lec t e d , for examp Le , the memory command
operation is selected for both first and second tool posts in common.
Both first and second tool posts are reset or urgently stopped concurrently by
the reset or emergency stop signal.
- DI/DO signals exclusively provided for individual tool posts
A signal having a certain signal is provided for the first tool post and
second tool post independently. These signals are affixed with #1 or #2 at
the end of their signal names.
Symbol #1 shows a signal exclusively provided for the first tool post. while
symbol #2 shows a signal exclusively provided for the second tool post.
These signals are also subdivided into the folIowing two groups.
- Spindle control DI/DO
The foliowing signals belong to this group.
ROO
i.
Command spindle speed signals
ii.
Maximum spindle speed signals
MRO ARO iii. Actual spindle speed signals
ivo
Spindle motor command voltage signals
ROlS
MRlS
MRlS
RISGN. RIO - RIl2
In case of 2 spindles and 2 tool posts;

Individual tool post spindles are controlled by using spindle control DI/DO
exclusively provided for tool posts.
In case of l spindle and 2 tool posts;
The spindle common to two tool posts is controlled by using spindle control
DI/DO signals provided for the first tool post.
- DI/DO other than those for spindle control
The feedrate override signal. auxiliary function code signals. stroke signal.
etc. belong to this group.
The override of the cutting feedrate can be
independently applied to individual tool po s t s , and auxiliary function code
signal and strobe signal are sent to these tool posts independently of each
other.
The DI/DO signals provided for each control axis may be said to belong to "DI/DO
exclusively provided for individual t oo l posts" because that the axis controls
either toa l post only. However. these signals are not affixed with divided by
tool po s t s , but divided by control axis numbers as viewed from the entire
system.
- 214 -
3.7.5
In the llTT the following three groups are provided as the configuration af
control axes.
1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
1st tool post
4th axis
5th axis
2nd tool post
Not provided
Xl
21
X2
22
1st tool post
2nd tool post
2
Xl
21
Additianal
axis
1st tool post
X2
2nd tool post
3
Xl
21
X2
22
Additianal
axis
22
Two axes are provided for each tool post (ar, 4 axes in total) as the basic
configuration, and one additional axis is provided for either tool post (5 axes
in total) as the optional configuration.
- 215 -
3.7.5
10/11/100/110M with same interface as 6M

6M
DGN
No.
MI - DI
2
I MIX
-x
+X
-y
+Y
-MIZ
-Z
+Z
MLK4
MI4
-4
+4
BDTl
DRN
AFL
FIN
ST
400
401
HX
MLKX
402
403\
HY
I -MLKY- I MIY
405
HZ
ZNG
406
H4
407
1
40s1
MLK
DLK
ABS
OVC
SBK
409
ZRN
BRN
SRN
KEY
FlD
*sp
*ESP
SKIP
UINT
SAR
GRB
GRA
SPc
SPB
SPA
410
ERS
RRW
411
GST
SaR
AGJ
EDT
MEM
MF4
MF2
MF1
I *FV16
*FVS
*FV4
*FV2
*FV1
RT
ROV2
ROVl
I *JV16
*JVS
*JV4
*JV2
*JV1
412
I *SSTP
413
414
1
415
- 216 -
3.7.5
6M MI - DI
DGN
No.
AGST
WN16
WN8
WN4
WN2
WN1
EA6
EAS
EA4
EA3
EA2
EA1
EAO
4161 TLRST
418
1
ESTB
419
1
420
I EDIS
ED14
EDl3
ED12
EDll
ED10
ED9
ED8
421
ED7
ED6
EDS
ED4
ED3
ED2
EDI
EDO
UIlS
UIl4
UIl3
UIl2
UIU
UIlO
UI9
UI8
UI7
UI6
UI4
UI3
UI2
UIl
UIO
R131
R121
RUl
R101
R091
ROsI
R041
R031
R02I
not r
-5
+S
422
1
423
[UlS
SIND
424
1
R081
425
ROn
R061
426
427\
HS
MLKS
-
- 217 -
MIS
3.7.5
6M MI - DO
DGN
No.
6
SA
500
MA
501
CSS
THRD
502/
SSP
SRV
503
MMIY
SEY
MMI4
SE4
504
1
505
I TLCHB
TLCHA
OP
STL
SPL
RST
[~
RWD
INCH
DST
IPEN
DEN
TF
SF
MF
MMIX
SEX
ZP2X
ZPX
MMIZ
SEZ
ZP2Z
ZPZ
MMI5
SES
I
I
ZP25
ZP5
MOO
M38
M34
M32
M32
I RPD I TAP
I FMF J EF
I ZP2Y I ZPY
I ZP24 I ZP4
I ESEND l EREND
BF
M30
M02
MOl
M28
M24
M22
M21
M18
M14
M12
MIl
508l
T48
T44
T42
T41
T38
T34
T32
T.J l
509/
T28
T24
I
I
T22
T21
T18
T14
T12
TIl
510
S28
S52
S48
S24
S51
S44
S22
S48
S42
S21
S44
S41
S18
S42
S38
S14
S41
S34
S12
GRB
S32
SIl
GRA
S31
SI2BIT-A
S12BIT-B
511
B38
S28
S28
B34
S24
S24
B32
S22
S22
B31
S21
S21
B28
S18
S18
B24
S14
S14
B22
S12
S12
B21
SIl
SIl
SI2BIT-A
S12BIT-B
512
B18
B38
S58
B14
B34
S54
B12
S32
S52
BIl
S31
S51
R12
R12
R12
RU
RU
RU
R10
R10
RIa
R09
R09
R09
513/
R08
R07
R06
ROS
R04
R03
R02
Ral
514
U015
U014
U013
U012
UOll
U010
U09
U08
U07
U06
U05
U04
U03
U02
U01
UOO
506
1
507
1
5151
- 218 -
(param. )
(param. )
(param. )
SI2BIT-A
S12BIT-A
3.7.5
6M MI - DO
DGN
No.
516/
MMLK
MDLK
MABS
MZNG
MSBK
MBDTl
MDRN
MAFL
517
518
1'--
--l-
--l-
--l-_BC_L_P_I
MUCL
* The underiined signals are added to 6M.

DI DTCHX, Y, Z
detach axis
MLKX, Y, 4, 5
machine lock axis
MIZ
mirror image
*+ED4, 5, *-ED4, 5: external deceleration
BRN
block return
DO CSS
constant cutting speed mode
THRD
threading mode
TAP
tapping mode
INCH
inch input mode
IP EN
interpolation end
MMIZ
mirror imaged
SES
axis select
* The foliowing signals are not provided for 6T, but exclusively for 6M.
DI FID, angular j ogs (AGJ, AGSTB, AGIl tV AG24, AGST), OVRCD, *BECLP,
*BEUCL
DO SSP, SRV, FMF, EF, BF, M 3rd, S 5th, T 3rd-4th, B lst-3rd, MZNG, BCLP,
BUCL
* The foliowing signals are defined in 6T, but not included in above.
DI STLK, XAE, ZAE, PRC, SMZ, CDZ, *SECLP, *SEUCL, SPSTP
DO SCLP, SUCL
- 219 -
3.7.5
10/11/100/110T with the same interface as 6T

6T . MI - DI
DGN
No.
MIX
-x
+X
MIZ
-Z
+Z
MI3
-3
+3
MLK4
MI4
-4
+4
SBK
BDTl
DRN
AFL
FIN
ST
UINT
SAR
STLK
SPC
SPB
SPA
HS
GR4
GR3
GR2
GR1
400
401
HX
MLKX
4031
HZ
MLKZ
4051
H3
MLK3
407
H4
MLK
DLK
ABS
OVC
409 ( ZRN
BRN
SRN
KEY
ERS
l.
RRW
*sp
*ESP
GST
SOR
*SSTP
I
I
EDT
1- MEM
MP2
MP1
ROV2
ROV1
*OV16
*OV8
*OV4
*OV2
*OV1
BDT8
BDT7
BDT6
BDTS
BDT4
BDT3
BDT2
408
410
411
l
l
412
1
MP4
413
1
RT
414
1
41s1
BDT9
I
I
SKIP
- 220 -
3.7.5
6T MI - DI
DGN
No.
4161 TLRST
417\ TLSKP
418
419
ZAE
XAE
SMZ
CDZ
TL08
TL04
TL02
TL01
WN16
WN8
WN4
WN2
WN1
PRC
ESTB
EA6
EAS
EA4
EA3
EA2
EA1
EAO
420
EDIS
ED14
ED13
ED12
EDU
ED10
ED9
ED8
421
ED7
ED6
EDS
ED4
ED3
ED2
EDI
EDO
UIlS
UIl4
UIl3
UIl2
UIU
UIlO
UI9
UI8
un
UI6
UlS
UI4
un
UI2
UIl
UIO
424/
SIND
R131
R121
RUl
R101
ROn
42S/
R081
ROSI
R041
R031
R021
ROn
422
1
423
1
426
427
ROn
R061
*SECLP
*SEUCL
I SPSTP
I
- 221 -
3.7.5
6T MI - DO
DGN
No.
MA
SA
OP
STL
THRD
RPD
TAP
500
501
l . CSS
502/
SPL
RST
AL
RIm
INCH
DST
IPEN
DEN
I,
TF
SF
HF
503\
HMIZ
SEZ
ZP2Z
ZPZ
HMIX
SEX
ZP2X
ZPX
504
HMI4
SE4
ZP24
ZP4
MMI3
SE3
ZP23
ZP3
5051 TLCHB
TLCHA
M30
M02
507/ M28
M24
506
1
508
509
I ESEND I EREND I
Mal
I MOO I
M22
M21
I
M18
M14
H12
MIl
T28
T24
T22
T21
T18
T14
T12
TIl
I
I
I
S41
S38
S34
S32
S31
S21
S18
S14
S12
SIl
R12
Rll
RI0
R09
ROS
R04
R03
R02
ROl
510
S48
S44
S42
511
I 'S28
S24
S22
512
1
5131
R08
R07
R06
514
DalS
D014
D013
D012
DOll
DOI0
D09
D08
D07
D06
DOS
D04
D03
D02
Dal
DOO
5151
- 222 -
3.7.5
6T MI - DO
DGN
No.
516
MMLK
MDLK
MABS
MSBK
MBDTl
MDRN
MAFL
517
518
SCLP
SUCL
* The underiined signals are added to 6M.

DI DTCHX, Z, 3, 4
detach axis
MLKX, Z, 3, 4
machine lock axis
MIZ, 3, 4
mirror image
*+EDX, Z, 3, 4
external deceleration
*-EDX, Z, 3, 4
BRN
block return
DO CSS
constant cutting speed mode
THRD
threading mode
TAP
tapping mode
INCH
inch input mode
IPEN
interpolation end
MMIX, Z, 3, 4
mirror imaged
SEX, Z, 3, 4
axis select
* The foliowing signals are not provided for 6M, but exclusively for 6T.
DI STLK, XAE, ZAE, PRC, SMZ, CDZ, *SECLP, *SEUCL, SPSTP
DO SCLP, SUCL
* The foliowing signals are defined in 6M, but not included in above.
DI FID, angular j ogs (AGJ, AGSTB, AGll 'V AG24, AGST) , OVRCD, *BECLP,
*BEUCL
DO SSP, SRV, FMF, EF, BF, M 3rd, S 5th, T 3rd-4th, B lst-3rd, MZNG, BCLP,
BUCL
- 223 -
3.7.5
IO/100M with the same interface as in 3M

M MI - DIl
DGN
No.
400
I DTCHX I *SVFX I *DECX I
l HX/
ROV1 I
402 l DTCHY l *SVFY l *DECY
l
4
*ITX
HY/
ROV2
4041 DTCHZ
405
1
HIY
-y
*ITZ
HZ/
DRN
ZNG
HIZ
-z
407
1
MLK
DLK
409\
ZRN
BRN
~1O I
ERS
ABS
SBK
OVC
BDT
*sp
SOR
FIN
KEY
*ESP
SKIP
I *SSTP I
MP2
413\
RT
I
+Z
I
I
I AFL I
I ST I
I
SPC
SPB
SPA
MD4
MD2
HD1
*OV4
*OV2
415
1
(Note) The underIined signals are newly added.
- 224 -
*ILK
MP1
*OB8
+Y
SAR
412
414
411
+x
406
408
I
MLKY
I *DECZ I
-x
*ITY
I
I *SVFZ
I -HLKX I HIX
401
403
I
*OV1
I
I
3.7.5
3M MI - DI
DGN
No.
[-~
416
ej
41S1
419\
EA6
EAS
EA4
I
I
ED12
PNS
PN4
PN2
PN1
EA3
EA2
EA1
EAO
I
I
EDll
EDla
ED9
EDS
ED3
ED2
'I
EDI
EDa
ESTB
417
420
EDIS
ED14
ED13
421
ED7
ED6
EDS
ur i s
Ull4
UIl3
Ull2
UIll
Ulla
UI9
UlS
Ull
Ul6
UlS
Ul4
un
Ul2
Ull
UIO
424\
SIND
SSIN
SGN
R121
Rlll
R101
R091
42s1
RaSl
Ran
R06l
R041
R031
R02I
Ran
422
1
423
ED4
RaSl
- 22S -
3.7.5
3M MI - DO
DGN
No.
500
MA
8A
OP
8T1
8P1
R8T
A1
501
C88
THRD
RPD
TAP
INCH
D8T
IPEN
DEN
BF
TF
l
I
8F
MF
ZP2X
zpx
502 [
503
1
LJ
[ ZP2Z
I EREND I
504
505
506
507
ZPY
M02
MOl
MOO
M28
M24
M22
M21
i
T24
T22
T21
T18
T14
822
821
818
814
MIG
I
I
B28
B24
824
511
B38
B34
B32
B31
B18
B14
B12
BIl
5151
M12
MIl
T12
TIl
812
MDG
811
1WG
B22
B21
UOls
U014
U013
U012
UOll
UDlO
U09
U08
UO?
U06
U05
U04
U03
U02
UDI
UOO
J
I
EZfl8
(param. )
828
514
Ml4
T28
513
M18
510
512
508
M30
509
ZP2Y
- 226 -
(param. )
3.7.5
3M MI - DO
DGN
No.
516
517
1
518
I
I
I
I
[I
]
I
I
I
I
I
ENB
- 227 -
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.7.5
10/100T with the same interface as 3T

3T MI - DI
DGN
No.
400
401
l~ I
I
:~l
402/
403 1
~~~2
*SVFX
*DECX
l
_MIX_~
I_---'--_----'----_I_ML_K_X
I*SVFZ
_--,-_I_ML_K_Z
x --LI_+X----'l
--1---_
...L-.-I
*DECZ
*+1Z
-z
+Z
I
_MIZ--J-_-.l----l
..1..-1
4041'--~---'----L.----J----'------L--1--JI
40SIl..------I..-----l----'------L.---L.-_1
406
407
408 1 MLK
-D1K
409\
-BRN
410
ZRN
I ERS
ABS
I -OVC I
_ _I
*sp
SBK
BDT
KEY
[*RSYJ,--S_KI_P-,--I_
4121
*SSTP
DRN
AF1
FIN
ST
ST1K
SAR
___'___
Ic---I_SOR--'-_~_..L.--__'_
I
1
I
411 _ _
SPC
_
_
SPB
I MD4 l MD2
---'--_-L--_~___J._
_
_ - - ' - - _ - - ' - - - - - - - 1 ._ _
(Note) The underIined signals are newly added to 3T.
- 228 -
GR2
I-SPA-I
I
I
I
I
MDl
___
'___
GRl
3.7.5
3T MI - DI
DGN
No.
416
PRC
1
I
l
417
1
418
1
ESTB
419
ZAE
XAE
SMZ
CDZ
PN8
PN4
PN2
PN1
EA3
EA2
EA1
EAO
I
I
I
EDll
ED10
ED9
ED8
ED3
ED2
EDI
EDO
UIll
UllO
UI9
UI8
UI3
UI2
Ull
UIO
R121
RllI
R101
R091
R041
R031
R021
aoi r
ED14
EDl3
ED12
421
ED7
ED6
EDS
ED4
UllS
Ull4
UIl3
Ull2
UI7
UI6
UlS
UI4
SIND
SSIN
SGN
R081
ROn
R061
42S1
EA4
I EDIS
424
EAS
420
423
EA6
422
ROSI
- 229 -
- 3.7.5
3T MI - DO
DGN
No.
500
MA
501
CSS
I
I
502
503
504
505
1
506
1
507/ M28
T28
1
510
511
B28
5131 R08
SA
OP
STL
SPL
RPD
TAP
-INCH
-THRD
I
I
I
I
RST
AL
DST
-IPEN
DEN
SF
MF
ZP2X
ZPX
TF
ZP2Z
ZPZ
lEREND
I
M24
M22
T24
T22
.l
I
M2l
M18
M14
M12
MIl
T2l
T18
T14
T12
TIl
B2l
B18
B14
B12
BIl
R12
Rll
RIa
R09
ROS
R04
R03
R02
FOl
U012
UOll
UOlO
U09
U08
U04
U03
U02
UOl
UOO
I
B24
B22
I
I
R07
R06
U015
U014
U013
U07
U06
DOS
5151
512
514
508l
509
l
l
l
I
I
I
- 230 -
3.7.6
3T
DGN
No.
MI - DO
3
516
517
518
3.7.6
ENB
LED display of I/O module
The terminal board connection module of the digital input/digital output modules
is provided with LED for indicating the on/off conditions of each I/O signal.
Yellow LED
Lights
Goes out
- 231 -
Input (or output) turns on

Input (or output) turns off.
3.8
3.8 Bleck Diagram of Serve System

3.8.1 Block diagram ot position control
l) Pulse coder
CCWrevolution viewed from spindle
on this voltage .
Converter
(parameter
1825,1826)
Position deviation
(DGN 3000)
. unit =
IICountmg
I
I
I
I
+v/
-F++F
CMR
Counting unit
(detection unit)
-v
Counting unit = - - - - 2000 x DMR
I
L
2000 or 2500 or 3000 pulses

......-=;~--.J per one revolution
,...---...,
DMR
( D M R ) times
..--l
(parameter 1816)
- -
PU:,l,m::~~~'~"~'f th'~Ul~ -
COljmmmd
Pulse coder
detecti~g
For
one revolution
~
\
Slit
--lI-'L
coder of 2000P/rev.)
PCA
-.1.....1""'-- A light receiving section
AI
~ r
B lig~_'_
tJ:i-I
PCB
Photo
element
ci
reCelVlllgL
section
Position detection shift
0
of 90 for one slit
PCA
Waveform when motor rotates counterclockwise

T varies with the number of revolutions of motor
~
r---l
r---l
L--...J
'---
PCB --J
Waveform when motor rotates clockwise
2) Resolver/inductosyn
Command pulse
(D/A: Digital to analog

FN: Frequency to voltage)
=Least movement unit
r-----------I
L.IndtictoSY~
-r-.....J
I
I
I
I
I
(position control)
I
I
I
L
Resolver
Indnetesyn
Control
:J----- - -- - - -
Resolver/lnductosyn
Interface PCB
- 232 -
__ J
3.8.1
o CMR and DMR are the settings required to adjust the amount of table
movement complying with the command pulse.
Command pulse: 0.001 mm in metric system
0.0001 inch in inch system
CMR
Command multiply ratio
..... Parameter number 1820 (Standard value:
l for pulse
coder, Resolver and Inductosyn)
DMR
Detect multiply radio
..... Parameter number 1816 (Standard value:
1/2 for
Resolver and Inductosyn)
L
Movement amount (mm or Lnch ) for one revolution of the
detector
Counting unit: The value which is obtained by dividing the traverse for
one revolution of the motor by the feedback pulse of (2000)
x DMR (in the case of the pulse coder of 2000P/rev)
CMR and DMR are the settings to equalize the weight of the command pulse
and feedback pulse for one pulse.
Counting unit:
CL~
Minimum movement unit (mm or inch)

CMR
L (mm or inch)
CL
x DMR
2,000 p/rev, 2,500 p/rev or 3,000 p/rev for pulse coder

4,000 p/rev for Resolver or Inductosyn
Minimum movement unit: Command pulse
ex. CMR is set to
and DMR to
when a movement distance is (0mm
per
revolution of detector.
CD
CD
CD
Minimum movement unit

Command (0.001 mm/p)
pulse
Counting ,
unit
t----::--4
Position
deviation
0.001 mm
Counting
unit
= 0.001
2000 p/rev.
mm
4 mm
2000x
reD;
0.001 mm
L..:_:.J
- 233 -
3.8.2 Block diagram of M series velocity control unit
From position
control circuit
Velocity command
(VCMD)
Amplify the error of VCMD and TSA
--.
,.1
---~Q
r--
EC
Amplifier
PWM
Control
Circuit
From tachogenerator
or F/V converter
Receive the output of

amplifier and control
the ON time of transistor
TSA
TSB
--r,
N
l.J.J
GDI
GD2
Direction
signal
TI terminal
-----r
MOL
Ther~ela~
Triangle
wave
generator
(8)
k:
H(
ENBLI
I-
Proteet the motor

from over current
From
machine
side
lK
+24V
+15V
-I5V
______
t=hf?-i
Position control
ready signal
DC servo motor
B2
MCC
Solid state relay
MCC
VRDY l
Tachogenera tor
Bl
;n
Lt::
(5) AIA
Ocoder
TS~
AIB
~J
-'5:l--9 MCC
rI P~DY I
Doide
module
IOOA
...::.;:..:..:.:.....-----'>~~I--------...
IOOD
A2B
TSA
to-,
No fuse
cirenit
breaker
.........-.
....
<
Current
detecting
eircuit
Power
source
circuit
A2A
\:JfT
-rl7
~NBL2
Send the pulse to

transistor
Drive
circuit
Thermostat in
servo transformer
MCC
_F'RD1.. ltN[~
. ./ elocity C~~~:~!
read y signal
UJ
00
i0
3.8.3 Internal connection diagram of M series velocity control unit
a) For DC servo motor mode100M (A06B-6047-HOOl)

PWM circuit
A20U-0009
0320
CNI
CNJ
CNZ
li
i'UJY~
*AU,U
l s
f'fUlf l
liCA
, ill\
'--
.
-{J iN:i~ ~~ (~I/_._
P~
:!
CN4
l lEA
rnw.1 - !l mm.:!
-,
TAl'" -",
Vliit~- ~~
eN 1
~-~._-'
l.llll
, IEIJ
e roe
"7 uc
, Ul]
viU1i:i"
"9UfV
------~ ~~l:!
-b-
- ---
'f"TiA'-
IO I l i l
--,\I"
-'rS1l
"
IJ~
"s
10!~
\Wll'-
15 111010
r-l
Rro rn ...rvn
transformer
r-l
ro
~NJ
c;:;?N4
LU
lJl
ros----,
TI
-~1L
A
-<
:II
MCC I module
Zl-0'-!-9 Dloo,
'.
~I~(J
L __
15A
AO 50V
--
T-I-O+--Jl?i~~21,z
~~o-.I
,I
- --J
15A
II
I
--1
r:
MCC
j
HM
LI:L---,
II
_ZJ-~
UHK 2
A2
LEC
jSurge-j:
'ZNR
L
~
>
~)1
JI
r~'-
>-
11
-l
r~
MCC
>-..J
"!Z
g;-
A o 6 B -6
-'
... -'
z >- o
o 4 7 -110 o I'"
QZJ1
I .
labserber I
~IOOA
. G
t H
TI
r-r-
TB
HM
'"
u
,MCC
22
"
RM
~
o
A1IDC
OOM
1Z
MOL
CDI
-0-0-
CH
MOL
C\
<::
4A
"'D C o OM
~T
rrtl:
L-
~
w
00
in
Fig. 3.8.3 (a)
b) For DC servo motor model OM
30M (A06B-6047-H002
4)
PWM circuit
:ob
I'IUJ'(I
*AUO
ENlL2
AIJI
OVLI
ID
16
>NJI'I *"""
TSA
7
II<NJJ
"
II
{2
'
OVL'
13
UJ<
~
20
E
IA\
!EA
UlB
,,
7
1""""2
"
"
T.B
IT
12
\CA
I
2
: UD
, CN4
CN3
.~
l'Illl1
INBL'
J
I.
CN2
CNl
ID
"
JJ
"
12
ISI
"'E
~N2
A20B-0 009-0 320
To transformer
~4
I
'
.l
I
MCC
ts'O
o-~
21
J_
Diode
module
I
0---'
urge
: absorber
I
II
OOA
IMCC
3
G100l1
!WOf)
C2
iI l' ~~_
--
MCC
- ' f A2
Ul
ro,.Al
V"]
: 1"J
I
I
r--
95 MOL9fi
,--
II
IQl
I
1:
~
..
-'
BO
>-
>
gi-
~.
-'
15
Motor
DCOM
6A
DC5M
9A
DCI0M
Fig. 3.8.3 (b)
Setting
12A
DC20M
I8A
DC30M
24A
MCC
8\
DCOM
DOM
, I' E2
DC10M
DC20M
DC30M
'
,82
r:'JB2
:'- ]'~~ _..
Cf
AOfiB-fiOf 7 -H002 .. DCOM 5M

AOfiB-fi04 7-HOO 3 DC 10M 20M
AO 6B-60 f 7-HOOf
DC30M
LED~l
>:1
-'
@
~
> -
I
I
RM:Rd I
5l
I B2
t-=.
I
I
Rlt!l<'cm
I
1
~l-
I. 1 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I '---.'
..ff..
L..-
:
:I
I
o,
iI
___ ~
~+:
A;l"
I _
: :01:
'Ic
:.?t:!~_:
3hOOB
23MCC
Ir:S
102
I
lI
Ilft=
DCRr
'
nn
,---------.
I
I
~~,!~J
F'Ik'
-8-rtt=
~
00
c) For DC servo motor model 10M

(A06B-6047-H040, H041)
, ..
CNI
'ROY
?
><
8
CNI
14
15
~ MIUl ~
OVL2
__
CN3
eT
) IHII
2
J'1UlV2
Mild'
30M for separate dis charge circuit
CN2
,5
TOHi
TQ~~
~1 r-W' vtlJv,
5
19
13
TB.
CO 1>1
2Il
E
TIiA
><-
C 1.1Il
A20B--0009-0320
To transformer
r;;:;lTIstlTMCCrnmT'r-
Ll..;Wr-.JV'V'v---...,
'---+--r--'-"~,,,lr------.:
I
L_~~'."
t0
W
-.j
,
r - -', ,- -- ~b
i
D: --l'Ilt"-- ,
~-.
""
"
'il T
"9
,.---
cc c i
rI
--I
.... - - - -
'co
I Ir
i
-t
9II Diode
module
~RI
Cl
-tC~
MeJ.: . I
-I--o'f--I-O'Cl OO----l--+-I-+'-o
,
I
I
T
~I
UGi\I
,I
CUJ
I
I
~ I
Ae l H5 \
le3
c#{>
I
,
I
I
Surge
I
I
I
I I
I I
I absorber
:,?:~I':
- - - __J
.. __ tls
--,
Itllt
U.J
,1:C
BI
MCC
Ul
I
I
I
i'o-1aij."'t'IIJ
1U1l
'_,!!!!2__~
,I
DCIOM
DC20M
DC30M
ILM
lIle)
~~~u..!:
w
1~\Bd)
oJHili!lL __
Motor Setting
DCIOM 12A
DC20M ISA
DC30M 24A
~
Fig. 3.8.3 (c)
o
u
r
w
00
3.8.4 Block diagram of M series velocity control unit PCB

I
,
SLl2ti
~---4~
Motor ~eltillr. for veltage
o-,
r:~~.~nck '~trapprd OOM
Armeture voltuge
rletectiun
rhcult
II
l'II7'
,- -,
\11'1:1]
J..!lJlscr
(Mil
SqU11tC W;l\'C
lnsulalinn
oscillation
l"ircllil
ctrcuft
~btn
.---Mnxhnum
Annature voltuge
ileteetion
II
clrcnlt
Veltune
RV3
fccdb;ll."k
(hln'r
__~
I
--r~-~
I HA
I--
pulse
L---!whJlh
limit
cirenit
Apllil~l~
!~
tnsulauon
ciR~
j
-+--1 1J"J1ha~c
Lldrivl'r
Tu alarm processing cirenit

power ~(lllrn'
11'1'10""
'III.
J-J
CIII
~3
CJl9
l--I--J
P!IUS': compensatten
ss
Vel",lty
cnrnrnandr
VCMIJ
Ilaln
RV!
J
. ~
_.
58
~?1I
_._
~ I
fI-tI)~A
511
512
513
514
I
l
" 'Tlte
_
e-I'IHI~c
power SIllIICl'
Power drop
dctecucn
-:1114 drcull
CttCUI!
TSA
Ophase
driver
r'lInl'"'I'n",,,,,,".1
I KV~ '-1...........
J~
V I (C;~:;~;'";;;i,,,) I U
I"
'-i............
I'
I ............
.~
I '
Cutrent
nu
limiler
ndjuumcnt
,.
N
W
co
Epl1l1.~e
voltege
.1..1.....11,,"
power
supply
II
I
Tachogeneratcr
voltage checking clrcuit
{Pulsewidth nmdulntlnn ~r::ult power orr

at alann!
RBI
TGLS {Tacho-less]
__ o
(ruse
II
nczt, (Discharge
KJ alarm!
r-Fuse
1--
breaker alarm
,1.. 1.
IIighmllagcl
liCA
IICR
alarm chcuit
GE
Excessive
cutrent alarm
cm'
circult
,--
+24V
VccRDY-r-~
lt~l [Low
-rer
Alarm
circuit
voltage)
n' {Ilreaker
operation)
I--Alarm
liV AL {~grt'~I!e
II
liV
To position
centrul
clrcuit
interface
ctrcun
II
BHK alarm cnnble
te~islur)
I-------
-IS\'
IICAL(lligh
cutrent
II
OVC(Ol'CrCurrcnr
..
L=:
from cvetcurrent dctecttng clrcult
Puwur
IramrllllllCt
ISlI
~"ij
Front ennble circult
PRIJY
w
00
Fig. 3.8.4 (a)
3.8.5 Block diagram af Ae series velocity control unit
AC servo motor
Current detector
AC
3,p
-6~l'"*
--
Control
circuit
Detector (pulse ceder)
-66-
~------~vr------~
CH7
Current command
R
Torque commund .------1

CIIS CH6
+
IR
N
LU
""
CHl
Velocity cemmund
from positiuuul
control unit
(VCMD)
---1--_
ArnpliHer
circuit
cm
+
IT
CH9
-U
CHl2
To puslticnul
control unit
Drive
circuit
Receiver
circuit
*1:. Multiplication circuit

*2: Amplifier circuit
Fig. 3.8.5 (a)
w
00
Ul
3.8.6 Ae servo velocity control unit inside connecting diagram
a) For model 2-0, l-O (A06B-6050-H002)

\...1'11 \IYlI
2 ENBLI 8
3 aVL! 19
I~ OVL2
I PRDYI
17!vRDY
4 tvRDYl1
S
I
6
7 VCMD I
\.._I~J
\"1'"
14 (,ROY
IS ENBL
18
I
2
3
4
S
18A
CT
I BB
I
2
3
4
S
6
7
8
9
"UH I
TOH2
I"
PWM cirenit
A20B-IOOO-oS60
CJ
c=J
To position CN I ~ To power CN 2
control unit
(V
D) transformer
LEG
CDHI
CDVI
CDV2
CDUI
CDU2
I( THI
II TH2
I INTL
I INTLI
I 100A
I MCC
19
2C
'--, ...."t
c=J
CN3
'..1'1'.,1
HCA
LDA
LEA
LBB
LEB
HCC
LBC
LEC
LBD
LED
HCE
LDE
LEE
LBF
LEF
I
2
3
4
S
6
7
B
9
10
II
12
13
14
IS
l~
To motor
(pulse coder)
"I
,....-
To power
transformer
r
l
NFBI
,--l
MCC
22~
I
Ln~
L-
~i
r.--;
I
3
0-
rE
LI-
AC
3
I
I
l.
II
6BOll
400V
RI
SK
I
I
~I
tTl lE5
ri
~.
-l
L ___ ...J
DS
To machine
~,
SK
~
'--
MCC
Cl
100A
MCC
r~
ZNR
"1 v
I _ ~'f
"
L
':'
ri
tTll
RMI
r--;l
I '" ,hl II
Cl
MCC
23f]~3
r-..,
L_.J
OAst
tTl
Cl
OV
OV
OV
4 +SV
S +SV
6 +SV
14 PCZ
B
..., 1E6
15 'PCZ
OV
I~ PCA
IO
I 'PCA
II
I PCB
!cf-PCB
12
I
2(
SG
c::J
CN6
::r:
'J
, Z"
OV
unit (Pulse coder)
::r:
I
I
I
I+
AC
I
A2AIT
..J
i~ i~
AC
2
NFB2
I l.
9 Toposition
control
tTl r - - - - ':2 r"!!~
OV
c::J
CNS
+T
io C8
c=J
CN4
r---- l
N
-!'-
9 OH2
II C4
I PCB
12 C2
IC PCB
13 Cl
21 SG
:x:
PCA
I -PCA
CN6(M)
B OHI
L 'PCZ
1/
\"
PCZ
T
r
Oll
r T
,It- . . .
~ I
~
:> lEI
~~ ~~:
I
I
I
ri
~I
l E3
T
I
I
I
ri
tTlI
e 1E4
I 3
ri
~I
rn
..,- l:-r - - -, 1< g
Oll
il1
~
r'
tTll
Ol l E2
RMI
TI
2fT"
10.171
I
I4
lQl:!J
21
~I
II
..II
1\
7
I
I
1.:______L ______ L __ .J
<
r"l
li
MCC
t:l
:x:
{JJ
bo
Fig. 3.8.6 (a) Velocity control unit connecting diagram
0\
b) For Ae series motor modelO. 5 (A06B-6050-HI02)
j=tz
CNI
CN2
CN3
MR-zap
RURNny
~11
18A
zl CT
31 188
04
TOH1
~51
TOHZ
""
IS?~C:F;CATIQN
PRD'~l
pmLl
OVL!
VRDn
CURR
50mil
~-~ 2QnOl
RHl5=6 I -~"211
~zaKll
5W
i=j -, 16;) 27WCl.C2Trn~
C_3_--1--
3.3J1F
........
~61
L8G
LEG
COn1
OIC
CDV1
~6
VC".D
71
08
091
10 I
111
1Z
PWH l!m\\j
13
14
15
A2~8-1mm-Il=5;}
c:::::::J
c:::::::J
C~lJ
C~12J
To position
control unit
C~3
es
031
041
C51
CN5
CN4
"", ...
- HCA
21
31
.1
s
CG I
7
ccvz
~8
CDU l
COUZ
THI
THZ
INTLZ
INTL1 I
H~~A
I
MCC
1
c:::::::J
c:::::::J
s
1
11
121
131
14 I
151
-,
V _
081
V _
SI
V
1l
+5V_
IlT
... 5V
121
+5V
131
ll
ZT
31
.'
SI
61
L8A
LEA
LEa
LE3
HCC
L8C
LEC
L8D
LED
HCE
LBE
LC:
LBF
LEF
fT
c:::::::J
c:::::::J
CN4
CN6
MR-Z2S
,,,
......
OHI
OH2
C8
C4
C2
Cl
141
151
flGl
171
llsl
-zi
~CZ
---,
....,
*PCZ_
PCA _
* PCA_
PC8_
*PCS_
SG_
HR-Z2P
PCZ
H
15
* PCZ
PCA
16
17
*PCA
PC8
18
-PCB
:S
za SG
".
__ o
c:::::::J
v
v
v
es:
7
c:::::::J
CNS~
To power
transformer
11
eZT
31
41
er
~8
091
1l
111
1z1
13
CNG
To position control ~
unit (pulse ceder)
To motors
(Pulse coder)
hJ
+:--
......
A~
TI
NF~l
'o I I-%r:'"o,,! ,.[

":1 ;-,.
g r l !1L
r------I
,---
I.
RM2
,lJ
r III r'o t~
L_
----p'
_____
r
I
.0-
1im~
:>J..
~-
MCC
~
/
+*C2
C3
!"
K~I
I
I
I
I
HM1
6 r-;5
,-_J
_ z.'!~
Ar
RMl
1 r--'2
L __ .J
DS
~
Ei~~:
~
~- _~~j
TI
I
lEil
27CW
I
I 2K
+ I Cl : 5W
I I ~'~.
I II
' 1'C2
~~MCC
ZD--c-
'.I"
es
JAl
~
I
A
9
I
~~ "~
81
MCC
83
-1-
'1
I
w
00
Fig. 3.8.6 (b) Velocity control unit connecting diagram
0\
c) For Ae servo motor model 10, 20, 30 (A06B-6050-Hl03, Hl04)
HIC3~
112~r.u11 6Cmf/
1-2
RMl' 5-6,:-:;) 5C",,1 1 25",,1
3-~.'-31
U-12
1-2
RM2
2-3
Cl
C2
C3
3611
CNl
CN2
CN3
CN4
CN5
015
MR-2~P
RlIRNny
ISA
Cll
CT
c21
C31
lBB
C~ I
TGHl
CS
TOH2
e61
H1PO~;
31
~
HCA
MR-2es
ell
ev
ev
C21
e31
ev
+ 5V
e~1
+ 5V
e~1
C61
+ ~v
37)
MR-2~P
14
1~1
16
17
1 3 ._'"Il
18
!-91
zm
~W
2CKIl
16\1 27CW
683u.F ~C3V
ttz~eu.F
PRO~2
311
CBI
ALMl
~21
C91 jO; lM2
ml
lCI *ALM4C41
ENBL2
OVL2
VROY2
OLMT
ul <lALMg csl
12
13
C61
371
C'"
PRDYl
EN8Ll
ovi.i
VRD~l
CURR
311
c21
C3
e.iT
CS
c61
e71
C81
C9
IC I
U
lzl
131
141
151
VC~O
~CC'I
~.3.uF
PWM circuit
A22B-l 3C3- C56C
CNl
To position
control unit
c=J
c=J
CN2~
LC:;
LBG
321
31
eH
CS
c61
c71
c81
C91
l I
LEg
COHl
OIC
caVl
cnvz
CCUl
COU2
THl
TH2
INTL2
INTLl
lCCA
MCC
To power
transformer
eBI
e91
131
Ul
121
131
HCE
LBE
LEE
LBF
LEF
CN~
OHl
OH2
CB
C~
C2
Cl
1~1
PCZ
141
1~1
PC!
i.51
161
171
IBI
PCA
* PCA
161
171
:BI
~91
F123
1~1
SG
231
PC9
231
PCZ
PCZ
PCA .
* PC>'
' ell
e21
CBI
C91
1
1CI
,C~f
'g4j
III
~CB
eSf
961
12 ~
131
pe9
SG
ev
cv
cv
71
l:,D
uT
c=J
N
.po
N
LE.~
LeB
LE3
HCC
LBC
LEe
LEO
12
131
141
15
c=J
C~13
LBA
c=J
CNS
c=J
c:::=!
CN6
To position control ~
unit (Pulse coder)
To motor
I
(pulse coder)---.J
T2
JJ
>::1
J J
00
l..l~
Cl
t.:.t
=1
>i
L"
W~\)61
It++ ~;6G
u1l
R~2
,-----, I J-
~I
I I l+~
3D ri
Tl
El
~ rl~--,
~bJ'
"'I
r .---..--+'
+1
+:;:C2
C3
~I
20
.J
o-
MCC
le0A
"t
RMl
r-;
L_J
r~-~fi.-j
:
I
L__
I
____ JI
Ar 11
MCC
:zl
,=,
Grm
-": 1
:zl
TH
M
l J
L_J
Tl
El
r--,
l 6! ! 5 r J
R~l
I
I
Ul
'j~
.c t. __ ~
-LJ
1[5 Lo I
,
"'I
",I
r
I
1
I
I
1
:J ~2
Il m
cl
TYl
.=~ r-,--'
gi
______ r
DS
.sa,
~l
li!
I
I
I
I
~ ~~~2_-,
~~
L
~ ~:!
L
,1,,+
:{
J
Fig. 3.8.6 (cl Velocity control unit connecting diagram
112
8
B~
B2
Rl-il
r: l~
L_J
51
MCC
B3
w
Do
a-
d) For Ae servo motor model 30R (A06B-60S0-HOOS)
CNl
-2.!-4 2'..a
U..a
RHI 5-6
211l(g
7-8
6811uF
Cl
22N.uF
C2
es
3.3I.lF
CN2
Mil-2ilP
14 PRDY2
15 ENBl.2
16
OVL2
17 VRDY2
18
19
2
E
4f1W
41W
2'W
418llV
411llV
GNV
Il
2
!
18
ll9
1.
11
12
l!
l.
PRDYl
ENBLl
OVL1
VRDYl
4
!l
6
!l
6
~
18A
CT
18B
TOHl
TOII2
Il
2
Il
2
VCHD
1
118
lll9
111
11
12
l!
14
15
c::::J
c::::J
CHl~
CN2~
To power
transformer
~IA
. .c
HCA
LBA
LEA
LBB
LEB
HCC
LBC
LEC
LBD
LED
HtE
LBE
LEE
LF
LEF
Il
2
3
4
!l
16
1
8
lll9
l
11
12
13
14
15
LCG
LBG
LEG
ClJH1
DIC
CDVl
CDV2
CDUl
CDU2
THI
TII2
INTL2
INTLl
lIlA
HCC
4
!l
6
I'WM circuit
A20B-lOOO-DS60
To position
conlrolunit
CN4
S~,~C
unv
All
c::::J
CN3
CN4
CN5
CNG
HR-2IS
v
l
ll2
'V
s V
l. +5V
+5V
!l
+5V
16
HR-21P
PCZ
14
15 *PCZ
16
PCA
17 *PCA
18
PCB
19 * PCB
SG
2
18
lll9
II
11
12
13
c::::J
~
14
15
16
17
18
19
2.
DHl
0Il2
ca
C4
C2
Cl
PCZ
*PCZ
PCA
*PCA
PCB
* PCB
SG
c::::J
CN5
To motor
(pulse coder)
!lO
To position
control unit
~1
r------
4
'--
N~
T1
,I~+
HCC II
__
t.4
~I
21
~
I
I
1~IF~
--I
1O.C3
$
'--
".'l>
HCC
l:
L.
JI
' ______
1'f
8J
im
<.o
~
~
<.o I
!..
HCC
~?
TH
A~r:> (). Al
C2
es
~ r UtL ,
ri'i--*-
I
I
<.ol
~~
I
I
I
I
L_J
l
I
I
I
I
~ ~l
I
I
'''k~:
Til
I
I
I
_~ll;
:I .h~---:J:
~ ...
ri
I RH
I
FAH
I
I
+ ~Cl
1M
L ______ r
I
I
li
~rI~-.,
l~
'3
~ rII:IL.,
~I
HCC
1I.rt..~
i+
iii I
~tJ..,
6 L._J ~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L ___ J
:il
... 1
I
"'1
i1i
fll
I
ul
~ ~,
CN6~
co--
IV
IV
'V
c::::J
T2
N
.p..
W
Il
2
l!
4
!l
16
la
19
li
11
12
13
...
I
~I
ill :ti
L ___ J
~1
I
I
~ L~2___
RH
r--l
i
Tl
!l
2
1
31___ -14
It
6
7
B2
84
Bl'
B3
HCC
Ul
DO
Fig. 3.8.6 (d) Velocity control unit connecting diagram
0\
3.9 Connection with Servo

3.9.1 Connection to M series servo
l) Total cannectian diagram
The 4th and subsequent axes are alsa cannected as shawn in thi s figure.
FUSE
'-='
'-=
~ ---~veIoclty
'~'
"'1~~ o,"~
Ist-axis nit
Servo
transformer
'-8-
control
'<'l,'
a" O)
-:o
~,"
__
.,,"
" __ '__
"(7)
"IH)
mol",
--
" I~I
G
Export
transformer
10'.""'''0
" " ' ,
if]i
:...
J
""'
I..,
To NC
"(41
l 'V I
~ D------'
T I(A)
CI'2
NI'
CV:1
no
-~----b,,0)
.:
6"
(21
" (G)
tr
(71
" (HI
<J
O~(;N2
"1:J)t=
"III
To NC
:J4
Single-phase
50Hz
ACl 00"1 lOV::
-<J" II)
:10
i ~~
:16
Emergency stop
('mg
60Hz
+10%
ACI00"115U -15%
25VAjaxis
(Contactor coil load
"(710--------1-------
",,,-oj~
.......L
IHA
47
flT
"1110--------.,
48
1811
49
1m)
To NC
/
10011
w
\o
Fig. 3.9.1 (a)
3.9.1
2) Cable JI0
J12 cannectian diagram
l st-axis velocity
control unit
NC
CVI
MRE- ZORF'D
Ol PRDY1A
OZ EN8L1A
03 OVL1A
04 tVRDY1A
05
06
07 VCMDI
CVZ
MRE-ZORF'D
Ol PRDYZA
OZ EN8L2A
03 OVL2A
04 tVRDYZA
05
06
07 VCMD2
14 PRDYIB
08 'ALM10
15 EN8LI8
09 'ALMIl 16
OVL1B
10 'ALlvll Z 17
,VRDY1B
11
18
IZ
19
13 tCOMI
20 ECI
J10
CVI
0 - - - - - - 0[
CNI
MR- 20R..V1A
Ol PROYIA
OZ ENBLIA
O:J OVLIA
04 tVROYIA
05
06
07
VCM01
08 ALM10 t4 PRDYi B
09 'ALMIl 15 ENBLIB
10 "ALM1Z 16 OVLIB
17'VRDYIB
11
18
12
19
13 ,COivll
ZO ECl
2nd-axis vetocity
control unit
08
09
10
ll
12
13
*ALMZO
i-ALM21
*ALM22
*COMZ
14 PRDYZ8
15 EN8L28
16 OVL28
17 i-VROY28
18
19
20
EC2
Jll
CVZ
01-----------10[
CN1
MR-ZORMA
Ol PROY2A 08 "ALMZO
02 ENBL2A 09 *ALMZ1
03 OVL2A IO "ALM22
04 tVROY2A
OS
06
07 VCMD2
11
12
13 "COMZ
14 PRDY2B
15 ENBLZB
16 OVL2B
17 'iVRDY2B
IB
19
00 VCMD2
3rd-axis vetocity
control unit
CV3
MRE-oORF'D
Ol PRDY3A
02 ENBL3A
03 OVL3A
04 tVRDY3A
05
06
07 VCMD3
08 *ALM30 14 PRDY38
15 EN8L3B
09 *ALM31
16 OVL3B
10 "ALM3 Z
17 *VRDY3B
11
18
12
19
13 *COM3
20 EC3
CV3
JI2
0--------10
CN1
MR-20RMA
Ol PRDY3A
02 ENBL3A
03 OVL3A
04 tVRDY3A
05
06
07 VCMD3
08
'ALM3 O
09 *ALM31
IO *ALM32
11
12
13 >,COM3
14 PRDY3B
15 ENBL3B
16 OVL3 B
17'VROY3B
18
19
20 EC3
The 4th and subsequent axes are alsa cannected as shawn in the abave figure.
Fig. 3.9.1 (b) Cabte J10 - J12 connections
- 245 -
3.9.1
3) Connection of overheat signal line of servo transformer
1st, 2nd, and 3rd-axis velocity

control units
Serve transformer
1st-axis velocity control unit

2nd-axis velocity control unit
CN2
3rd-axis velocity control unit "\
47
44
48
45
49
46
41
Housing
contact
SMS6PW-5
RCI6M-SCT3
l
2
3
4
18A
CT
18B
TOH
(Nihon burndy)
OH2
I
I
Cable used:
Note:
30/0.18 (0.75 mm
2)
vinyle wire
Connect overheat signals TOHl and 2 of the servo transformer in parallel to all velocity control units to which power is supplied from
the servo transformer.
Connect signals must parallel each other (as
illustrated above) because CN2 (4) (5) terminals on the velocity
control unit side are polarized.
- 246 -
3.9.1
4) Connection to separate regenerative discharge unit

(Unit to connect transformer terminals 51, 52)
Power transformer
41
18A
CN 2(1)
42
CT
CN2(2)
43
18B
CN 2(3)
(Therrnostat contact)
TOH1
TOH2
CN2(4)
CN 2(5)
TOH2
Screw terminal M4 \
Connector used
2
Cable used: 0.75 mm (30/0.18)
200 V heat-resisting
vinyl cable
{SMS6PW-5 }
RCI6M-SCT3 (Nihon burndy)
(Thermostat contact)
T 3(3)
T 3(4)
Connect the thermostat contact of

th e regenerative discharge unit
to CN2 (4) in series as shown in
the flgure.
/,,,.w
,,;.-
Regenerative discharge unit
terminal M4
2
Cable used: 2.0 mm (37/0.26)
200 V heat-resisting
vinyl cable
Separate regenerative
discharge unit
HCA
T2(4)
'f 2(5)
IT 2(6)
LCE
T 3(2)
Disconnect the jumper wir e

between terminals T2 (5) T2 (6) when the regenerative
dis charge unit is used with
model 30 MB velocity control
unit.
- 247 -
Screw terminal 1\3.5
T"3(1)
*Note l)
*Note 1
Screw terminal Md
Regenerative
discharge unit
5) Connection to M series DC servo motor

a) Pulse coder feedback (mounted type pulse coder)
In case of OOM
In case of OM,SM
~U;:II!I:!,\
211
:\
Il
1'(',\II'I'ill
ti
II
l'
G: M4 screw
L....J
l':
nv
",!i\
,q!lf"~I~f'''-f'''r'
" ~:~lr'l"~"
1"'.1\1
I;
Il
, I ' l":
I "V i -"'"
\I
T'O
f'(',"
: .M. ,
nlll1 1l11:!! I!\'
",'
(Il;
I "V
, ,',\
i\
l'
~~
III
'''_'!.'lwL.;:lI""
--- o b
r;-r"~
r;::<:]
,I
In case of 10M, 20M, 30M
r:~,J',,-,V'
l ,, \
III;
0\"
~~IJ'
-- --------@---
11J..A.1.Li 11I1AWA:W
[f[jf
H~I1;,\\rn
F'T"
Note) CFS1 is used in FS12
lill'
'
All
"
b)
In case of OOM
TIM'''':'']'"
nv!
l
-QAC:&
Pulse coder
------e-j-dCif
CF l
In case of OM, SM
1'(',\i'I'(:ild ;1,'
, (; ~
li\:n\'i
(CF5) II
'~~d~
G: M4 !IctCW terminal
C]
N
.pCO
nsnswru
MS:ttfl:!f\
',\\ll'."th
I
i'
II
:11.
G" .
I J.'-d llllll
1\ lill
',:'11
'"
M4
CFII
!.CFSII
sete,",
/~-------==~"'b.
0'--b
rrt"--fl
I
LJ.L-..IJ
__
r
B-----L
(er711
l"~l
i~ I '
Brake power supply
1st axis
preamplifier
eF'3! :RMI2RRB -78
~'FTW . ,jI~~~11
\I~:l102,'
l!'
TTII
;\!i
l Il.::'
..
Il
"Iii
IH
J"
hjl'[i\ili)(~nilfJlfi,!j~~~~f~-I
(CFnJ,
l-T: M4 SCfCW terminal
er3!
I2111'1.;_
MH
7J~_._
/1
11 :..... ~--
l!MI;'l\'I:e.. _~I' .. ,J_nl
II I : 1l~11 :'i\\'Tll/\
H~:
I'I' I I
nn
~
Note) CF71 is used in FSI2
oll:ll~lJ:'WTnA
"'" .
,_,---,-tJ
\13
:~
:'(1 :"1"
[ U2 \
~:~JI-~ri-;lIrrr'
1:1
\1
: J
ti
h .
1. [
-, !1111~j~~~!.~II~ :!l: T,!
111l"qW'lll'
"-8"-
j, ;,ki;';"'!i.:"j,J?J
liS
.,
1st-aXls inductosyn scale
'.'.1'
" " ' < \ 1 1 " ,,':~l

I
_ ,i .:
l--._---.-----
1st-axis DC motor
Brake power supply
,; ,
jflll[ljllll~1
~l
,'l I ;
',[,
:1[11:.',
Il
',l
'
211 ::"['
l"
r"::' l T~: Il '!!

I.
(II:;! ,I I
., l"
;\
11\;'.'\1,'\11\1;
In case of OM,SM
.,
II
l l'
, i ,; I
w~
;r
.:
,\;'t
~~'':'--:'=%:::-=-':'b:
~~ - I~Myn '"'''ER,',''':''''''''''
.171
hi'~ dA rll,I.~2;A ,1A!illl :::i:

ecrew
,.-..----@--.-.-G: M4
1.
''';: lIl'~~l''-~IJ
! i' [
~'I
lUI'
In case of OOM
l
CF21 : HM1211HlI t
;'fTcr]
i! ; l
:.'111'
In case of OM, SM
d) Inductosyn feedback
t ~
~i
Ist-axis DC motor
nxnswrn
,_
Note) CFSI is used in FS12
MIt2f1I.FII.
~
nu
.~
In case of OOM
/
~
""""'"1'''''''
G:
'1. 01. '1"'1',' 1'1'1,','

1.;l.
'l
[-X~lITT j
!"lr;,"11
l, i I l ; ,1 , I, ;
IR
i~
c) Resolver feedback
lU};" 11
l\W:IIW,'./" :!tl
,II'
[,,'hl A~11
Note) CFS1 is used in FSI2
II l' .1
"j'V'I':I,; hi;\il~;;\'1
DD
Il-~r I
i"
I' ,
''IlllIIHI:!ll
10f'
I,
11'
\I
'..
[}I
W II"::' c'." '"''
- ;;-C-;-j1'
"
Il
'l'
"
I!-
,;,
\1 [: I i
\:1
l,' \1],'1,1'
'
'-,J
'o
3.9.2 Connection to AC servo
l) Total connection diagram (For analog servo)

The 4th and subsequent axes are also connected as shown in this figure.
--------------------~
1st-axis velocity
FUSE
Servo ,
transformer
---<::ISCf--i--
2:1I
"-,
---a=o---AC200/220VI I O"Il
~
15Yi;
I
-~-'
50 IIz I I Ilz
"
:l:J
"(2)
'II
tr .nsforrner
~J
8A
'121 CT
It
5l
- 15,90.
6UlIz I I IIZ
cv
'"
cv"
NC
CV:l
'1'1'1
f-]D--------"
~D-----
(CF"I)
Ci"
(CF,,2)
C1o'2
(CF,,:Jl
C l,': JI
JD--110
2'--'
50 IIz
Il
Il
ACIOO-IIOV"..- II O
~(\)
soIIz
1 I O",;
ACIOO--115V 15""
"(4)0-:--CN51lD-------------
c' mg
10--
,,(6)
Note) CF51~53 are

used in FS12
_l
2nd-aixs servo
motor
"(2)
~CT
II CNfi
-{][ CN2
18B
,,(7)0---/--------0
"I:k>---,
"(41(~ .......
'
CN 5 lJU "l---J--
-- -
46(
3rd-axis velocity
Emergency sto P
IOOA-Qi
2nd-axis velocity
li control
unit
CNI '1'](51
TIlA)
unit
CN I
'1'115) Q----+-----------jO
-(] Icontrol
'----I
.
a<lO-----J-+-------{)TIIAl
35
"(I)
36
,,(21
,17
48
}~
CT I
r."'"
<l9<)UillJ
25V A per une uxis
(contuctor coil load)
"
CN6
f--------j ,,(J I
Single-phase
81 }----..
CN2
44(~
45
,....
----UH
:16()------ --
Indicates
"(71
-I---(]I
;{4
200V
connection
1st -axis servo

motor
:15
,,((j) 0 - - - - - - - - - 0 - - 1 1
-,
52
~Dh[}-____
WI
'1'11510------------0
(l)
4:1 18B
TI'l
AC201l+11I" 1
1'0
T IlA
a2
2r/J
ur
IL CN I
~E :port
Ir control unit
-(J[ CN6
" (610,,(71
-u--I
3rd-axis
servo
motor
'-'
GQ---+-------~
"(:1)-----.,
- - ICN
l 2' " (4) )-----.,
JD
-b-
--.----/
IOOB
lAl
\o
N
3.9.2
Cable J10 - J12, J15 - J17 connection diagram
Ist-axis velocity
control unit
CVl
!vIRE ZORED
U1iPRDYlA'ool AL'I o j.jIPRDYlE
' 1 A~091*AJ.illll
'- *
"'l
1 "F'NELl E
U".,'Je", ,S~'."
03:0VLlA ! ',[
0
l6iOYLl E
~DYlA1IJ,*A!.il1l ' l7:*VRDY1E
05
1 ~'
,IS'
06 i l .
'19
071VCMDI 131d'OMl
2U, ECI
CF1 iCF:ill
MRE ZORMD
Ul! OV
U~ I OV
031 OV
04 i
051
U6,
07
JlO
CNl
M R-? OR;\IA
ollPRDYlA UoHIPRDYJB
U"IENBLl ....
I. AL\!I G '1 " E:\BLJB
-,'
. 09! * AL\1ll '1 o,.
0310VLI A 'lOi'AUllZ d6IU;.~
0!!*VRDY1A l1 !
117:'\~R.QDL
os:
1'):
06i
131*COM1
an VOlD l
118
q?O, Bel----:-=
CN6
OB I
09'
101
III
IZI
13'
141 PCZ I
15 *PCZ1
161 PCA1
JlS
171*PCAI
18, PCB I
191 *PCB1
?Oi
MR-20RMD
Ul OV
02 OV
0310v
04 I
05!
u61
07 1
llir
CZ l
15 *PCZl 16i PCAI
l71'PCAI
j 8 P CB l
191'PCBl
ZO
08
09[
101
Ul
1Z1
131
2nd-axis velocity control unit

C1\l
MR Z OR;\1/\
JlI
0-----------10 [
UI!VRDY2AHtt~""LM?0 14 PRDY2B
U2IENBL2A 09 *;"L~1?li15!E1\BLZB
03 OVL2A
. ? ? l610VL?B
U!!*VRDY2A~~+'AUL - 171*VRDY? B
us:
06i
071 VCMDZ
CF2(CF52)
MRE-?ORMD
Ul OV
OBI
U2 OV
091
03 OV
IO!
04
05
11,
12)
131
06 1
071
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
PCZ2
*PCZ2
PCA~
*PCA2
Jl6
Df-----------D [
PCB2
*PCB?
C1\6
MR-20RMD
U110V
021 OV
031 OV
041
05 i
06 1
07
~I
l ~
131 *COMZ
08
09
10,
111
12!
131
~--4
19'
ZOI ECZ
141 PCZ2
lsl.PCZ?
161 PC AZ
17',PCAZ
181 PCB Z
191 -PCBZ
ZO
control unit
CV3
MRE-20RFD
011PRDY3A
UZlENBL3A OBI*ALM30
0310\!L3A 091*ALM31
041VRDY 3A 1 01*ALM3 2
05
111
U6'
12:
07ivCMD3 l 31*COM3
CF3(CF5:J)
MRE' _. 20RMD
UII OV
OBI
021 OV
09 1
031 OV
10'
04 :
Il,
05
1Z1
06 i
1:'1
071
..
14 VRDY3B
15 ENBL3B
l60VL3B
17 *VRDY 3B
18
19
20 EC 3
14 PCZ3
15 *PCZ3
16 PCA3
17*PCA3
18 PCB3
19 *PCB3
20
Note) CFSl ~S3 are used in FS12.
(Mark
CF1~3
Jl2
Jl?
[}------------1D
CN6
I\lR-ZO RMD
ollOV
081
l41PCZ3
U2 ov
091
l51-PCZ3
0310V
101
'161PCA3
041
'l7!*PCA3
051
1?1
--il..&!.'l'B~ _ _
06 1
~3r----ij91;PCE3
l !
?O!
!l7!
ni
The 4th and subsequent axes are also

connected as shown in the above figure
correspondingly.
in the above connectors

shows a short-circuit condition.)
- 250 -
2) Total connection diagram (For digital servo)
l st-axis serve
aruplifler
Lej[
FUSE
~
II
CNI
TII5)O
OT IlA
Ist-axis servo
motor
- - - ------------+--+-------D-1 I I
AC200/220V+109"
--I 590
- -,lExport
I
L
50Hz t 1Hz
"'71~
G
-.: transformer
II
(3)
II
(4)
...L
-.,
2r/J
Ol'
Ul
t-'
AC200f-!O(!o
-159"
60llz II /1Z
II'I
t= I
2r/J
n~~~~'iti~r'crvo
-------u
LN I
TIIAI
-.-.
T 115) O>---j-I------~
O.I
.. lUI y----'---
"
~____+_--61112)
Tl'l
Single-phase
IIOV+ I O""
1flOli
l / /II O
Lric,
10/1 00 series
:l'l
l I
35 O
1I(~Ir-l-------
II~~
'---(J~~l:N
25V A per ane uxis

(eontaelor Cllilload)
"'OA Ol IO
-l
(4)0------
T 115) <)--\
II
1610--1---
II
(7)
II
(31
II
(4) .
0"(11
(2)
Emergency stop
I'mg
2nd-aixs servo
motor
Jrd-axis serve
arnplificr
II
60111.
I IO'!"
Ae / 00 - II S V_ I so"
II
50llz
Ae/OO
'c,~
<j>----[-----T-----<;>" (11
NC
CN6
--{]nCN2
t=:
--o
--o-
3rd-axis
servo
motor
....L
49
/O(JIl---- -W
\O
3) Total connection diagram (For 200V
F~
~~
~~
~-
Ae
input type digital servo)
l st-axis serve
amplifier
Ae
LINE FILTER
-GI
r---..,
I
CNI
TItA
"f l)
G
" 131 )------,
Ol CNZ
50Hz+IHz
W-
TPI
ACZOO+IO%
-15%
60Hz+1 HZ
NC
TPI
CV21
(CV22B)
CV22
(CV2IB) CV21B
(CF9IB)
CF91
(CF92B)
CF92
(CF91B) CF91B
t
Single-phas
;
;
2nd -axis serve

amplificr
(CV2IB)
ACIOO~II
ODOD
~g
I[ eNl
T ltA)
" IZI
i
Ol
CNZ
2nd-mxs serve
motor
161
,,(7)
tr
)-----.
(4) ;J------.
CNI
TI!!i)
)--
T HAl
3rd-axis
servo
motor
r-v
" (6)
" II)
CN6
e mg
IOOA--0-j
3rd'"'axis serve
aruplifler
Ernergency stop
60Hz
ACIOO-1I5
G
" I:J;
-GI
li/li O !erie$
10/100 series
THSI
" (I I
" (ZI
25VApero
(contactor c
::t=-
" (4) , J - ,
or
50Hz
" (7)
" Izl
L __ -l
ACZOO/ZZOV
N
Ln
N
Ist-axis servo
motor
" (6)
I
i
TH5)
100 Il
IO
Ol CNZ
" (7)
" 131
)----,
...,!,-
n (4) )----,
-o
tJ
3.9.2
Cable J210 - J214 Connection diagram

Control unit
CN1
MR-20RM
CV2l/CV22/CV2lB/CV22B
MR-20RF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
*PWMAn
COMAn
*PWMBn
COMBn
*PWMCn
COMCn
*DRDYn
8 IRn
9 GDRn
10 ISn
11 GDSn
12 *MCONn
13 GNDn
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
*PWMDn
COMDn
*PWMEn
COMEn
*PWMFn
COMFn
o J210 - 1214 D
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
*PWMAn
COMAn
*PWMBn
COMBn
*PWMCn
COMCn
*DRDYn
8 IRn
9 GDRn
10 ISn
111 GDSn
12 *MCONn
13 GNDn
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
*PWMDn
COMDn
*PWMEn
COMEn
*PWMFn
COMFn
Note) n means number ofaxis.

3) Connection of overheat signal line of serve transformer
1st, 2nd, and 3rd-axis velocity

control units
CN2
l l8A
2 CT
48 45
42
- - - - - - - 0 CT"
49 46
43
,I
Housing
centaet
SMS6PW-5
{ RC16M-SCT3
5l
- - - - - - - G TORl
52 I
3 18 B
4 Tl
5T
6
(Nihon burndy)
---------JO TOR2
Note:
Connect overheat signals TOH1 and 2 of the serve transformer in

parallel to all velocity control units to which power is supplied from
the servo transformer.
Connect signals must parallel each other (as
illustrated) because CN2 (4), (5) terminals on the velocity control
unit side are polarized.
- 253 -
3.9.2
4) Connection to separate regenerative discharge unit
Velocity control unit (Unit to

connect transformer terminals 51,52)
Power transformer
41
18A
CN 2(1)
42
CT
18B
CN2(2)
43
(Thennostat contact)
........
CN2(3)
CN2(4)
TOHl
TOH2
CN 2(5)
TOH2
/
COM"I" emploued: SMS6PW'

.'
Screw terminal M4\
cable used:
2
0.75 mm (30/0.18)
200 V
Heat-resisting vinyl
wire
l "'''_ J RCI6M-SCT3 (Nihon bundy)
(Thennostat contact)
T 3(3)
T 3(4)
the thermostat contact of

he
regenerative
discharge unit to
t
(4)
in
series
as shown in the
N2
C
f i g ure.
I Regenerative
discharge unit
Connect
Screw terminal M4
Separate regenerative discharge circuit

HCA
Note l:
Disconnect jumper wire (if

any) from terminals T2 (4),
(5), (6) when the seperate
type regenerative discharge
unit is used. Be sure to
connect to the regenerative
dis charge unit af ter jumper
wire is disconneced.
T 2(4)
T2(5)
'T 2 (6)
LCE
,,
* Note 1
Screw terminal M3.5
T"3(I)
T3(2)
Cable used: 20 mm (37/0.26)

600 V Heat-resisting
vinyl wire
Screw terminal M4
- 254 -
Regenerative
discharge unit
5) Conneetion diagram of digital servo (Built-in ineremental pulse eoder)
10/11/1 Oil/110 control unit
cv
('v~
I ........
I Il .....
CNI
MH-20HM
MH-201n'
t
P\\'M!\1l
1'1
I PWMlln
--- -,,. __ ..... _-
lUn
('11t>.1:\1I
fllll{n
tI'Wi\I!ln
:-t
ISo
III
-('~~11~1tll
I~ I'\V_~_._I_.I.:_._'l 'l~ _~_~l~'(~INll

I
(liiS"
~'Ot\~~'!!... ~-:I
ti
llNIJn
IIIHI>\n----
(,()MI>~
I"
~_~ ,~E',~~~~~_II
('()~Ii':n
17
Ibo
J:! IO .......
"'PWM,\n
eOMAn
3 + 1'\\II1Un
.,
COM fin
5 H'WMen
1M t'JiWt\.IFn
'Ot>.IFn
I"
eOMCn
,,1 *PWMDn
H
I Iln
(JDHn
to
I Sti
nusn
12 +MCONn
13
16 H'WMI':n
For power
ONl>n
regenerative
discharge unit
~O
-l
---//('!-'!IIII . . . .
til
-~--
n\!
--
N
Ul
Ul
-~
O"
- -
{llln A
~l
(1111l1l
- IO
IS\'
- -- II
l r, \
- ---- l.!
15\'
- - - - - lJ
IL I
1\11,1
MS:!!
(J:!A-2~-:!:!P
Grouriding
(I ~A-I B-I (II'
II
f\W-:!(lIU.I
t'lI H
'''''C',
I
It;
PCA
('II
:!
{'Il I
I"
Model: IO
20
30
o
I
ill
Model: 30H
MS3l02A-24-IOP
"( '1\ ri
!
.J 2 ~ O.....
Il
11'(':\11
IH
ID
IL_
_--
--_._._--_..
17
{'Il'!
--------
[-
IIJI
I. I
Use wire uf 5.5 nuu' ur more

SCl eurth resistance IOOn ar lcss
l't'/.II
11
Model: O
5
~IH;I'
(f)
CN2( SMS6HW-;J)
('V~ll
I-O
Separate type
eO~lFn
19
Model: 2-0
PMI 5WTH-.j P
eOMEn
17
------ 18 *PWMFn
7 *DHIlYn
:!ll
cosu
15
Pl'lIn
:!ll
Ani _._---Ani
An2
AI1~ F ._~n3
(]
J25-
L--..Q I O
An2
(j
li
Serve transformer
AC serve motor
ACIOOV
Emergency stop
For signal II p detecfion I

MS 31 02 A-20-29PW
Forsignal (O.l. detectlun]

MS3102A 22-14P
-IPCAIl
PCAn
PCBn
*PCBn
r~
PCZn
F '*I'CZn
enl
II
Cn2
.1
Cn4
CnS
+51'
Ol'
OlinA
OllnB
+51'
li
OV
:\
PCAn
f: -j-PCBll
B
F
+51'
-----,---+51'
rnl
n tPC'An
PCZn T I - - ( - ] ['n.t
ov-j, C-;;-2--- -il --iijJ,;A-
1-'-'----'1'
PClln C
PCZn- n
Ol'
--
s-
('nR
~
----VJ
\D
6) Connection diagram of digital serve
(1~
10/11/100/110 ccntrol unit

C1'21 ~/CV2IR~
MH-20HF
I *I'WMA"
2
COMAn
*I'WMI.I"
f:OMIl"
IH"
Ollll"
lU
ISn
II
CliJSn
CNI
MH-20HM
1-1 *PWMlln
II'WMAn
COMlJn
COMA"
Io
16 'rI'WMEn
17
~ / - - . _ - 12 HWONn IR
COMf:n 1-'-=-1---,-- 19
6
* I'WMC n
7 iIlHIlY"
1:1
UND"
detection, built-in absolute coder)
J210-
COME"
3 tl'IVMI.I"
COMAn
*I'WW' "
S *I'IVMC"
COMJo'n
20
COMC"
J H"
aDH"
IO
l Sil
II
ODS"
IS
COMO"
16 *I'IVI\H;n
17
12 HICONn
1:1
14 iPWMD"
ONOn
7 *IJHDYn
For power
IlM! 0\1'1' Il-'l P
co~m"
IB *PIVI\IFn
Separate type
COMJo'n
regenerative
discharge unit
19
Model: 2-0
l-O
II
20
Model: O
MH3102A-IR-IOP
o--tJ--=1-
CN2(SMSfiIlW-3)
CI'91 ~/r'l-'911l~
MIl-20HM
N
\Jl
0\
OV
OV
:I
liV
+5V
~
[,
-'
7
UllnA
i-- .J:l!.I..o1!1...lU
('nR
PC?n
Io
Iii
tPCr,n
17
t:PCA n
19
-i PCBn
I:l
Cnl
:m
H1':11 n
02A-:!:!-221'
peAn
MOllel: IO
20
30
I
Mo~el:
30R
MH:l102A-24-llIP
f'.-'- f~
IR I'~
Cn2
+~~ 12
+!lV
..
MS~l
I
Groundlug
Use wire af 5.5 mm 1 er more
Set earth resistnnce IDOn ar less
A n l j \l ~\ " 1
C ._~_.~
E
--
,12S
,/22l1A-
I,'
A n :\
---_."_.--
_1\112
:\ 1l:1
11
(1
,r-----"" C
ri
Ae Servo
motor
Emergency stop
Servo transformer
For signal
MS31112A-22-14P
CA7
SMH.6 R~-o
CFJA~
~1Rr.-2
14
PC7-n
IS i<!'CI'."
16
PeAn
17 "PCA"
IR
PCBn
19 :tPClJn
20
RElIn
"eAn
II
fp, --'pcz-;;--
D RMO
IIB
Oll"A
09
Ollnll
IO
CnR
II
en!
Ol
DV
112
{IV
113
IlV
114
+5V
110
+SV
OV
'0/
f - - - OB
02
+OV
0:1
~- ~!.... 06
13
Cn I
07
Jo'
f - f - .. _- .. f111,1 ~
.r
f---_.._.. _-
n
'N
f - --_
CFIBMRE-20RMO
...
,---
f-
O_~
OVA
IH
+5V
(Jo
+5V
06
+fiVA
07
OlinA
09
01l,,1J
IO
CnR
II
Cn4
12
Cn2
13
Cnl
11
PC7.11
f----
15
*PCZn
PCAn
+flVi\
-'Pf7A;;--ill'TiThj
i -",I~
_------_
----
-rPi::z;~-'-
_._.-----
11 H
--- _511~"\
I'
"
Il
--,_._-----
--i:j-'
I.
'1'1.'11"
-~'"--i-;-;;
-----. __ ....
i-------~:!
..------
+;1\'
Il \
ETi0'.'~- 5 ~_I!~ ~
V
---
17 '."PCAn
/R
PClln
Hl t PCBn
211
\O
t.J
Il El'. 11
7) Conneetion diagram digital servo (Separate type ineremental pulse eoder)
-,.----10/11/100/110 ccnt rol uni t
rv ;
CV ~ l
III~
, -J - -"
W<--~IlI<J.'
r- ----.--
""~,,,
(,'0,\11\0
- . - - .
:!
- .
___o
Il
I I< n
-,--, .. -,.,------ lri
-, --~----~---
~l
"
CNI
MH-20HM
,- --._-
"'~""
COMIJn
------~......:..:::..::..
(1IJ/{11
l *I'II'r\IAn
-.-.-.----
'" "'' M' ,
------....:..:..IO I Sil
---,--"._.~
,,~"",,,I
I'OMII" ---- - ------ 17 COMl':n
_._.-,~,--,-- II
llllS., r:-:.... ._._'"-:1 f' JlWf\1l' ri -- ------- IH ,j- PWl\Wn
~D
,121 Il
('(Ii\1I"1 - -..-------.- 19
li
1:1
(lNIJn
COMAn
+ PIV1\lUn
COMIJn
+PWMCn
COMCn
1'2
11 * P\\1\1Dn
I Hn
ODHn
IO
ISn
II
ODSn
IS
COMDn
16 + PlVl\IEn
17
COMEn
('(11\11-'11
---~
7 1j)1<j)\nl--'-"--'--'--"--~(J
'-'----= -_._--
I S
IliCA I
ILCO
18 *PIV1\WII
12 JMCONII I - - 19 COM"'n
13 ONDn
20
7 *DlmYn
._-"'--,-._--,. I:": i':-"'ff'()Nll -----,.-----
_.- .,-------
r-O[
(F!lll\.....
n liM..
,--_... _._l
liV 1-._-- ----11
----- H 01111/\
....
__
.-......
11\
15
..: -'-~_._~
:1- (lIllIII -r-l-r..,-':I
IlV 1---Iii
jlt'AII
----.---- III
--_._---('uH
1:-1 V
171-1'1 'All
'I ---.....Il
(--- ._----('Il-I
. - .....-_.... IH
Ir,1
Pt'II11
._- 12
--'~~-=..li
1:1\'
I ~l
_._-~- ..~
f-('III
1:1
-- _..- .----- al
7
~._-_
I~
CT
Separate type
I 81J 1'1'0111 '1'01121
Ln
-.J
"
..
All
'-'----
~.
--".
I
-
..-
;1
--I"
An21An3!
? ? ?
11
1 O 2 A -:.! 2 - 2 2 P
r.
An 1
Il
An3
ni
Mode I: IO
20
30
An2
(]
u :! A -
21 -l O P
AnI
Il
I(f)
An2
Il
-AnI
An2
An3
I'
An3
TI
J 2S-
f------ I - - 11
III
- . - - - - - Il
:1
....
"'--'-'---
III
_.,,,.--- Itl
1;,\
. - t:l
-~-,- -.
...
__ .
.----- l'
.-Il \'
--,,,.'"'-.,'-,-,--- I~)
-- ,
- ..1 .. --- __ 11
..;1 1;1\
-t,
Ic
~ ;1\
1
An2
Al.: Serve motor
AC!OOV
Emergency stop
-- - - - -
-'--'--._-
~~
Serve transformer
21l I<M
4-I-S
I- -
rrr n:
:.!
I
5tH' nat cahlc
Cunucctor CEF
~Ili-
MS:~
Mode I: 30R
213
? ? J
Connector CFE -_., ..._.-
-J=.
t\.tS:i I
IHSIII18SV IHSI~IIUOAIIlIlB A !
12011 120V I 20W
n
~-
'-'---_.-
Mode I: O
~~~'I
C
An3
TI (M4 screw terminal)
-_._--
J~~Il-
11
MS:II 02A-1 8-1 Ul'
Groundlng
Use wire af 5.5 mm 2 ar mure
Set earth reslstance l aOn or less
All:.!
:I-~I
t:ili
regenerative
discharge unit
1_1_~1:J14ISI6
Mode I: 2-0
l-O
For power
HMI SWTH-Il'
CN2( SMS6HW-3)
I'F!! I
r<.1H -:!
_.'.
I'I'Z
.-t Pl'Z
- .. ----._-- III
1'1' \'
._-----\
--- -.17 1.1 1 ( ' .., _--- --..-.. I H
1'1 ..'\1
_..- -_._
--- I!I
l pr'iI
~,~--,_
:!ll
-~--
_.~---
b~a,,-
Separate type
pulse ceder
Separate type pulse ceder (signal)

MS31112A-211-29P
A
peA
ri
PCD"
tPCBn
PCZIl
,I
+5V
K
- - - - - .liV P
N
'I'
OV
For signal
MS:!1 02A-20-2~IP\V
+SV
- 0- .*PCZn
D
II
*PCAn
O
,l': l-PClIlI
""',,"._-F ----"""~
"~o, "II *PCAIl
-- - - - - - ----
----I-
(l
(J
~._--
+5V
,I
+SV
fJV
Il
OV
'I'
III
r-I------
K
+5\
L
l'n l
M
- - - - - -- - - - - - P
[' II:!
--- - - - -
---
01111 A
------- -
CnA
Oll
II
---W
I.D
(Lu detection,
8) Connection diagram of digital servo

pulse coder)
10/11/100/110 cont rol unit.
CV21--/rv:.!!
II~,
eNI
MH-2I1RM
IHn
rOMAn #1 (1J)Hn
I PWMltn l'i, -I ~
511 PWr..Wn
n.,Mf'll
7 1.llIllIlYn
OllS u
1211r-.WONn
1:1
type absolute
MH-21lIH'
I I I ! PWMAn
COMBn 11
separate
1<1 H'\VMIl n
---
I tPWMAn
IS
COMr>n
------
COMAn
Iii '!' PWM I'~ n

--,. _.,-----
:I *PWMBn
17
('o~mn
IR fP\VMFn
COMlJn
5 *PWMCn
191 COMFn
ONlln '20
COMCn
7 *IJHDYn
For power
HMI SII'TH-ll'
1'2
J Rn
OIJHn
IO
-'-'- _
ISn
m~~
12 "'MCON"
1:1
ONIJn
14 *PWMlln
15
COMEn
CONFn
f'F!ll ~-/CF!IJ II . . .
IlV
:\1
OV
+SV
~ +5\
Il
-rsv
N
Ln
00
OlinA
9
In
Ollnl1
r:R"
!2 ~_--Gl~
I~,,_._,-,~!~
t:I
('Il
i\IR:l I n :! A- I 11 - I Il I'
Model:
MSJ In
Use wire of 5.5 mm" ar more

Set earth resistance I DOn or lcss
l!l
!li
P('An
li
!'PeAn
IH
P('Hn
HI
!!'CHn
MS:I I
Serve transformer
II\'
2 A -2,1 - I n T'
'1=.I. ...I'il:=~~'-'
AIl;1
(J
Il
For sianul (I\(, serve motor)

MS:t!02A-:!Il-:!!II'\\"
l'
1:\
AII:\
For signal (separate type pulse ceder)
n~*Pr'A"
PI'n"
_ _I ' r i:A;;
'~'I j;rii,;
~ la'll'ClJn
._.
~~~~!~i"~~~~'l_~"~~~'~~~WF:::~I~f'"
!.~
n 2_
_O", ..
Jo"
MS31'1I2A-22-1,1P
APC'An
II
1\
0.
Emergcncy stop
Il\'
III
IO
20
JO
Ar' Serve motor
Ael 00 V
-.~
-I-SI'
(l
-----------i1
.1 2S-
Councctor CEF
-lSI
..,-- _".,.:A._
r'
:\ Il 2
__. _,_
_,_ .__. ... __..
:W
sop nat calile
III
2-2 2P
Model: ::lUR
,122 Il-
Connector CFE
r"F J ni -\11I-2 n IlM
~:\-2
tEE~~ I{fI_~8
Grounding
11
~
. TIJ[A';D
rcl-'~~'~i_~-~JJ~
_--iLJ
@
cr--1l---=l,
211
MH-2IlHM
!1TOv
Model: O
Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit
IR I PII'MFn
19
I-O
@:7
'-.H
:--~
Li[!\ll:\
~
COMlJn
16 *PWMBn
17
Model: 1-0
+6\'A
Il
OVA
..
IT;:~::~~
.1
-I
ji
._-
...
- - ~
E "I'f'lIl1
(/\
sv
l..:
I,
-/!i \
H
__
(',,:,
L.
('11-1
(III n A
L._._."
+I'l':\11
III
11
"IlK
:~
OlirJ!1
.1_1-..__ ."._.-"
Signals with lo mark nre nol uscd in this NC

Terminal P and R ure shnrted in pulse ceder.
Note 4
CFI nMHE-20HFI>
III
liV
O~
III'
ID
Cl VA
IH
+5V
05
+5 V
06
+6\'/\
1'1'1 A""
:\1H 1;- 20 U\lIl
]":t -P{,Zn
liR
IS
.l'f'i',11
i,- f------ ~
1'('1\11
Ol)
I-"~ II
117
---
I-
17
PI',\
II
IH
"("'/lI'
~I
;Ic Pf' 1111
-=-a - - - - I
I"
1-----
;.!O
UEl~11
~~
Jh-f'I":Z';,
IT)---i'l'7."
~~!E.1~~ii~:;;~~;~
.' . '..
I!I
--...
~o
-f-!,I'II
ri
---"-~--'-"'"--
li
.,~
I-:t~ II
~-'i\"l
Il~' "-i'i\--~-
III
:;~ -.' I.- ':. .~-
~;, . i';\:
. .''..'. .
Pli
. -.'.'.-.-
I :.\
-'.
(l!
-------
Ul
\O
10
9) Canneetian diagram af digital serva (Euilt-in incremental pulse eDder)
200 V Ae input type

Digitul serve aruplifler
Ill/ll/lllll/llll control unit

('V:!
cv:!
J --.'
111--
eNI
~fJ(-:! {) H'"
MU-~OUM
'WMAII
filt I'WMA"48
1---,------lI,IIt-PIVMDn
I I Hil
I It Il
(JIlUlI
15
l lili PWNI'~ Il
D ,\ ~ o-=-__--{]
For power
Model: 2-0
I-O
PMI5IVTU-4 P
('OMEn
j-J'W~II"1l
1!ll f'OMFn
! 11I~ ilY Il
Model: O
:!o
Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit
t' F ~l I ....... / ' l ' I,'!i J Il --
MH-:!OUi\1
__ d_
N
V1
\D
II
tlj
-,- --
[,
-
--
H
--
--11
<lIInA
- - - - - IS
OIl"lt
- ---
1 Pf'Zl1
Itl
I'f'AIl
',,':I-
17
! 1'(';\ Il
H
--
ti V
I~'\--
III
- - II
f
-".
II V
II\'
ri \
---
12
15\
1:1
('II
{'II.!
-~
('1l1
IC I
1\n3
I D\
(J
Model: IO
II
MS310~A-~2-22P
20
30
)'('''11
lti
1'1
MS310lA-IH-IOP
Model: 30R
Grounding
Use wire uf 5.5 mm" ar more
Set earth resistunce loon Ol less
MS3102A-~4-IOP
PC'llll
I
jl('1I11
:.!o
An I
AII2
An I
An2
An3
An3
[]
(]
Jl5-
200/220/230 VAe
L--..Q I a
ACIOOV
Emergency stop
For signal (lp detection]
For slgnal Hl. I" detectton)

MS3102A
MS3Ill2A-20-29PW
22-14P
PCBn
Il
*pcnn
enI
II
Cn2
A
I;:
PeAn
PCZn
F *PCZn O
,I
Cn4
CnH
+5V
f.
Gl-lnA
Il
OllnB
+5V
II
OV
*PCAn
OV
PCAn
PCBn Ir I
111
I~ ~~~~ I~
J
+ 5\
K
bl----.::.::.~L I +I'CAn
(]
PCZlllUI +I'CZ.n l~
+5 V fT""
r-,,,,
"
CnS
OllnH
N __ nvl'
OV
1' .. 1
Cn2=~1 (JII;;-~_
VJ
;-o
I'J
la) Connection diagram of digital serve (l~ detection, bui it-in absolute pulse
coder)
200 VAC input type

Digital servo amptifier
10/11/1 00/110 connol unit
CNI
MR-20HM
!-.L!~~!,'~~
COMA
:'1
l'~'
11111
11"'---
!'WMUIl
r.mllln
S jt:I'\\'MCn
IO
lNn
II
{lilS ti
1:1 .~fi:ONn
cmICnl-IIJlWYn
<1IJUn
1;\
IINIlI1
.,-_._---
1.1 'f-P\\1\.lJ)1I
I i rWMAn
I:'
COt\.fIJn
Hi ll'\Vi\mn
,1210-
j-7--('i)~II';n
COMAn
3 -lrWMBn
4
COMBn
IH l-PWMVn
5 *rWMCn
19
COMF'n
:~o
COMCn
7 *DHDYn
IRn
ODRn
IO
ISn
II
ODSn
12 *MCONn
13
ONDn
14 *rWMDn
COMDn
15
16 *rWMEn
For power
COMEn
17
Model: 2-D
l-O
HMI5\\'TH-~[,
18 *rWMFn
Separate type
19
discharge unit
[E~~~-EJ~~g
regenerative
COMFn
20
Model: O
M83102A-IR-!Or
~
0\1
H
!I
o-
II ~r~~~ "
__ ~~
~l~~
._~_~!.!-It
IO _.__ ~~lH
r;
+:iV
--+;;V
---"~
I:! ..__i'.!!.-:;'.
1:1
elli
___ ..---:_!2.
17
Set earth reslstance I DOn ar lcss
IOD
Model: 30R
MS31 02A-24-1 OP
+:PCAn
~-;-~~-w.~-~-- .~ : ~
IH p~
I!J
_.~!~.~
;!ll
In:Qn
20
30
Grourtding
Use wire of 5.5 mm? ar more
PC 'I. Il
15trr~
Iii ---,;;:-,,--]
Model: IO
MS:'lI02A-22-:::!2!'
'"
A n.l
-~----_.
li
,125 -
_.~
11
120B -
,1220A-
j\ Il.l
l'
-_.-.
li
Ae Servo motor
Ernergency stop
200/220/230 VAC
for signal
MS31 02A--22-1 ,1 P
CFI AMRE-20RMIJ
CA7
8~18GIl~-5
~;J~~f)1
~
_ _LI_ _LI_ _
14
PCZn
15 *rczl1
L.---.J
16
PCAn
17 *rCAI1
18
rCBn
19 *rCBn
20
HEQn
P ('A n li 'Ip rA~~- Tj-Pi~IT~'
F:-rl:;Z~l---
OB
OlinA
09
OllniJ
IO
CnB
II
Cn4
12
Cn2
13
CnJ
Ol
OV
02
OV
03
OV
04
+5V
OS
+5V
06
+SV
07
f.~--IF(':;7.-r;---n-
---- ..._----C 11,1 1\
~----
,I
---N
n
CFIBMRE-20RMD
~--
OV
Ol
I - - - - DR
OlinA
09
OllnB
IO
enA
II
Cntt
12
C1I2
02
03
04
OV
OVA
+SV
05
+5V
06
+6VA
07
13
Cnl
Pf'Zn
14
t- - - -
._-~_._.
----.--,---,
__..
('ni
------ ------.-
-_ ..
Il
1"('HIl
11"--
-(-~~
_._-~
L
+S\
_-------_..
---.---------. __._..
011,11\ H OllnB
l"nf-l
\I
Ol'
Il Etln
~--.-
+fi'VA" -11----_
.._-----._. ---
-O-\~~V"
._~__
__ __
,-..
,~----._.-
.--l--il
-'
15 *f'CZn
PeAn
16
17 i:PCAn
PCBn
IB
~
20
t- PCBn
ID
REZn
I">
--
11) Connection diagram of digital servo (Separate type incremental pulse coder)
IU/II/llJU/IIU cont rol unit

CV~I
--
---./('V:.!III ......
MU-:.!IlHF
I I'\VM \ II- ~J
H
('(It\IAII
._- .
- 1'\\\1/111
:111
r,
-~
J H Il - -II I
J5
Il
lllJi<
1'\\,\11
Il
IIIHIl\
Illl:-ill
P\\'MEIJ
---"
17
, UI1
{'UMlll.
II
I S Il
II
11\11'11
-
I I 1'1V~1I)1I
--~If; l t
l0
('(}'\1I111 -- -
l!
li
Digital serv u umplifler
D---------[]
Il
IlNIIlI
~
. IU
('OMI';II
II
IH II P\\,:\WIl
GIlUII
Model: llJ
I-O
ISn
ons
=-i~~!:J"
12 l t\ll'{ INII
~1~11 ('(),\II"ll
-Il
,j210--
ni <JNDn
._- -------:!()
Separate type
regenerativt:
discharge unit
:m
Model: U
@
('1-'91
~-,/{'F~llll~
M83102A-22-22I J
~IH-~OHM
' 'l_.. 11\'
_.
--.--
In
I-~)
(J'\
\,
-.-
I-'
(11111:\
---"-~.-
li\,
.--------
(1111111
\'11 H
'I
..
II
sv
... -.-- ..,

l:,\,
l' 111
l:!
1'1I:!
..-J:I
('ni
Il
1:1
lli
Model: IO
20
Grounding
lise wire af 5.5 mm 2 ar more
Set eurth reslstunce l Dan ar tess
Pt 'All
" :!.:!o .......
Model: 3UR
TI (M4 scrcw terminal)
MS:il 02.'\-24-1 OP
17 11'1':\11
IH
)'('1111
I ~I
I Pt'lllI
30
~I
An2
Il
An:!
g -A1I3
I\I1:i
~
C
:'11
Cl
.125 -
,\ II l
(J
'-------I----------------~-=il
Ccnnector CFE
SIW nat cuhlc
Ccnncctur CEF
f' Jo'] n I .--
;"'111-"
lll<i\.\
l' j-
;';j '--
~-.
0\
(I \
.' ...
I rI\
I
-----.~
--"
'c
I ti
PI' \
iPI "\
--
III
.,--".,---
'1 ~
-_.-
1.1
---- ----,---,-,.
'I
:..oll
-IJ~;-
--~
II~O
'iH
l ...;
Emergency stop
1'1';,
d'"
._.,.. . "-".-.. 17
;i"\'--- ! I I .,-------.--
I ;, \
1\
AI..: Serve motor
ACIOOV
200/220/230 VAe
I'I~
I;
Separate type pulse coder (signal)
h,
pcn"
-A~PCA"
- - B ---E tPCBn F
P C'l. n
n
-
Separate type
pulse ceder
For signul
MS3102A-:!1l-29PW
MSJI02A-20-29P
---j-+
2~K_~
N
Ol' l'
DV lu
~ ~__.LI
II
+5V In *PCAn
.--1--0*rcz;;l"
M
II
I\ ~'::~;~~l-~~'~~:~~-l-}t;=-;~!=~l:~
.~ ~.'~-~I
----
~
,I
---".
__+ 5 V
.-----
l\.
T ------,
Ol'
+5 V
---- ---"'------------
IlV P
--.,---..-------- ------
._.-----. ----I( --
... ,,- ---.--------------
C li 1
t\-I
-----.~---,,-~"-.
('n2
.,,-.-.,,----
-~-
01111 A
-----,,-----"'_._-
---,--.-.---
Il
ti
._------~~-
0111111
------------'""-
\O
10
12) Conneetion diagram of digital serve

pulse eoder)
10/11/1 00/11
o control unit
IHn
COMAn
OIlRn
;T~~
CNI
MR-20 RM
l *P\\IT\.lAn
!..!.['_I'WMtln
15 CnMJln
----_
_-
..
IfitPWMJo:n
[}---_,J Z I O -
COMAn
3 *I'WMBn
COMlJn
5 *PWMCn
.~
separate
deteetion,
type
For power
I Hn
ODHn
(O
ISn
(5
20
16 *l'WMF.n
uz -~
t-i1 -.9~ IB il'WMFn
CON!'n
flY
l" Y
+!iV
-!-:iV
Model:
Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit
MS:~l
o-II'~
i\IH-:!1l HM
lri
021\-1 R-I OP
Model: 10
20
MSJ I n :!A-2 2-2 21'
[E2f]frI~~
Grourtding
Use wire ef 5.5 mm l ar more
((
{Hllll\
nv
10
H'~ffiAHj
COMDn
12 *MCONn
19
6 COMCn
13 ONDn
20
7 *DRDYn
Model: 2-Q
HMI "WTH-41'
14 *PWJ\HJn
{'!"gl ......../CF!llll---
r:-rov
absolute
CV21---/CV2111---
MH-20HF
l I P\VhIAI1
(1~
Set earth resistance 100n or lcss
JO
Model: JOR
(II
II
!.:i
1:1
o-
Ccnnectnr CFE
J2S-
It
~----
(''''lili
200/220/230 VAC
Ael nov
Emergency stop
MH-ell HIl
ld
o,:
(IV
Il\,
+5V
:1~rlJ.:
+fi\'
.~_.-
~~
('11
I'C;t.
( ,,'I'C7,
111
)JeA
17
1I'('A
!~
.__-E.!':l!
!-!_'
.'ll.
For signal (Ae serve motor!

M,l':-l:l I n:!A-2()-~!IPW
For signal [separate type pulse coder l
MS310ZA-22-14l'
II *PCAn
A "eAn
00
T +6VA
I'
IJ
Il
OVA
g -_.H1CI\I1
__."._._._
~ ~I.t.:- .'."J !'
("lil
J~
(Jlln,\
i P'"An
..-I'.'.i.:'.-.A..;;-..... -...t.l-_.-._---._
.",... j'."".-.'.. .._ .... f-. ,:.
,J.
HF.Qn
~.
pcnn
J) 1'PCHn
C
._----1 - - -1--.F .!J~E~ .Q.__.. _~.!!JJ:j .!i __ .~
..B.I--!~_~_rl_.s.:
OV
.:L ---.IJl.1!'2 K ._~ ~ ._. +5V M
._+J~_Y
Jo;
ri
i',,1
' ..
_ +S\'
e _..
!!.Y_
N
'I' _
:!O _-l~I:t~11
F__ .
("112_
() v
filM"
(J
('II
s .__~'IJ.!.1J.1
Signals with mark ure nol used in thts NC.

Terminal P and R nre shorted in pulse ender.
CFIIlMHI';-2t1RFIJ
til
OV
02
OV
0:1
OVA
tIl
+fJV
Ioii-+iiv
os
07
+GVA
"I'I A-'
MIIE-211
tlB
11
Pf'l,
l!i
I'f'{'l,n
11
f---c-"~
O!I
"CAn
..'Jo -_.- I--17In -_
IPl'An
l l
I'H ----Pi~;;_
12
I-19
1:1
rzo
.-
* PC II
11
lri
If,
17
IH
H~t11
III
)l{"ZIl
liR
Il'eZIl --
PC ti
Il!l
____o
ti
rl'l'An
P{'lin
_._._-,-.~-
II
I ~I
+-I'f'1\11
n Etlll
20
Il Etl Il
,ti
_.-II
J:!
---
._-~--
liV
o:,
11\
ni
/-;1\
ll!i
i--~\~
W
flt;
1:1
--11-"
02
117
\O
13) Conneetion diagram of analog serve (lp deteetion, built-in type

pulse eoder)
incremental
For signal
Control unit
Vetocity centrul unit (Ae serve]
Cl' I
\IlIE~
""IlFIJ
il-I ~"I(JjYIL'\ -'"1-
~ ~~~nH
IH
+5\
Jti
.----
05
IH
05
+5\
1~1
Oli
(Jti
l-SV
--,---I'.~.I' '.'\ --r:-'-~ . __ .- .'.'.''I'-~--~'~

..
, A 1.~111 I
_
ilc'
ENIJI."IJ
O:i ()\ LILA ---------.--~~.- l ti li\
1.1111
--, "...-.,
IO 1\ I,:'\1 u ~ --~
IH 1\ HU\ 11'\ .. _.,.
'"l ,\ H\lYull
-- -.-,----- ---- ,- II!.!

...,
115
_ ... _ ..__ .....-
l:.!
Otj~--
-- ------07
\'{'!'\IUu
l'~1
u-:'-l~ ':~~~---D
Il
'0_'
--
---
- ..-
eNS
Mll-20IlFU
-'~- I'Il
--11IJY
Il'
Ol
)lIWYnA ~- -.-..--.- IJ
"!lUYIIU
,-_ .._~, .._UH 1 ..\I.~lllIJ---------'-----~--
~_._~-_
eNl
\1lI-.:..'!IlMA
1:1' l 'tJ~IIl"---,,---------
zu
1'1l1J\ '" IIH \' A1.\lnO 15 K'\iIlLIlB O" I

~.l>~'.
)~.'- ~.-I~~.-I.
lIJ1A ,);; ='\i~ --_._--16 (1\'l.n1l
iJ:'II
1);1 _U\J~ iu 1.'\J.~tu~
1~
ul .('{J\lll
------1
1';i'l1
IV
~U
I EC Il
.".IBJ l
1-' PCZIl
15 tPCZn
Ul'
O\'
16
Cn2
I.
Cnl
IH
PClln
19 i'PCBn
20
"7
PCAn
17 tPCAn
Cn;1
CFI -'-('F::J 1--
:-'IHE-;!t1Jt\IU
Oll
11\'
Il:!
U\:
O]
il"
--J~
Il\ __
.J l ll
{lfi\'L],
N
a-
v..>
"
II
l~'j
lu
PC!'.
~ 1'l'Z
. . . ~-~
IIH
II
II
P(':\1l
l'Ntj
fL:115 -
u~---D
17 '!'~'.~ .!.-.__
l ~::~ ~_~_ -I~
IH
( I'fi~_~_ 1:'\
;;, '.' .. ""
Il!.!
~~-"-_.~.
lI1
115
lU
Il
l.
-.----f!.:.j-lili
PI '1111
07
Model; 2-0
{):!A-~O-2~P\\
r~
11 " J'CZn
I.'i !Pl'Zn
u:
liCAn
17
II'CAII
111
PCHn
-~~ ~~I;Cu.;
:W
IO
20
30
...
.... ,_ ..
A ~nl
ly
:\1I~
A u :i
li
-.
30R
Il
AnI
U
F
All2
An:i
Ae serve motor
\.
\.
II
Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit
:.il __ ,', _
t.N~
-n
Serve trunsfurmer -.- ..------- - 1 __ - ---li

J 25 -
Gruunding
lise wire af 5.5 111m 2 or mure
Set eurth rcsistunce lOOn ar less
.o.loo
ACIOO
Emergency stop
Ul
:-o
l-..l
14) Connection diagram of analog

pulse coder)
servo
Control unit
(Lu detection,
built-in type absolute
For signal
MS:ll02A-22-141'
Velocity control unit (Ae servo)
Ul
PUIJYI1!\
Ol
OV
02
I'NllnA
02
OV
0:1 OVLnA
03
OV
0,1 IVHIJYnA
O-I
+SV
IS
06
OB
OlinA
09
OJlll!J
IO
CnH
1-5 V
UUI'-20HMIJ
021
(I
09
".'.<:.""- [E~G{]TP0g
Model:
PCZn
1:1 +I'CZn
16
'NS
12
Cn2
13
Cul
-'19 't-PCBn
IH
peOn
20
Il IN"
p -l-lll~-A- -n-l)II~I-O--~ -Ii&~~
M::PIU2..\ -1 H-IIlP
TI'!-i'A---V -\i\jL-' T ,,' - , .. ,' ----'
tfrJ~EE~E~3
o--~~,---
PCAn
17,q,leAn
00--
Model:
M!1:l10:!I\-l:!-:!2P
1l[~,.~.,. Oi'TX;;~=-l
11I-!!!0=B_L_ll
~'S
CN6
MH-20IlMD
CFl--/('(o'Sl-
08
14
c~T
07
Il\'
IT~_n.
-----1
Ol
OV
02
OV
03
OV
III
04
II
OS
12
Oli
1:\
07
08
09
IO
Il
12
1;{
PCBn
20
IlEQn
II
LL
--'~l
'LScpara,C!YPC I:F"..I
-------!
regenerative
discharge unit
~II
~ '~.'
-i'T;,'u iti
\lIll-:-21',ll\111
'
.I 2 !'i -
I
-~
Emergency stop
\C I
.iIi(~.~.
'
l~~;~_
ol
'It
!Ji~t~ i1_T::.L :2
II
Grouriding
Use wire af 5.5 mm] ar more

Sct enrth resistance IOOn ar less
-'1'1
il -.-,'I'f.:. .'.;'."Il
"I.'.;'.' '
..If~I('Hflll_
[ ....
-IQ7."
' ..:.I._..,"" 11'\_I_1
'-"
.12011 -
I.:Fn,-\
Serve transformer
~"~.I,
__.
II __ ..!.!.~
PCAn
16
17 :;,PCAn
1M
31)
Model: :'IOR
:llll:!:\- 21- I nl'
~- I.'.'-.'.~.,.-.,[,
IO
:W
':l:1,[... ..At1,~, '" TIJI.,.].....,.,.IAll

... .. .....__,
;}f~_AI~~I_ ~ J:; __-A;~:l~
PCZn
14
15 +PCZn
19 tPCUn
Model: 20
1,0
E PCZn
F+PCZn ti l'nl.
II COIl::!
'.
_I' .':..l- .'.\.;. .L..",I .I.!-'. j.-I.
,J yCA,!-__ B.
K ~-C-l~~-~i--~
ru
OS +SI'
-j---
~ w-
CNS
MR-20RFD
CNI
MR-20RMA
eVl MIll'-20RFIJ
For power
RIII "IITH--II'
l' F nll
\1111-:-
(Jo!
11\
f) "
III
III
-
0l
~
(Ib
II IIFil
Oi--1,---,iiii,FZ"
-
Il\ \
-- (IH .~Jllll:~.I-:,'h;'~,-;;
--
tI'I
l 11111 Il
'-"'_._-'.'--- , . - - . , . - Iii
1'1"\11
II)
!, \
('11 K
--~--------~_.
'-----. I,
'1'1' \
---"'-
,1'('1111
Il
I ;,C-- :l, -"._': :::-:1;_-- J?- t~.-~~
Ild \
~ ~ _ _--
C,,,
S~IStiHh
J I "_._._r_l_~
III
1_;-~,_jD:~~-fr;~
;J
';;I~r~'~.I"']o.iJ=~~E
W
\D
I..)
15) Conneetion diagram af analog serve (1~ deteetion, separate type incremental
pulse eoder)
('UJlIrul unit
Vetocity cuntro! unit (Ae serve)

J:~l
("'I
1"<lJI"'lji,"I 'H~I"II
III
-lil
"'.,..'. '.' '\L.\III~
\ 1..\111:
lU
II,.:"'. 11\1./1\
K\II".\
II ~ t \'lel J'I 1I:~ _ .11
~''''(
).1. '
J"LI
~li _ \~'\~lli~
t'F
I
!
l I "
II
lr)
"I Il\"~:i
J:\11I1l11
III {J\11l1J
17
1\
1':'\1
o~-
,'I II
lU
'"1
~ll
01
N
(J\
Ul
II
I"':
\)h
07
III
4 ,I
1,1
Ilt
II
j-
Ic
I "I
II
lU
U\'I.ll.'\
~II/-" IIIlFIJ
lit! f:\J.Mllll
OU e ..\ I,.\!nl
---
-",,,",._---
llJiA 1.r..!1l ~
Il
l"
Lill'U\ln
lli
l:{ Il
\'l
'~IIIH
1'(".11
c;
P/WYnH
III
Jr}
E!\lIl.nll
II:.!
li\'
lli tJ\-J.lIll
lU
Il\,
17 ,\'JtlJYllJl
[Jl
"Ifl\'
IH
Uf)
l-S v
IJti
IO
I, +I'('l.n
1"
"u
""1,,1100-
,1'(''\11
TI (M4
Sl:I'CW
JI
IIH UIIIIA
lJy
UIIIl!J
1II
('Ilt!
II
l:!
lii\
l:j
1,1
1l~1I5\\TH- II'
H~;1F :~
1't'Zn
IS ~ I'CZII
Jtj
PC:\n
17 +./lC:\1l
('111
l~
L'u:!
"~1' ~~;,;~"
- {'ni
El
~llCHn
:!(I
HEl)fl
f\tnJcL 2-0
10
rn=-~~]E1"\~1
Model:
:\1S :1 J U:! _-\ - I H- tul'
t[~ ~:~~~~_~~[t\]-~~i~=-"j
t\fodcl: I n
~n'};\llJ:!;\--:!:!-:!:!I'
20
[iJ~-\I-;T-TTI.IlF3'o8 JO
!-JCllll
._~----
1J7
El 'ti
:!o
--'J'~--I .-._~--.-I-~';:[:'~:_ -'~Il .. ~~~~~~~I--i

l
n"
11
I'N:.! ( Sf\ISti I{\\'-;J)
['~"
,1
11'1
E:\lIl.n ..\
Oli
1'1
J.\l Il
("j";ll
"I
{l~
0:1
--
lIii
o:';
PIW\u.'\
H., tUUnllA
JiIJ) Il il
:\ll1E ;":111,\111
III
-~-{]
Uj
Fur power
~ ~~- .IiEll.;-~(J-(C;;I-]i;Q'P[,~1
~~~~~__ !:: ~'~'Z.~~_ .. tJ ,,~.!'t:?:!_l__ .11_ . t.l_.
1'~;J
~1I/'-""IIMA
.\1111,:- ~ II ~~FU
For signal
:\1:-3 11 (J:! \-:W-~~J 1'\\
'1'"
Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit
terminal}
1'('1\11
dr
U.-\u;I"l.!!
li
rvlotlcl:
7\1~
Jon
:11 O:!,\- :':1-101'
;~ . -.-.::L.~l
. . . U..:. ..;5~L~fr]
..t;_.:~~1~
II
li
__ !" __"l!.I2-.
~-
.-
1'1 -1'('1111
~l)
.J25
+'
Grouriding
ACIOO
lise wire
5,5 Olm2 or mere
Set earth resistunce l DOn or less
or
------.--,1]:1--
l
D
For signal (separate type pulse ceder!

r-.IS:IIU~A-::!O-2~P
PL'An
li
PCBll
ttl -;;p'eu;;- pl--pcz~1-----_.-
,I-+SV-- 1\ +S\'
-1---"
~ t---u;;-- P DV
hf (IV
+SV
D :; PeAn
U :+- PCZn
II
Il
Separate type
Ineremental pulse ceder
I.D
1.J
16) Connection diagram of analog serve

pulse coder)
(111 detection,
Forsignal
Control unit
Velocity centrul unit (Ae serv o)
CNI
cv I
n~
I~Mnll
1.1!!'
ll1Iynll
Io -".N~l~B
Ol
02
-IA I.MI1 I iii 'C)\'LnB
03
fw
_I~A~,MII 2 ~ i\-'llIJYnIJ
"05
IH
05
PIUJYnA
ENIlLnA
linnA 0910 "'ALMnl
ALMn2
-.v~
'i,
,-11
OG
1J7 VL'!\fJ)1l
I'X'n
Ila "lALMnO
12
!'llIWn!!
1""IILnll
linnII
11
A !'CAn
1!1
Hi
~ -.v~
02
Ol'
03
0\"
19
I- - 2U
gen
OlinA
{lU
GHnn
fw ,'5v II
+51'
06
+51'
07
11
OB
enS
llJ
05
IH
1:1 +COMn
nv
Cn2
1:\
enI
'N,
~ 'PC~I
16
J'CllnJ~'tcnl J"I'I'I'An
'~' ~OV
-,
_'_'_' --
'__ .
IH
.:!.(}
1(}
l ,..
tlljf\JfI~ii ",-j
,. ------
[jjKEJRFSB
Model:
,\1S :11O:!.\- 1H-I nI'
PCA~fn
Model:
17 +PCAMll
Cn'.
12
Pl.'7.Mn
Il
Mudcl:
Il\II:i\\TB-IP
li.
.. i.-I.\'. ;] l~-l.'.~".
.R
. .'.~'.-'.-':' _L
._i-.1..El,'
.I.:y,.-.'.__
'. .:.:,,.I\1i C'1n...1H._.
J ..
_I .pl
+5
h.-'-S\'
1'11,1
N '-0\;- - F t:ni" I~ {)JillA ::; Un;l'll
MIl-211IlVU
III
For power
MS3102A-20-2~lP\\"
eNs
MIl-211IlMA
MRI';-2II IlVIJ
IIH
separate type absolute
IO
IliJ~_~~:~~"~\_.J~} ~_~~ .\\S:HlJ:!:\-:!:!-:!::!I'
Pt'I.IMn
fAr--- "' fiI ,\,;':!l
~ +l'cuM;;
20
:W
10
Model: JIW
.\IS:llll~:\
- 21-1 OP
::t. -.'~~.'.T.=.[.-.li._]'
.. :-:-.~~"-.
~.
IJAn,,-
L __ ..\ n ..
1-:'
lOG-
\.
Separate type
"
._-
__..
(J
Il
__
--_._--~-._-
.~';1
:1-
__
--.-
---
"""_'_
---II-- regenerative
II discharge unit
:-TI:-:-,":-TI--:-rl-::--'--'1
N
0\
0\
__
Il:i _.. j.'
-.~
_ _ o ,_,_"'_
!~t~1l
.125
Serve transformer
Ground
'------OJJ:>-----
Use wire af 5.5 mm:! ar more
AC I OO
Emcrgency stop
Sel enrth rcsistnnce J OOn ar Jess

1'1' 1\
For signal (separate type absclute pulse coder}
'IH I':-:! 11 H.\1I1
MS :11n:!A-2;.!-1 ,I P
,I
jKll'[i1~j"
(.!-)
-~
Cn 1(.;.) 1\
--
~ _<!~l_
pulse ceder
j"'Y.\jnL
.-~.~.-i
li~ ".?~.j.,~ TI"
Iti _ 1'(",\\10
_._--~-
Separate type absolute
l .
~I; ~'I~'\~I",]1i.
PCZMIl
r II'I'A~I"
J'('ZMn l'F!'i:'I1\'~~ff'I'-~~
U -Cn l
II ('n 2(';')
--- - - -
16\ \
---
~'
II
-~
{'n Ht;lo) L
15\
..!~ ~
(J\''\
--
\1
0\
-----
_-.J~I;tl~l
----
''''
Signals witll mark ure not
used in thls NC,
Terminal P and R arc shurted
in pulse ender.
II\J
01111'\
11\
li \--.,..
-j; j'I".\111
'.'.".\,.-
1:,\......-."
~ .;.,I'j".n~j~
~.,
:~ .. _H 1::t~l!..
1'1' III
\lIl1-: "TlllI-'"
-]1
~I"."'-j-"'"
.. --.
...
li::!
ll:I
---
Il \
...
_o,
Il!"
\~i.'
__
I~I
1'(I.\I~
'l'l'/o\!!!.
Illlull".
n \:\
l.l' .1,.1,'.. :'.'Hi
(.'" l'" \~I!.!.
--- .. , 111
"II 1"__ I; . I ~ '.:\ ,\!~!
l :1\
. --- --- 11
('11 1 .- '11"
1:1 \
li I
'.0
_.
O:,
'''' /_ -j"'i"..
I.!I. _.,". _ ._.__
.,
'",\
S\lSlilil\--:1
G'II
'I,e, ,
--
I ' n :! .'.
1'11,1".
OIJ
I'l'!!,\h!
i '.1'1.'1\\111
~i
~n
_../J.J::.U.l.l
uJ
\O
t0
17) Connection diagram of analog serve (1~ detection. inductosyn feedback)
Control unit
1'\ J
l::-:!Iu\
1I\ln\
lJ~ !\I~l l,
1::\1111111
.JIO
INI
,,, 11\1
tu \I.\tll:!
III 1\IW\n\
- 17 '\IHJ)1l1l
__
II
lill
IH
__ lo!
IHI
Il
U? _l~~!!L -
I(
_ ..__ .._-
Ol
ENIlLnA
DU
u:!
UVl.lIA
I
III
-_.~--
Ol t\J{U\'nA
l.' I'IWYnll
ALt\tll U _.
--
-j.
15
A I.Mll 1
l;NIILlIlI
---~_._---
- - IIi OVLnB
iAI.~IIl:!----
-----
17 .,VHIJYnll
11J
0\111
1';l'll
- - --- .!OJ J..;~I!........

I'N:! (
l
~~ISti
Ol
nv
02
oV
(lJ
DV
{j.(
ISV
05
+5V
Uli
l-5V
PCZn
OM
OlinA
u~
UllnB
15 'tI'CZn
---
){I
t'nli
Il
('1l1
---17 iPCAIl
l~
CIl:!
13
elli
---
Ili
PeAn
1t1
JlCUu
---
eN5 'I'
-.!'~~!lj -.1'-.'.>~:!!." .__.. Ll..1... (;."
-~-.'.__ IL
Il
-IPCBfl_LJJcz!~~_!!
!t(:L?:~! _ .l-.IJ.
H.
-11.
j-.1..
I'C A
_.!.!-L__ l'. __ ~~!~~
UIlIlH
'''~.--K-_ -~y
ov
..
~:!!~L".
ill!~~\
M ._l~
!L
Model: 2(}
)-0
i:':~.A,,!=lil-.l!'g
;lr~=r..:f
(l
Model: O
5
!---J...'-
IO
20
.-"
30
I:
l~:.tPl'Bl\
eo
For power
HMI5\\"J'H-11'
----
Nole 4
LI
'1'2
HW-';j)
:l l---:-T'-:::-''--'''-
tl7
'1 I (M4 sorow 1000nina1l
r--r
g
l-
MU-:!UHFIJ
"' ~ I'HIJYnA OH
------
'" "'"' ' 1' ' """';;~ """'nl~

,," Ibo-----..-_--o
III
eNS
CNI
MU-l Il Hf\lA
MIIE:':OIIFII
{Io!
For signal
MS:il 02A-211-2~ PW
Velocity control unit (Ae serv o)
\
I
Ae servo motor
Separate type
~~::I~::~~i:~it
1'0
O'
. -.J
Serve transfufmcr----Il
.-------,---
-11--
~IC--
,I
Groundlug
Use wire ol' 5.5 mm 2 ar more.

Set earth resistunce I DOn ar less.
1')-':11-
IC\II
~llltH'-7~
r~"
--i",
l'F:.! l
>
I(S\
IISIl
('J"I-
1(\11:..: 111<11 - ,.'i
I.,,:, I'' '
\ISII
ACtOO
Emergency stop
lnductcsyn pre-amplifter
BI
0---
,]
.J ~ l)
1l~1I
---~~-----j]
5\\'1' I'A-l! s
h;r-, ;:-:-;s-:- :r- -~. ..,~:;-lI-l~-;-, r- -:- ,
J I l) 5
Indudosyn scale
Slido,
,l i t u
---~--~---_.-
\O
N
3.10
3.10 Standard Connection and Reverse Connection of Motor

(Relationship between connections and rotating directions of serve motor)
Servo motor connection and rotating direction

When the serve motor is connected as shown in the connection diagram in 3.9
(standard connection), the motor shaft rotates as shown below wheri a "+" move
command is applied.
A:
Standard connection
Rotating direction
with "+" command
B:
Reverse connection
Rotating direction
with "+" command
This paragraph describes the connection used to rotate the motor

direction shown in figure B with "+" command (as opposed to the above).
The first, second, and subsequent axes are all considered.
in
3.10.1 When using M series servo

l) Motor built-in pulse coder
l) Exchange terminals of signals PCAl and PABlo

2) Exchange signals *PCAl and *PCBI.
3) Exchange drive power lines All and A21.
(]v
O"
()v
'/
01111
Oll2J
15
J6
.>;
14
I +5"
IO
+Sv
+5v
II
J2
13
19
20
P('JjJ
G
*PCr,1
I,
!
17
18
I'('r,l I*pcr, II PCA l l*rcAllpCIlI
I* PCB 1
O"
OG
li
I PCA l I
i
i
\
I
II
OG
P
0"
t'
Il
+5V
*PCBI
.1
-:-- Sv
li
i 01111
I
I
*PCA 1
rCz.l
i\l
"
+5\'
01121
0"
CFI
(CF5J)
Note) CF51 is used in FS12
l - TI : M4Screw terminal
co::o::::o:::D
Il
'~I.!+~\~l
_.
- 268 -
'~I--
the
3.10.1
2) When using resolver (built-in type motor)
l) Exehange terminal positions of signals TSAI and TSBI.

2) Exehange terminal positions of signals *DSAI and *DSBI.
3) Exehange drive power lines All and A21.
~
2
uHll ,OH21
><
14
TSAI TSBI
15
IO
II
I 17
16
DSAI DSBI DC.U
DCBI
12
18
19
RSBI
RSAI
13
J~
20
TSBI
TSAI
DCBl
OG
*DSBI !-DSAI
J
I
RSAI
R
(CF511
OHll
I
I
DCAI
\1
I RSBI
I s
I OH21
T
!
Note) CFSl is used in FS12

J 15
A
All
A21
3) When using separate pulse eoder

The folIowing four eonnections are determined according to whether the motor
and separate pulse eoder rotate eloekwise or eounter-cloekwise as viewed from
the shaft side when the machine moves in the (+) direction.
~
(1)
Motor
Pulse eoder
CCW
CCW
l0J
l0J
CCW
(2)
CW
(3)
[J
CW
(4)
Motor drive power

line and taehogenerator signal
Pulse coder signal
Standard eonnection
Standard conneetion
Standard connection
Reverse connection
Reverse connection
Standard conneetion
Reverse eonneetion
Reverse connection
av
@
CCW
CW
- 269 -
3.1001
a) Standard connection of motor

Standard connection of pulse code r
NC
I av
av
1",-,/1 8
I 1o
: 11
1 ry
13
TSA'ITSB'
14',15IH'.17!18
PCZ l
il
i ovl+5\,1+5VI+5v:
1/" -, 1OHll IUII2"
1I1S310"
CP l (CF5])
. MH-20R MR
1121314151
19
"0
j.pcz II peAl i~ rCA li f~CB J j"f'CB 11 OG
rc~,'rD-~i ~
Pulse coder
-+----~
Note) CF51 is used in 12 series
_."op
"0
I:
I,
PCAl !J'CHl ~ 5\7!-I'CA J!j'CB
q'CLI!
F
PCi:: l
j:
111
OG +5V+5V
1\ i P
av
avl 0\11
MS3102A18-10P
A I B
All
IA12
I
MS 3102A -20-29P
A I B
C I D I E
!
T8A1! TSB l
1\
IS
i Olm! OH2'
I
,
iI
b) Standard connection of motor

Reverse connection of pulse coder
l) Exchange the terminal positions of signal PCA1 and PCB1.
2) Exchange the te~~UFl positions of signal *PCA1 and *PCB1.
NC
er i
3
4
5 6 1 7
av +5V +5vl+5\'1
ry
av
av
'x/
-,
la
oni:
Ull~l
TSAI
'1 4
PCZl PC%
MS310"A
20-"9P
c
A I B l e r D
(CF5])
. MR-20RMA
I.III~
TSB'!
9 ' ?O
li
17
I H !
PCA1!' PCAl PCB l orCB li
u------1j1Gb?
er-i r>.
(CF51)
OG
Pulse coder
PCB 11 PCAd+
G I H
~ pcz 11 OG
p
1\
E I P
5\1 P C B 1!oP CA f l' c Z l

0
i J
K' L
!vI
I+5V'+5\'1
T
i av
av! av \
-.
MS 310? A 18 lap
A
B
All IA21
D
JI5
MS310?A- ?O-?9P
A ! B
Cl D
E I F
I
TSAI!TSJlJ
1\
:\1
OG
i\
- 270 -
i nu t t
j oH:!) i
3.10.1
c) Reverse eonneetion of motor

Standard eonneetion of pulse eoder
l) Exchange power lines All and A2l.
2) Exchange the terminal positions of signals TSA and TSB.
NC
CFl (CF,,!)
* : MR-20RMA
2
3 I 4
5 I 6 I 7
OV
OV 1+ 5V ,+5V!+5V!
111 12
13
9 ! 10
8
OH11 OH 2 llTSAl TSBl!
15
16 I 17
18
14
19 I 20
PCZl PCZl PCAll.pcAl PCBl!PCBl I OG
1
OV
lX
-T 1 : M4
CFl
(CF,,!)
Pulse coder
MS3l-02A-20-?9P
C
E i F
A
B
D
PCAl PCBl +5V PCAl .PCBll PCZl
L I ~I
K
J
G : H
I
*PCZI OG +5V +5V
T I
S
R
N I P
OV I
OV
OV
MS3102A-18-10P
B
A
All A2l
C
D
Screw terminal
~
~
,MS3l02A-20-29P
B
A
TSBl TSA
G
n
OG
p
N
K
S
OH 11 OH2l
d) Reverse eonneetion of motor

Reverse eonneetion of pulse eoder
l)
2)
3)
4)
Exehange
Exehange
Exehange
Exehange
the terminal positions of PCAl and PCBl.

the terminal positions of *PCAl and *PCBl.
power lines All and A2l.
signals TSA and TSB.
NC
CFl(CF5!)
* : MR-20RMA
3
4
5 i 6 I
2
OV 1OV 1+ 5vl ~5vl+5VI
8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 !
OH11loH21iTSAIiTSBd
'
17 I 18
19
14 ! 15 I 16
pczt!opczllpCA1IoPCAl\PCBqoPCBl
l
OV
~<
13
CFl
(CF511
Pulse coder
20
OG
MS3l0ZA-ZO-Z9P
P
E
A
D
B
PCBI PCAI + 5VjopcBI PCAl oPcz
M
K
H
G
l..
PCZI OG +5vj
P
R
T
N
S
OV
OV ov
1
MS 3l02A-18-l0P
A
B
A11 1 A2l
C ! D
I
MS310ZA-ZO-29P
D
E
B
C
A
TSBI TSAI
J
L
n
K
li
DG
p
S
T
N
R
OH11 PHI~
- 271 -
3.10.1
4)
~~en
using inductosyn
Four combinations are possibIe for the inductosyn using the same method as in
the separate pulse coder.
Next, the reverse connection of the detector will be described. Refer to the
seperate pulse coder, for the motor.
The relationship between the connection to the inductosyn slider and the
moving direction of the machine is as illustrated below.
Scale
(+) direction of machine

(when the scale is fixed,
while the slider moves)
. -. :- -.:E]
j
u,- - - - I A
LDSA - - f r - - - - - - A - . . J
.:l/i
LDS B - - \ : 1 - - - - - - - \ + - ' "
LDCA
B C [l
OPQO
/ /
/
Slider
LDCB
LDE
Fig_ 1
(lndicates the connection of X-ms)
Scale
(~) direction of machine
(The scale mves, the

slider is fixed)
t - - - -....
(+) ,",".00 o, rnachine

(The scale is fixed,
the slider rnoves)
Slider
Exchange input terminals A and B
with each ether
LDSA --I't-------Pr--'///"
LDS B -:1/'-----=---\1'--'
LDCA - I ' f - . . . - - - - - - I I - - - - - - - "
LDOB - I : f - - - - - - - . . t 1 ' - - - LDE
(lndicates the connection of X-axis)
Fig. 2
- 272 -
~
L--==-
3.10.2
3.10.2 When using analog
Ae servo
It is not necessary to exchange the power lines All and A2l to reverse the motor
connection when using analog AC servo. Instead of exchanging these power lines,
connect pin No. 7 of connector CNS to O V.
The power lines between AC motor and velocity control unit are omitted in the
folIowing figure.
l) Hhen using mounted pulse coder
a) Standard connection
ACmotor
CN5
MR-20 RFD
Oll OV
081 OH I l
021 OV
09! OH12
031 OV
,101 CI8
U41 + 5V
:111 C 14
05 + 5V
~12I C12
061 + 5V
13
CIO
7
MS3102A-20-?9P
APCAMIIBI PcaMl C Cll ID I 'PCAMI
E 'PCBMIIFI
G
IHI G
J + 5V
Ki+ 5V L C 14 IMi C 18
N OV
PI C 12 R OHll~2
T OV
b) Reverse connection
(1)
Connect pin 7 "CH" of connector CNS to O V
17Q

MR-20RFD
CN5
OlOV
0810H1l
02 O V ,
?
141
15
ACmotor
- -
MS310?A-?0-?9P
A PCAMl B PCBM
EI'PCBMIIF
JI + 5V ,K + 5V
,p C12
NI av
i
T av
~
C Cll
G
L C14
R OHlA
D *PCAMI
HI
MI C18
S I OHI 2
2) Hhen using separate pulse eoder:

Four connections are possibIe depending on whether the motor and separate
pulse coder rotate clockwise or eounterclockwise as viewed from the shaft
side when moving the machine in the (+) direction. (See the table at right)
(Note) No cable is connected to connector CN6 of the velocity control unit.
No.
Motor
CCH
~
[@J
CCH
CIV'
I
I
Motor feedback
signal
Pulse coder
signal
Standard
connection
Standard
conneetion
Standard
eonnection
Reverse
connection
Reverse
connection
Standard
connection
CH
CCH
~
[05J
CH
Pulse
coder
CCW
CI.J
Reverse
connection
- 273 -
Reverse
eonnection
3.10.2
a) Standard eonneetion af motor and pulse coder.

Control unit
CFn(CF5n)
Pulse coder
-. -
MRE-20RMD
Oli
OV
021 ov
03:
OV
04! : SV
OSi T SV
06 +SV
O7
08:
-09!
101
'Il'
19!
141
lIS!
16i
,17:
ll:
PCZ I
"PCZ I
PCA I
'PCA J
PCB I _
[
0----'
~JS3109A-90-99P
IB! PCB l IC!

E; . PCB l IFi rcz 1 IGi
SV KI
SV IL!
J
K OV
P
IR
AI
13~CBI
2Oj ~--=-=--::-
PCA l
'.
[1('21
0\'
IDi
I!I:
-PCAl
1M
iSi

C1"S
MR-20RFD
14i
Oli
OV
~HI);-iISi
021 OV
09: OHl2 16iPCAMI
DY
03
'-y
IO, C 18
l-i PCA~I
04'
: ~,
~C 14 ,';*
' l
OS! :;~\;
'121 -C 12
:18:PCBM, l
06, ,;JQ3! CII
,19"PCBMI
20,
07!
Dr---~J
AC motor
MS3102A-20-29P
A PCAM l
E 'PCBMl
J +SV
N OV
T OV
B PCBM1ICI C11 DIPC.~~11

F
G
G
H
K + sv 'L C.l4 M CIB
P Cn2 RI OH 11 si OH 12
I I
I
Note) CFSn is used in 12 series
b) Standard connection af motor and reverse connection af pulse eoder

l) Exchange the terminal positions af signals PCA1 and PCB1.
2) Exchange the terminal positions af signals *PCA1 and *PCB1.
Control unit
CFn (CF51)
MRE-20RMD
Ol
OV
08
02
av
09
03
av
la
04 + SV
11
05 +SV
12
061 +SV
13
07
Pulse coder
T
j
14 PCZ l
IS "PCZ l
l61PCA l
17 "PCA l
18 PCB l
19 "PCB l
20
1'1S3102A-20-29B
A PCBI B PCA I C
D "PCB I
EI"PCAI F PCZ I G "PCZI H, G
J + sv
K +5V ILI
1M!
NIOV
PI
R
S
TOV

CNS
MR-20RFD
av
Ol
OV
02
OV
03
04 +sv
OS +sv
06 + 5V
07
ACmotor
08
09
la
11
12
13
OH 11
UH12
CI8
C 14
CI2
ClI
14
IS
16PCAMl
17 "PCAMI
18 PCBM 1
19 "PCBM 1
20'
MS3102A-20-29P
APCA1'1I B PCBMI C C 11
D "PCAMI
E *PCBMlF
G!
IH G
J + SV KI+5V L Cl4
M CIS
N av
PlC 12 RIaHIl SIOH12
TOV
I
Note) CFSl is used in 12 series
- 274 -
3.10.2
c) Reverse connection of motor and standard connection of pulse coder

l) Connect pin 7 "CW" of connnector CN5 to O V.
Pulse ceder
051 +5V
06 +5V
14 cz l
151* rcz l
,16IPCA l
lil'PCAl
,lSI PCB l
1191<PCB l
201
~l.
i~1
Di
MS3102A-'O-'9P
"
LJkPCAl
A PCA l B PCB l C
E',PCBlFPCZl GI*PCZIIHI G
IMi
IK+5V
IL,
JI+ 5V
rs I
NIOV
!RI
Pi
I i
TOV
I
I-~
C-.\l5
MR-OORFD
Ol OV
oSI
02 OV
091
031 OV .... 10
041 : 5V
111
051 : 5V
I 12i
06: + 5V
131
07 CW o' '
OH'l1
OH12
C18
C14
C 12
Cl l
141
15
l61!'CBMl
171'PCBM l
ISIPCAM l
!19*PCAM1
201
o-J
r.
ACmotor
MS 3102A-'O-'9P
A PCAMl B PCBMlC C 11
G
E *PCBM1IF
J +5V K +5V L C14
N OV
P C 12 R OH Il
TOV
I
~
DlxPCAMl
HI
MIC18
IS!OHrL
Note) CF5n is used in 12 series
d) Reverse connection of motor and pulse coder

l) Exchange the terminal positions af signals PCA1 and PCB1.
2) Exchange the terminal positions of signals *PCA1 and *PCB1.
Control unit
CFniCF:i1)
MRE-20RMD
Ol OV
OS
02
OV
091
031 OV
10
5V
04'
05 +5V
061 + 5V
07
Pulse coder
j
11,
12
13
14 PCZ l
15 *PCZl
,161PCA l
l71*PCAl
1SIPCB l
191*PCB 1
20
PDf----)
- - -
MS3l0'A-?0-'9P
ALPCBl,BPCAlCI
1D'J;pLl
~::E.r.MtFIPCZl,GI;PCZl,HI G
Ni'ifvv~:-l- 5V'k;
'",T
TI OV
AC motor
MS3102A-20-29P
on.i i
14
OH12
5
C18 . :l~!'CBMl
C14lilPCB~_.!
C12
Cll
:ISIPCAMl
19~PCAMl
20
- 275 -
3.10.2
3) When using inductosyn

The relationship between the connection to the inductosyn slider and the
moving direction of machine is as illustrated below.
Scale
(+) direction of machlue
(The scale rnoves, the

slider is fixed)
'r- =+-
-,-o-
"-----1
H C' p

00 O O
Slider
Fig. 1
Connection when
. .the direction is reversed
Scale
,I ' l
e+) ~ection of machine
(The scale moves, the

slider is fixed)
LDSA
/
L DSB ~c::---=-=-c:=-=,.--:'fj------'
LDCA
LDCB
1-----lJ '
//
/.
'<,

(The scale is fixed, the
slider moves)
Slider
Exchange input terminals A and B
with each other.
/ /
;'
_--J
LDE
(lndicates the connection of X-axis)
Fig. 2
Four combinations are possibie for the inductosyn using the same method as in
the separate pulse coder. The reverse connection of the detector is shawn in
Fig. 2. Refer to the separate pulse coder, for the motor.
3.10.3 When using digital Ae serve
l) For bui It-in type pulse coder
It is not needed to change the wlrlng. The standard cannection and reverse
connection are selected by parameter setting.
2) For separate type pulse coder
It is needed to exchange PCA and PCB for reverse connection of pulse coder
same as analog serve system. Refer to item 3.10.2 (2).
- 276 -
3.11
3.11
Troubleshooting for Servo System
Trouble in the serve unit doesn't always cause an alarm.

If an alarm appears an
the CRT, observe the corresponding procedures according to alarm numbers.
This paragraph summarizes troubleshooting procedures for such serve unit
trouble that may not cause an alarm.
1) Machine tao l runs, even though no command
See Subsec. 3.11.1
has been given .................................
See Subsec. 3.11.2
2) Machine tool vibrates during movement ar stopping .....
3) Poor positioning accuracy and poor machining accuracy
See Subsec. 3.11.3
4) Checking methods for the operation
of velocity control unit and position control unit
See Subsec. 3.11.4
3.11.1
Item
Machine tool runs away
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
Signals from position detector are

abnormal.
Check WJ.rlng.
Check for positive feedback.
Reconnect wiring
correctly.
Defect between
motor and position detector.
Check by DGN. See Sec. 3.7.

(DGN 3000)
See Appendix 10 item 2 for
positioning module.
Reconnect them
correctly.
Master PCB, positioning module ar

velocity control
unit PCB is defective.
Replace defective
PCB.
3.11.2 Machine tool vibrates
Item
Cause af trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
Setting failure af
position control
system parameters.
Check according to Sec. 5.3.
Set parameters
correctly.
Setting failure af
velocity control
unit PCB.
Check setting on PCB according

to Sec. 6.2. Check PCB for
special setting (special number)
according to data sheet.
Correct the
setting.
Check to see if vibration cycle

changes in proportion to the
feedrate
Proceed to 6 i f
the vibration
cycle changes in
proportion to the
feedrate.
Proceed to 4 i f
the vibration
cycle fairly
remains constant,
regardless af the
the feedrate.
- 277 -
3.11.3
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
Short CHS-CH6 on velocity

control. unit PCB by using a
jumper wire.
Check to see
if vibrations are eliminated
during operation.
Proceed to 7 if
vibrations are
eliminated.
Proceed to 5 if
they are not
eliminated.
Short CHS-CH6, and check to see

if vibrations are reduced when
turning RV1 counterclockwise.
Proceed to 8 if
reduced. Proceed
to 9 if not
reduced.
Machine tool,
detector, or motor
is defective.
Interpolation
accuracy is poor.
Detection gain is
excessively high.
Check the unit being synchronized with vibration cycle,

and find defective parts.
If interpolation accuracy is
poor, the vibration cycle is
one or two times the wavelength
of the position detection signal. Vibration often occur due
to high detection gain in the
case of rotary inductosyn.
Replace or repair
defective parts.
See section on
interpolation adjustment or detection gain adjustment
(Sub s e c , 6.1.6).
Servoamplifier
setting is not
suited to machine
tool.
(DC M series servo)

Short S9 and SIl, and check if
vibrations are reduced.
(AC servo motor)
Short S21 or S27, and check if
vibrations are reduced.
Change PCB setting.

Contact FANUC
service center.
Same as described
. in item 7.
Check to see if vibration cycle

ranges from several ten Hz to
seversal hundred Hz.
Change PCB setting.

Contact FANUC
service center.
Check the waveform at each part

of velocity control unit PCB,
or replace PCB.
Replace PCB.
3.11.3
Velocity control
Poor positioning accuracy or machining accuracy
l) Overshoot
Checking points
Item
Cause of trouble
Short acceleration/deceleration
time.
Check to see i f motor current

is saturated.
Lengthen the
acceleration/
deceleration time.
Low rigidity or
play at coupling
flanges between
motor and machine
tool.
Check to see i f this problem

can be fixed by decreasing
the position loop gain.
Reduce the position loop gain.

Tighten the
rigidity and play
of machine tool.
- 278 -
Countermeasures
3.11.3
2) Poor l-pulse feed accuracy

Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
Check to see i f the positioning

is correct at the detector postion by DGN 3000.
Check by DGN IB 'U ID for positioning module.
Proceed to 2 i f
correct.
Proceed to 3 i f
incorrect.
Deflection, stick
slip, or play in
mach ine tool
system.
Measure the positioning accuracy

at each part of machine tool and
motor shaft.
Adjust the mach ine

tool.
Low gain of servo

system.
Check to see i f this is

improved by turning RVI in
velocity control unit PCB clockwise by 2 'U 3 divisions.
Readjust RVl.
Contact FANUC
service center.
3) Poor positioning accuracy when using correct commands

Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
Check to see if positioning is

correct at the detector position by DGN 3000.
Check by DGN IB 'U lD for positioning module.
Proceed to 2 i f
correct.
Proceed to 3 i f
incorrect.
Deflection, stick
slip, or play in
machine tool
system.
Measure the positioning accuracy

at each part of machine tool and
motor shaft .
Adjust the mach ine

tool.
Position control
unit is defective.
Replace PCB (Master PCB, etc.)

containing the position control
unit.
Replace defective
PCB.
Position detector
is defective.
Replace defective
unit.
Velocity control
Replace defective
PCB.
- 279 -
3.11.3
4) Poor shape of circle by 2-axis feed

Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
Me-asure the roundness.

Then
check whether circle is distorted in the axial direction or i f
it is formed to be an ellipse
in 45 direction.
Proceed to 2 i f
distorted axially.
Proceed to 3 and
4 i f formed in
45 direction.
Poor positioning
accuracy.
Roughness at change of quadrants. Measure positioning

accuracy of each axis.
Proceed to 5 and
6. Adjust the
machine tool
around inaccurate
axis.
Maladjustment of
position loop
gain.
Perform simultaneous 2-axis 45

feed and adjust RV4 of velocity
control unit PCB so that the
difference of the position
deviation amounts is within +1%
between axes by DGN 3000.
Adjust position
loop gain to
eliminate gain
difference between
axes (see Note 1).
Detection gain
differs on every
axis.
A circle is formed to be an
ellipse in 45 direct ion even
af ter adjustment in item No. 3.
Adjust the detection gain (see

Sec. 6.1.6).
Adjustment failure
of Fmin of
inductosyn or
resolver interface
PCB.
Check Fmin adjustment.
Readjust Fmin.
See Sec. 6.1.6.
Improper backlash
or backlash compensation amount
of machine tool.
Try changing the backlash compensation amount.
Adjust backlash or
change backlash
compensation
amount.
(Note 1) The position gain, when X, Y, Z and 4th axes are moved in the same
direction by F4 digit feed from MDI operation, can be obtained by
calculating as below:
16.7F
G
=--E
F:
E:
G:
Feed rate (mm/min), (0.1 inch/min),

(degree/min)
Position deviation (0.001 mm), (0.0001 inch),
(0.001 degree)
Position gain (sec- 1 ) , (standard: 30 sec- 1 )
Adjust the
Then check the serve position deviation from DGN 800 ~ 804.
position deviation within +10% of the target value by turning the
variable resistor (RV4) (F1V converter voltage compensation) in the
velocity control unit.
However, the difference between axes must be
within +1%.
45 dir~ctional ellipse can be adjusted using this method, but X axis or
y axis directional ellipse cannot.
- 280 -
3.11.4
Not adjustable
Adjustable
3.11.4 Method of confirming the operation of velocity control unit and position control unit (For analog servo)
The servo system can roughly be divided into the folIowing position control
unit, velocity control unit, DC motor, and detector.
Since these component units compose a closed loop, the entire servo system
becomes defective if one of these component units is not working properly.
It
is sometimes difficult to identify the defective unit among these.
In such a case, check the operating conditions of the position control unit and
velocity control unit using the folIowing procedure.
l) Position control part of master PCB operation check
a) Disconnect the power cable from the DC motor.
b) Set a large value to parameter No. 1828 ~ 1830 in advance.
c) Af ter turning on the power of NC, apply pulses by handle, and check the
output voltage of VCMD output signal of master PCB.
d) Turn the motor shaft slightly manually, and check the VCMD signal of
master PCB.
(Note) If NC is turne d on af ter disconnecting power cable from the DC motor,
the table powers in case of the gravity axis.
Insert suitable lumber
or the like.
VCMD
voltage (mV)
Decision
+
VCMD
voltage (rn'V)
"..", +
',,''--'''-''
cw
CCW
'''-,,- Rotating direction
of DC motor shaft
Command pulse
Hhen a positive (+) pulse is applied

from the handle, VCMD voltage should
continuously changes from - voltage
+ voltage.
....-,....
When turning the motor shaft counterclockwise, the VCMD voltage should
continuously change from + voltage to
voltage.
2) Velocity control unit operation check

Major circuits of the velocity control unit are mounted on the corresponding
PCB.
Hhether the velocity control unit is operating normaily can be judged
by exchanging its PCB with the PCB in a normal axis.
Use caution with the
folIowing items when replacing PCB.
If an alarm lights on the velocity control unit PCB, donlt replace the PCB
at once.
Eliminate the alarm first according to the alarm processing
method.
Hhen replacing PCB, place its setting and adjustment to the same values as
before.
If PCB has been modified, Lt is not always replaceable.
If you
have any questions, please contact your nearest service center.
- 281 -
3.11.5
3.11.5 Countermeasures taken when a fault occurs in digital serve
Foliowing is an explanation for trouble in the digital servo, presumable cause

and suggested remedy.
Af ter confirming that there is no obvious cause try measures.
The remedies are enumerated in the order deemed to be most effective yet not
affect other sections.
Af ter each one is applied alone, and no effect is
produced, try them in combination.
As a countermeasure, when an instruction is given to increase (or decrease) the
parameter value, attempt to change the values to 120, 150, 200, 300% (80, 60,
40, 30%).
With due consideration given to changes in conditions (occurrence of bad
influence, sueh as fault improvement and vibration), find a proper value and
change the feedrate, then check that no other bad influences occur.
Some parameters and their functions may not be valid, depending on the ROM
edition number. Befare applying, check the ROM edition number and its function.
(l) During stop and movement, the mach ine is placed in oscillating conditions.
The foliowing cause is presumed.
i) The calculation of machine load inertia is confused, and a large value is
set.
ii) In some coupled sections of the motor and machine, rigidity is low.
If the load inertia calculation is correct, attempt to take the foliowing
measures.
a) Reduce parameter No. 1856 PK2V value (absolute value).
b) Set parameter No. 1808 Bit 2 OBENBL to l.
c) Set parameter No. 1875 LDINT first to O, then gradually set to a
larger value.
(2) The serve error does not coincide with the calculated value.
When the servo delay does not coincide with the calculated value (the
position gain cannot be set eorrectly), the foliowing cause is presumed.
l) Parameter No. 1876 PULCO is not eorrect.
2) Parameter No. 1891 PPLS is not correct.
3) Parameter No. 1816 DMR is not eorrect.
4) Parameter No. 1820 CMR is not correct.
In the digital servo, what eorresponds to the loop gain multiplier af the
analog servo is calculated from the above parameter.
In the digital servo, the loop gain multiplier of the parameter has no
meaning.
(3) The motor vibrates while stopped.
When the motor shaft vibrates during stop or the servo error value is not
stabilized to O, an attempt should be made to take the foliowing action.
a) Set approx. 1000000/N value to parameter No. 1894 PK2VAUX.
b) Set parameter No. 1808 Bit 4 IPSPRS to l.
c) Set parameter No. 1808 Bit 2 OBENBL to l.
d) Reduce parameter No. 1856 PK2V value (absolute value).
Even when "b" and "c" are used together, no effect is produced, but "c"
becomes valid.
(4) During l-pulse feed, the machine is fed more than one pulse at a time.
Try the foliowing remedy.
a) Increase parameter No. 1855 PKlV value.
b) Set parameter No. 1808 Bit 7 VOFSIT to l.
However, when "b" is applied, the servo error at stop is not stabilized to
O. Also use countermeasures for vibration at stop in item (3) above, but
even when the serve error shows O and l repeatedly af ter "b" is applied, if
no motor shaft vibrates, the actual vibration amplitude is very small; it is
not a problem.
- 282 -
3.11.5
(5) In the full-closed feedback system, backlash is large, and a disconnection

alarm malfunctions.
Remedy: Set parameter No. 1808 Bit l TGALRM to 1.
(Valid only af ter 9000G
in ROM edition)
For a machine whose backlash is very large, gradually increase
parameter No. 1892 TGALMLV.
(Valid only af ter ROM edition No.
9000H)
(6) Vibrating sound is heard at rapid traverse acceleration/deceleration.
Remedy: Decrease parameter No. 1856 PK2V value (absolute value).
(7) In JOG fe ed and rapid traverse modes, vibration is large.
(-100~, -20Hz)
In JOG feed and rapid traverse modes, servo errors fluctuate.
The cutting surface is not smooth.
Remedy: Increase parameter 1855 PK1V value.
(8) When machine abrasion is slightly high, error s may be excessive in rapid
traverse acceleration and movement. When rapid traverse is repeated, an OVC
alarm is produced.
Remedy: Increase parameter No. 1852 PK1 value.
(except motor modelS)
CAUTION: The maximum range should be approx. 150%. Increase the value while
checking that no motor current oscillates at acceleration and
deceleration (no motor squeaks).
In the digital servo, to protect the motor and transistor from
overload, the current value is monitored, and if a given limit
(time/current) is exceeded, an alarm is given to protect the unit.
Measure the current value, and check for an alarm which may
naturaIly occur.
- 283 -
3.12
3.12
3.12.1
Error Display and its Contents of l/Q Unit

Error display and contents in interface module (I F01A)
Error indicator lamps are mounted on the front panel of IFOIA to indicate an
error which may o c cur during data transfer between main unit and IFOIA or
between IFOIA and I/O module.
(See the foliowing figure.)
- Error indicator lamps
IFO lA
Cl
IFO l
ggo ]--------~
00
O 03
[3 O 02
SA
ER 2 O O 1
L 10 O O
Ol l
TOUT
BA
.J
D
Error indicator
lamp (red)
---l
Error module
indicator lamp
(yellow)
(This lamp display is meaningless in a

case other than the pari ty error)
- 284 -
3.12.1
- Error contents
Error display
TOUT ER3 ER2 ERI
Name of error
Error contents
---
Normal operation
CLOCK STOP
CARRIER STOP
SIGNAL FORM
ERROR
FORMAT ERROR
OVERRUN ERROR
ERROR \-JORD
TIME OUT ERROR
PARITY ERROR
Causes
An error occurred
during data transfer
between IFOlA and main
unit or between IFOlA
and IF04C.
l. Optical cable
is dis connected.
2. Optical connector is not
sufficient ly
connected.
3. Optical connector tip is
dirty.
4. IFOlA is
defective.
5. Main unit or
OF04C is
defective.
A parityerror was
detected during data
transfer between IFOlA
and I/O module, or a
parityerror occurred
in RAM of IFOlA. In
this case, the mounting
base number of the data
transfer module is
troubled and the slot
number is displayed in
SA3-SAO and BAl-O.
SA3-SAO: slot number
(binary display)
BAl, BAO: Base number
(binary display)
l. I/O module is
defective.
2. IFOlA is
defective.
Example)
Base #1, slot #5
SA3 SA2 SAl SAO BAl BAO
O
l
O
l
O
l
Slot #5
O: Goes out
l: Lights
Base #1
If both slot number and

base number are "O",
its display shows a
parityerror of RAM in
IFOlA.
o: Lamp lights
-: Lamp goes out
- 285 -
trU
O
lU
1\
;:::\
Cl
-='
-C\
-.0
')..
~
3.12.2
3.12.2
Error display and contents in interface module (I F04C)
The error indicator lamps

figure indicate an error
function of IF04C as well
main unit or between IF04C
on the front panel of IF04C shown in the folIowing

was detected inside IF04C by the self diagnostic
as an error during data transfer between IF04C and
and IFOIA.
- Error indicator lamp
Error
indicator lamp
IF04C
IFD4C
~~ }---------
30 0 3
20 02
ER 10 OlGA
Loo 00 J
D
D
D
Error indicator
lamp (red)
286 -
Group number
indicator lamp
(yellow)
3.12.2
Error display
Error name
Error contents
Causes
ERJ ER2 ERI ERO GA3 GA2 GAl GAO
- -
Group numher
incoincidence
Setting af group numbers af IFOIA

connected to IF04C is Ilrong.
IFOIA group number

setting faUure
2. Optical fiber
cable connection
failure
o
- - -
CPU error
- -
RAM error (06)
RAM (mounting position

06) is defective.
- -
RAM error (08)

DB) is defective.
- -
(AB)

AB) is defective.
See the right

table.
RAM error
CPU, RAM. ar EPROM in IF04C is

defective.
CPU is defective.
EPROM is defective.
EPROM error
CLOCK STOP
CARRIER STOP
Optical fiber
cable ia discon-
An error occurred during datn
transfer between IF04C and main

unit ar between IF04C and IFOIA.
In this case, the data transfer
channel in error is displayed in
GAJ - GAO as follows.
2. Optical connector
is not sufficiently
nected.
connected.
SIGNAL FORM ERROR
- -
FORMAT ERROR
- -
OVERRUN ERROR
- -
ERROR WORD
INITIALIZE ERROR
Channel
in
Optical
error
No.
connector
IF04C++
zroup O
IF04C++
grOUD l
IF04C++
grouD 2
IF04C++
group 3
IF04C++
main
unit
GAJ GA2 GAl GAO
COP20
- - - o
- - o - - o o
- o - -
COP4
COP2A
COP2B
COP2C
J. Optical connector
tip is dirty.
4. IF04C is defective.
S. IFOIA is defective.
6. Main unit is
defective.
If ane af ER3 - ERO flickers, it

indicates an error during initial
Main unit is
defective.
communication between main unit and
IF04C.
2. IF04C is defective.
J. IFOIA is defective.
Lights
Goes out
*:
x
Flickers
Nothing to do with light on/off
- 287
3.12.3
3.12.3
Error display and contents in positioning module (PT01A)
Display
\\1J)A
Contents
Name
Watch dog alarm
Lighting - positioning module operation is

in error.
~~en ~1J)A
lights, it basically shows a positioning module error.

Check the error
display of interface module (IFOIA) as well.
If the error contents displayed by
IFOIA show a parityerror and the error slot number shows the positioning
module, the positioning module may be judged as defective.
Even if an error with another cause is displayed by IFOIA, the entire system
operation is stopped.
As aresult, the positioning module shows the watch dog
alarm.
- 288 -
Table 3.12.3 (a) Classification of alarms
System
alarms
ro
\D
Kinds
of
alarms
Rotary
switch
RSm RSHl
Note
- -
ROM pari ty error
- -
RAM failure
"
- -
System failure
"
- -
Parameter receiving
error
Interface module, CPU module, or memory module

is defective.
I/O error
r/o bus is in trouble. This I/O error is

displayed if other modules as well as position
module become defective.
- - - -
PC alarm
See Table 3.2.3 (b) types of alarms.
- - - -
Servo alarm
"
- - - -
Overtravel
"
- - -
Motor over heat
Note
Indicator lamp (DGN)
Alarm contents
Causes of alarms and countermeasures

Positioning module is defective.
Replace it.
Overheating when DC motor is used.

If motor overheating occurs when AC motor is
used, it is displayed as an overload alarm.
o: Lamp lights
Lamp goe$ out
x: This lamp lights concurrently, if another alarm occurs, too.
Note 1) If a system alarm occurs, the above display remains lit regardless of the numbers of rotary switches RSWl
and RSW2.
.....
10
W
Table 3.12.3 (b) Kinds af alarms
Rotary
switch
RSW2 RSWl
PC
alarms
N
\O
Servo
alarm
Alarm contents
Causes of alarms and countermeasures
- - - - -
Cutting feedrate
data zero
- - - - -
Operation mode
selection error
"
- - - -
- -
Data type
selection error
"
Almost all causes of this alarm may be caused

due to an error in generating a user's
program. Examine user generated programs.
Reference point
return error
See 3.2.3 (1)
- -
- - - -
V-READY off
(Velocity control
unit failure)
Causes of alarms are displayed in detail.

See Table 3.2.3 (c) Causes of V-READY off.
- -
- -
Pulse coder disconnection
See 3.2.3 (2).
- -
- -
Excessive position
deviation value
See 3.2.3 (3)
- -
- -
- -
Position deviation
See 3.2.3 (4).
value overflow or
DIA conversion overflow
- -
- -
Velocity over load
See 3.2.3 (5)
- -
- -
Servo overload
See 3.2.3 (6).

~
I'-J
LJ
Rotary
switch
RSW2 RSWl
Servo
alarm
(cbnt'd)
Overtravel
1'0
<o
Motor
overheat
Alarm contents
- -
- - -
- - - - -
Causes af alarms and countermeasures
V-READY an at PRDY
off
See 3.2.3 (7)
Excessive drift
campensation amount
See 3.2.3 (8).
Overtravel in
See 3.2.3 (9) .
+ direct ion
- -
Overtravel in
- direction
See 3.2.3 (9).
- - -
Servo motor overheat
See 3.2.3 (lO)

Motor overheat alarm is displayed for DC motor,
but overload alarm is displayed for AC motor.
l--'
VJ
.....
~-:l
VJ
Table 3.12.3 (c) Causes af V-READY off (Velocity control unit failure)
Rotary
switch
RSWZ RSWl
Velocity
control
unit
failures

7
N
\D
Alarm contents
O
DC serve M series
AC serve
Causes of alarms
and countermeasures
- - - - o
Normal
Normal
TGLS runaway detection
TG runaway detection
See 3.2.3 (11)
Abnormal load of OVC
Abnormal load of OVC
See 3.2.3 (12)
BRK nofuse breaker off
- -
HCAL high-current alarm
HC high-current alarm
See 3.2.3 (14).
HVAL high-voltage alarm
RV high-voltage alarm
See 3.2.3 (15)
DCAL discharge alarm
DC discharge alarm
See 3.2.3 (16).
LVAL power voltage drop

alarm
LV power voltage drop

alarm
See 3.2.3 (17)
See 3.2.3 (13)
~Indicates the conditions of various signals. For details, see parameters and
diagnostic display function of positioing module in para. 8.
w
......
IJ
t.J
3.12.3
1) Reference point return failure

This alarm occurs if the one-rotation signal is not applied from the pulse
coder or if the velocity is slower than specified. The foliowing check is
done in the first reference point return operation af ter turning on the power
supply or af ter cancelling the emergency stop.
a) Position deviation value (DGN No. IB - ID) exceeds 128.
b) The one-rotation signal is applied at least once by the time the
deceleration dog is released again af ter the position deviation value (DGN
No. IB - ID) has exceeded 128.
Reference point return direction
Feedrate
Deceleration
dog signal
One-rotation
signal
This signal should be applied at least once

by the time the deceleration dog is released.
Check the first one-rotation signal position
when the position deviation value has exceeded
128 after starting the reference point return.
Unless the above conditions are satisfied, an alarm occurs at the position
where the deceleration dog is released.
- 293 -
3.12.3
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Corrective action
Feedrate is toa
low.
Perform reference point

return under the same conditions in which the alarm
occurred. Confirm that
the position deviation is
128 or more by using the
self-diagnostic function
(DGN IB - ID). The start
point of the reference point
return must not be on the
deceleration dog.
Increase the feed

rate. When the
position gain is
30 sec- 1 , a feed
rate of at leas t
300 mm/min is
necessary.
The start point of

the reference
point returns is
toa close to the
reference point.
Check the distance from the

start point to the reference
point.
The distance from

the start point to
the reference
point must be
equivalent to at
least two motor
revolutions.
Source voltage for

the pulse coder is
toa low.
The source voltage of the

pulse coder should be 4.75 V
or more.
(Remove the pulse
coder cover and measure the
source voltage at the + and terminals on the pulse coder
board. )
Cable loss must be

0.2 V or less
including both
sides of 5 Vand
O V.
Defective pulse
coder.
Replace the pulse coder.
Replacement.
Defective positioning module.
Replace the positioning

module with another one.
Replacement.
2) Pulse coder disconnection

Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Corrective action
Check the pulse coder feedback for disconnection and

normal connection.
Cable connection
failure
Pulse coder is
defective.
Replace the pulse

coder.
Positioning module
is defective.
Replace the positioning module.
Velocity control
unit is defective
(in case of AC
servo).
Replace the
velocity control
unit PCB.
- 294 -
3.12.3
Item
Cause of trouble
Pulse coder power

voltage is
abnormal.
Checking points
Check if pulse coder power
voltage is within 4.75 V 5.15 V.
Corrective action
If the pulse coder
power voltage is
lower than 4.75 V,
check the cable
length and cable
size for specified
values.
3) Position deviation value is excessive.

Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Setting error of
position deviation
limit value
Check the contents of parameter No. 5 (position deviation limit value).
Reset the parameter correctly.
Overshoot
When enough current does not

flow to motor in acceleration
or deceleration, deviation
value increases.
Check waveform of CRl on
velocity control PCB and
confirm whether overshoot is
within 5% or not.
Increase the rapid

traverse time
constant. (parameter No. 11)
Increase gain
(RVl) of velocity
control.
Drop of input
power voltage
Check that input power

voltage is within +10% and
-15%.
Change the input

tap of power
transformer for
servo.
Voltage of power
supply is abnormal.
Check the voltage of main

unit on I/O unit.
Repair the error.
Connection trouble
Check the power line of

motor, pulse coder.
Repair the error.
Positioning module
and/or velocity
control unit are
defective.
Try replacing the axis with

another axis.
Replace the unit

i f trouble recurs
using the replaced axis.
Poor brush contact

by loosened DC
motor brush cap
Confirm the brush contact

face of the motor brush capo
Tighten the brush

capo
- 295 -
Corrective action
3.12.3
4) Position deviation overflow ar D/A conversion overflow

These alarms occur when:
a) Positional deviation in the axis involved exceeds +32767. However, when
positional deviation limits (parameter No. 5) are s~t correctly, position
deviation excess alarm is displayed prior to any af the above-noted
alarms, so they usually cannot occur during thi s condition.
b) D/A converter velocity command value is outside the range af +8191 to
-8192.
D/A converter vela city command value = 0.192 x K x G x E x 10- 6
where K: servo loop gain multiplier (parameter No. 7)
G: servo loop gain 0.01 sec- 1 (parameter No. 8)
E: position deviation (can be verified by DGN IB - ID)
TheoreticaI value (when feed has become constant)
2
E = !- x l. x l. 10
60
G
a
where F: feed rate
mm/min (inch/min)
a: detection unit
mm (inch)
G: servo loop gain 0.01 sec- 1
Item
l
Cause af trouble
Parameter setting
is wrong.
Positional deviation is toa high.
Machine tool does

not mave a normal
distance.
Checking points
Corrective action
1) Check servo loop gain
multiplier.
Parameter No. 7
2) Check servo loop gain.
Parameter No. 8
3) Check CMR. (Command
multiply ratio)
Parameter No. 3
4) Check DMR.
(Detective
multiply ratio)
Parameter No. l
Compare theoretically calculated value with positional
deviation by DGN IB - lD.
l) Feed rate
Rapid traverse rate:
Parameter No. 10
Feed rate is right; positional
al deviation is right.
Pro'ceed to 5.
Feed rate is right; positional

al deviation is not right.
Proceed to 3.
Issue a command (feed af

several mm) causing no alarm
to check to see if machine
tool maves by a normal value.
Machine tool does not mave by
a normal value.
Proceed to 4.
Machine toa l maves by a

normal value.
Proceed to 5.
- 296 -
3.12.3
Checking points
Corrective action
Item
Cause af trouble
Position detector
is faulty.
Positioning module
PCB is faulty.
5) Velocity over
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Corrective action
In correct setting
af command multiply ratio (CMR)
Check that the value af parameter No. 3 (CMR) is one af

l, 2, 4, 10, 20.
Set correct parameter.
Checking points
Corrective action
Check to see i f OVERLOAD lamp

lights simultaneously when
turning an NC power supply.
Connection/setting
failure.
Proceed to item
6 ar 7.
Check to see i f thermal relay

of M series velocity control
(AC servo is
unit functions.
not provided with this thermal
relay. )
Proceed to item 2
ar 3.
Check to see i f radiation fins

of AC serve velocity control
unit is overheated. (M series
serve is not provided with
these radiation fins.)
Proceed to item 2.
Thermostat af servo transformer functions.
Proceed to item 2
or 4.
Thermostat af regenerative
dis charge unit functions.
Proceed to item 5.
Thermostat af AC servo motor

functions.
Proceed to item 2.
6) Servo overload
Item
l
Cause af trouble
(analysis)
- 297 -
3.12.3
Item
2
Cause af trouble
Checking points
Corrective action
Over load af mater
Measure the motor current.

The continuous rated current
is as specified below.
M series servo
OOM
4A
OM
7A
SM
9A
12A
10M
20M
18A
30M
24A
AC servo
4-0
0.93A
30R
29A
3-0
0.93A
3A
2-0
l-O
2.9A
4.6A
O
6.8A
5
10
IlA
20A
20
30
22A
Reduce the cutting

condition. Adjust
the machine tool
if the continuous
rated current
exceeds the
specified value
during id le feed.
..
..
...
..
..
..
..
..
...
. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
Setting failure af
thermal relay af M
series servo
Check to see if the thermal

relay is set to the continuous rated current value
af the motor specified in
item 2.
Reset the thermal

relay setting.
Thermostat af
servo transformer
is faulty
Thermostat is faulty if it
functions when the surface
temperature af transformer is
lower than 60C.
Replace transformer.
Excessive regenerative energey
l) Excessive acceleration/
deceleration frequency.
Check to see if the positioning frequency exceeds
l - 2 times/sec in rapid
traverse. Check to see
if alarm does not occur
when this frequency is
reduced.
Reduce the
acceleration/
deceleration
frequency by
inserting a pause
time.
2) Faulty counterbalance an
machine tool side.
Correct the
counter balance.
- 298 -
3.12.3
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Corrective action
Wiring failure
Check to see if the foliowing

wiring is correct.
o Positioning module (CVl)
- velocity control unit
(CNl)
o Servo transformer
(CN2)
o Regenerative discharge unit
(CN2)
o AC serve motor
- velocity contol unit
(CNS)
Correct wiring.
Setting failure on
velocity control
unit PCB
Check to see if setting pin

S20 is set as specified in
M series servo.
Check to see if set ting pin
SI is set as specified in AC
servo.
Reset pin S20 or

SI, as specified.
7) V-RDY on at P-ROY off

V-RDY (velocity control unit ready)
module ready) has turned off.
Item
Cause of trouble
Velocity control
unit is defective.
is turned on when P-RDY
Checking points
Check to see i f VRDY indicator lamp lights when PRDY
indicator lamp of the velocity control unit went out
when power was turned on.
Check i f VRDY indicator lamp
remains lit even af ter 100 VAC
has been disconnected from
terminal board TI (3) , (4) of
velocity control unit.
(positioning
Corrective action
Replace the
velocity control
unit.
'.
Positioning module
is defective.
Make sure that the VRDY indicator lamp of velocity

control unit goes out.
Replace positioning module.
Cable failure
Check VRDY signal of cable

between positioning module
and velocity control unit for
short-circuit failure.
Repair the
Parameter setting
failure in 2-axis
velocity control
unit
OFFVY of parameter No. l must

be set to "l" in the case of
2-axis velocity control unit.
Reset parameter
correctly.
- 299 -
c ab Le ,
3.12.3
8) Excess drift campensation

Cause af trouble
Checking points
Connection trouble
Check the connection af power

lines to servo motor.
position detector and servo
motor.
Repair the connection error.
Setting af drift
campensation value
is wrong.
Check whether the contents af

parameter No. 9 exceed 500.
See the fallowing

description:
"Drift campensation amount setting methad".
Trouble in
velocity control
unit ar/and
position module
Check this by changing with

a spare PCB ar positioning
module (if provided).
Adjustment and set ting
should be done correctly.
Replace the PCB ar

positioing module
with spare ane.
Item
Corrective action
amount settin method

Make sure that the variable res is tor RV2 an velocity control unit PCB is
set to 50%.
Turn an the power supply with the emergency stop button pushed an, and
set bit O "ADFT" af parameter no , 1 af the positioning module to 1 to
execute automatic drift campensation.
CD Tum off the power supply once; then, turn it an again.
QD Turn off the emergency stop button, and agitate the motor.
CD Read the drift campensation amount af parameter No. 9 by the positioing
module LED and set the readout value to the parameter screen af the
positioning module shawn in para. 5.5 as the drift campensation amount.
a>
9) Overtravel (in + and - directions)

The overtravel failure is divided into two sections: When it is detected as
a hardware failure and when it is detected as a software failure.
The
software failure is called stored stroke limit alarm.
The fallowing
description shows possibIe causes af overtravel and countermeasures.
9)-1 Overtravel (hard)
When the movable part af the machine tool reaches the stroke end, an over
trouble alarm message is displayed an the CRT screen.
When this alarm occurrs, axis feed stops.
Two limit switches (LSI, LS2) are provided an each axis in each direct ion
as shawn in the figure below to stop the movable part af the machine tool.
Feed rate
- - Position
LSI
- 300 -
LS2
3.12.3
o When LSloperates , the feed is stopped af ter deceleration.

Overtravel
alarm message is displayed.
o When LS2 operates, the feed is emergency-stopped.
(LS2 operates only when
LSI malfunctions)
Gause of Trouble and Gountermeasures
CD If the reference point setting in program coordinate system is in error,
correct the program.
CD If the program is in error, correct the program.
Release
a) When only LSloperates:
Hove the movable part af the machine tool by manual operation in the
opposite direct ion (safe side).
Reset af ter separating it from the
limit switch.
Note) In this case, the movable part of the machine tool can be moved only
in the opposite direction.
b) When both LSI and LS2 operate:
i) Set 2nd L.S. REMOVE button to ON on operator's panel.
ii) Do the same operation as in releasing LSI.
Note) In the equipment in which LSI is not operating when LS2 is in operation, the movable part is movable in both direct ions by manual
operation.
Be careful of the direction in which it is to be moved
when LSI has malfunctioned.
9)-2 Overtravel (software) .. Stored stroke limit alarm
If the machine has reached the stored stroke limit value, an overtravel
alarm is displayed.
The axis feed is stopped if this alarm occurs.
Gauses and countermeasures
Stored stroke limit setting (parameter No. 60 - 65) error + Gorrect
parameters.
CD Program error + Gorrect parameters.
Release
The machine can move in the opposite direction of the last moving
direction.
Move the moving part of the machine in the opposite (safe)
direction by manual operation, and reset the stored stroke limit.
CD
- 301 -
3.12.3
10) Motor overheat

DC serve motor overheat alarm (overload when AC serve motor is overheated)
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
I Corrective
action
Overload

armature current exceeds the
rated current.
Decrease load
torque.
Decrease cutting
condition.
Winding insulation
trouble
Check the insulation between

the terminals Al or A2 of
motor power cable and the
motor bodies with a tester or
a megger.
Over l m~ at 500 V is normal
for the megger check.
Infinite value is normal in
the tester check.
Clean around the

commutator with
forced air.
Change the motor
if the above
countermeasure is
ineffective.
Shortcircuit
inside of winding
Measure no-load current by

removing the motor from the
machine.
If the current
increases in proportion to
the motor rotation rate,
there is a short-circuit
inside of winding.
Clean around the

commutator.
This problem can
eas ily occur when
the oil adheres to
the surface of the
commutator.
Demagnetization
af field system
magnet
Check the motor terminal

voltage between Al and A2 is
normal at rapid traverse.
Change the motor

if terminal voltage is low and
the motor is overheated at the same
time.
Trouble in heat
pipe fan operation
Check the fan voltage ar the

wiring.
Check that the fan does not
touch a wire gauze.
Check to see if the fan motor
itself has a problem.
Rearrange the
wiring.
Refix the wire
gauze.
Replace the fan
motor.
Trouble in heat
pipe efficiency
The heat pipe is ineffective

when the motor with a heat
pipe is overheated, despite
the fact that all the above
items are normal.
Replace the motor.
Brake trouble
Check to see that the brake

connection corresponds to the
power source frequency.
Check
to see that the voltage is
100 V +10% (allowable value).
Replace the brake.
- 302 -
3.12.3
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Corrective action
Connection trouble
Check the overheat connection

between motor and positioning
module.
Repair the fault.
Positioning module
is defective.
11) Overrun detection (Tachogenerator signa110ss) TGLS/TG

a) For M series serve
Item
Cause of trouble
The motor power

cable is not
connected to
terminals (5),
(6), (7) or (8) of
terminal board T1
in the velocity
control unit, or
the power cable is
broken.
If the alarm occurs when a

motion command is not input,
the alarm cause described at
the left should be checked.
Check the power

cable connection.
PCB setting is
improper.
Check the setting according

to section 6.2. "Setting and
adjustment of PCB ".
Adjust the setting.
Velocity feedback
voltage is not
being applied or
is intermittent.
Measure the velocity feedback

voltage between check
terminals CR2 (TSA) and CR3
(GND) with an oscilloscope.
Confirm whether the voltage
is being interrupted.
Repair the cable

carrying the
velocity feedback
voltage. Repair
the defective
source (L e.,
motor or control)
of the velocity
feedback voltage.
Checking points
Corrective action
Checking points
Corrective action
b) For AC serve
Item
Cause of trouble
The motor power

cable is not
connected to
terminals (5),
(6) , or (7) of
terminal board T1
in the volocity
control unit, or
the power cable is
broken.
Tf the alarm occurs when a

motion command is not input,
the alarm cause described at
the left should be checked.
- 303 -
Repair the power

cable of motor.
3.1 ~.3
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
PCB setting is
improper.
Check the setting.
Pulse ccider feedback signal is not

sent.
I, Carrective
action
lAdjust the setting
I co r r e c t Ly ,
Repair the feedback cable.
12) Abnormal load ove

Item
Cause af trouble
PCB is defective.
Checking points
Corrective action
The OVC alarm occurs if the

power is turned an when the
motor power cable is disconne c t e d , (In thi s case, since
the gravity axis may fall
dawn, it should be supported.) (The 823 terminal
should be shorted so that the
TGL8 alarm will not occur.
Af ter confirmation, the 823
connection should be opened.)
Replace the PCB.
PCB setting is
improper.
Check the setting of variable

register RV3 which is used to
set the upper limit of the
motor current. (Generally,
RV3 is set to 10, but the
adjustment may differ with
the machine tool.)
Change the RV3

setting.
Mechanical load is
abnormal.
Observe the waveform between

check terminals CR8 and CR3
with an oscilloscope. Check
whether the current which is
determined by RV3 flows over
600 msec.
Remove the
b) For AC servo
Checlcing points
Corrective action
Item
Cause of trouble

sent.
Reconnect the
feedback cable.
Motor current
exceeds rated
current.
Check motor current.
Change the cutting

conditions.
- 304 -
I
I
i
3.12.3
13) No fuse breaker BRK

Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Corrective action
The no fuse
breaker operated.
The breaker is open when it

is as shown below.
This button pops
up when the
breaker operates.
To reset the
breaker, press
the button af ter
l
turning off the
power.
Turn off power and

reset the breaker.
(If it cannot be
reset immediately,
wait about ten
minutes and try
again. )
Diode module DS or
some other part of
the velocity
control unit is
defective.
The breaker operates again

when power is restored af ter
the countermeasures of
item l.
Replace diode
module DS or the
whole velocity
control unit.
Mechanical load is
excessive.
Observe the motor load

current at rapid traverse
between terminals CH8 and
CH3 on the PCB with an
oscilloscope. Check whether
it exceeds the rated current.
Remove the
The PCB or the

connection between
the PCB and the
velocity control
unit is defective.
The BRK alarm occurs when the

no fuse breaker is not operating.
Replace the PCB or

the velocity unit.
This alarm message is not displayed for AC servo.

14) High current alarm HCAL/HC
a) For M series senTO
Item
l
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Improper motor
cable
connection,
p owe r
I
I
I
The HCAL alarm does not

occur when the p owe r is
turned an w i t h the motor
p owe r cable disconnected.
(In this case, since the
gravity axis may fall down,
ir should be supported,
The
823 terminal an the PCB
should De shorted so that the
TGLS alarm "lill not occur.
The 323 connection should be
opened af ter confirmation.)
- 305 -
Corrective action
Fix the motor
p owe r cable
connection.
3.12.3
Item
2
Cause af trouble
The transistor
module is defective.
Checking points
Corrective action
The HCAL alarm goes an when

the motor power cable is
disconnected.
Turn off power and measure
the resistance between the
following terminals using a
multimeter. If the measured
value is 10 ohms ar less, the
transistor module is defective.
Replace the transistor module.

(:X)
Cl
Bl
El, C2
B2
E2
6Sl
Confirm between
Cl-El, C2.
El, C2-E2.
b) For AC servo
Item
Cause af trouble
Checking points
Corrective action
Wrong connection
af motor power
line.
HC alarm does not occur when

af ter disconnecting the motor
power line.
(Since the gravity axis may
drop in this case, support it
ar disconnect the drive cable
af gravity axis brake.)
Reconnect the
motor power line
correctly. If the
motor power line
is checked while
disconnecting it,
set setting terminal SlO to L
side; otherwise,
TG alarm occurs.
Transistor module
is defective.
Check to see if HC alarm

occurs when turning an the
power supply af ter dis connecting the power line according to item l. Turn off the
power supply, remove PCB, and
observe the resistance between
terminals af the transistor
module using a circuit tester.
Replace transistor
module.
* Check resistance
between Cl-El
and C2 als o
between El and
C2-E2.
** Check res istance between
Cl-El and also
between C2-E2.
60
Cl
Bl
El, C2
B2
E2
Cl
Bl
El
C2
B2
E2
\Xl
(H003)
- 306 -
**
(Xl
!Xl
(H004,HOOS)
3.12.3
Checking points
Corrective action
Item
Cause of trouble
Internal shortcircuit failure of

motor windings.
Check motor windings for

normal insulation.
Replace the motor.
PCB is defective.
If HC alarm occurs with no

defects in item 1, 2, 3,
PCB is defective.
Replace the PCB.
15) High voltage alarm HVAL/HV

Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Corrective action
Input AC power
voltage is too
high.
Check to see if the tap

connection of servo power
transformer is correct.
Correct the tap

connection.
Servo motor is
defective
Check to see if the insulation resistance is normal

between the motor armature
(power line) and the body.
Clean brushes.
PCB is defective.
Check to see if alarm occurs

when items 1 and 2 are normal.
Replace PCB.
b) For AC servo
Item
Corrective action
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Input AC power
voltage is higher
than specified.
Check to see if the servo

transformer taps are properly
connected.
Repair the tap

connection.
Servo motor is
defective.
Check to see i f the insulation resistance is normal

between the motor armature
(power line) and the body.
Replace the motor.
Load inertia is
excessive.
PCB is defective.
Increase the
acceleration/
deceleration time
constant.
I f HValarm occurs with no
defect in items l , 2, 3,
PCB is defective.
- 307 -
Replace the PCB.
3.12.3
16) Discharge alarm DCAL/DC

Item
Cause of trouble
Checkirrg points
Corrective action
Discharge transis tor Ql or the

PCB is defective.
The alarm occurs immediately

af ter turning on power.
Replace transistor
Ql. Replace PCB.
PCB setting is
improper.
Terminal S26 is shorted even

though the separate rEgenerative dis charge unit is used
with the gravity axis.
Gpen terminal S26.
Machine tool
counterbalance is
improper.
The waveforrn shown in the

following figure is measured
at started periods on check
terminal CHlO while the
counterbalanced axis is
moving down at rapid traverse
speed.
Af.just the
counterbalance.
The acceleration/
deceleration rate
frequency is toa
high.

speed exceeds l to 2 time per
second.
Check that thi s alarm indicator does not go on when the
rate is decreased.
Use a dwell period

and decrease the
acceleration/
deceleration rate.
1.2 0.2 V
ov
Discharged
time width
0.2
0.2 V
b) For AC serve
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Regenerative transistor Ql is
defective ar PCB
is defective.
DC alarm occurs immediately

af ter power is turned on.
Replace the transistor Ql. Replace the PCB.
PCB setting is
improper.
Setting pin S2 is set to L

side even though a separate
regenerative dis charge unit
is used.
Set S2 correctly.
- 308 -
Corrective action
3.12.3
Item
Cause or trouble
Checking points
Corrective action
The acceleration/
deceleration rate
rrequency is toa
high.

rrequency at rapid traverse
speed exceeds 1 to Z times
per second. Check to see if
this alarm does not occur
when the rate is decreased.
Use a dwell period

and decrease the
acceleration/
deceleration rate.
17) Low power voltage alarm LVAL/LV

Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Corrective action
AC power voltage
is toa low.
Check to see if connection

between input AC power voltage and servo transformer
tap is correct.
Correct the tap

connection.
Connection defective between servo

transformer and
CNZ on the PCB.
Check to see if PCB voltage

+Z4 V and +15 V are correct.
Check that- the servo transformer terminals (41 - 43,
44 - 46, 47 - 49) and PCB CNZ
(1, Z, 3) are connected
correctly.
Correct the connection.
PCB is defective.
LVAL alarm occurs when above

items 1, Z are normal.
Replace the PCB.
b) For AC servo
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Corrective action
AC power voltage
is toa low.
Check to see i f the connection between input AC

power voltage and servo
transrormer is correct.
Correct the tap

connection.
Connection derective between servo

transrormer and
PCB eNZ.
Check to see i f PCB voltage

+Z4 V, +15 Vand +5 Vare
correct. Check that servo
transformer terminal 41 - 49
(AC 18 V) and PCB CNZ
(1, Z, 3) are connected
correctly.
Correct the connection.
+5 V ruse is b Lown
out.
Check to see i f the ruse ror

+5 V is b l.own out.
Replace the ruse.
PCB is defective.
PCB is derective i f LV alarm

occurs when above items 1 - 3
have no problem.
Replace the PCB.
- 309 -
3.12.4
18) Other V-READY off (Velocity control unit failure)

If the V-READY off is not caused by the failures described before, check the
folIowing items.
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Corrective action
100 VAC is not

supplied to
velocity control
unit.
Check to see if 100 V AC are

supplied across terminals (3)
and (4) of the terminal board
of velocity control unit.
Supply 100 V AC.
No fuse breaker is
turned off in AC
servo.
Check the no fuse breaker

button on/off state.
\men the button is

off, proceed to
next block.
Causes and countermeasures when no fuse breaker functions in AC serve

Item
l
Checking points
Corrective action
The operating condition is as

illustrated below.
This button is
pushed inward
~, Ul / /
during normal
~ Loperation of the
i
motor. If the
breaker has
functioned, turn
off the threephase power
supply once;
then press this
button.
Reset the no fuse

breaker af ter
turning off the
power supply.
(Wait for about
la minutes if the
no fuse breaker
cannot be reset
at once.)
Cause of trouble
No fuse breaker
functions
Diode module,
surge absorber
(ZNR) or other
parts are faulty
in ve Loc Lt y
control unit.
No fuse breaker functions

simultaneously when power
supply is turned on af ter
countermeasure in item l.
Replace diode
module DS or surge
absorber (ZNR) of
velocity control
unit.
Abnormal
mechanical load

load current exceeds the
rated current during rapid
traverse while monitoring
CRlO and CRll or CR12 and CR3
(O V) of PCB using an oscilloscope.
Eliminate abnormal
load from machine
tool side.
3.12.4 Fuse alarm of I/O module
l) External output power supply (+24E) fuse

When digital input modules ID
A and ID
B are
(+24E) is fed to terminal board TI of the main unit
feed the voltage to an external contact. Two types
inserted into this +24E power supply to protect the
I/O modules which are mounted on the I/O unit from a
a contact failure with other power lines.
00
00
- 310 -
used, +24 V power supply

and I/O unit in orde r to
of fuses F34 and F35 are
power supply modules and
short-circuit failure or
3.12.4
+24V
-o- -
+24V
power
supply
+24E
GND
TI
( 2A)
_F 35_
e2A)
F34
Power su pp ly module
GND
M3 screw
} Note 1
M4 tap
F34
F35
I/O unit
2) Fuse alarm in digital output module

The terminal board type digital output module is provided with built-in
fuses.
If these fuses are blown out, the fuse alarm indicator lamp of corresponding
The foliowing figure shows the
module light s to indicate the fuse failure.
mounting positions of fuse alarm indicator lamps of each module and the
mounting positions of fuses.
- 311 -
3.12.4
OD08B, OD16B
J:fodule name
Mounting positions of fuse
alarm indicator
lamps and mounting positions of
fuses
eLL0
---...ll..-.-
r-----;::::::---L_-:..-
Fuse alarm Jamp (red)
Indicator
If one of fuses FUl - FU4 is blown

out, the above fuse alarm lamp lights.
The blown out fuse shows a white failure
display as in the indicator shown in the
right figure.
Correspondence
between fuses
and output
terminals
Fuse number
FUl
FU2
FU3
FU4
Output number
OSOO-OS03
OS04-0F07
OS10-0S13
OS14-0S17
- 312 -
3.12.4
OD08C, OD16C
Module name
Hounting positions of fuse
alarm indicator
fuses
Fuse alarm lamp (red)
jndlcator
If one of fuses F1 - F8 is blown out,

the above fuse alarm lamp lights.
right figure.
Correspondence
between fuses
and output
terminals
Fuse No.
F1
Output No. 0800

0801
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
0802
0803
0804
0805
0806
0807
0810
0811
0812
0813
0814
0815
0816
0817
- 313 -
3.12.4
OA08D, OA16D
Hodule name
Nounting positions of fuse
alarm indicator
fuses
Fuse alarm lamp (red)

Indicator
If one of fuses F1 - F4 is blown

out, the above fuse alarm lamp lights.
right figure.
Correspondence
between fuses
and output
terminals
Fuse number
F1
F2
F3
F4
Output number
0800-0803
0804-0F07
0810-0813
0814-0817
- 314 -
3.12.4
Module name
OA08E, OA16E
Mounting positions of fuse

alarm indicator
lamps and mounting positions af
fuses
r----;::.;---i
---ll-
-I--
1":::'==:J'~r-Fuse
DO
F1F2
alarm
lamp
#1
-I--
Fuse alarm
lamp
DO
F4 F3
#2
DO
Fuse alarm
lamp
#3
F5 F6
Fuse alarm
lamp
#4
c
If one of fuses F1 - F8 is blown out, the above fuse
alarm lamp lights. Correspondence between fuse and lamp is
as follows.
F1 - F8 have no alarm indicator. Replace the fuse where
inside fuse element is blown out.
Correspondence of
fuses alarm lamp
number, fuse
number and output
number.
111
Alarm lamp No.

Fuse No.
Output No.
F1
F2
F3
#4
113
fl2
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
0800 0802 0804 0806 0810 0812 0814 0816

0801 0803 0805 0807 0811 0813 0815 0817
- 315 -
4.
4.
ADJUSTMENT
4.1
Procedure of Adjustment
This section shows adjustment procedure when the system is instalIed. Adjust
your system according to the folIowing items.
Details of each item are
described in the table below.
No.
Contents
Check external views of control unit and serve

unit.
See Item 4.1 (1)
Check the connection of screw terminals.
See Item 4.1 (2)
External cables connection.
See Item 4.1 (3)
When power source for NC is "OFF", connect the

power input cable.
See Item 4.1 (4 )
Check the insert position of connector and PCB.
See Item 4.1 (5 )
Setting confirmation
Tap setting transformer
Velocity control unit PCB setting
Control section PCB setting
See Item 4.1 (6)
Check input power source voltage, frequency and

phase rotation.
See Item 4.1 (7)
Check that output voltage is not shorted with

ground.
See Item 4.1 (8)
Power on and check output voltage.
See Item 4.1 (9)
10
Adjustment of velocity control unit.
See Item 4.1 (10)
11
Adjustment of photo Amp. output wave form of

tape reader.
See Item 4.1 (11)
12
Check interface signal between NC and machine

side.
See Item 4.1 (12)
13
Setting and confirmation should be made for each

parameter and setting data.
See Item 4.1 (13)
14
Power off.
See Item 4.1 (14)
15
Connect motor power cable.
See Item 4.1 (15)
16
Power on.
See Item 4.1 (16)
17
Check movement of each axis by manual feed.
See Item 4.1 (17)
18
Adjustment for servo system.
See Item 4.1 (18)
19
Check whether all functions of NC operate

normally.
See Item 4.1 (19)
Remarks
- 316 -
4.1
l) Check external or internal view of control unit and servo unit

Items
Check dirt and damage on external view of CRT/MDI unit, internal position
display unit, internal manual operation board, etc.
Check loosening fixture or detachment of PCB, tape reader unit, velocity
control unit, etc. , inside of locker.
Check damage on cables, conduits, etc., inside of locker.
(Cover strippings, etc.)
2) Check that the connection of screw terminals is correct
Items
Terminal plate TPI or TBl of input unit (U, V, W)
Terminal plate TP2 of input unit (EON, EOF, COM, FA, FB).
Terminal plate TP3 of input unit (200A, B).
Terminal plate TP4 of input unit (Ul, VI, EMGINI, 2, EMGOUTI, 2)
Terminal plate TB2 of input unit (R, S, 200Al , 200BI, others).
Power ON/OFF but ton of CRT/MDI unit.
Terminal block of tape reader unit.
Terminal block of input transformer for export.
Terminal block for servo power transformer.
IOOA, B TORI, 2)
(Primaryand secondary side)
(Primary side, secondary side
Check that the cover is not detached (if applicable)

3) External cables connection
Check folIowing items at time of installation for each unit
Items
Af ter striping cable external cover, check vhether the cable is connected to
the earth plate by cramp metal.
Check vhether the larger (more than 14 mm 2 ) protection earth cable is
connected between NC and machine side magnetics cabinet.
Check the protection earth is being one point earth type or not as connecting from the machine side magnetics cabinet to the grounding earth.
- 317 -
4.1
Check folIowing items only for the initial equipment.

Items
Check whether all signal cables .are made into unified shield.
Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.
(For motor signal)
(For motor drive)
(For velocity control unit interface)
(For position coder)
(For spindle analogue output)
(For manual pulse generator)
(For external position display)
(For external CRT/MDI)
(For Reader-puncher interface)
4) As setting power source for NC "OFF" connect the power input cable
Items
Disconnect motor power cables _
Short short bar S23 on the velocity control unit PCB for M series serve
motor.
Put short bar SIa to L-side on velocity control unit PCB for AC servo.
5) Check the mounting position of connector and PCB
Items
Are cramp screws for RaNDA connector firmly tightened?
Are nail-type fixtures fitted with flat cable connector?
Are nail-type fixtures fitted with brown connector for power source?
- 318 -
4.1
Items
Are screws tightened for optional PCB?
OptionalPCB
:"
Are ROMs exactly mounted with IC socket on ROM card.

6) Setting confirmation
Perform foliowing items a) ~ e) for every unit at time of installation.
a) Tap set of transformer (see Item 4.2).
Items
Tap setting
, of serve power transformer.
Tap setting of input transformer for export.
b)
c)
d)
e)
Setting
Setting
Setting
Setting
on
on
an
an
control section PCB (see Item 6.1).

M series velocity control Unit PCB (see Item 6.2).
AC serve velocity control unit PCB (see Item 6.3).
AC spindle servo unit PCB (see Item 6.4).
7) Confirmation for input power source voltage and frequency

Items
When power source is used for control unit and serve unit, confirm that input
is applied as follows:
AC 200/220 V +10% 50/60 Hz +1 Hz, 3 '6
-15%'
(However, combination with 220 Vand 50 Hz is not recommended.)
Power source input for control unit only is applied as follows:
AC 200/220 V +10% 50,60 Hz :+-3 Hz, l r/J
-15%'
Power source input for servo unit only is applied as followings:
AC 200/220 V +10% 50,60 Hz .:t1 Hz, 3 r/J
-15%'
- 319 -
4.1
Items
Power source for export transformer is applied as follows:
AC 200/220/230/240/380/415/440/460/480/550 V
~i~~
Input power capacity is enough for consumptive power of control unit and
servo unit.
8) Confirm that output voltage is not shorted with ground
Items
Power unit output +5 V is not shorted with O V.
Power unit output -15 V is not shorted with O V.
9) Power on and check output voltage (see Item 3.4)
Items
Are the fans in the locker operating?
At the check terminaion master
PCB or control PCB, confirm that
output voltage is within the
ranges at table to the right.
Confirm each output voltage at check
terminaion velocity control unit
P.C.B.
+5 V (C12)
+24 V (C12)
+15 V (C12)
-15 V (C12)
CR15 (+24 V)
CR16 (+15 V)
CRl7 (-15 V)
+4.75
+21.6
+14.25
-14.25
+22
+14.55
-14.55
+5.25 V
- +26.4 V
- +15.75 V
- -15.75 V
- 27 V
- 15.45 V
- -15.45 V
10) Adjustment of velocity control unit (see Item 6.2)

Items
Confirm servo offset
a) Set RV2 on velocity control unit PCB to 50% (for pulse coder feedback).
Set RV2 so that voltage between CR6 and CR3 is within +0.5 V while shorting between CRl and CR3 and between CR2 and CR3.
Note l: When machine moves during adjustment, position deviation error stop
page or drift excessive error will occur. In this case, set
approx. 5000 to in-position width and position deviation limit
value. Af ter adjustment, reset normal data. If the large data is
set to in-position width, automatic drift compensation is not
performed.
Note 2: Don't short CH2 (TSA) and CR3 (O V) or CR2 and CR4 (O V) on
velocity control PCB because hybrid IC on master PCB will be
damaged (This note applies to a system with pulse coder feedback).
- 320 -
4.1
Il) Adjustment af photo Amp. output wave form af tape reader

(Refer to Item 3.5)
Items
Af ter setting endless tape (repeating respectively punching and non-punching),
send the tape by setting switch for MANUAL.
l) With an oscilloscape, measure the waveform at check terminals CRPS an the
photo-amplifier. Adjust it so that the ON/OFF timing ratio is 6:4 by RVl
(SP).
2) Measure the waveform between check terminals CRl and CR8 on the photoamplifier using oscilloscope, and find the channe l where the ON time
width is the shortest.
3) Measure the waveform where the ON time width is the shortest between CRl
and CR8 and compare it with the waveform of CRPS. Adjust so that the
timing indicated below is obtained by RV2.
4) Confirm that the waveforms CRl and CR8 satisfy the timing in the diagram
below.
ON
CHPS waveform
ON:OFF=6:4
Shortest ON width
measured between
CHl and CH8
IJ~bove
~OOjlS
.J
r----;----ON
'----_I
I. ~
Above
300jls
------------OFF
Note) Names of check terminal and variable res is tor for tape reader
(A13B-0070-BOOl) are changed as below.
CRPS ~ S, CRl ~ CR8 ~ l ~ 8, CRG + OV, RVl + SP, RV2 + right side volume
of SP.
12) Confirm interface signal between NC and machine side
Items
Refer to the self-diagnostic function table (see Item 3.7).
13) Setting and confirmation should be made for each parameter and setting data
Items
Refer to the parameter table (refer to Item 5.3).
Set parameter ADR (PRH, 1800, O bit) to "l".
Set parameter PSF (Parameter No. 1802) to O for a resolver or an inductosyn.
14) Turn off the power supply
15) Connect the motor power line
Open S23 Ior M series servo.
Set SlO to H side for AC servo.

- 321 -
4.1
16) Turn an the power supply

Items
I f an alarm oc curr ed ;: take corrective action according to the alarm list.
The motor rotates more or less simultaneously when MCC of the velocity
control unit was turned on, but i t is soon reset due to the function of the
automatic drift compensating function. Then, the motor does not rotate
even when the power supply is turned on and off. Repeat the power on/off
operation and emergency stop several times and make sure that the motor
does not rotate.
17) Examine the movement of each axis by manual feed
Items
Try moving each axis every 10 ~m by the manual pulse feed or incremental
feed. Check to see if the machine normaIly follows up the movement.
Operate the limit switches mounted on the machine while moving each axis
with low override by manual JOG feed; make sure that the machine stops
moving securely when an overtravel alarm was detected.
Mave each axis while changing the override by manual JOG feed and manual
rapid traverse. Make sure that none of the alarms such as excessive error,
etc. , appear even at the maximum feed rate.
18) Adjust the serve system
Items
Operate each axis by F4 digit feed in MDI mode, and check the positional
deviation amount by the CRT/MDI unit at this time (DGN No. 3000). Obtain
the position gain from the feed rate and positional deviation amount by the
folIowing equation:
F: Feed rate (nnn/min) (0.1 in/min), (deg/min)
16.7F
E: Positional deviation amount (0.001 nnn), (0.0001 in), (0.01 deg)
G = E
G: Position gain (sec -l) (standard: 30 sec- 1)
Adjust the position gain to be less than +10% of the aimed value by turning
variable resistor (F/V converter voltage compensation) RV4 (in case of M
series servo) or RV3 (in case of AC servo) of the velocity control unit PCB.
The difference among axes should be within 1%. (Take the initial positional
deviation amount into due consideration.)
Perform standard setting and adjustment of the inductosyn, resolver interface PCB, re ferring to Subsec. 6.1.6.
- 322 -
4.2
19) Confirm that all functions af NC are able to operate
normally~
Items
Perform a reference point return.
Perform setting af grid shift amount. This performance will become
effective only af ter power is turned oH and an again. Confirmation
is required.
Running is made by the test tape being made to match the machine.
4.2 Connection of Power Transformer

4.2.1
Tap change of control power transformer
A control power transformer is required when the input power supply is other
than 200 VAC 50/60 Hz or 200 VAC 60 Hz.
This transformer can be instalied in the free-standing type cabinet and 12
series built-in type cabinet only.
As a power transformer is mounted in the
machine tool when the other type cabinets are used, refer to the manual issued
by the machine tool builder.
Check the transformer tap, and confirm that the voltage (at the NC power supply
terminal) is within +10% and -15% of the tap voltage. If the voltage is outside
this range, the tap must be changed.
o
,..--"C:::::::l
......+-~il
550
480
460
440
415
380
240
230
A
200
B
---_~:~~~::~~!~c O
220EJ-
-------
Tap connection for 380 VAC

4.2.2 Connection af M series servo power transformer
l) Primary connections
a) For power transformers MA
MC (for Japan)
Power voltage
Connection of transformer primary terminals
200 V
U-Z, V-4, \\1-6
220 V
U-l, V-3, \\1-5
- 323 -
4.2.2
b) For power transformers MAE
MCE (for countries other. than Japan)
Connection of transformer primary terminals

Connection of power
Short between transformer
cables U, V, VJ
terminals
Power voltage
190 V
(Common to 200 V)
U-3-7, V-U-15, W-19-23
230 V
(Common to 220 V)
U-2-6, V-I0-l4, W-18-22
4-8-12-16-20-24
380 V
U-3, V-U, W-19
4-7,12-15,20-23,8-16-24
420 V (Common
to 415 V, 440 V)
U-3, V-U, W-19
4-6,12-14,20-22,8-16-24
460 V
(Common to 480 V)
U-2, V-IO, W-18
4-6,12-14,20-22,8-16-24
U-l, V-9, W-l?
4-5,12-13,20-21,8-16-24
550 V
2) Secondary connections
a) For power transformers MA, MAE
31
32
33
34
35
Transformer
36
MA
42
To Tl(A), (1), (2) af

U - - - - velocity control unit
} for Model DOM
}---
'>-_ _ } To CN2(1),
~2), (3)
af the 1st axis
43
45
u----
46
}----
48
32
33
U----
44
47
31
To Tl (A), (1), (2) af

u---- velo city control unit
} for model OM, 5M
4l
MAE
b) For power transformers MB, MC, MBE,

MCE
To CN2(1), (2), (3)

} af the 2nd axis
n---}
34
35
Transformer
36
MB
42
4l
MC
43
MBE
44
MCE
45
46
52
l)---}
To Tl(A), (1), (2) of

the l st axis
To Tl (A), (1), (2) af

the 2nd and 3rd axis
~}.
to CN2 O), (2), (3)

af the 1st axis
u---}
To CN2 (l), (2), (3)

af the 2nd axis
l>---}
To CN2 (1), (2), (3)

of the 3rd axis
47
To CN2(l), (2), (3)
af the 3rd axis
48
49
49
5l
r---}
51
To CN2(4), (5) af
()-___ } the 1st axis
52
>---)
To CN2 (4), (5) of

the Ist axis
Fig. 4.2.1
Note: The output voltage of the power transformer differs for Mode100M.
(A voltage lower than the voltages for other motors is used.) If the
power transformer for other motors should be connected to the velocity
control unit for Mode100M by mistake, it causes trouble.
Be
particularly careful with connection, accordingly.
- 324 -
4.2.2
3)External dimensions of power transformer

275max
Power
transformer
-/
MA
"5
'"
~
I 50 I
I 50
150
280 max
3
4
5
6
~!!}
220V
200V
220V
200V
::H
I
I
I
220V
200V
H
+
~:n
TOHl
TOH2
~H}
~~n
To 1st axis
CN2
To 3rd axis
CN2
~;~}
To 1st axis
CN2
275V
275V
; ::;~ [1 ~" ~li)

22::3':0':V).:'!I
100230V'1 4
::
19~~; 1~. 19~~ ;' : g---~:;u
i~ ~~~~ ";~ ;;~~
190V :~ 2 30
19 0-----'>.
20
oV
24
Go
II~
190 V "_ I
.
..
oV
I
II
MG
MGE
About 36 kg
Terminal layout of power

transformers MA - MG.
(Screw M4)
For motor
modelOOM
1
2
3
4
5
6
51
52
Connections of power
transformer MAE31 - 36
31 }
32
~
~34}
,
33
~;~
To 1st axis
CN2
~ 5}
::H
To 3rd axis
CN2
:rOH1 o 51}
TOH2 052
To 1st axis
CN2
- - - - - < I~ 6
About 30 kg
*34 -36
To 2nd, 3rd
axis TI
To 2nd axis
CN2
4
444
MB
MBE
For motor
modelOM,5M
*31 - 33
To 1st axis TI
To 2nd axis
CN2
Connection diagram of power

transformer MAE - MCE.
Gonnections of MAE31 - 36
are as shown in the figure
at right.
l
transformer MA31 - 36
~:~)
49
About 20 kg
MAE
Connection diagram of power

transformer MA - MC.
Connections of MA31 - 36
are as shown in the figure
at right.
Weight
For motor
model OM,5M
Formotor
mode100M
*31 -33
To 1st axis TI
*34 - 36
To 2nd, 3rd
axis TI

transformers MAE - MGE.
3
4
9
10
7
8
13
14
15
16
21
11
12
17
18
19
20
'22
23
24
@+
Fig. 4.2.2 (el
- 325 -
31
32
33
34
35
36
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
51
52
4.2.3
4.2.3 Conneetion of AC serve power transformer
Be sure the input tap of the power supply transformer is set according to the
input voltage when connecting the power supply cable to the AC serve unit.
If set incorreetly, the AC servo unit may cause trouble.
l) Primary side connection
Connection of the transformer terminals and power supply cables U, V, and W
must follow the input supply voltage specifications in Tables (a) and (b).
a) For power supply transformers AA, MB and MC for Japan
Table 4.2.3 (a)
Power voltage
Connection of primary-side terminals
200 V
U-2, V-4, W-6
220 V
U-l, V-3, W-S
b) For power supply transformers MBE, and MCE for countries other than Japan
Table 4.2.3 (b)
Power voltage
Connection of primary-side terminals

Connection of power
Short between transformer
cables U, V, W
terminals
190 V
(Common to 200 V)
U-3-7, V-Il-IS, W-19-23
230 V
(Common to 220 V)
U-2-6, V-10-14, W-18-22
4-8-12-16-20-24
380 V
U-3, V-Il, W-19
4-7,12-15,20-23,8-16-24
420 V (Common
to 415 V, 440 V)
U-3, V-Il , W-19
4-6,12-14,20-22,8-16-24
460 V
(Common to 480 V)
U-2, V-IO, W-18
4-6,12-14,20-22,8-16-24
U-l, V-9, W-17
4-5,12-13,20-21,8-16-24
550 V
- 326 -
4.2.3
c) Power transformer AAE, ABE and ACE for Japan andother countries
Table 4.2.3 (c)
Gonnection of primary-side terminals

Connection of power
Short between
cables U, V, W
transformer terminals
Power
voltage
200 V
U-7, V-IS, W-23
8-15, 16-23, 24-7
220 V
U-6, V-14, W-22
8-14, 16-22, 24-6
230 V
U-S, V-U, W-2l
8-13, 16-21, 24-5
240 V
U-4, V-12, W-20
8-12, 16-20, 24-4
380 V
U-6, V-14, W-22
420 V
U-4, V-12, W-20
460 V
U-3, V-U, W-19
480 V
U-2, V-IO, W-18
550 V
U-l, V-9, W-17
Gonnection
type
Delta
connection
8-16, 16-24 or
(8-16-24)
Star
connection
Remarks: If more than one power supply transformer is used, both must be
connected to the tap in the same way.
Also, the connection of
transformer overheat must be done in the same manner.
2) Secondary side connection
a) For power supply transformers
AA and AAE
31 I,
l85V
32
l85V
l20V
33
34
l20V
35
l20V
36
Power
trans-o
formers
AAand
AAE
l8V
41
OV
42
l8V
43
l8V
44
OV
45
l8V
46
l8V
47
DV
48
l8V
49
)
51
52
185V
To Tl (A), (l), (2) af

velocity control unit
for model 3-0 (3000
rpm max) O, and 5
l
}
31
32
33
To Tl(A), (l), (2) af

velocity control unit
for models 4-0 to l-O
'(3-0 is 2000 rpm max)
b) For power supply transformers

MB, MG, MBE MGE, ABE and AGE
To CN2 (l), (2),

af 1st axis
34
35
Power
Trans36
formers
MB,MC,4l
MBE,
42
andMCE
43
ABE and 44
ACE
45
To CN2 (l), (2), (3) o

af 2nd axis
46
47
To CN2 (l), (2), (3) af
3rd axis
48
49
51
To CN2 (4), (5) af

1st axis
52
l
l
l
? l
'"
l
l85V
l85V
To Tl (A), (1), (2) af 1st axis
185V
l85V
185V
l85V
To Tl (A), (l), (2) af 2nd axis,

3rd axis
l8V
DV
l8V
To.CN2 (l), (2), (3) af 1st
aXlS
l8V
OV
l8V
;(
l8V
OV
'"
'"
To CN2 (l), (2) (3) af

2nd axis
To CN2 (l), (2), (3) af

3rd axis
l8V
To CN2 (4), (5) af

} 1st axis
Note: The models 4-0 to l-O motors use a relatively low power supply
transformer voltage.
If the higher voltage used for the other
models is applied to the velocity control unit for Models 4-0 to
l-O, it will cause an error.
- 327 -
4.2.3
3) Motors and power transformers used for each.axis

Table 4.2.3 (d)
1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
Power
transformer
Models 4-0,3-0, Models 4-0,3-0, Models 4-0,3-0, Transformer AA

2-0
2-0
2-0
(AAE)
(1.5 kVA)
Models 4-0,3-0, Models 4-0,3-0, Model 5
2-0
2-0
Models 4-0,3-0, Models 1-0,0
2-0,1-0
Models 4-0,3-0, Model 5
2-0,1-0,
Model 5
Model 5
Models 5, 10
Model 10
Models 20, 30
----------------------- ---------------------------------- ------------
Model 5
Model 5
Model 5
Models 20, 30
Model 30R
Model 5
Model 10
Remarks
Models 4-0, 3-0
(2000 rpm max),
2-0, l-O, and
use transformer output
terminals 34,
35, 36, while
Models 3-0
(3000 rpm max)
and 5 use
transformer
output terminals 31, 32,
33.
Transformer MB
(MBE, ABE)
(2.5 kVA)
Transformer MC
(MCE, ACE)
(5 kVA)
See Note.
Note: Two or more transformers MC, MCE, or ACE, become necessary according to
the load conditions in the case of Models 10, 20, 30 x 3 axis.
- 328 -
4.2.3
4) Connections in the power supply transformer

Connections for power supply
transformers AA, MB, and MC
(Connection for 31-36 of AA
is as shown at right.)
l
2
220V
200V
c>-"-'----!lIII
220V
200V
I
I
I"
amE
!:
35
33
36
~::
~ 46

supply transformers AA,
MB, and MC.
185V
8 5 V 31
185V 32
33
1 2 0 V 34
120V 35
120V 36
I----o::~
220V
200V
5
6
Connections for power

supply transformers AA
31 to 36.
TOH1
::~
49
G~ (TOH2:~~
Models for countries other than Japan

Connections for power supply
transformers MBE, and MCE.
(Connection for 31-36 of
MAE is as shown at right)
l
2
3
275V
230V
190V
OV
4
275V
9
10 230V
11 190V
OV
275V
5
230V
6
190V
7
DV
8
~_ 275V
1
l 4 230V
190V'
l
~,
OV
I
I
I
I
"'
l 275V
2...230 V
3 190V
20
OV
I
I
36-
::i
I
I
I>
:::
Goo---i
..
32
35
33
a==:
~
I ::~
~~
transformer MAE
31 to 36.
~!

supply transformers MBE
and MCE.
31
31
32
33
34
35
36
32
33
34
35
36
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
:rOH1 051
TOH2 052
@)+
- 329 -
51
52
4.2.3
Connection of power supply transformer

AAE.
1851
~
4801
O-----f!
4601
0---'-------:lEj '240\
~301
60-
300, '220 \
2001
1:, ,
O
1851
185\
5501
10
415/2401
12
2301'
13
38U/220\
14
15
200V
OV
16
5501'
17
18
4801'
4601
19
415/2401
20
23U V
21
380/2201'
22
03:2
:J3
34
033
36
41
13
1201
D
I
I
I
4601
11
31
32
35
l~OV
4801
031
8
l zo 1
Ol
Terminal layout of power supply

transformer AAE.
ISY
Ol'
18\
181'
Ol'
18\
18\'
Ol'
18 V
034
035
036
14
10
4~
1::-.
11
43
44
16
1~
21
li
.Ei
22
18
46
23
19
1i
24
20
Cl
~ :~
~ ::
.;,.
48
49
51
52
;::
2001
23
'1'011 1
Ol'
24
051
~12
......---o 52
I
GO
riT
..L
Terminal layout of power supply

transformers ABE and ACE.
Connection of power transformers

ABE and ACE.
550\'
31
4801'
32
4601'
1851'
415/240V
2301'
34
3BO/220V
4801'
10
4601'
11
415/2401'
12
2301'
13
380/2201'
14
15
2001'
~
Ol'
16
17
5501'
~
4801'
IB
4601'
19
415 /2401'
20
21
22
2301'
380, 220 l'
185V
33
UC'"
IBI'
I
I
I
OV
34
7
8
35
Ol'
IBI'
IB V
Ol'
IBI'
181'
OV
IBI'
TOH
13
14
42
11
12
15
16
43
44
21
45
. 46
19
20
22
23
24
+-
~ :;
36
41
10
17
18
47
48
49
51
52
~ ::
45
~ 47
::
200\'
23
24
5501'
35
Ol'
33
2
4
9
2001'
~---.~...--o 31
051
~JH2
~52
00>--------.1
- 330 -
5.
5. PARAMETER
5.1
5.1.1
Parameter Display
Displaying parameters other than pitch error compensation data
1) Press the 'SERVICE' software key followed by the 'PARAM' software key. The
parameter screen appears.
2) Enter the data number of the parameter to be displayed and press the 'IMP-NO'
software key. Instead of entering a data number, the required parameter can
be displayed using the cursor or the page key.
5.1.2 Displaying pitch error compensation data
1) Press the 'SERVICE' software key followed by the 'PITCR' software key. The
parameter screen appears.
2) Enter the data number of the parameter to be displayed and press the 'IMP-NO'
software key. Instead of entering a data number, the required parameter can
be displayed using the cursor or the page key.
5.2 Parameters Setting
5.2.1
Parameter tape format
1) Format of parameter tape except pitch error compensation data

Parameters are classified into the folIowing based on data formats:
Data format
Bit type
Bit axis type
Byte type
Byte axis type
Word type
Word axis type
2-word type
2-word axis type
Data range
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Remarks
or 1
or 1
- +127
- +127
- +32767
- +32767
- +99999999
- +99999999
Note 1) Independent data can be specified for each control axis ifaxis types
are used.
Note 2) Data ranges are general ranges. Data ranges vary based on parameters.
See the explanation af each parameter for more information.
a) Bit type parameter tape format
N
P
N
The data number is a 4-digit numeric value folIowing N (A positive
integer)
P
Parameter value (O, l) is given as an 8-digit numerical value
folIowing P.
A data number contains 8 bit-type parameters.
Parameter bit O is stored in the first digit and parameter bit 7 is
stored in the 8th digit. (positive integer)
End of block (LF in ISO code or CR in EIA code)
Note 1) Address N and P should be specified in the arder described above.
Note 2) Leading zeros can be omitted.
Example:
NOOOO POOOlOOOl; ar NO PlOOOl;
- 331 -
5.2.1
b) Bit axis type parameter tape format
A
N
~he data number is a 4-digit numeric value folIowing N (A positive
integer)
An axis number (l - 15) (A positive integer)
Parameter value (O, 1) is given as an 8-digit numerical value
folIowing P.
A data number contains 8 bit-type parameters.
Parameter bit O is stored in the first digit and Parameter bit 7 is
stored in the 8th digit.
(positive integer)
End of block (LF in ISO code or eR in EIA code)
Note l) Address N, A, and P should be specified in the order described above.
Example:
N0012 Al POOOOOll; or N12 Al PlI;
N0012 A2 POOOOOlO; or N12 A2 PIO;
N0012 A3 POOOOOIO; or Nl2 A3 PIO;
The parameters of various axes can be specified in one block as follows:
Nl2 Al PlI A2 pal A3 pal;
c) Byte type parameter tape format
N
P
N
~he data number is a 4-digit numeric value folIowing N (A positive
integer)
P
Parameter value is given as a numerical value folIowing P.
(An
integer)
Valid data range depends on the parameters.
Note l) Address N and P should be specified in the order described above.
Example:
N2010 PlOO;
d) Byte axis type parameter format
A
p
A __ P __ ;
e)
f)
g)
h)
The data number is a 4-digit numeric value folIowing N (A positive

integer)
A
An axis number (l - 15) (A positive integer)
P
Parameter value is given as a numerical value folIowing P.
Specific data range s vary according to parameters.
Note l) Address N, A, and P should be specified in the order described above.
Example:
Nl020 Al P88;
NI020 A2 P89;
NI020 A3 P90;
The parameters of various axes can be specified in one block as follows:
N020 Al P88 A2 P89 A3 P90
Word-type parameter tape format
Same as the byte-type parameter tape format.
Word-axis type parameter tape format
Same as the byte-axis type parameter tape format.
2-word type parameter tape format
Same as the byte-type parameter tape format.
2-word type parameter tape format
Same as the byte-axis type parameter tape format.
- 332 -
5.2.2
Example of a parameter (except pitch error compensation data) tape:
%;
NO PI;
N3 PO;
NlO PIO;
Nll PO;
2) Pitch error compensation data tape format

N
P
,
N
---S-digit numeric value (10000+ pitch error compensation point number)
af ter N (positive integer)
P
Pitch error compensation value af ter P (An integer)
Valid data range is -7 - 7.
Note) Address N and P should be in the order described above.
Example of pitch error compensation data tape (ISO code)
%;
NlOOOO
NlOOOl
Nl0002
Nl0003
Nl0004
PI;
P4;
P-7;
P-3;
P2;
%
5.2.2 Setting parameters using parameter tape
l)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
Put the system into MDI mode or emergency stop status.

Press the software key 'SETTING' to select the setting screen.
Enter 8000.
Press the software key 'INP-NO. '; data number 8000 parameter is displayed.
Enter l and press the 'INPUT' software key. PWE=l is shown and parameters
can now be specified. NC enters an alarm status.
Press the function menu key and the soft key is changed over to the function
selection key.
Press the 'SERVICE' software key and then press the 'PARAM' software key to
select a screen.
Mount the parameter tape on the tape reader.
Press the software key 'READ' and then software key 'ALL'. The parameter
tape is read and parameters are set.
Temporarily turn NC power off.
5.2.3 Setting from MDI
l) Put the screen into MDI mode or emergency stop status.

2) Press the software key 'SETTING' to select the setting screen.
3) Enter 8000.
4) Pres s the software key 'INP-NO. '; data number 8000 parameter is displayed.
5) Enter l and press the 'INPUT' software key.
PWE=l is shown and parameters
can now be specified. NC enters an alarm status.
6) Press the function menu key and the saft key is changed over to the function
selection key.
- 333 -
5.3
7) Pres s the 'SERVICE' software key and then press the 'PARAM' software key to
select a screen.
8) Enter the data number of the parameter to be set and press the 'INP-NO.'
software key. The screen for the parameter to be set will be displayed.
9) Enter the data to be set and press the 'INPUT' software key; the entered
data is assigned . Data can be continuously input from the selected data
number by delimiting data '; '.
Example:
If 10; 20; 30; 40 are entered and the software key 'INPUT' is pressed, 10,
20, 30, and 40 are sequentially assigned to the parameters starting with
the parameter indicated by the cursor.
10) Repeat steps 7), 8) and 9).
Il) Af ter parameters are established, set O to the parameter PWE of data number
8000 to inhibit further parameter setting.
12) Reset the NC and re lease the alarm 'Parameters can be established' If the
alarm 'A parameter which requires to turn NC power to be temporarily turne d
off has been established' appears, turn NC power off.
5.3
Parameter Tape Punch
5.3.1
Punching all parameters
l) Connect a punch unit to the I/O interface.
2) Put the system into EDIT mode.

3) Press the 'SERVICE' software key and then press the 'PARAM' software key to
select a screen.
4) Pres s the 'PUNCR' software key followed by the 'ALL' software key and all af
the parameters will be punched.
5.3.2 Punching the parameters except pitch error compensation data

3) Press the 'SERVICE' software key and then press the 'PARAM' software key to
select a screen.
4) Press the 'PUNCR' software key followed by the 'PARAM' software key and
parameters (except the pitch error compensation data) are punched.
5.3.3 Punching pitch error compensation data

3) Press the 'SERVICE' software key and then press the 'PITCR' software key to
select a screen.
4) Press the 'PUNCR' software key followed by the 'PITCR' software key and
parameters an the pitch error campensation data are punched.
- 334 -
5.4
5.4
Parameters
Parameters are specified by type of function as follows.

For details,
10/11/12/100/110/120 series operator's manual (Appendix) (B-S4810E)
see
Parameter list
l) Parameter related to setting
Parameter No.
Contents
0000
TV check is performed or not.

TV check is performed or not during control out.
ISO code is with pari ty bit or not.
Method of punching EOB by ISO code.
Punch code is ISO or EIA.
0010
Input unit is by metric or inch.

Single block stop in custom macro is performed or not.
OOll
08000
08000
0012
'\;
'\;
08999 programs can be edited or not .

08999 programs are displayed on executing.
Mirror image aN/OFF.

Each axis scaling Validity/lnvalidity.
0020, 0021
Input device No. for foreground.
0022, 0023
Input device No. for background.
2) Parameter related to timer

Parameter No.
Contents
OlDO
Timer l (Accumulated power on hour ) ,
0101
Timer 2 (Accumulated automatic operation hour).
0102
Timer 3 (Accumulated automatic operation hour).
3) Parameters related to axis control

Parameter No.
Contents
1000
In-position and interlock condition.
1002
Linear axis detection unit.
1004
Each axis set ting unit.

Input unit is multiplied by 10 or not.
1005
Setting related to reference point return.

External deceleration signal, machine lock, and axis detach
signal are valid or invalid.
- 335 -
5.4
Parameter No.
Contents
1006
Setting inch/metric conversion is required or not.

Setting machine coordinate system for stroke check and
automatic reference point return. _
Setting machine coordinate system for stored pitch error
compensation.
Axis movement amount is specified by diameter or radius.
Specifying manual reference point return direction.
1020
Program axis name af each ax i s ,
1021
Axis number in parallel axis.
1022
Specifying each axis in basic coordinate system.
1023
Servo axis number af each axis.
1030
2nd auxiliary function command address.
1031
Standard axis.
4) Parameters related to coordinate system

Parameter No.
Contents
1220
Each axis external work zero point offset value.
1221
Work zero point offset value af work coordinate system 1-
1222
Work zero point offset value af work coordinate system 2.
1223
1224
1225
Work zero point offset value of work coordinate system 5.
1226
Work zero point offset value of work coordinate system 6.
1240
Coordinate value af the 1st reference point in the machine

coordinate system.
1241
Coordinate value af the 2nd reference point in the machine

coordinate system.
1242
Coordinate value of the 3rd reference point in the machine

coordinate system.
1243
Coordinate value af the 4th reference point in the machine

coordinate system.
1260
Movement value af rotary axis per rotation.
- 336 -
5.4
5) Parameters related to feed rate

Parameter No.
Contents
1400
Dry run is valid or invalid for rapid traverse command.

Dry run is valid or invalid for thread cutting command.
Manual rapid traverse is valid or invalid from reference
point return af ter power on.
Skip function feed rate.
Positioning is by non-linear interpolation type or linear
interpolation type.
2nd feed rate override is valid or invalid.
1401
External deceleration invalid for all feeds or only for

rapid traverse.
1410
Dry run rate.
1412
Percentage to rapid traverse override Fl.
1413
Manual handle feed allowable flow.
1414
Magnification n of manual handle feed.
1420
Rapid traverse rate of each axis.
1421
Fo-rate for each axis rapid traverse override.
1422
Maximum cutting feed rate of each axis.
1423
Jog feed rate of each axis.
1424
Manual reference point return FM rate of each axis.
1425
Manual reference point return FL rate of each axis.
1426
External deceleration rate for cutting feed.
1427
External deceleration rate at rapid traverse of each axis.
1428
Feed rate of skip function.
6) Parameter related acceleration/deceleration control

Parameter No.
Contents
1600
Rapid traverse acceleration/deceleration is by linear or

exponential.
1620
Linear type rapid traverse acceleration/deceleration time

constant of each axis.
1621
Linear type rapid traverse acceleration/deceleration FL

rate of each axis.
I
1622
Cutting feed acceleration/deceleration constant time of

each axis.
- 337 -
5.4
Contents
Parameter No.
1623
Cutting feed acceleration/deceleration FL rate of each axis.
1624
Jog fe ed acceleration/deceleration constant time of each

axis.
1625
Jog feed acceleration/deceleration FL rate of each axis.
1626
Chamfering time constant at thread cutting cycle of each

axis.
1627
FL rate at thread cutting cycle of each axLs ,
1628
Exponential type rapid traverse acceleration/deceleration

time constant of each axis.
1629
Exponential type rapid traverse acceleration/deceleration

FL rate of each axis.
1630
Parameter l to establish linear acceleration/deceleration

prior to interpolation.
1631
Parameter 2 to establish linear acceleration/deceleration

prior to interpolation.
7) Parameter related to servo

Parameter No.
Contents
1800
Automatic drift compensation is performed or not.

Servo alarm occurs or not when velocity control ready
signal (VRDY) turns on before position control ready signal
turns on.
Follow-up is performed or not during servo-off.
1802
Automatic setting of phase shift value has completed or not.

Servo off signal is valid or invalid.
1810
Feed back pulse frequency is checked or not.

Setting of compensational rate of backlash and pitch error
compensation.
Position control LSI is checked or not at turning on power.
Feed back pulses of pulse coder is monitored or not.
1815
Position detective method is by digital feed back or analog

feed back.
1816
Setting of reference counter capacity.

Setting of detective multiplier.
1820
Command multiplier (CMR) of each axis.
1825
Servo loop gain of each axis.
1826
Loop gain multiplier of each axis.
1827
In-position width of each ax i s ,
- 338 -
5.4
Parameter No.
Contents
1828
Position deviation limit value at serve off of each axis.
1829
Position deviation limit value at stoppage of each axis.
1830
Position deviation limit value at serve off at each axis.
1831
Lowest clamp value of velocity command value of each axis.
1832
Feed stop position deviation of each axis.
1833
Position detector phase shift value of each axis.
1834
Drift compensation amount of each axis.
1835
Number of pulse per pulse coder one rotation.
1850
Grid shift amount of each axis.
1851
Backlash compensation of each axis.
1890
Feed back pulse check move distance of each axis.
8) Parameter related to DI/DO

Parameter No.
Contents
2000
Resetting signal (RST) is always output or only when

reset button on MDI panel is pressed.
Rewinding signal (RWD) is output only when tape reader
is rewinded or when either tape reader or program in memory
is rewinded.
Cycle start lamp signal (STL) is output or not during
operation by manual numeric command.
Cycle start lamp signal is output or not when programs are
registered by cycle start signal in tape editting mode.
Cycle operating signal (OP) is turned on or not at
searching for sequence number.
MDI mode can be started or not by pressing start but ton on
the panel.
Programs are registered by cycle start signal in tape
editing mode or not.
2001
Reset or alarm is effective at emergency stop.

If all of the mode selection signal turn off, no mode is
assumed or the previously selected mode is assumed.
Incremented fe ed amount is specified by magnification
specification signals MP1, MP2 and MP3,
Rapid traverse override signal ROV1 and ROV2 has a standard
interface or logical O/l reverse interface.
Selection BMI or FS3/FS6 as machine interface.
Selection FS3 or FS6 interface.
External operation command signal EF is output or not.
2010
Delay time of strobe signal MF, SF, TF, BF.
- 339 -
5.4
Contents
Parameter No.
2011
Acceptance width of M, S, T and B function completion

signal (FIN).
2014
Mode unselected status ignore time.
2015
Invalid mode selection status ignore time.
2016
Manual feed rate override clamp value.
2020
Software operator's panel (+) direction command button.
2021
Software operator's panel (-) direction command button.
9) Parameter related to MDI/EDIT/CRT

Parameter No.
Contents
2200
All of the programs are loaded at once by external I/O

device next to programs previously loaded or af ter deleting
previous programs.
When program with the same program number as the one aiready
loaded, program can not be loaded by alarm or loaded af ter
deleting previously load ed programs.
M02, M30 and M99 are assumed as program end or not in
program loading.
M99 is assumed as program end in program loading.
Program No. 09000 - 09999 are deleted or not by all program
deleting operation or command.
2201
Program editing of program No. 09000 ~ 09999 is prohibited

or not.
Program No. 09000 - 09999 are displayed or not during
execution.
Single block is stopped or not at the macro statement of
programs 09000 - 09999.
2202
Display on external position display and position display

on CRT are by standard unit or by 10 magnification of
standard unit.
External position display, CRT relative position display
and absolute position display include tool length
compensation value or not.
and absolute position display include tool radius
compensation/tool nose R compensation value or not.
and absolute position display are with considering the
delay at acceleration/deceleration control or not.
and absolute position display are with considering the
delay in serve or not.
Machine position display or CRT is with considering the
delay at acceleration/deceleration control or not.
Machine position display on CRT is with considering the
delay at serve or not.
- 340 -
5.4
Parameter No.
2203
Contents
Machine position display on CRT is by detective unit or
inch/metric unit.
10) Parameters related to programming

Parameter No.
Contents
2400
Decimal point is input by conventional or calculator

method.
Feed per minute F code in metric without decimal point is
processed by l mm/min or 0.1 mm/min unit.
Commands of inch input and metric input are G20/21 or
G70/G71.
Condition setting of M30 at memory operation.
Always dwell per minute or dwell per minute in feed per
minute mode and dwell per revolution in feed per revolution
mode.
G code system selection.
2401
Mode at power turn on and in clear status.
2402
Travel command path for absolute are same as for

incremental or not af ter manual intervention by manual
absolute on.
2410
Arc radius error limit value.
2411
)
2418
M codes l - 8 which do not perform buffering.
2900
Distance between double turrets.
11) Parameters related to Reader/puncher interface

Parameter No.
5001
~
Contents
r/o device No. connected to Reader/puncher interface.
5003
5011
r/o device No. connected to ASR33/44 interface.
5110, 5120,
5130, 5140,
5150, 5160
Reader/puncher device specification number corresponding to

device No. l - 6.
5110, 5121,
5131, 5141,
5151, 5161
Stop bit number of Reader/puncher device corresponding to

device No. l - 6.
5112, 5122,
5132, 5142,
5152, 5162
Band rate corresponding to device No. l - 6.
- 341 -
5.4
12) Parameter related to stroke limit

Contents
Parameter No.
5200
Stored stroke limit inhibited area is in interior or

exterior.
5210
Stored stroke limit is checked or not.
5220
(+) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit l of

each axis.
5221
(-) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit l of

each axis.
5222
(+) direct ion coordinate value of stored stroke limit 2 of

each axis.
5223
(-) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit 2 of

each axis.
5224
(+ ) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit 3 of

each axis.
5225
(-) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit 3 of

each axis.
13) Parameter related pitch error compensation

Parameter No.
Contents
5420
Pitch error compensation number for reference point of each

axis.
5421
Pitch error compensation point number nearest the " - " end
of each axis
5422
Pitch error compensation point number nearest the "+" end

of each axis
5423
Pitch error compensation magnification for each axis.
5424
Interval of pitch error compensation for each axis.
5425
Movement amount per rotation in rotating axis type pitch

error compensation.
- 342 -
5.4
14) Parameters related to inclination campensation (11M/12M)

Parameter No.
5461
Contents
Campensation point number a - d an each axis.
\
5464
5471
Amount af campensation at campensation point number an each

axis.
5474
15) Parameter related to straightness campensation (11M/12M)
Parameter No.
Contents
5481
5482
5483
Axis number af moving axis.
5491
5492
5493
Axis number af campensation axis related to moving axi.s ,
5501
Campensation point number an moving axis.
S
5524
5551
Amount af campensation at campensation point an moving axis.
S
5574
- 343 -
5.4
16) Parameter related to spindle control

Parameter No.
Contents
5600
Voltage polarity of spindle speed analog output.

Gear change system during thread cutting or tapping.
Spindle orientation or gear shift is performed by spindle
orientation signal (SOR).
Spindle speed output is by analog or 12 bit binary output.
5601
Spindle override is valid or invalid.

Spindle override is valid or invalid during thread cutting
or tapping.
When spindle speed command beyond maximum spindle speed,
speed is clamped it maximum speed or an alarm occurs.
Gear select signal output is code output or signal output
corresponding to gear selection.
SF signal is output or not when gear select signal is
output.
SF signal is output when gear select signal is output
or when S code is commanded.
Type of spindle speed analog output/spindle speed binary
output.
Gear selection on the machine side.
5602
Spindle stop signal (SSTP) input type.

One of gear select signal and BCD S code is output or
both of them are inputted.
Gear select signal input type.
Alarm of spindle velocity control unit in checked or not.
Tool position offset amount is excluded or not from the
preset position of constant surface speed controlled axis.
Tool length compensation amount is excluded or not from the
preset position of constant surface speed controlled axis.
Present position or end point coordinate value is used in
positioning command during constant surface speed control.
Speed arrival signal is used or not.
5603
Gear select condition for 3/6 interface.

Position coder disconnection is checked or not.
5610
Gear ratio of spindle to position coder.
5611
Sampling number for finding the moving average of spindle

speed.
5612
Spindle speed unit generated by BMI.
5613
Offset voltage compensation value of spindle speed analog

output.
5614
Gain adjusting data of spindle speed analog output.
5615
Spindle speed during spindle gear shift.
5616
Time upto new spindle speed af ter spindle gear select

signal is output.
- 344 -
5.4
Parameter No.
Contents
5617
Spindle speed during spindle orientation.
5618
Minimum clamp speed of spindle motor.
5619
Maximum clamp speed of spindle motor.
5620
Time for checking the speed arrival signal.
5621
Maximum spindle speed corresponding to gears.
5628
Spindle speed at each gear switching point during tapping
and thread cutting.
5631
~
5637
5640
Axis number of constant surface speed.
5641
Minimum spindle speed "at gear during constant surface speed

control.
)
5648
17) Parameter related to tool compensation

Parameter No.
Contents
6000
New offset value is valid af ter the next block where D or H

code is specified or valid af ter the next block.
Tool position compensation is specified by D code or H code.
Tool position compensation is effective or not for arc
cornmand.
Axis selection for tool length compensation.
Tool length compensation vector can be cleared by res et or
not.
Offset number of tool position offset is specified by low
order two digits or by low order one digit of the T code.
Condition to execute tool position offset.
6001
Start up type of tool R compensation or tool nose R

compensation.
Condition of interference check of tool R compensation or
tool nose R compensation.
Tool position campensation geometry offset is performed
shifting work coordinate system ar by moving the tool.
Tool wear offset af tool position compensation is performed
by shifting work coordinate system ar moving the tool.
Offset number specifying method af geometry and wear in
tao l position campensation.
Offset state when tool number O is specified.
- 345 -
5.4
Parameter No.
Contents
6002
Set ting af offset amount unit.

Tool position campensation amount is specified by diameter
or radius value.
Position recode signal (PRC) is used ar not when toa l
position offset amount is inputted directly.
6010
Limit value to ignore small movement amount created by tool

R campensation.
6011
Denominator constant by three-dimensional tool offset.
18) Parameters related to canned cycle

Parameter No.
Contents
6200
Selection af drilled axis in canned cy c Le ,

Dwell command is valid ar not by P in canned tapping cycle.
Tool return direction and movement amount in canned fine
boring cycle and canned back boring cycle af ter spindle
orientation.
Movement to drilling point in canned cycle is done by rapid
traverse ar by linear interpolation.
Initial level point is changed ar not when origin setting is
above by reset ar MDI during canned cycle.
G80 and G81 are specified by canned cycle ar external
operation command.
6201
Spindle control in canned cycle is performed ar not by M

code.
MOS is output ar not when spindle rotation direction is
changed.
FFIN signal ar FIN signal which corresponds to SSP signal
and SRV signal.
FMF signal is output ar not af ter returning to R point
ar initial point when SSP and SRV are output.
FMF signal is output ar not when SSP and SRV are output.
6202
Cut ting cycle is performed ar not at the block which has no

movement command during signal cutting cycle mode.
Finishing workpiece is performed ar not at the end af
roughing cycle.
Override can be applied ar not to infeed during roughing
cycle.
6210
Return amount af canned cycle G73.
6211
Clearance amount af canned cycle G83.
6212
Chamfering amount af thread cutting cycle.
6213
Chamfering angle af thread cutting cycle.
6214
Overcutting override value af roughing cycle.
- 346 -
5.4
Parameter No.
Contents
6215
Retract amount in roughing cycle.
6216
Clearance amount in rough cutting cycle.
6217
Return amount in peck cycle.
6218
Minimum cutting amount in thread cutting cycle.
6219
Finish allowance in thread cutting cycle.
6220
Number of spark-out in thread cutting cycle.
6240
Tool retract direction af ter G76, G87 orientation.
19) Parameter related to scaling and coordinate system rotation

Parameter No.
Contents
6400
Designation of angle of coordinate system rotation.
6410
Magnification of scaling.
6411
Angle of coordinate system rotation.
20) Parameter related to automatic corner override

Parameter No.
Contents
6610
Minimum reduction ratio at circle internal cutting speed.
6611
Effective angle for internal corner automatic override.
6612
Reduction ratio at internal corner automatic override.
6613
Deceleration distance to the end point for internal corner

automatic corner override.
6614
Deceleration distance from the start point for internal

corner automatic corner override.
21) Parameter related to one directional positioning

Parameter No.
6820
Contents
One directional positioning and approach amount.
- 347 -
5.4
22) Parameter related to custom macro

Parameter No.
Contents
7000
Custom macro is called or not by T, S and B codes.

Custom common valiables 11/100 - #199 are cleared or not by
reset.
7010
EIA code which represents
is set by hole pattern.
7011
7012
EIA code which represents tf is set by hole pattern.
7013
7014
7050
G code for calling the custom macro of program No. 9010

9019.
'IJ
M code for calling the custom macro of program No. 9001

9009.
'IJ
5
7059
7071
S
7079
23) Parameters related to skip function

Contents
Parameter No.
7211
Feedrate of skip function.
7214
24)
Contents
Parameter No.
7311
Measurement feedrate with tool measurement l - 3.
S
7313
7321
Y value of tool measurement l - 3.
7323
7331
~
7333
Evalue of tool measurement l - 3.
- 348 -
5.5
25) Parameter related to service

Parameter No.
Contents
8000
Parameters set ting which can not be specified by setting

input are forbidden or allowed.
CRT screen is automatically changed or not to the error
message screen when an error is caused.
When parameter PWE is l, an error is indicated or not.
8010
When power is turned off, parameter at data number 8000 is

set to O or maintained.
5.5 PMC Data Setting and Display (PCPRM)
Parameters of timer, counter, keep relay, data table, and positioning module are
set and displayed from CRT/MDI unit.
For this operation, depress soft key l PCPRM of PC basic menu to bring up the
folIowing menu.
TIMER
mUNTER
I KEEPRL
DATA
POS
In case of PMC-I, NC must be set to the MDI mode or emergency stop status for
data setting.
5.5.1
Timer setting and display
The variable timer time is set and displayed. If timer screen does not appear,
depress I TIMER I soft key to bring up the timer screen.
Timer No.
(l - 40)
__
--t_ _-=.T=IMER
001
002
DATA
2000
10000
016
DATA
1000
015
030
NO
Fig.5.5.1
NO
Timer screen
- 349 -
5.5.2
~
catl.ons
Timer
No.
Minimum
setting time
50 ms
l - 8
Maximum
Setting time
1638.3 sec
8 ms
9 - 40
262.136 sec
l) Setting and display from CRT!MDI unit
CD
For timer setting in the case of PMC, set NC to MDI mode or emergency
stop status, and turn on the NC parameter for writing parameters (Data
No. 8000, P~v). This operation is not required for display.
(]) Display the timer screen (see Fig. 5.5.1) by depressing the I PCPRM I soft
key of PMC basic menu.
Bring data of necessary timer No. on the screen by depressing page key
[J. Stop
and subsequent steps are required for timer setting.
Set the cursor to the setting point on the screen by the cursor key
operation.
The timer is set by depressing l INPUT key af ter entering timer data by
numeric keys.
For subsequent data setting, repeat the operation,
starting with step
Af ter setting timer data, turn off the NC parameter for writing
parameters. Depress ~ key to return to the PMC basic menu.
CD
CD.
UD
5.5.2 Counter setting and display
Set and display the pres et values and integrated values of the counter.
If
counter screen does not appear, depress l COUNTR l soft key to bring the counter
screen.
r- Preset
value
-Integrated value
r----------------I-------+--~~
_ -+---,=C:.;::O-;;:;
UNTER
Counter No.
NO
(l - 20)
Ol
02
03
ADD1\ESS
COO
PRESET
26520
1200
C04
C08
CURRENT
1120
O
O
15
Fig.5.5.2 Counter screen
l) Setting and display from CRT!MDI panel
CD
Af ter changing a menu by depressing I PCPRM I soft key of PMC basic menu,
depress I COUNTR I soft key to bring the counter screen. (See Fig. 5.5.2).
(]) Display data of necessary counter number by depressing page key [1]. The
operation in
and subsequent steps are required for setting counter
data.
CD
- 350 -
5.5.3
Set NC to MDI mode (emergency stop status in case of PMC-I).

Set key
signal KEY4=1 in case of BMI interface.
Set KEY=l for an interface
corresponding to FS3 or FS6.
Set the cursor to the setting point an the screen by using the cursor
key.
The counter is set by depressing I INPUT l key af ter entering counter data
by numeric keys. For setting subsequent data, repeat the operation
starting with step
Af ter setting counter data, depress ~ key to return to the PMC basic
menu.
5.5.3 Setting and display of keep reiay and nonvolatile memory control data
Set the display keep relay and nonvolatile memory control data.
I f keep relay
screen is not displayed, depress
KEEPRL
saft key to bring the keep relay
screen.
KEEP RELAY
NO
ADDRESS
Ol
KOO
02
KOl
DATA
10100011
00011100
15
K14
11000101
Fig. 5.5.3 Keep relay screen
l) Setting and display of keep relay

For data setting in the case of PMC-I, set NC to the MDI mode or
emergency stop status and turn on the NC parameter for writing
parameters. This operation is not required for display.
Af ter changing the menu by depressing PCPRM soft key of PMC basic menu,
depress KEEPRL
saft key to display the keep relay screen.
(See Fig.
CD
GU
CD
5.5.3.)
Bring data of necessary keep relay on the screen by depressing page key
The operation in
and subsequent steps are required for setting
the keep relay and nonvolatile memory control data.
Set the cursor to the setting point on the screen by the cursor key
operation.
Set keep relay data by depressing
INPUT key af ter inputting numeric
key s , Perform operation from
for setting subsequent data.
Af ter setting keep relay data, depress ~ key to return to the PMC
basic menu.
2) Setting and display of nonvolatile memory control data
Set and display nonvolatile memory control data in the same way as in setting
and displaying the keep relay.
Nonvolatile memory control data are displayed at No. 17 address K16 on the
keep relay screen and only data of bit 6 and 7 are used.
[J.
- 351 -
5.5.4
5.5.4 Setting and display af data table
If no data table screen is displayed, the data table control data screen (see
Fig. 5.5.4 (a)) appears by depressing the I DATA l soft key of PMC parameter menu.
If correct data are being set as data table control data, data contents (see
Fig. 5.5.4 (b), (c)) of data table 111 are displayed first by depressing page
key, and the data of data table li2, 113, lin are displayed each time page key
is depressed hereafter.
DATA TABLE CONTROL DATA
NO. ADDRESS PARAMETER NO.OF DATA OFFSET SPECIAL TABLE NO.O
-000
DOOOO
- I-3
- I-001
DOO02 00000110
20
2150
O 31520
- I-002
D0010 00000110
O
20000
10
O
- f-003
DOO18 10000000
42
O
550
12300
004
005
'-----.--'
'----v----'
'----v---""
'---v-----'
No. of tables
Table l control data
Table 2 control data
Table 3 control data
Data of table intternal No. O

Special display data
Offset data
No. of data
014
Table parameters
Fig. 5.5.4 (a) Data table control data screen
Table internal
No.
Indicates the number of data table group.
DATA TABLE DATA IIoh1

NO.
ADDRESS
DATA
0000
D0026
12550
120
0001
D0028
0002
D0030
1500
NO.
0015
0014
0029
ADDRESS
DATA
Fig. 5.5.4 (b) Data table data screen
- 352 -
5.5.4
DATA TABLE OF MONITOR #0.04

NO.
ADDRESS
TOOL NO.
MAX.
Ol
D0320
11252
250
02
D0324
14
190
03
D0328
1240
200
AVERAGE
80
62
73
15
Fig. 5.5.4 (c) Monitor data table screen
(Display screen of each data for monitor control MONI (SUB 47

l) Setting and display of data table control dat
Only control data of each data table are displayed in the format shown in
Fig. 5.5.4 (a). Data of data number O are data of the number of data tables.
Only NO. OF DATA column is used for setting the number of data tables. No. l
and subsequent data serve as table control data of each data table.
The folIowing data are set and displayed from the CRT/MDl.
PARAMETER
Table parameter
NO. OF DATA: No. of data (Set the number of tables used in case of No=O
line.)
OFFSET
Offset data
SPECIAL
Special display data
TABLE NO. O: Data of table internal number O
CD
For setting data in the case of PMC-I; set NC to MDI mode or emergency
stop status, set KEY4=1 in the case of BMI interface, or KEY=1 in the
case of FS3 or FS6 interface.
Depress I PCPRM I soft key of PMC basic menu and depress l DATA l soft key
af ter changing the menu.
The data table control screen appears as shown in Fig. 5.5.4 (a).
For displaying the table control data screen af ter No. 15, depress page
key [I] to display the next data.
For data setting, the operations in
and subsequent steps are
required.
Set the cursor to the setting data point by using the cursor key of
CRT/MDI panel.
Depress I INPUT I key af ter setting data by numeric keys.
Data are changed at the designated cursor position.
For setting subsequent data, repeat operation starting with
For setting data table data af ter setting control data, depress page key
to display the data table screen. See 2) in the next paragraph.
To return to the PMC basic menu, depress ~ key.
2) Setting and display of data table
For setting data in the case of PMC-I set NC to MDI mode or emergency
stop status, set KEY4+1 in the case of BMI interface, or set KEY=1 in
the case of interface corresponding to FS3 or FS6.
This operation is not required for data dispaly.
- 353 -
CD
CD
m~8
CD
0.
5.5.5
Depress
DATA
soft key af ter changing the menu by depressing
PCPRN
soft key of PMC basic menu.
The data control data screen shown in Fig. 5.5.4 (a) appears first.
Depress page key to display the data table screen.
See Fig. 5.5.4 (b).
Data of data table lappears on the data table screen.
By depressing page key again, data of table 2 appears. Data tables 3, 4,
.. are sequentially selected, each time page key is depressed.
Display the data table screen of corresponding table.
If 30 or more data table data are present, display the next data by
depressing page keyJ[IJ.
The operations in ~nd subsequent steps are required for data setting.
Set the cursor to the setting data point by using the cursor key of the
CRT/MDI panel.
.
Depress INPUT key af ter setting data by numeric keys.
Data are rewritten at the designated cursor point.
Repeat operation, starting with step
if data are to be set
sequentially.
Af ter setting data table, depress ~ key to return to the PMC basic
menu.
5.5.5 Setting and display of positioning MODULE parameters
Set and display positioning module parameters.

If the positioning module screen
is not displayed, depress ~ saft key to display the screen.
Positioning module No.
(#1, #2, .. sequentially from a module
having a lower input address of PC in
the POS module connected to I/O unit.)
PMC system automatically reserves

parameter area af 66 bytes/unit from
the end of data table.
~~NING.MODULE
PARAMETER :1
Parameter
No.
NO.
Ol
02
03
04
ADDRESS
DDDOO
DOOOO
DDDDO
DOOOO
DOOOO
DOOOO
DOOOO
DOOOO
DATA NO.
ADDRESS
DATA
00000000
Fig.5.5.5 Positioning module parameter screen
Note) When setting a parameter to parameter, No. l, 2, H, M, and L parameters

are set sequentially from the top af the CRT screen.
For H, M, and L parameters, refer to the positioning module in Section V.
- 354 -
5.5.5
l) Setting and display from CRT/MDI panel
Positioning module parameters are classified into bit type and numeric type
according to parameter numbers and entered from CRT/MDI panel in the format.
For details af parameters, refer to Appendix 20.
For setting parameters in the case af PMC-I, set NC to the MDI mode ar
emergency stop status and turn an an NC parameter for writing parameters.
This operation is not required for displaying parameters.
Af ter changing the menu by depressing I PCPRM I saft key af PMC basic menu,
depress ~ saft key to bring the positioning module parameter screen.
(See Fig. 5.5.5.)
Depress page key ~ to bring necessary positioning module No. screen.
The operations in (2) and subsequent steps are required for setting parameters.
Set the cursor to the setting point on the screen by cursor key operation.
Set parameters by depressing I INPUT I key af ter entering data af the
specified format correspoinding to parameter numbers by numeric keys.
For subsequently setting data, repeat operation starting with step
After setting parameters, depress ~ key to return to the PMC basic
menu.
CD
(D.
- 355 -
6.
6.
SETTING AND ADJUSTMENTS ON THE PCBs
6.1
Setting and Adjustments on the Control Unit PCBs
6.1.1
Setting an the control unit PCBs for 10 and 11 series
l) Setting on the analog servo la series master PCB (A16B-1010-0040)

Item
l
Symbols
Description
SEl
TACl
)
TAC3
Set the velocity feedback system when M series servo is used.

This setting is ineffective for AC servo.
FV side when tachogenerator
TG side when tachogen-
is not u sad ,
REVl
REV3
erator is used ,
Set the number of pulses of pulse coder when M series servo

uses the pulse coder. This setting is ineffective if
tachogenerator or AG serva is used.
2000 PUIses~ 3000 pulses
I_'------J_'
Neither 2000 pulses nor3000 pulses shauld be set in case
af 2500 pulses.
- 356 -
6.1.1
Item
Symbols
SUPl
)
SUP3
Description
Set when the speed feedback is ignored due to a minor error.
Set these parts to the standard (not ignored) at a time
other than when vibrations are produced when the motor
stops operating or the like. This setting is ineffective
for AC servo.
Not ignored (standard)
Ignored
~~
c=r=cJ
5
SJl
Sets the ROM capacity of character generator.

Standard setting is 64K (not set)
64K
Not set
256K
Set
...
...
SFl
Used for intracompany test.
2) Setting on the
(A16B-IOIO-0190)
Item
l
digital
servo
10
series
Symbols
ST
Open thi s part without fail.
and
100
series
master
PCB
Description
Not used. Fixed A side.
Standard setting
B
r7l
o=J
3) Setting on the analog servo Il series master PCB (A16B-IOIO-0050)

Item
Symbols
TACl
5
TAC3
Description
Set the velocity feedback system when ri series servo is used.
FV side when tachogenerator
TG side when tachogenerator is used.
is not used.
;
,I
- 357 -
i
i
6.1.1
Item
2
Deseription
Symbols
REVl
REV3
Set the number of pulses of pulse eoder when M series servo

uses the pulse eoder. This setting is ineffeetive if
taehogenerator or AC servo is used.
2000 pulses
3000 pulses
-I
1_----,
A
B
,--~
__I
Neither 2000 pulses nor 3000 pulses should be set in case

of 2500 pulses.
3
SUPl
SUP3
Set when the speed feedback is ignored due to a minor

deviation. Set these to the standard (not ignored) position
at a time other than when vibrations are produeed when
the motor stops operating or the like.
This setting is ineffeetive for AC servo.
Ignored
r=r-
C=I
4) Setting
on the
(A16B-IOIO-0200)
Item
l
digital
servo
Il
series
Symbols
ST
and
110
series
master
Deseription
Not used. Fixed A side.
Standard setting
B
ih
c=c=c:J
5) Setting on the digital servo 10/11 series ROM/RAM PCB (A16B-1211-0280)
Item
l
Deseription
Symbols
STI
Not used.
Fixed A side.
Standard setting
rh
c=r=:r=:J
- 358 -
PCB
6.1.1
6) Setting on the 10 and 11 series connection unit l PCB (A20B-lOOO-0940)

Item
Symbols
Description
Sets to select DC common of STL, SPL, etc. Set this part to B
when PMC is provided or A when PMC is not provided.
Common is outputted
14
t; ~
B
A
24Voutput
7) Setting on the 10 and 11 series 14" color graphic control PCB

(A20B-1000-OSsO)
Item
l
Symbols
SCG
Description
Sets the type of character generator ROM. L (27256) is the
standard setting.
This setting does not apply to edition 06C and subsequent
editions, but does apply to edition No. - OsB.
2764
27256
Standard
?--r-~
cr:=r=J
S
S) Setting on
the analog serve 10 and 11

coder) (A16B-12l0-0430/043l)
Item
l
Symbols
TAC4
TACs
series additional axis PCB
Description
Sets the velocity feedback system when M series serve is used.
When tachogenerator
When tachogenerator
is used.
is not used.
I
I
REV4
REVS
I tS
ti
1
(pulse
II
Sets the number of pulses of pulse coder when M series serve

uses the pulse coder. This setting is ineffective i f
tachogenerator or AC serve is used.
3000 pulses
2000 pulses
I'i
r----1
2
1
..,o
I
Neither 2000 pulses nor 3000 pulses should be set in case of

2500 pulses.
- 359 -
6.1.1
Item
3
Symbols
SUP4
SUP5
Description
Set when the speed feedback is ignored due to a minor
deviation. Set these to the standard (not ignored)
at a time other than when vibrations are produced
when the motor stops operating or the like.
Ignored
Item
Symbols
SH44
SH54
analog
servo
Il
9) Setting on the
(A16B-12l0-0450)
=r-
~.----.L=1
I
series
additional
axis
PCB
(DSCG)
Description
Set toreduce the detection gain in DSCG system only when a
12" rotary inductosyn is used.
Standard
SH45
SH55
Set to increase the detection gain in DSCG system.

set these to standard.
Standard
Normally,
Increased
l'----...,~
1
CI-....J._'
3
SH46
SH56
Set to determine whether the interpolation accuracy is

adjusted.
Interpolation accuracy is
adjusted.
Interpolation accuracy is
not adjusted.
1 -~r-----l
1
c=r::=cJ
- 360 -
6.1.1
10) Setting on the analog servo 11 series DSCG PCB (A16B-1210-0460)

a) Overall the PCB edition No.01A ~ No.03A
Item
Symbols
SPN1X
SPN1Y
SPN1Z
Description
Set to reduce the detection gain in DSCG system only when a
Reduced
Standard
r-----==r
I
~-------,I
SPN2X
SPN2Y
SPN2Z

set standard.
Standard
Increased
~~
SPN3X
SPN3Y
SPN3Z
Normally,
Set the type of position detector.

A
O
O
O
O
O
O
A
6
06
O
O
O
O
O
Resolver
Inductosyn
(Interpolation
accuracy is
fixed.)
- 361 -
O
O
O
O
O
O
B
6
Inductosyn
(Interpolation
accuracy is
variable.)
6.1.1
b) Overall the PCB edition No.04A and subsequent editions

Item
Symbols
SN14
SN24
SN34
Description
Set to reduce the detection gain in DSCG system only when a
Standard
Reduced
-r=
=r
A
SN15
SN25
SN35

Normally, set standard.
Standard
-r=-----,I
Increased
I
o=J
3
SN16
SN26
SN36
Set to determine whether the interpolation accuracy adjustment

is done.
(Set these parts to "not adjusted" for the
resolver. )
Interpolation accuracy
Adjusted
is not adjusted.
1..---l
I
L - .-
o=J
4
SNl7
SN27
SN37
Set the position detector.

B
O
O;
A
5
,O
O
O
ol
Io
Io
ol
Ol
Inductosyn
Resolver
- 362 -
6.1.1
11) Setting an the additional axis + additional memory PCB (A16-1210-0380)

for 10 and 11 series
Item
l
Symbols
TAC4
Description
Sets the velocity feedback system when M series servo is used.
When tachagenerator
is not used.
When tachagenerator
is used.
I
1
REV4
Sets the number af pulses af pulse coder when M series servo

uses the pulse coder. This setting is ineffective if
tachagenerator ar AC servo is used.
2000 pulses
3000 pulses
.-----r==l
?--J
1
Neither 2000 pulses nor 3000 pulses should be set in case af

2500 pulses.
3
SUP4
I
?--i-.--,
1------'---'_1
- 363 -
6.1.2
6.1.2 Adjustment on the control unit PCBs for 10/11/100/110 series
These variable resistors have aiready been ajusted at factory before delivery.
Normally, it is not necessary to adjust them.
l) Adjustment of connection unit power supply
0 01
Adjust the reference voltage IfAIO" to 10+
V by turning VRIl.
-0.00
2) Adjustment of r/o card (Dl - D3) power supply.
0 01
Set the reference voltage "AIO" to 10+
V by turning VRll.
-0.00
3) Adjustment of DSCG (Analog servo IO/Il series)
a) VRll
lst-axis detection gain
4~
3
VR21
2nd-axis detection gain
..'
8
VR31
3rd-axis detection gain
2.
,
l
9
VR41
4th-axis detection gain
VRSl
Sth-axis detection gain
When turning variable resistor clockwise, the gain increases.
For adjusting method, see 6.1.4 l).
b) VR12
X-axis Fmin
VR22
Y-axis Fmin
VR32
Z-axis Fmin
VR42
4th-axis Fmin
VRS2
Sth-axis Fmax
When tuning variable resistor clockwise, Fmin decreases.
For the adjusting method, see 6.1.4 2).
4
5 6
c) VR13
X-axis Fmax
VR23
Y-axis Fmax
~ 7
3
VR33
Z-axis Fmax
2" - 8 .
]'
"9
VR43
4th-axis Fmax
VRS3
Sth-axis Fmax
When turning variable resistor clockwise, Fmax increases.
d) VR14
X-axis inductosyn interpolation accuracy
VR24
Y-axis inductosyn interpolation accuracy
VR34
Z-axis inductosyn interpolation accuracy
VR44
4th-axis indutcosyn interpolation accuracy
VRS4
Sth-axis inductosyn interpolation accuracy
When turning variable clockwise, the sine exci ting component increases.
VRll - 14 are indicated as VRIX - VR4X, VR21 - 24 are indicated as VRly VR4Y, and VR31 - 34 are indicated as VRIZ - VR4Z in DSCG PCB A16B- 1210-0460,
whose overall edition number is 03A or lower.
,6 7
6.1.3 Mounting positions of setting pins/variable resistor on control unit PCBs

for 10/11/100/110 series
l)
2)
3)
4)
S)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
10 series master PCB (A16B-IOIO-0040)

11 series master PCB (A16B-IOIO-00SO)
Connection unit l (A20B-IOO-0940)
r/o card Dl- D3 (A20B-IOOI-0240-0242)
14" color graphic PCB (A20B-IOOO-08S0)
Additional axis PCB (pulse coder) (A16B-1210-0430/431)
Additional axis PCB (Pulse coder) (A16B-1210-0440)
Additional axis PCB (DSCG) (A16B-1210-04S0)
DSCG PCB (A16B-1210-0460)
Additional axis + additional memory PCB (A16B-1210-0380)
- 364 -
/SJl
AI68-'010-0041/
SFt
MADE I N .JAPAN
FANUC
l 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23
CAe
CAN
CAe
CAH
~o I 41 142 143 144 145 l
CAI
t
t
"(J
+
t
G
~-
w
O'
Lil
SEl is mounted here in

edition number-vuj B.
i-1
E
u
o
00
(I
()
I-
1 l~_ 1 -~-~
C
"1"
0-'"1.
t
o
LAl
CAPYL
'j
0'1
"/
en
r..
lur ler)
I t
3
C-A2-
lt8V l - 3
SUl' l ~ 3
..il8
L~
25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30,
3"
32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I
37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41 I 42 1 43 I 44 1 45 I
TAOl
~3
O'
Fig. 6.1.3 (a) Adjusting points on analog servo 10 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0040)
>
ST
FANUC
MADE I N JAPAN
AI6B-IDID-OI9 . ;
CAH
I
CAL
CAS
CAE2
CAB
CAG
CAC
CAM
CAI
re
O O
+i!4
+5
-"
O
+ '5
J
J
D
DD
CF E CDP2 CDP I
VJ
O'
O'
j
C AE I
L1.J L2J
DDU"
DDD
CAP
cl
,,,[?
VC~fDS
A]
~~~
~~~~@~~~~~~@@@@~~
@@~l1EJldJillJ@!JI1l!J~LllJL!!J
Fig. 6.1.3 (b) Digital servo 10/100 series master PCB lA 16B-1010-0190)
0\
FANUC
MADE IN JAPAN
Efi"'UlttlWiil
cos
'"
'.~~":
a., '
r14
t
t
r]CO,~ DCA~'
, C03,
14
2IJ
TEST
CAf.:z
AOO.AXES
CAH
R2.~
A.C.P
BMU
(AF
CPI4A
-,
14
2U
~AIO
-L.:... CAI l
-LLCAI2
PC
JD
~(;"I
CAT
['
OSCG
lI2l 113' fl4l
.,
liSl rj6l r-j71
,--,1241 f25l
r-i.! f27l f2Bl 2ii 'Ja
1J71
321 r331
r3ii lJgl l4Q1
rj5l
CPI4B
'[J
COP2
w
O'
-.J
Cl
r"'"'~)
o (~
"
t (rJo:](~' (f!.~ r'- ~o' r~jD~

f~"U
CVI
"li
...L::LJ"
...L:l_
CV2
CV3
[J" D" D" D"

2lJ
CFI
I'
zo
~'i
CF2 ",
'1
'U
CF3'
20
"I
CA2
l.!2.J
L!1JL!.J@@JillJLBJ@LMJ@JLEjt1ZJ@@
lEJ
@J ~ @J @I
LTh
@J @J LiQj
uu l
//
'l'l\e 1 ~:3
1l,I'V 1<3
SIII'I
~3
Fig. 6.1.3 (c) Adjusting points on analog servo 11 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0050)
ST
4
cos
AI6B-IDID-D2D . /
AXES3 CUi)
"'D 0
AXESI
C"'HZ
AXES2
TEST
CAHI
CAE2
ROM
ACP
"
CA'
C"
BMU
MADE IN JAPAN
FANUC
j
CPI4A
DD
DO,
"
CAI2
C All
L-J
CBRN)
CPI4B
W'
O'
co
CBRN)
CA El
c,p
CAIB
DD
~
~
Q
~
j
-eo
VCMO /,1 D
SA S B
GAZB
Ll.J LLJ L2J ~ ~F~.j UJ LJlJ lJLi llQJ L.!!J lEJ Lili iliJ Il. I!...J L.!1I L.!!!J lflJ @
+5'{)
n O O
@J @1Ml@5V@J'~ @
LllJ L?!!J ~
@J
~ @
39
'4s
~ ~ @J ~L1IJ@LJLl~~@~LJ
Fig. 6.1.3 (d) Digital servo 11/110 series master PCB (A16B-10100200)
0\
6.1.3
IL
f3l l7l f5l f7l f7I f7l t;l r;-;;-J

III ni
rrn
~
j
STI
c:::::::J
(5
co
..,
I~
......
...cO
...
'il
~
CO
Q.
~
j
:aE
te
-:aE
O
te
.........
--...
O
..,.
O
CIl
'"
...
:
Ri
.-J
<:
I::.
...:
c,
...:
....,
Z
.....
C::I
O
<:
2:
A168-j211-028
1/_,
- 369 -
.!.
...tO
.g>
u.
Check pin
(Measure across GI-AlU)
rm l7l IBI f9l

FANUC
COP4 MAOE IN JAPAN
JIl l2l f3I f4I f5l
A20B-1000-094./_
fTOl
rrn
I~I__-\ ~
Ul
IlU
Reference voltage AlU

variable resistor
I~C'-"'-:C'=:J
""""~~~
t
W
--..J
Cl
' - '- i
~
~;
I C05 I
C03
C04
2CO
1
~.
':; ;;
un
[---------------1,
COII
Setting pin
Fig. 6.1.3 (f)
Adjusting points on 10!11 series connection unit 1 PCB (A20B-1000-0940)
?'
uJ
Check pin
(Measure across GI- AlO)
Reference voltage
AlO variable resister
A20B-IOOI-02411/
[n~_
D
MADE I N JAPAN
FANUC
12 1 13 1 14 1 15 1 16 1 17 1 IB
19 120
21 122 1 23T24
~ ~l
W
'-J
t--'
I~I-------l M2 1
- - --
MIS!
Mil
l
559
6 7
Fig. 6.1.3 (g) Adjusting points on I/O Card Dl ~ D3 (A20B-l00l 0240 ~ 242) for 10TF
0\
LY
6.1.3
A20B-IOOO-OBSE/
FANUC
M'C' '" ",P,"
rrri fl2l 'f3l rr4l rj5l 'f6l lfIl 'Tifl rj9l f251 f2Tl
W f23l
rTlrz1!3lf""Tlr?)li"6lr'rlrg-lrglflO
IO
lE
0ll)
Cl)
o
o
...
cO
o
S
CO
U
Q.
E
...
c:
E~u
02
.:::
C-
..o
g)
"8
...O:t
Ul
Cl>
0;:
......
"C
...c:
Cl>
Ul
("')
<C
U
O~
::c:
[
("')
O-
L::J
Ol
- 372 -
bMD
'0
Cg)
c:
0';::
Ul
:l
:.c
<t
:bo
r---~-l
rn
AI6B-1210-0
"
4311
o o
~ Oi
~
~
~
~
00
W
---.I
~
~
~
""
~01
FANUC
MADE I N JAPAN
GND
VREFC
O
+.5V
T5M
O O O O O O
T5A5
VCMD
VCMD
VREF5
j
~
VREFD
'I'AC4.5
H.IIV 4.5
SUl' 4.5
Fig. 6.1.3 (il
Adjusting points on analog servo additional axis PCB (pulse eoder) (A16B-1210-0430/0431)
?'
vJ
TACS
REVS
sur S
FANUC
I
MADE IN JAPAN' MBI
I l>
I
tIl
c~
"'-1
TI
'1-=[;)--"1
II
II~
01<DA
~-
n-J
~
-~::J
--.J
.j>-
I "
~'"o o
-J
~
~
~
~
j
~
~
~
LU
3
-
li:
TP47
DSB4
O O
DSM
O O
DCA4
OCB4
O O
TP48
TP43
TP9H
O O
TP45
VREFC
GND
00000 000
0
+151,1 -151,1
VCMD
VREF5
VRFFO
+5V
SH46
SH44,4S
Fig. 6.1.3 (j) Adjusting points on 11 series analog servo additional axis PCB A20B-1210-0440
o
w
~111(j.
FANUC
MADE IN
56
()
1.------0-----.
JAPAN
1m
"TI
AI6B-1210-045.
~
>
< ()
"'" U<l
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
LU
-..J
lJ1
"TI
Ul
F
M
CI
J
DSB5
VR42
VR52
TP55
TP9H
O O O
TP45
~1141'15
VREFC
GND
0
0VREF5
000
CQOOO
VCMD
VREFD
+5V +15V -15V
51,,5
VIlH~4'J
VB.51-5'1
Fig. 6.1.3 (k) Adjusting points on 11 series analog servo additional axis PCB (DSCG) (A16B-12100450)
0'1
VTt4 X~Z
'-);
~--l
ol
P1
"
.. l
o
~
VlllX~Z
VIl2X~/j
/~
///O-i ~
X
OTP7X
Ul
-...J
0'1
TP7Y
O'
O~
FANUC
MADE IN JAPAN
A 168-1210-0460/11
Fig. 6.1.3 (I)
/:
O~
N
!~
/
"'nI
I'
o!/g
-.
"
(3
,{
~J
O; j
011 ~
~ ~
O~ ~
N
+
Ul
<
~ O~
vns x-z
SPN1X-Z
(A16B-1210-0460)
SPN2X~Z
<
O" O~
-l
"
Ou;+
<
-l
ti)
.=]
~
Adjusting points on 11 series analog servo DSCG PCB (A16B-1210-0460) (Overall Edition Number 03A or before)
o
<.Jj
6.1.3
'"I '"I
C'.J
'~
"""' ~
'"""'
> >
\
eNA
LI?
<::t
'"
z '"
Z
'JJ en
.J:l
..,.
..".
t..r:I
"Cl)
Z
c
:E
"'Cl
"
Cl)
>
C
cg
<::t
...Cl
...
=
...
N
cg
ll:l
oa.
C'
oen
C
>
"Cl)
'"
Cl
o
Ol
C
<U
'"
.~
......'"
Cl)
.....
c:::
....'"
c
C'J
>
..........
..... M
e::::
> >
'0
c.
Cl
'.jj
'"
~
~
E
l-L
j,
CF21
CF:3JCF22 CF32 CF23 CF33

SN 16 :':36
SN17
~37
- 377 -
6.1.3
li
I 12
f3T4l
IO
II
12 I
j
o
co
M
O
"l
6....
....
N
c6
....
(D
!Xl
U
c,
...O>-
E
l1>
E
n;
c:
o
Gl
::I:
U
:-e
"t:l
"t:l
C,)
;:)
~
z
a..
et
..,et
Z
+'"
el
'x
:c
'"
...>o
en
'"
n;
c:
o
;;
"t:l
l1>
en
Cl'!
o
n;
c:
'"en
et
l1>
.;:
ol
:E
l1>
en
....o
c:
...c:
en
ej
'oCl.
Cl'!
c:
....
..,.
..,.
E-
c: CiS
u>
o<:;r=:....,
'';:;
en
:::l
:c
c:
lD
M
O
I
O
....
cO
,~
-I
IL.
al
l.D
et
CF4
CV4
VCMD TSA
4
4
- 378 -
6.1.4
6.1.4 Adjusting methods related DSCG
l) Adjustment of detected gain

The resolver and the inductosyn agitate the primary coil and detect
positional information from the secondary-coil output signal.
The voltage
transfer ratio between the primaryand secondary coils varies with the
resolver type, the inductosyn type and the gap distance, as well as the
secondary-coil output level.
Since the output impedance varies with the
inductosyn scale length, the secondary-coil output level is also affected.
The detected gain needs to be adjusted at instratiain without fail according
to ~he secondary-coil output level.
a) Adjusting procedure of detected gain
Prepare a synchroscope and l pce of jumper with clips (10 cm or more).
Step
Operation
Set the parameters:

(Axis name)
PSFa = l (No.1802 bit O), where a = X,Y,Z,A,B,
Phase grid shiit amount of each axis = O (No.1833)
CDS = l (No.18l0, bit O)
Power OFF, then ON. (When DSCG alarm does not disappear, other
trouble has occurred.)
Perform Reference Point Return. (Observe DSAa-GND by

the synchroscope: high-level pulse width of up to 0.5].Jsec also
will do.) a = 1,2,3,4,5
Move the machine tool by 100/4000 wavelength.

is l, detection unit is 100; when 1/2, 50. )
Set the parameters:

CDS = O (No. 1810, bit O)
Power OFF.
Short TP9-GND. (Input of detected pulse to position LSI stops.)

(Short TP9H in the case of additional axes)
Power aN.
Observe TPaS-GND by the synchroscope to adjust detected gain.

(when frequency is low, detected gain becomes low. )
...
(When Detect Multiply
(DSCG abnormal alarm must always occur.)
~-
--
--
--_.
a
---
Standard 4 usec.
Tolerance range
3.1 usec, - 7.2 usec.
- 379 -
1,2,3,4,5
6.1.4
Operation
Step
10
Open TP9 or TPa5 and set parameter PSFa to O (No.1802, O bit)
11
Power OFF, then ONa
12
Set parameter PSFa to l
13
Repeat steps 6-12 to make sure that adjustment is correct.
14
(No.1802, bit O)
Restore the parameters. Phase grid shift amount of each axis

original value (1833) eDS = O (No.1810, bit O)
b) Reference of detection gain adjustment

The following table shows reference values for detection gain adjustment.
These values may differ according to makers and gap distance in the case
of inductosyn.
Detection gain
range set ting
Position detector
Variable
resistance
GAIN
Standard resolver (motor built-in type)

SHa4 (Additional axis)
SHa4 (Basic 3 axes)
Multipolar resolver
(M series motor built-in type)
Linear
inductosyn
0%
60%
Scale length 2m or shorter

Scale length longer than 2m
Tape or
narrow
inductosyn
Scale length 2m or shorter
Rotary
inductosyn
12 inch 360 pole
0%
Standard
More than 0%
(adjustment)
65%
Scale length longer than 2m
More t1;J.an 65%

(adjustment)
Reduce
0%
65%
12 inch 720 pole
Note:
7 inch
360 pole
7 inch
720 pole
Standard
0%
50%
SHa5 and SNa5 should be set to standard.
- 380 -
a = l, 2, 3, 4, 5
6.1.4
2) Adjustment af resolver, inductosyn Fmin and Fmax

Adjust these values with the emergency stop button turned an.
Item
Adjustment
Fmin
This has aiready been adjusted at FANUC befare delivery and

adjustment is not usually required.
For this adjustment, use a frequency counter ar an oscilloscape.
Short circuit
TPa8-GND
TPa5:"'GND
Observation
Adjusting variable resistor Fmin
Frequency range 1.67kHz +150Hz
(cycle 0~6ms ~0.06ms)
Fmax
This has aiready been adjusted at FANUC befare delivery and

adjustment is not usually required.
For this adjustment, use a frequency counter.
(Don't use an
oscilloscope due to poor accuracy.)
Short circuit
TPa8- -15V
Observation
TPa5- GND
Adjusting variable resistor Fmax
Frequency range 850kHz +20kHz
1,2,3,4,5
3) Adjustment of inductosyn interpolation accuracy

With the absence of interpolation accuracy adjustment, a fairly good accuracy
can be attained.
When interpolation accuracy adjustment set is present,
adjustment needs to be made.
a) Simple adjusting method
Feed the machine tool at low speed and observe motor-current waveforms on
an oscilloscope to adjust the variable res is tor BALANCE so that currentwaveform swell may be smallest.
A division error will cause current
waveforms to swell twice per wavelength af inductosyn.
The swell
frequency is proportionate to the feed rate, and as the feed rate becomes
more than 'a certain degree, usually the swell disappears. Using the above
characteristics, whether current-waveform swell occurs due to another
cause is checked.
b) Strict adjusting method
Adjustment is made by actually measuring the machine tool position, using
a high-precision, high-resolution measuring instrument, such as a laser
measuring machine.
One wavelength of an inductosyn is divided by the NC
and the position is detected in resolutions af 1/4000. The accuracy that
one wavelength is divided is called the interpolation ac curacy ,
The
accuracy within ane wavelength is strongly affected by the NC position
detector circuit and the position accuracy of an integral multiple af ane
"avelength depends primarilyon the scale accuracy.
The division accuracy is checked by dividing ane wavelength into 1/10 ar
1/20, measuring the positioning accuracy, writing the error an a graph,
and viewing the distance af each division point from a straight line
connecting both ends ar the wavelength.
- 381 -
6.1.4
Measurtrig mcthcd
1-------------1
l wavelength
Feed rate
approx.100 mm/min
Measurement
start point
Measurement
start point
Measuring
example
Error
2mm
-l
-2
Intcrporation deviation widt h 31J
Adjusting variable res is tor BALANCE

Measure their respective interpolation accuracy at degrees 2 and 3 on the
volume, and write the errors on a graph. Rotate the volume by another one
degree in the direction to the small error, measure the interpolation
accuracy, and observe the condition of the error; The error develops with
its peak and valley positioned reversely between when the volume is
rotated toa much and when it is rotated toa littIe. When it is not found
clearly where the peak and the valley are, the volume is set at an optimum
position.
A interpolation error having a two-cycle swell per wavelength of
inductosyn
can
usually
be
improved
by
this
adjustment.
But
a
interpolation error having a one-cycle swell or an irregular error cannot
be improved by this adjustment.
Examine other causes on inductosyn
mounting, gap adjustment, slider replacement, etc.
Scale on the volume

Example: 3 scales
- 382 -
BALANCE
6.1.4
Adjusting example
The figure below suggests that about degree 2.8 is an optimum position for
the knob to be set.
Volurne
2 scales
fl
2-t-----------.f----\---------+---~
n
-2
2
3 scales
o
-2
fl
4 scales
o
2mrn
-2
- 383 -
6.1.5
6.1.5 Setting and adjustment on 12/120 series control unit PCB

l) The peripheral control PCB
. Module name . 01P02

PCB specification
A16B-1210-0080
a) Setting of the clock pulse width
Setting method
Setting position
One set of the folIowing
pins on the short terminal
F2 should be shorted.
(1) -
(2)
(3)
Check the checking terminal C16MP

with an oscilloscope to set the pulse
width as follows:
(16)
(15)
(14)
IJ
(4) - (13)
(5 ) - (12)
More than
25ns
\
More than
29ns
61ns
r-
- - - l.5V
F2
D
CI6MP
O
Fig. 6.1.5 (a) Setting and adjusting position on the peripheral control PCB A16B-12100080
- 384 -
6.1.5
2) The main CPU PCB

. Morlule name ..... OlP03
A16B-12l0-0060
. PCB specification
a) BUBBLE FREE switch
Normaily , set this switch to OFF. Switch to ON only for initializing
bubble memory.
BUBBLE FREE
~? ~_rMAIN
HALT
PC
~ OFF~N
,....
HALT
I-I--
.....
A16B-1210-0060
Fig. 6.1.5 (b) Setting position on the main CPU PCB A16B1210-0060
- 385 -
6.1.5
3) Main bubble PCB

. Module name .....
. PCB specification
a) Setting pin PI
01P04
AI6B-1210-0070
Setting
type
Meaning
Short
Standard set ting (when 8031 program is

loaded in 2764)
Open
Not standard (when 8031 program is loaded

in 8031 inside ROM)
b) Setting pin SPCLK

Setting
type
Meaning
A side
short
For testing:
B side
short
Standard setting
clock margin check
View from the mounting face
o o
GNMI WDALM
PI
Cl
SPCLK
A16B-121O-0070
IC socket for
clock margin check
Fig. 6.1.5 (c)
Setting position on the main bubble PCB A 16B-12100070
- 386 -
6.1.5
4) Axis control PCB

Module name . 01P06 - 05P06
. PCB specification
AI6B-1210-0030
a) Setting of clock pulse width
Setting method
Setting position
ane set of the folIowing
G3 should be shorted.
Set 16.384 MHz cycle at check pin

C16M as follows.
(1) - (16)
(2) - (15)
(3) - (14)
(4) - (13)
(5 ) - (12)
--J
More than
25ns
\
61ns
--I
More than
29ns
-
b) The setting concerning 1st axis (L axis) control

Item
1
Setting
position
PJl
PJ5
PJ6
-PJ9
PJI0
PD9
PDI0
A side
Open
B side
A side
B side
Short
Open
Short
Open
Short
PEl
Open
A side
PE2
B side
PD3
PD4
Note 1)
Note 2)
Meaning
Setting
Short
Open
A side
Open
B side
Pulse types (note 1) are used as a detector.

Inductosyn is used as a detector.
Resolver is used as a detector.
Resolver/inductosyn is used as a detector.
Overheat alarm signal from motor is ignored.
Standard setting
Ready signal from servo amplifier is ignored.
Standard setting
Overload alarm signal from servo amplifier
is ignored.
Standard setting
F/V converter output is regarded as velocity
feedback signal (when a pulse coder is used.)
Tachogenerator signal is regarded as velocity
feedback signal (when a tachogenerator is
used. )
Special setting (note 2)
Standard setting
2000PPR pulse coder is used.
Pulse type: pulse coder, optical scale, magnescale

The vibration may be reduced by this setting when the machine
vibrates l - 2 pulses (l - 2 wm) at stoppage.
- 387 -
6.1.5
c) The setting concerning 2nd axis (M axis) control

Item
Setting
position
PJl
PJS
PG6
PG9
PG10
PCl
PC2
Meaning
A side
Open
B side
A side
B side
Short
Open
Short
Open
Short
Pulse types (note 1) are used-as a detector.

Pulse types (note l) are used as a detector.
Standard setting
Ready signal from serve amplifier is ignored.
Standard set ting
Overload alarm signal from serve amplifier
is ignored.
Standard set ting
used.)
Standard setting
2S00PPR pulse coder is used.
PDl
Open
A side
PD2
PDS
PD6
Note l)
Note 2)
Setting
side
Short
Open
A side
Open
B side

The vibration may be reduced by thi s setting when the machine
vibrates l - 2 pulses (l - 2 ~m) at stoppage.
- 388 -
6.1.5
d) The setting concerning to 3rd axis (N axis) control

Item
l
Setting
position
PFl PFS
PF6
PF9
PFlO
PA2
PA3
Setting
A side
Open
B side
A side
B side
Short
Open
Short
Open
Short
PBl
Open
A side
PB2
B side
Meaning
Standard set ting
Ready signal from servo amplifier is ignored.
Standard setting
Overload alarm signal from servo amplifier
is ignored.
Standard set ting
us e d , )
PD7
PD8
Note l)
Note 2)
Short
Open
A side
Open
B side

Standard setting
2S00PPR pulse coder is used.

The vibration may be reduced by this setting when the machine
vibrates l - 2 pulses (l - 2 ~m) at stoppage.
- 389 -
6.1.5
e) Setting pin PAI should be opened.

PJ
~I
IO c
PG
iI
G3
CI6M
o
IO
TI
c
IO
~E3
PE
PO
5
~ E::J
E!:::I
7E!:::1
PO
9 B
10 1 E3
PC
~ 8
PS E3
I
2
PAI
l:'
PA
28
3
AI6B - 1210 - 0030
Fig. 6.1.5 (d)
Setting position on the axis control PCB A16B-121O-0030
- 390 -
6.1.5
5)
DSCG interface PCB and additional detector control (DSCG) PCB .

Module ..... 01P07 - OSP07, 01P09 - OSP09
PCB specification
A16B-12l0-0ll0, A16B-12l0-0l80
a) Setting
Setting
pin
Standard
setting
PIL
PlM
PIN
2 - 3
P2L
P2M
P2N
2 - 3
P3L
P3M
P3N
l - 2
P4L
P4M
NN
Open
Used at adjustment. Refer to (c) V-F converter

frequency adjustment.
PSL
PSM
PSN
Open
Used at testing. The position feedback is

stopped to open the position control loop by
shorting.
Note:
Usage
I f the interpolation accuracy is necessary
for an inductosyn, change the setting for

adjustment. (Refer to (d) Inductosyn
interpolation accuracy adjustment for details)
Change setting to adjust the amplification of
a feedback signal from a detector. (Refer to
(b) Detective gain adjustment for details)
PlL
Setting pin for the L axis
b) Detective gain adjustment

Set the setting pin P2L (M, N) and P3L (M, N) in advance according to
the adjusting standard described later.
03 Turn the power os.
Display the DGN 3001, 3002 (the checking result of resolver inductosyn
frequency). Check that each axis value multiplied by 0.125 is within
the range of 230 - 800, 1466 - 1900.
Adjustment is finished if all axis values are reduced or increased to
the above range.
Turn the power OFF.
6 If an axis is out of the range mentioned in 3 , adjust the setting pin
P2L (M, N), P3L (M, N) and variable resistor VR2L (M, N) to reduce the
axis value into the range.
CD
CD
G0
CD
- 391 -
6.1.5
Setting pin
short circuit
Variable
resistor
VR2L (M,N)
P2L(M,N): 2-3
90%
Result of
the frequency
check
Detective
gain
Big
Big
Small
Small
P3L(M,N): 2-3
0%
P2L (M,N) : 1-2
'90%
P3L(M,N): 2-3
0%
P2L(M,N) : 2-3
85%
P3L(M,N): 1-2
0%
P2L (M,N) : 1-2
85%
P3L(M,N): 1-2
0%
(j)
Proceed to
CD
to repeat adjustment until the adjustment end.
Detective gain adjustment standard

Setting pins P2L, P2M, P2N, P3L, P3M, P3N and the variable resistor VR2L,
VR2M, VR2N should be set as follows in accordance with the type of
detector.
Setting pin
P2L(M,N) P3L(M,N)
Position detector
Standard resolver
(Motor built-in type)
2 - 3
l - 2
Multi-pole resolver
(M series motor bui It-in type)
Linear inductosyn
Variable resistor
VR2L (M, N)
0%
60%
Scale length:
less than 2 m
Scale length:
more than 2 m
0%
l - 2
- 392 -
2 - 3
More than 0%
(Adjustment is
necessary)
6.1.5
Setting pin
P2LCM,N) P3LCM,N)
Position detector
Tape or narrow
inductosyn
Rotary inductosyn
Scale length:
less than 2 m
2 - 3
1-2
Scale length:
more than 2 m
2 - 3
12 inches,
360 poles
l - 2
l - 2
12 inches,
720 poles
Variable resistor
VR2L CM, N)
65%
More than 0%
CAdjustment is
necessary)
0%
65%
7 inches,
360 poles
2 - 3
0%
1-2
50%
7 inches,
720 poles
VR2L CM, N)
50%
0%
\'01
---- Example for 0%

100%
c) V/F converter frequency adjustment

This adjustment should be done at emergency stop.
Adjustment of lowest frequency
Af ter shorting the setting pin P4L CM, N) with 1-2, turn the variable
resistor VR4L CM, N) so that the waveform cycle at check terminal
eRlOL CM, N) is 600 ~s 50 ~s.
CD
Waveform at CHlOL CM, N)
CD
_I
I.
60050p.s
Adjustment af highest frequency

Af ter shorting the setting pin P4L CM, N) with 2-3, turn the variable
resistor VR3L CM, N) so that the waveform cycle at check terminal
eRlOL CM, N) is 1.1 ~s 40 ~s.
Waveform at CHlOL CM, N)
_I
-----I.1
l,
1.1 us40ns
Note)
Open the setting pin P4L CM, N) af ter adjustment.

Do not short No. l pin with No. 3 pin.
- 393 -
6.1.5
d) Adjustment of inductosyn interpolation accuracy

With interpolation accuracy adjustment set absent, a fairly good accuracy
can be attained.
~~en interpolation accuracy adjustment set is present,
adjustment must be made.
i) Simple adjusting method
Feed the machine tool at low speed and observe motor-current waveforms
on an oscilloscope to adjust the variable resistor VRIL (M, N) so that
current-waveform swell may be smallest.
A division error will cause
current waveforms to swell twice per wavelength of inductosyn.
The
swell frequency is proportionate to the feed rate and as the feed rate
becomes more than a certain degree, usually the swell disappears.
Using the above characteristics, whether current-waveform swell occurs
due to another cause is checked.
ii) Strict adjusting method
Adjustment is made by actually measuring the machine tool position,
using a high-precision, high-resolution measuring instrument, such as a
laser measuring machine. One wavelength of an inductosyn is divided by
the NC and the position is detected in resolutions of 1/4000.
The
accuracy that one wavelength is divided is called the interpolation
accuracy.
The accuracy within one wavelength is strongly affected by
the NC position detector circuit and the position accuracy of an
integral multiple of one wavelength depends primarily on the scale
accuracy.
The division accuracy is checked by dividing one wavelength into l/la
or 1/20, measuring the positioning accuracy, writing the error on a
graph, and viewing the distance of each division point from a straight
line connecting both ends of the wavelength.
Measuring method
--<>-_-O_-o()~-----
l wavelength
Measuring
example
Measurement
start point
Error
2
2mm
-2
Interpolation deviation width 3
394 -
6.1.5
Adjusting variable resistor VRIL CM, N)

Measure their respective interpolation accuracy at degrees 2 and 3 on
the variable resistor, and write the errors on a graph.
Rotate the
variable res ister by another degree in the direction of the minor
error, measure the interpolation accuracy, and observe the condition of
the error.
The error develops with its peak and valley positioned
reversely between when the variable resistor is rotated too much and
when it is rotated too littIe. When it is not clear where the peak and
the valley are, the variable resistor is set at an optimum position.
An interpolation error having a two-cycle swell pare wavelength of
inductosyn can usually be improved by thi s adjustment.
But an
interpolation error having a one-cycle swell or an irregular error
cannot be improved by thi s adjustment.
Examine other causes on
inductosyn mounting, gap adjustment, slider replacement, etc.
VRIL (M. N)
Scale on variable resistor

Example: 3 scales
Adjusting example
The figure below suggests that an approximate
optimum position for the knob to be set.
degree
of
2.8
is
Variable res is tor
.,
,u
2 scales
-2H:__----F--------~..._-_f---------
'f, I------------~:__----_;;J''"'''''':__------
3 scales
0!r-----------,!'----+--------4,p;C...---......;lof--
- .) 1 - - - - - - - - \ - - - + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
.,
4 scales
11
:2 mm
- "
I----------l'<:---------,f--------~--+--
- 395 -
an
6.1.5
av
O
P2 LI 2 3
P3LEJ
P4 L
VR IL ,.--
D~ VR2L
VR3L
~oVR4L
IVR2M
~
~
123
P2M EJ
P3M
P4M
VRIN
l-
CHIOL
VR3M
CH lOM
VR4M
VR2N
~N
..... VR4N
CH ION
123
P2N
P3N
P4N
PIL
~O
P5L P5M P5N
[]J
PlM
~O
PIN
~O
Fig. 6.1.5 (e) Setting and adjusting position on the DSCG interface PCB A16B-1210-0110
- 396 -
6.1.5
av
O
P2 L 12 3
P3L
P4 L
DI--
VRIL .......
VR2L
VR3L
1-0VRIM I--
VR4L
D
DI- ~
I--
l-
123
P2M
P3M
P4M
VR2M
VR3M
CHIOM
VRIN f - VR4M
VR2N
1--.....,
'-- VR4N
P2N
P3N
P4N
CHIOL
r-- CH ION
123
PIL
~D
P5L P5M P5N
ITIl
PlM
~D
PIN
~D
-
Fig. 6.1.5 (f)
Setting and adjustment on the additional detector control PCB A16B-1210-0180
- 397 -
6.1.5
6) Axis CPU PCB

. Module name .........
. PCB specification
a) Setting
Setting
position
SPl
OlP08 - 05P08
A16B-1210-0020
Setting
Meaning
Short between
2
3
Standard setting: 128 K ROM (27128)

is used.
Short between
l
2
Special setting:
is used.
256 K ROM (27256)
123
SPI D
Fig. 6.1.5 (g) Setting position on the axis CPU PCB A16B-1210-0020
- 398 -
6.1.5
7) Spindle control PCB

. Module name ...... 01P13
. PCB specification
A16B-1210-0160
a) Adjustment of clock pulse width
Setting method
Setting position
Set 16.384 MHz cycle as follows at

check pin C16MP.
ane set of the folIowing

G3 should be shorted.
(2)
(15)
(14)
(4) - (13)
(5) - (12)
(6 ) - (11 )
(3)
---I
--1. 5V
More than
25 ns
\
61ns
J
More than
29 ns
b) Setting pin
Setting
type
Meaning
Short
Standard setting (when 8031 program is

loaded in 2764)
Open
Not standard (when 8031 program is loaded

in 8031 inside ROM)
f--
G3
PI
CI6MP
Fig. 6.1.5 (h)
Setting position on the spindle control PCB A16B-1210-0160
- 399 -
6.1.5
8) Additional buffer 2 PCB

Module name ..
PCB specification
a) Setting pin SPCLK
OlPlS
A16B-1210-0260
Meaning
Setting type
clock margin check
A side short
For testing:
B side short
Standard setting
View from mounting position
SPCLK
Cl
AB
IC socket for clock margin check
Fig. 6.1.5 (i) Setting position on the additional buffer 2 PCB A16B1210-0260
- 400 -
6.1.5
9) Built-in type r/o unit, r/o interface PCB

Module name IFOIA
AI6B-1310-0020
PCB specification
a) Setting pin
SHl
Open
SH2
Short
SH3
Short
[]]
Fig. 5.1.5 (j) Setting position on the built-in type I/O unit/I/O interface PCB A16B-13100020
- 401 -
6.1.6
6.1.6
I/O unit setting and adjustment
1) I/O interface module (IFOIA) setting

In the I/O unit, it is possibIe to expand one group into a maximum of four
groups by combining the interface units IFOIA and IF04C.
In thi s case, the
setting terminals in the IFOIA must be set as follows according to the group
number to which the IFOIA belongs:
a) Location of setting terminal
tV-se
~ ~
tting plug
r-
___ Front
Setting terminal
'--
Interface module IFOIA
b) Method of setting
Availability of
IF04C
IFOIA
group No.
Not available
Gruop O
Available
Group O
Group 1
SH3
Setting
SH2
SHl
O
Group 2
Group 3
Insert the setting plugs into the setting terminal marked "o".
The unmarked terminals should be left open.
2) I/O interface module (IF04C) setting
Although IF04C is the same as IFOIA, these settings must be set as be Low,
(At shipment, the setting is exactly as given below.)
a) Setting
SH2 and SH3 are shorted.
SHl is opened.
- 402 -
6.1.6
b) Setting position
[]J
Fig. 6.1.6 (b) Setting position on I/O interface module (I F04C)
3) Setting of positioning module PTOIA (A03B-0801-C051)

The foliowing setting is effeetive when the DC serve motor is
setting does not apply when the AC serve motor is used.
Item
1
Symbol
STI
ST2
Setting of veloeity gain

Set the veloeity gain aeeording to the types of pulse eoders
used as follows:
2000 pulses/revolution
ST3
This
Contents
Type of pulse eoder
used~
Setting
STI
ST2
o
o: Shorted
Setting whether or not suppress funetion is provided.

The suppress funetion negleets a deteetion pulse when the
moving direct ion of the machine is reversed.
I f the machine uses a DC serve motor with a built-in pulse
eoder, 1
2-pulse Cl
2 um) vibration may oeeur when the
machine has just stopped. This vibration ean be eliminated by
effeetively set ting this funetion.
Suppress funetion is provided
Shorted
No suppress funetion is provided
Open (standard setting)
...
- 403 -
...
6.1.6
Item
Symbol
ST4
Contents
Setting of veloeity deteetion signal seleetion
This setting is done to seleet either pulse eoder or
taehogenerator for veloeity deteetion.
Servo motor with a separate pulse eoder

(Taehogenerator)
Servo motor with built-in pulse eoder
CVl
B}-l-ST4
p
CFl
STI
ST2
ST3
TI
Fig. 6.1.6 (c) Setting position on the positioning module (PT01A)
- 404 -
6.1.6
4) Adjustment of analog input module AD04A (A03B-080l-C052)

Contents
Item
Preparation
Remove AD04A from the base unit, detach the plastic cover,
and then mount AD04A to the base unit again.
Remove I/O module mounted on the left side of the AD04A to
leave space for turning the AD04A variable resistor.
Open the input terminals (terminal board) of AD04A.
Indicate AD04A input data on the diagnose screen.
Measuring
instruments
Voltage/current source Use a voltage/current source thats

resolution is higher than l mV/4 mA.
Voltmeter Use a voltmeter thats resolution (measuring
sensitivity) is higher than 0.1 mV.
Resistance meter . Use a resistance meter having a resolution
(measuring sensitivity) of more than
0.1 #, and measure four terminals.
Adjusting
procedure
For the mounting positions of variable res is tor and check

terminals, see Fig. 6.1 (a).
Connect TPl and TP3 to GND (TP9). Adjust VR3 until the TP5
voltage becomes 0.0 mV.
Connect TPl and TP3 to GND (TP9). Adjust VR4 until the TP6
voltage becomes 0.0 mV.
Apply +5 V to TPl and TP3 by connecting to +5 V terminal
(TPlO). Adjust VR5 until the TP5 voltage becomes 0.0 mV.
@ Apply 0.000 V to TPl and +10.000 V to TP3.
Adjust VR6 until the T~6 voltage becomes +9.768 V.
(i) Apply 0.000 V to TPl and -10.000 V to TP3.
Adjust VR12 until the output reads -2000 (decimal) (or 830
in hexadecimal notation).
Apply 0.000 V to TPl and +10.000 V to TP3.
Adjust VRll until the output reads +2000 (decimal) (or 7DO
in hexadecimal notation).
Apply 0.000 V to TPl and TP3. Make sure that the output
reads O (decimal) (000 in hexadecimal).
g Repeat steps (i) Adjust VR7 to make the resistance between CNT2 and CNT3
250.0 li.
~ Adjust VR8 to make the resistance between CNT6 and CNT7
250.0 li.
~ Adjust VR9 to make the resistance between CNTlO and CNTll
250.0 li.
~ Adjust VRID to make the resistance between CNTI4 and CNT15
250.0 li.
Make sure the output reads the foliowing setting
at voltage input.
CD
CD
CD
GD
CD
CD.
CD
@- @
POS
13
14
15
16
17
CRl
0.000
+10.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
eR?
0.000
0.000
+l0.000
0.000
0.000
- 405 -
CR3
0.000
0.000
0.000
+10.000
0.000
CR4
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
+10.000
Unit
V
V
V
V
V
6.1.6
Contents
Item
@ - @
Make sure the output reads the folIowing setting

at current input
POS
18
19
20
21
22
CRl
0.00
+20.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
CR2
0.00
0.00
+20.00
0.00
0.00
Table 6.1 Ca) shows adjusting procedure list.
- 406 -
CR3
0.00
0.00
0.00
+20.00
0.00
CR4
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
+20.00
Unit
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
Table 6.1 (a) Adjusting procedure list

Adil1stment
Item
CIII
lN
CII2
IN
Se t ti ng
CIIJ
CII4
IN
IN
Open
Open
Open
Open
0.000
V
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
+5V
+5V
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
Kepeat Item S, 6, 7.
-lO-
Open
Open
---J
IO
"
II
TPI
'I'PJ
VRJ vn4 VR5 VR6 VR7 VR8 VR9 VRIO VR1I VRI2 TP2 TP4 TP5
0.000
o
V
0.000 +10.000
V
V
-10.000
"
V
+10.000
"
V
0.000
"
V
TP6
MeaslIrement
CNT
CNT
CNT
6 7 IO Il 14 15
CNT
2 J
CHI
OUT
CH2
OUT
CHJ
OUT
CH4
OUT
2000
0.0
mV
0.0
mV
0.0
mV
9.768
V
-2000
(8JO)
2000
(700)
o
o
(000)
250.0
Open
ren
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
12
"
"
"
"
"
"
]J
DV
OV
OV
OV
"
"
10.000
V
OV
(JV
OV
"
"
av
10.000
V
OV
OV
"
"
O 2000
OV
10.000
V
OV
"
"
"
"
O 2000
Il,
15
16
OV
Open
Open
fl
250.0
fl
250.0
fl
250.0
fl
2000
17
OV
OV
OV
10.000
V
18
oillA
DmA
OIllA
oillA
"
"
19
20mA
DmA
DmA
oillA
"
"
1000
20
DmA
20mA
OIllA
DmA
"
"
O 1000
21
OUlA
OmA
20mA
DmA
"
"
O 1000
22
DmA
DmA
OmA
20mA
"
"
O 1000
0'1
0'1
6.1.6
I
VR7
TP7
~
CNTI
+15V
CNT2
CNT3
TP8
-15V
VR8
CNT7
GND
VR9
~P2
~P4
O
+5V
TPll
GND
OVR5
TPI
INH
TP5
VR3
a
~
CNT8
CNT9
CNTIO
TP3
TPIO
CNT5
CNT6
TP9
TPI
CNT4
CNTII
VRIO
CNTI2
CNTI3
CNTI4
CNTI5
CNTI6
CNTI7
@)TP6
VRll
~
~
VR12
CNTI8
CNTI9
CNT20
CNT21
Fig. 6.1.6 (d)
Mounting position of variable resistor and check terminal
- 408 -
6.2
6.2
6.2.1
Setting and Adjustment for M Series Velocity Control Unit

Setting and adjustment on M series velocity control unit PCB
o-----<l
SLI26
OCHIA
o CH2A
VecA
O
O
vees
o CHIB
o CH28
OCHIC
o CH2C
VccC
IS
O CHI D
o CH2D
CN4
VccD
OCHIE
CN3
?to
?Jo
Wo
?tO
Ilia
~o
Wo
525
S24
80 !Q]RVs
15
70
90
Wo
?Jo
516
?sIa
RV3
CH40
fDJ
59
58
CH30
CHZO
CIlla
?Jo
gto
SPARE
Fig. 6.2.1 (a)
26
Fuse resistor
SI
CHsO
20
BRK ;It>
HVAL ~
HCAL ~
CH60
22
S23
21
Jr.
OVC
LVAL ~
TGLS / '
IQJRVI
li-
DCAL
IBJRV2
Note) Parts lo cat ion

on PCB may be
changed without notice.
IOJRV4
CNI
20
14
13 - - - 8
Parts mounting position on the PCB (A20B-00090320) 07C version or subsequence
Setting af Thermal Relay

Motor model
OOM
OM
SH
10M
20M
30H
3011H
Current value
4A
6A
9A
12A
18A
24A
36A
/
/
Current
setting mark
Current
setting dial
/
'
R;;--"F;;;;;;::i::i2,=o~;:( Reset button
- 409 -
6.2.1
Table 6.2.1 (a) Setting of short bar
O:
\
Motor
.;
Short
bar
S l
OOM
PULSE
CODER
OH, 5H
PANCAKE
TACHa
GENERATOR
PULSE
CODER
PANCAKE
TACHa
GENERATOR
Position to be Shortcircuitted
10M - 30M(H)
PULSE
CODER
PANCAKE
TACHa
GENERATOR
SETTING
MEANING
TACHa-GENERATOR
SETTING or
VOLTAGE
COMPRESSaR
ENABLES
GAIN ATTENUATOR
RIPPLE FILTER
HIGH-GAIN C.KT.
ENABLE
CAPACITOR FOR
COMPENSATION
C.K.T.
DC GAIN
10
HIGH FREQUENCY
GAIN
11
12
13
14
CAPACITOR FOR
HIGH-GAIN
15
16
Note 6
o
20
OPENS 14 WHEN
SIS IS SHORTED
o
CHOPPING FREQUENCY SELECTOR

THERMOSTAT FOR
TRANSFORMER AND
DISCHARGE UNIT
ENABLE
SEE
NOTE l
21
BRK ALARM ENABLE
22
DCAL ALARM ENABLE
23
TGLS ALARM ENABLE
24
- 410 -
OVC ALARM OPERATING TIME SELECTOR
6.2.1
Motor
Short
bar
OM, sM
OOM
mode I
PULSE
CODER
PANCAKE
TACHO
GENERATOR
PULSE
CODER
10M - 30M (H)
PANCAKE
TACHO
GENERATOR
SETTING
MEANING
PANCAKE
TACHO
GENERATOR
PULSE
CODER
TGLS ALARM
SENSING LEVEL
25
26
DISCHARGE UNIT
SELECTOR
SEE
NOTE 2
126
MOTOR SELECTOR
FOR ARMATURE
VOLTAGE FEEDBACK
C.K.T.
Table 6.2.1 (b) Variable resistor adjustment and check
SETTING CONDITION
POS
ITEM
REMARKS
VARIABLE
RESISTOR
CHECK AT
JUMPER
CHECK OF
DC POWER
SOURCE
CHECK-PIN
SHORTING
SETTING AND CHECK

CHECK SHALL BE MADE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ABOVE
TABLE
GAIN
RVl
OFFSET
RV2
CHls-3
CHls-3
CH16-3
CHl7-3
Hv-
CH16-3 CH17-3
14.5 - -14.5
ls.sV
- lS.SV
5 SCALES
CH6-3
CHl-3
CH2-3
-+O.sV
PANCAKE
TACHO
GENERATOR
MAX
PULSE
CODER
5 SCALES
OVERCURRENT
ALARM
SETTING
RV3
10 SCALES
OOM
OM-20M
30M (H)
0.6+1.1X
SCALE(A)
2+3.8X
SCALE(A)
4+7.sX
SC:\LE(A)
- 411 -
6.2.1
SETTING CONDITION
ITEM
POS
REMARKS
VARIABLE
RESISTOR
CHECK-PIN
SHORTING
SETTING AND CHECK
TACHOGENERATOR
VOLTAGE
COMPENSATION
RV4
l) NOR}~LITY 5 SCALES
2) USE FOR FINE
ADJUSTING OF LOOP
GAIN. REFER TO
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OF NC.
CURRENT
LIMITER
SETTING
SEE
NOTE 5
RV5
9 SCALE
Note l.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
001'1
564/(93-5X
SCALE) (A)
OH-20M 1880/(93-5X
SCALE)(A)
30M (H) 3760/(93-5X
SCALE) (A)
IF CONNECTION BETWEEN CN2 (4) (5) AND TRANSFORMER OR DISCHARGE UNIT

EXISTED, S20 IS OPEN
IF YOU USED DISCHARGE UNIT, YOU WILL BE OPEN-CIRCUIT AT S26.
VOLUME SCALE IS AS FOLLOWS. FIGURE SHOWS 8 SCALES.
*MARK IS TOTAL EDITION OF PCB.
CURRENT LIMITER FUNCTION IS APPLIED FOR PCB EDITION 02B OR LATER.
SETTING OF SIS.
5 SCALES.
~scales
01A*
CURRENT LIMITER SETTING
02B*03B*
NO CONNECTION
04B*05B*
CHOPPING FREQUENCY SELECTOR
07C* -
0.022~F INTO HIGH FREQ.

GAIN DO NOT SHORT S14, SIS
TOGETHER
10
- 412 -
6.2.1
Table 6.2.1 (c) Type af check terminal
CHECK
TERMINAL
SYMBOL
CH l
CHECK
TERMINAL
MEANING
3/4X VCMD
SYMBOL
MEANING
CHll
PWA
PWM CKT OUTPUT FOR

DRIVER A
TSA
TACHO-GENERATOR
SIGNAL
12
PWB
PWM CKT OUTPUT FOR

DRIVER B
OV
OV
13
PWC
PWM CKT OUTPUT FOR

DRIVER C
OV
14
PWD
PWM CKT OUTPUT FOR

DRIVER D
1S
+24V
+24V
16
+lSV
+lSV
SEE FIG. 2.
17
-lSV
-lSV
DOM
0.66V/A
18
VCMD
VELOCITY COMMAND
OM - 20M
0.2V/A
19
VFB1
ARMATURE VOLTAGE
FEEDBACK SIGNAL
30M (H)
O.lV/A
20
VFB2
23
ENBL
COMPENSATION C.K.T.
6
7
TRIANGLE WAVE
CURRENT
9
10
ER
INPUT SIGNAL OF PWM

C.K.T.
DISCHARGE
DISCHARGE MONITOR
SEE FIG. 3.
243
lA
v~-p
0.2 O.2V
~VI
I-S16 short
O.8O.1 msec
DRIVER ENABLE
-J
Fig. 2
(am
I~"'
Discharge
time width
Fig. 3
- 413 -
6.2.1
LED DISPLAY
MEANING
NAME
PRDY (GREEN
LED)
POSITION CONTROL READY END SIGNAL
VccRDY
(GREEN LED)
MONITORING FOR BREAKING OF FUSE RESISTORS (R81, R82).

LIGHTING:
NO-BREAKING
NO LIGHTING: CHECK ITEM
1) CONTINUITY CHECK: R81, R82
2) CONTINUITY CHECK: PCB CN2 TO
TRANSFORMER
BRK (RED LED)
NO FUSE BREAKER CUT OFF
HVAL (RED LED)
HIGH VOLTAGE ALARM

POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE IS TOO HIGH.
DISCHARGE C.K.T. GOES BAD.
LOAD INERTIA IS TOO HIGH.
HCAL (RED LED)
HIGH CURRENT ALARM

SHORT C.K.T. BETWEEN T1(5)(6) AND (7) (8).
TRANSISTOR MODULE IS DAMAGED.
PCB OF PWM C.K.T. GOES BAD.
OVC (RED LED)
OVERCURRENT ALARM (SET RV3)

MOTOR LOAD IS TOO HEAVY.
TGLS (RED LED)
MOTOR RUNAWAY ALARM

VELOCITY FEEDBACK SIGNAL IS LOST.
MOTOR ARMATURE CONNECTION IS OFF.
DCAL (RED LED)
DISCHARGE ALARM
ACCELERATION AND DECELERATION FREQUENCY IS TOO HIGH.
REGENERATIVE ENERGY FROM MACHINE WEIGHT OF VERTICAL AXIS
IS TOO LARGE.
TRANSISTOR FOR DISCHARGE IS DAMAGED.
LVAL (RED LED)
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE DROP ALARM.

POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE IS TOO LOW.
FAULTY PCB.
- 414 -
6.3
6.3
6.3.1
Setting and Adjustment on PCB for Velocity Control Unit for Analog Servo AC Servo Motor
Parts location on PCB
l) For AC servo motor Model 2-0 - Model 30R

a) PCB A20B-1000-0560 (Edition number E)
CN4
RV4
D
"-o
l' FI/Fuse
<o
l!"J
OCl..r---L)
,.J...
'-----J
-e=:J-
-<:
Fuse resistor
CN3
ODD
888
lS 0 82
l-J. 15 15
~~
17 -15V
CI-lO
A5
-H+15V
O
&+5VD
gRR DD
130
8 88
'mN 11 1213
120
CH rr
110
CH is
10 0
O
PRDY
8
20
o HV
D HC
O OVC
D LV
D TG
m ia
90
mT
"0
ms
O DC
70
CH"
c~O
r-1b
':H
ov
-;i O
IJ-l0V
[II]
DDDD
s.. - 57 DDD
To
motor
To
NC
20
CH
l
eNII
Fig. 6.3.1 (a)
Note)
IpJ
Parts location on ths PCB A20B1000-0560
Parts location an PCB may be changed without notice.
- 415 -
6.3.1
b) PCB A20B-1000-0560 (Edition number F ar subsequent)
nl
CtJ4
CN3
"
Sli'
S?
'"
Sl~
o--c=:ro
'" 0-=-0
".
D~
s?o
Cl
OD
.1,)
:'l_
''' :
. - - - - - - - ':DDD
"'o"
D
~c "'O'O~
CN5
TO 'te
eec
"re
oc
CN6
eNI
CN2
Fig. 6.3.1 (b)
Note)
Parts location on the PCB A20B-1000-0560
Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice.
- 416 -
6.3.1
2) For AC servo motor Model 4-0, 3-0

a) PCB A20B-1000-0590 (Edition number A)
F ANUC l'vfADE INJ_,<\PAN
CNa
CH17 O
-15
CHl6 O
+15
CHI5 O
RV4
(+5V ADJ)
+5
CHI40
ER
Fl
CHIa O
TRIV
CHI2 0
IT
O 00000
LV TGHCHVPRD
S s
1516
CHUO
IS
CHIa O
IR
(H)
(L)
ITD
,
~
S 10
c::J
(L) (R)
CHgO
>
t\:l
CHSO
(R)
c:::J S 8
CH70
t:O
o
o
o
CH60
CB50
~'
<:J1
~
l~,'
P::\:t
CH40
av
t<:~c'(
CHaO
av
CB20
CBIO
CN1
Gb
I
N
5
Rva
c::::J
CL) S 1 eR)
MOTOR
NC
Fig. 6.3.1 (c) Parts location onthe PCB A20B1000-0590
Note)
- 417 -
N
2
!:::-E~
f';i~,
6.3.1
b) PCB A20B-1000-0590 (Edition number B or subsequent)
FANUC MADE IN JAPAN
i Q)
CN3
CH170
-IS
CH160
+IS
RV4
(+SV ADJ)
CH1SO
+S
CH140
ER
F1
CH130
S~22~yD
TRW
CH120
IT
S S
CHllO
(H)
CHlOO
IR
CH9
SID
IS 16
IS
[IT]
(L)
c=J
(L) (R)
O
T
O
S
CH7 O
CH8
>tv
o
(R)
tt'
c=JS8
o
o
o
6VI
CH6 O
\O
-o
CHS O
CH4 O
DV
CH3
CH2
DV
R
V
CH10
~D
RV3
MOTOR
c=J
(L)Sl(R)
Fig. 6.3.1 (d) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1000-0590
Note)
- 418 -
6.3.1
c) PCB A20B-1000-0600
HLYl
CN31
---'
+5 ADI
,------,
~
RV4
D
'"
o
o
<D
....
:h
O
N
<1:;
MCC
~~~
I
I
~====II
_ _I
FS2
HP4
RP5
II
II
RP6
HP7
IrI
FSl
Fig. 6.3.1 (e) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1000-0600
Note)
I
I
- 419 -
6.3.1
3) Hodel 5-0
a) PCB A20B-1001-0420
Ti124 03
10 CN::; 15
20
5
~ I--....:.....------....::....:..---=..::.--=--:~_..:...::.._-=-=---
CH
170
CH
::z
-15V
160
+15V
~O
+5V
CHO
14 ER
CHO
13 TRW
CHO
12 l T
CHO
Il 18
CHO
10 IR
NO{]
HC HV OVC
Di:: ""
~[]]oooooo
LVTG
PRDY
8284
IZOAI FI
I\:)
txl
....I
O
O
....I
~O
T
CIJO8
,J:o.
I\:)
O
<,
7 R
9!0
0;0
CH
40
.ov:
CIj()
(OV)
C~
(T8A)
C1fO
(VCMD)
l
1.-_ _-1
[IT] []H.------\CD
RVl RV2 RV3
Fig. 6.3.1 (f)
Note)
~j
CN 5
!-__C:....N_6
Parts location an the PCB A20B-1001-0420
- 420 -
6.3.1
b) PCB A20B-1001-0410
\T412/031
CN3
10
15
20
25
~ IL--
s:):lo
C
RV4
Di
(+5V ADJ)~
."
:::Z
""
):lo
c:
(")
:::-
I\)
CD
I
J-
o
o
J-
~
J-
........
MCC
------,I[
000000
FSI
Fig. 6.3.1 (g) Parts location on the PCB A20B1001-Q410
Note)
- 421 -
TI
6.3.1
4) For 2-axis control Ae servo unit (analog servo)

a) A16B-1200-0520 (Mother board)
r----------------,
CNIO I
O
I
CHIAM
Fil Fuse
:0
l
I
I
CHICM
CN7
,I
O
CHIEM
I
I
O
CHIM
O
CHIAL
E:
CN9
91
O
r---
-.:::t
O
I
O
O
I
CO
O
C\J
g,
C\J
O
CHICL
O
CHIEL
CHIL
-I
I
~I
:;:1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CN8
I
I
I
I
I
1
F3/ Fuse
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
~I
fi51
FR2
Fuse resistor
<g
FRI
D
D
F2/ Fuse
L ______________
CH4
O
RV4
SI
DD
CN2
Fig. 6.3.1 (h) Parts location an the PCB A16B12000520
- 422 -
I
I
I
I
I
I
..J
6.3.1
b) A20B-1001-0470 (Child board)
S31M
I]
S31L
i~
i;
17L-19L
S29L
I;:;:
ITDITDs
'Illl
529M
[fiJ
17M-19M
S
5
IbL-14L
S
IbM-14M
.~
,l..-
:-
c::
I:::
I~
530M
S30L
I~ -
CN7
S33L
O
S33M
HI::3
C 14L
OTRW
LV
OER
HC
S8L S9L
S2~8L
On
C I Il
OIS
C IOl
H9L
OIR 22L
HeL
Os
H7l
OR
H6L
O
O
H5l
H3L
DC O
li
C 12L
O
O
O;~~8
RV3L
RV2L
S20LD
HV
QaVCM
til
O TGM
OPROY
RV3M
DS20M RV2M i - i--
~:g
HI5
HI4M
HI2M
HIIM
IRO
HIOM
E3
H2L
OTSA
HIL
OVCMO
H8M
RO
H7M
H6M
H5M
H3M
TSAO
H2M
VCMOO
HIM
CN5L
To
CN5M
CN6L
To
To NC
Motor
eN IL
CN6M
To NC
Motor
~
L....J
S32L
Note l:
Note 2:
H9M
sO
SIOM
22M
TO
i--
SIOL
I-HI6
+5VO
RV 1M
RVIL
~H17
+15VO
S8M S9M
O
ER
S28M
52
-15VO
S32M
C\J
ID
o
I
o
o
C\J
CN IM To NC
To NC
Two PCB is l sets.

Part location an PCB may be changed without notice.
Fig. 6.3.1 (i)
Parts location an the PCB A20B10010470
- 423 -
6.3.1
S) For 3-axis control AC servo unit (analog servo)
a) PCB A20B-IOOI-0770
ro
A20B- I 00 I -07701 c:J I
F II Fuse
Fuse
"."0;
D
3.2A
CNIG
b.
PRDY
'Q
LV
b. HC
b. HV
b. DC
b. TGL
b. OVCL
b. TGM
b. OVCM
b. TGN
b. OVCN
'bl"
S31L
O
,,!~\,"
'btt
S30M S33M
b6
17
16
C 15
CH
C
~~saL
CH 2
OS9L
CH IL
CH
C
~tJRV3L
C aORV2L
C DRV'L
C 6C
C
C' 2L
"~'~rm}'" "~'~~"'Hfr'"
H 2
OS9M
CH 1M
i'"t
CH
c
C
,:~ll
SI9L
eD
RV2M
6PRVIM
M
M
H 2
SI519
N C
'~r
SI7M
C
SI8M
C
SI9M
C
CNB
OS9N
~,,~,Ef~;
t :U
eD
Fuse
2.0A
RV3N
RV2N
6PRVIN
-<8
F2
S!N
N
N
N
CN7
NuBL CNrJBM CNrJBN

CNIL
F3
["
C IN
C 1M
C IL
"~'rr
IN
~tJRV3M
CN9
CN/M
CN2
Fig. 6.3.1 (j) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1001-0770
- 424 -
6.3.2
6.3.2 Setting terminal
l) For AC servo motor Model 2-0 to 30R

a) PCB A20B-1000-Os60 (Edition number F or subsequent)
Table 6.3.2 (a)
Set ting
terminal
Standard setting
Remarks
2-0, l-O
0,5
10
20M
20,30
30R
S l
TOR setting (Note l)
S 2
DC alarm setting (Note 2)
S 6
S 7
SlO
Sl1
S12
S13
S17
S18
S19
S20
Absolute code output enable

(Note 4)
S32
Setting for absolute pulse

coder (Note 5)
Compensation circuit setting

TG alarm enable (Note 3)
Set ting
terminal
Current loop gain setting
Current limit setting
2-0, l-O, O, 5, 10, 20M, 20, 30, 30R

Pulse coder
2000P
2s00P
3000P
S 8
S 9
S14
Sls
816
Remarks
Pulse coder F/V gain setting
- 425 -
Pulse coder, pole number,

and pulse number setting
6.3.2
Set ting
terminal
Standard setting
Remarks
2-0, l-O
10
20M
20,30
30R
S22
S23
S24
S25
S21
VCMD gain setting (Note 6)
F Iv circuit filter setting
S26
Compensation circuit set ting
S27
S28
S29
S30
External analog current

limitter setting
S31
Connect CNl (19) pin and av
S33
o
OVC alarm level setting
o
S34
S35
S36
Current feedback gain

setting (Note 7)
Speed feedback gain setting
(Note 8)
S37
S38
Compensation circuit set ting
- 426 -
6.3.2
b) PCB A20B-1000-0560 (Edition number E)

Tabia 6.3.2 (bl
Setting
terminal
Standard setting
Remarks
2-0, l-O
0,5
10,20M
20,30
30R
S l
TOH setting (Note l)
S 2
S 4
S 5
S 6
S 7
S10
rI
Sl1
S12
S13
S17
S18
S19
S20
Absolute code output enable

(Note 4)
S32
Setting for absolute pulse

coder (Note 5)
Setting
terminal
2-0, l-O, O, 5, 10, 20M, 20, 30, 30R

Pulse coder
3000P
2000P
2S00P
S 8
S 9
S14
SlS
S16
Remarks
I
I
- 427 -
Pulse coder, pole number,

6.3.2
Set ting
terminal
Standard setting
Remarks
2-0,1-0
0,5
10,20M
20,30
30R
S2l
S22
S23
S24
S25

F/V circuit filter setting
S26
S27
S28
S29
External analog current

limitter set ting
S30
c) PCB A20B-1000-0560 (Edition number C or D)

Table 6.3.2 (c)
Setting
terminal
Standard setting
Remarks
10
20,30
30R
S 4
S 5
S 6
S 7
SlO
Sl1
S12
S13
2-0,1-0
0,5
S l
S 2
- 428 -
TG alarm enab le (Note 3)
6.3.2
Setting
terminal
Standard setting
Remarks
2-0, l-O
0,5
10
20,30
30R
S17
S18
S19
S20
2-0, l-O, O, 5, 10, 20, 30, 30R

Pulse eoder
2000P
2S00P
3000P
Setting
terminal
S 8
S 9
S14
SlS
S16
Absolute eode output enable

(Note 4)
Remarks
Pulse eoder F/V gain setting
Setting
terminal
Pulse eoder, pole number,

Standard setting
Remarks
0,5
2-0,1-0
10
20,30
30R
S21
Compensation eireuit setting
822
823
S24
825
826
827
I
II
I
I
I
F/V eireuit filter setting
Compensation eireuit setting
828
- 429 -
6.3.2
Note l) If either power transformer or regenerative dis charge unit is connected

across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set SI to open (L side).
If neither power transformer nor regenerative discharge unit is
connected across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set SI to short (R side).
2) Set S2 to open (L side), if the regenerative dis charge unit is not
mounted, and set it to short (R side), if the regenerative discharge
unit is mounted.
3) Set SlO to L side, if it is needed to check with motor power cable
disconnected.
4) If S20 is set at L side, absolute codes from the pulse coder is output
to NC while VRDY is on ,
If VRDY is turned OFF, the alarm code is
output. If S20 is set at H side, the alarm code is always output.
5) When the absolute value pulse coder is used, set S32 at R side.
6) I f S23 is short-circuited, 7V/2000 rpm will be set.
I f i t is open,
7V/lOOO rpm will be set.
If models 10, 20, and 30R are used over 1500
rpm,
change
the
above
settings
and
NC
parameters
(loop
gain
multipliers) .
7) Models O, 5, 10, and 20M only may be short-circuited.
If S3S and S36
are short-eircuited, conversion of current feedback signals (CHlO, Il,
12) is 0.183 V/A.
8) If S37 is short-circuited, the rate feedback voltage is changed from
3V/1000 rpm to 1.sV/lOOO rpm. Normally, set it in the open state.
9) The way of setting is shown as foliowing figures.
Setting plug
r::J).
---IF.i1) H
L:J) L
lGJj)
H
L
(b) Setting af L side
(a)' Setting af H side
2) For Model 4-0, 3-0 (PCB A20B-1000-0s90) (analog servo)

Table 6.3.2 (d)
Pulse coder
Set ting terminal
Remarks
2s00P
2000P
S l
S 8

OPEN
SlO
Pulse eoder F/V Gain
SIS
S16
S20
Pulse coder
Pole number, pulse number setting
S32
For ABS pulse coder setting

(Note 3)
- 430 -
6.3.2
Note 1) If power transformer is connected across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set
SI to open (R side).
If power transformer is not connected across terminals CN2 (4) and (5),
set SI to short (L side).
2) Set S10 to R side if it is needed to check with motor power cable
disconnected.
3) If the absolute pulse coder is used set 532 at H side.
4) The way of setting is shown as foliowing figures.
Setting plug
--E
j L
(a) Setting of H side
(b) Setting of L side
(c) Setting of L side
(d) Setting of R side
3) For ModelS-O (analog servo)

Table 6.3.2 (e)
Terminal setting
Standard setting
S 1
TOR setting (Note 1)
S 2
Pulse coder setting (Note 2)
S 3
Absolute pulse coder setting

(Note 3)
S 4
TG, OVC alarm desable setting

(Note 4)
Remarks
Note 1) If the power transformer connected to CN2 (4) and (5), set SI at L. If
there is no connection, set SI at H.
2) If the pulse coder is 1000P/rev, set S2 at L, and if 2000P/rev, set it
at R.
3) If the absolute pulse coder is used, set 53 at H, and if not used set it
at L.
4) If TG and OVC alarms are made invalid, set S4 at R.
5) If a 1000P/rev pulse coder is used, care should be taken in DMR setting.
(DMR setting should be double that in a normal 2000P/rev pulse coder.)
- 431 -
6.3.2
4) For 2-axis control AC serve unit (analog servo)

PCB A20B-1001-0470
A16B-1200-0s20
Table 6.3.2 (fl
Terminal
setting
Standard setting
Remarks
2-0, l-O
0,5
Sl
TOH setting (Note l)
S2
SlOL,M
S17L,M
S18L,M
S19L,M
S20L,M
Absolute code output enable (Note 4)
S22L,M
S23L,M
S24L,M
S2sL,H
S26L,H
S27:L,H
S28L,H
S29L,H
F/V input pulse width setting (Note 6)
S30L,M
Le
S311,H
TG alarm enab le
S321,H
Setting for absolute pulse eoder (Note 7)
S33L,H
- 432 -
6.3.2
Terminal
setting
Pulse coder
Remarks
2000P
2s00P
3000P
S 3L,M
S 9L,M
S14L,M
SlsL,M
S16L,M
Pulse coder pole number and

pulse number setting
Note l) If the power transformer is connected to terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set
SI at L side.
2)
, If the regenerative discharge unit is mounted, set S2 in the
short-circuit state. If it is not mounted, set S2 in the open state.
3) If check is required without connection of the motor power cable, set
SlO at L side.
4) If S20 is set at L side, absolute code s from the pulse coder is output
to NC while VRDY is on ,
output. If S20 is set at R, the alarm code is always output.
5) If 523 is short-circuited, 7V/2000 rpm is set, and if it is open,
7V/lOOO rpm is set.
6) If 529 is short-circuited, the velocity feedback voltage is changed from
3V/lOOO rpm to 1.sV/lOOO rpm. Normally, set it in the open state.
7) If ABS pulse coder is used, set 532 in the open state.
8) 5etting operations are shown in the Fig. below.
~)
~)
) !!
Setting plug - - ,
j L
II
(b) Setting of L side
(a) Setting of H side
l E!JI
L
'---'
----./
(d) Setting of R side
(c) Setting of L side
- 433 -
6.3.2
5)
For 3-axis control AC servo unit (PCB A20B-1001-0770)

Table 6.3.2 (g)
Terminal
setting
Standard setting
Remarks
0/5
10
Sl
S2
SlOL,M,N
S17L,M,N
S18L,M,N
S19L,M,N
S20L,M,N
Absolute code output enable (Note 4)
S22L,M,N
S23L,M,N
S24L,M,N
S2sL,M,N
S26L,M,N
S27L,M,N
S28L,M,N
S29L,M,N
F/V input pulse width setting (Note 6)
S30L,M,N
S31L,M,N
TG alarm enable
S32L,M,N
Setting for absolute pulse coder (Note 7)
S33L,M,N
-434 -
6.3.2
Terminal
setting
Pulse coder
Remarks
2000P
2S00P
3000P
8 8L,M,N
S 9L,M.N
S14L,M,N
SlSL,M,N
S16L,M,N
Pulse coder pole number and

pulse number setting
N system
Terminal
setting
O series, l series
2 series, 3 series
6 series, 9 series
10/11/12/100/
110/120 series
834
Remarks
VRDY signal setting
Note l) If the power transformer is connected to terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set
81 at L side.
2) If the regenerative discharge unit is mounted, set 82 in the shortcircuit state. If it is not mounted, set S2 in the open state.
3) If check is required without connection of the motor power cable, set
S10 at L side.
4) If S20 is set at L side, absolute codes from the pulse coder is output
to NC while VRDY is cn ,
output. If S20 is set at H, the alarm code is always output.
S) If 823 is short-circuited, 7V/2000 rpm is set, and if i t is open,
7V/1000 rpm is set.
6) If S29 is short-circuited, the velocity feedback voltage is changed from
3V/1000 rpm to 1.SV/1000 rpm. Normally, set it in the open state.
7) If ABS pulse coder is used, set S32 in the open state.
8) Setting operations are shown in the Fig. below.
Setting plug
---g
r::J)
i H
.J
) L
lGJj)
(a) Set at H side
H
L
(b) Set at L side
- 435 -
6.3.3
6.3.3 Variable resistor

Table 6.3.3
Standard setting
Variable resistor
Remarks
RVl
40%
RV2
Offset voltage adjustment
RV3
Tachogenerator voltage adjustment
RV4
+5 V power supply fine adjustment
Gain setting
Note) RV2-RV4 have been adjusted at factory before the shipment.

6.3.4 Check terminals list
l) For l-axis control AC servo unit

Table 6.3.4 (a)
Check terminal
Symbol
CR l
Description
a x velocity command voltage (Note 2)
0.8 x tachogenerator voltage
av
av
av
av
5
Compensation circuit
6
R-phase current command
S-phase current command
T-phase current command
10
IR
R-phase current feedback
11
IS
S-phase current feedback
12
IT
T-phase current feedback
13
TRW
Triangle wave (See Note l)
14
ER
Error voltage (Torque command)
15
+5V
+5V
- 436 -
2.4V/A for motor 4-0,3-0

0.85V/A for motor 2-0,1-0
0.25V/A for motor 0,5,10
0.125V/A for motor 20,30
O.lV/A for motor 30R
6.3.4
Check terminal
Symbol
16
+15V
+15V
17
-15V
-15V
18
10RF
lOV reference voltage
Note l)
2)
Description
Triangle wave
0.344 when VCMD
a
a = 0.687 when VCMD
12'UV
7 V/1000 rpm
7 V/2000 rpm
I
. - - - 340 30 J.L sec.
2) For 2-axis control AC servo unit

Tabia 6.3.4 (b)
Check terminal
Symbol
CR lL,M
VCMD
a x velocity command voltage (Note l)
CR 2L,H
TSA
0.8 x velocity feedback voltage
CR 3L,M
av
av
av
av
CR 4
Description
CR 5L,M
Campensation circuit
CR 6L,M
CR 7L,M
CR 8L,M
CR 9L,M
CR10L,M
IR
CRllL,M
IS
CRl2L,M
IT
- 437 -
l.18 A/V
(Motor l-O, 2-0)
4.00 A/V (Motor 0,5)
6.3.4
Check terminal
Symbol
Description
TRW
Triangle wave (Note 3)
ER
Error voltage (Torque command voltage) (Note 4)
CR1S
+SV
+SV
CR16
+lSV
+lSV
CHl7
-lSV
-lSV
CR13
CHl4L,M
Note l) a = 0.344 when VCMD is 7V/1000 rpm

a = 0.687 when VCMD is 7V/2000 rpm
2) Setting terminal s4 is on the PCB A16B-1200-0S20.
3) Waveform of triangle wave is as follows.
12 1.5V
36030.usec
4) Motor load currents (peak values) can be monitored using the same
conversion as CR10-12.
Effective values can be obtain by multiplying
urr:
3) For 3-axis control AC servo unit

Table 6.3.4 (c)
Check terminal
Description
Symbol
CR lL,M,N
VCMD
a x velocity command voltage (Note l)
CR 2L,M,N
TSA
0.8 x velocity feedback voltage
CR 3L,M,N
av
av
CR SL,M,N
Campensation circuit
CR 6L,M,N
CR 7L,M,N
CR 8L,M,N
- 438 -
6.3.4
Check terminal
Symbol
Description
CR 9L,M,N
CRIOL,M,N
IR
CRllL,M,N
IS
CR12L,M,N
IT
CRl3
TRW
Triangle wave (Note 2)
CR14L,M,N
ER
Error voltage (Torquecommand)
CRIS
+SV
+sV
CHl6
-t sv
+lsV
CR17
-lsV
-lsV
s.4sA/V
(Motor O, 5, 10)
Note l) a = 0.344 when VCMD is 7V/IOOO rpm

a = 0.687 when VCMD is 7V/2000 rpm
2) Waveform of triangle wave is as follows.
121.5V
36030,usec
3) Motor load currents (p eak values) can be monitored using the same
conversion as CRIO-12.
The effective values can be obtained by
multiplying l/~
- 439 -
6.3.4
Name
PRDY
(Green LED)
Meaning
Position control ready end signal
HV
(Red LED)
High voltage alarm

DC voltage in power supply is toa high.
HC
(Red LED)
Circuit is abnormal.
Abnormal current flowed in the circuit.
OVC
(Red LED)
Overcurrent alarm
Current that exceeds the setting value flowed more than definite
period in the circuit.
LV
(Red LED)
Low voltage alarm

Control voltage is toa low.
+5 V fuse blow out on the PCB.
TG
(Red LED)
Velocity feedback disconnection detection

Velocity feedback cable is disconnected.
DC
(Red LED)
Circuit is abnormal.
Regenerative dis charge is not performed normally.
- 440 -
6.4
6.4 Setting and Adjustment on PCB for Velocity Amplifier for AC Servo Motor
6.4.1
Parts location on PCB
l) For Model 2-0 - Model 30R (digital servo)

a) A16B-1200-0670
g::
OCH3L
OCHIE
I
OCH2E
<U
OCH3E
IOCHIC
O- OCH2C
.....
~
OCH3C
OCHIA
....
~ QcH2A
'-D
~oCH3A
CN4
D
FI
CN3
C~~O
c~~o
c~~o
DPDY
CH60
lIV
CH50
HC
CH40
LV
DC
CH30
~oSI O~
52
CH2
CHIO
OH
F0 2
F-l
CN2
CNI
Fig. 6.4.1 (a)
A 16B-1200-0670
- 441 -
6.4.1
2) For
Ae servo motor Model 4-0 and 3-0 (digital servo)
a) A20B-I002-0S00
~ I,-_~~_+--~---+-
.e.. .- -+---,-<D
e CN3
@
HV ~
HC
A20B-I002-0500/ME&m
LV ~
OH
~
DFUSE,
DRDY
CHI30
+2<4V
CHI20
-ISV
CHIIO
+15V
CHIOO
+SV R20
CH9Q
OV~
CH~
IS
CH70
IR
CHSO
*PWMFR8
CHSORS
*PWME
CH40
*PWMD
CH3Q
*PWMC
ZNR2
CH20
*PWMB
CHIO
*PWMA
A350-I002-T502/00
A350-I002-Z503/00
Fig. 6.4.1 (bl A20B10020500
- 442 -
6.4.1
b) For Model 4-0, 3-0
RLYl
(A20B-1000~0600)
CN31
+5 ADJ
D
--
RV4
o
o
\O
o
Cl
o
o
,
!Xl
<t:
'<t
U '---
~~~
MCC
FS2
RP4
RP
~=====II
lI
RP6
II
RP7
ITl
FSl
Fig. 6.4.1 (c) A20B-1000-0600
- 443 -
6.4.1
3) For Ae servo motor ModelS-O (digital servo)

a) A20B-1001-0430
u
::>
15
10
20
25
I~
l
CN3
OHV
<x:
A20B-1001-0430 /
u.
e w%
OHC
<x:
<x:
-,
OLV
-z
OOH
a..
Cl
<x:
ODRDY
CHo
13
CH +24V
120
CH -15V
110
+15V
Fl
CHO
10
+5V
C~O
CH OV
80
70
CH IS
CH IR
60pw
Cfet:
C~OME
CH *PWMD
30
CfWMC
(J
20
BFR1
FR2
CH *PWMB
1QpWMA
I
1
CN1
14
CN2
Fig. 6.4.1 (d) A20B1001-0430
- 444 -
O)H
) L
81
6.4.1
4) Servo amplifier for 2-axis control

a) A16B-1200-0680
AI6B-1200-06801
CNIO
M
A
X
I
FI
CN9
L
A
X
I
CH
13
O
O
+-24V
CH
IZ
CH
10
-ISV
+-ISV
CHO
BM
.SV
~~O
CH
ISM
BLO
CHO
7L
C~O
CHO
SM
CHO
SM
CHO
4M
CHO
3M
>-
CN8
~~O
CH
IMO
CHO
CHO
5L
CHO
'L
CHO
CHO
n,
CHO
IL
JL
JL
MV
I
I
LV
I
I
DC
MC
CNIM
DM
O~
o~
S2
SICN
Fig. 6.4.1 (e)
A16B12000680
- 445 -
6.4.1

a) A20B-1002-0280
A20B-I002-02801_ _
FANUC MADE IN .JAPAN
:z
o~
<.J
o~
o~
o~
oi
l
Z
U
ogs
o~
o;
oi
o~
r:~O
o~
~o
~~~o
o~
c~~o
c~o
D.,
!Zu
A350-I002-T284/01
A350-I002-Z283/01
Fig. 6.4.1 (f) A20B1002-0280
- 446 -
6.4.1
6) For Model O - 30M (200V Ae input type digital servo)

a) A20B-1003-0090
A20B-lO03-0090/
FUSEl
(-f..)
PIL
CN4
FANUC
MADE
IN
JAPAN
CN3
I40
*ICLR
mU20
-15V
DRDYS
caurt
HV~
HC::;:<
+15v
GIDOO
LV~
+5V
CH9[J
OV
CH80
IS
CH70
DC>,:<
OH>,:<
H~
>,:<
L
"-"
+5V
82
IR
CHIO
*PWl\lA
~~
(i3l
@i
Fig. 6.4.1 (g) A20B10030090
- 447 -
T4
rn
6.4.1
7) For Model 1-2 - 2-0 (200V AG input type digital servo)

a) A20B-1003-0030
O O O
-15 +20 +15
p4D
+5...."
OH-.:.
700
HV~
HO~
LV~
DC~
OH~
I
o
o
o
o
l'
CD
cc
DRDY
-<
';j'
INCL""""
DOP
O
CHG
O
CH5
O
CH4
O
OH3
O
CH2
O
CH
61
Fig. 6.4.1 (h) A20B-10030030
- 448 -
6.4.1
8) For Model 3-0, 4-0 (200V AG input type digital servo)

a) A20B-1002-0730 (Upper side)
T Bl
T B 31
CN31
'--__
~_:_-----------------...,_...,.__-.....J
Al
.z
.....
rr-:
1'"
-t-
+5V
>;'
DRDY
HG
HV
>;<
OH
LV
I
-,
""r:-o
I
N
o
o
I
>!l
CN2
CNl
OH8
OHI
o o o o C o oIS o
OH13 CH12 CHu OHlO CH9 OH7

+20V -15V +15V +5V OV
IR
Fig. 6.4.1 (i)
*PWl\lA
A20B-1002-0730
- 449 -
HeD
Le
SI
o
N
6.4.1
b) A20B-IG02-0730 (Lower side)
CN3 [
I
-,
~
r-
o
I
TI
8
.....
I
o::l
FUl
FU2
o
N
<:.:
FU3
Fig. 6.4.1 (j) A20B-1002-0740
- 450 -
6.4.1

a) A16B-1200-0720
A16B
1200 0 7 2 0 / _
[jr
4L
10
Lr
IS
Il;
4M
l
c,
<
'J
10
!:il
Cl
<
:;;s
IS
Z;
<
HV
rx..
CH13
82
+20V
CH 12
~3
Hg
-liiV
CHl
-::j;'
{:<
>-<
OH >=<
HO
LV>;<
DO
-'-15\'
CHIO
"-svO
CH9
or
CH8M
ISM
CH7M
,.--..,
IRM
CH8L,
O
lSL
IO
DRDY
CH7L
IRL
CHL'd
15
*.P\RIAM
CHIL
~PWMAL
C:-1rM{
l~~ [L (
J:.
f
TOP)
BT~1 J 7
r-r--:
'Fl'"
7
20
14
D13
g81
H
L
--
Fig. 6.4.1 (k)
A16B-1200-0720
- 451 -
CN2
nm
6.4.1
10) Servo amplifier for 3-axis control (200V Ae input type digital servo)
a) A20B-llOO-0220
AI6B-llOO-0220/_
CN
CN3
4L
CN
4M
DRDY
,......"
.t.HV
,......"
HC
LV
DC
?;<
""
aH ~
'-'
PANDC
MADE IN
JAPAN
CHl3
-tIDVO
CH12
-ISVO
CHlI
,15\10
CHI0
-t5VO
CH9
av
CN
4N
CH9L
CH9M
av
av
CH8M
CHSL
O
O
CN9N
av
ISL
CH8NO
CH7N ISN
ISM
CH7M
IRM
O CHIM
*PWMAM
IRL
CH7L
OCHIL
IRN
CHIN
O
SI
~ ;r:-rn-------"?~;
Z 7
Fig. 6.4.1 (I)
H[DDJH
L[
JL
S2
l2"'r-rn. ::--------,
z~
uy
A20B-110-0220
- 452 -
nm
CN2
6.4.2
6.4.2 Setting terminal
l) For Model 2-0 - 30R, 5-0, 4-0, 3-0 and servo amplifier for 2 axes con t ro L
(digital servo)
Settings are Sl and S2 only for digital servo.
Setting terminal
Standard setting
Sl
TOH setting (See Note l) .
S2
DC alarm setting (See Note 2)

This setting is not provided to servo
amplifier for modelS-O.
Note l) If either power transformer ar regenerative dis charge unit is connected

across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set Sl to open (L side).
If neither power transformer nor regenerative discharge unit is
connected across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set Sl to short (H side).
Note 2) Set S2 to open (L side), if the regenerative discharge unit is not
mounted, and set it to short (H side), if the regenerative discharge
unit is mounted.
---tF:i]J H
Setting plug
t:JJ
(a) Setting af H side
(b) Setting af L side
6.4.3 Checkterminal list
Check terminal
Symbol
CH l
*PWMA
A phase drive signal
CH 2
*PWMB
B phase drive signal
CH 3
*PWMC
C phase drive signal
CH 4
*P~VMD
D phase drive signal
CH 5
*PWME
E phase drive signal
CH 6
*PWMF
F phase drive signal
CH 7
IR
R phase current (Note l)
CH 8
IS
S phase current (Note l)
CH 9
OV
OV
CH 10
+SV
+SV
CH 11
+lSV
+lSV
CH 12
-lSV
-lSV
CH 13
+24V
+24V
- 453 -
6.4.3
Note l) Current converted values are as follows:

lOA/V
Model O, 5, 10, 20M
ModelS-O
O.sA/V
Model 20, 30
20A/V
Model 4-0, 3-0
0.83A/V
Model 30R, 30A
2sA/V
Model 2-0, l-O
2.94A/V
Effective current value can be got by dividing max. curretn value by
Max. current value is got by converting measured max. voltage
waveform of IR or IS.
.
.
Example) Effective value is 3A when IR waveform is as follows.

For model 5
~---------~T
NAME
a.424V
Calculation
0.424 x 10 .;-
fi
av
MEANING
DRDY
(GREEN LED)
Position control ready end signal
HV
(Red LED)
High voltage alarm

DC voltage in power supply is too high.
HC
(Red LED)
Circuit is abnormal
Abnormal current flowed in the circuit
LV
Low voltage alarm

Control voltage is too low.
+sV fuse blow out on the PCB.
DC
(Red LED)
Circuit is abnormal
Regenerative dis charge is not performed normally.
CH
(Red LED)
Overheat alarm
Servo unit is overheated
Regenerative discharge unit is overheated.
.
.
Note) The LED for DC is not provided to unit for model 3-0, 4-0, 5-0.
- 454 -
2.
by
6.5
6.5 Setting and Adjustment for Ae Spindle Servo Unit

6.5.1
PCB parts mounting diagram
Notes { EB - -- Check Terminal (CRI to 32, e t c , )

~ - -- Variable resistor (RVI to 19)
D--- Terminal for setting (SI to 7)
FA
Fuse-D
Transformer
TI
FBD
Power supply
heal sink
FCD
RV15
~~~
Alarm fuse
FDD
AF1AF2AF3
EB 19B
CT
EB 19 A
RV17
EB CH32
CN
DFE
DFF
EB
EB
EB
EB
EB
EB
EB
EB
EB
EB
CH3l
CH30
CH29
CH28
-15
Transformer
T2
av
+5
+15
+24
CLK
CH25
CH23
CH2l
CH19
CH17
CH15
CH16
D
o::
Version
c~ i ~
EB ARS
EB SLP
o::
FH
2 ROM I
EBEB
EBl9
EBl9
EBEB
EBl9
CH2 6
CH2 4
CH2 2
CH20
CH18
84 2 l
lfl~ RV7
Relay
RL
RV5
CN
SID
CH12~+RV4
CHll
CHlO
CH 9
IS~Pl
I i
RV13
RV12
RVll
19EBEBa
C N 9
S8
IS~P2
~RV14
----5~
p II , AI.AfjM EBI RV 6
Display
LED
Pilot
alarm
code
Indualated Amplifier
RV16
+ RV3
O
89
Drawing
number
CH8
(Upper)
+24V Receiver
RI-R24Q
(Under)
External
connection
side
av when
contacter
closed
Receiver
pull-up resister
R ' er
A Converter
2~lt~~are)
-- . UlJ [?
~.Alarm reset
switch
RVl RV2
~ ~
1m
e av
e CH7
C CD
N4
RV18 RV19
e e e ~-L_-L_...l------II
000 n ~~~
SI, S2
s""~
CH4 CH5CH6
CN 3
Terminal board for
speedometer and load meter
Motor signal connector
- 455 -
6.5.2 Main parts list for Ae spindle servo unit for motor model 3-15
l) Fuses and surge absorbers

Specification
Item
Name
Symbol
Model 3
Model 6
A60L-0001-0127/25FH75
Model 8
Hodel 12
F1'v3
Fuse
F4
Fuse
F5,6
Fuse
A60L-OOOI-OO36/PCl-20
F7
Fuse
A60L-0001-0147
Z1'v4
Surge absorber
A50L-0221-0062/441-12
AFl
Fuse on PCB
A60L-0001-OO46/3.2(3.2A)
AF2,3
Fuse on PCB
A60L-0001-OO75/3.2(3.2AS)
A60L-0001-0145
Model 15
A60L-0001-0149
A60L-0001-OO31/5A
A60L-0001-OO36/PCl-30
A60L-OOOI-0145
A60L-OOOI-0149
-!'lJ1
0'\
0\
Ul
10
2) Main parts
Specification
Item
+:-
Symbol
Name
Model 3
Model 6
AZOB-0009-0530
AZOB-0009-0531
JlO
Jll
ModeliZ
Model 15
AZOB-0009-0533
AZOB-0009-0534
Model 8
P.C.B.
Printed circuit board
AZOB-0009-053Z
ROM
Memory element
TMhll
Transistor module
SM h3
SCR module
DMh3
Diode module
Dh3
Diode
A50L-2001-0103/12JHll
D4'\,6
Diode
A50L-2001-0103/1ZJGll
D7
Diode
A50L-2001-0081/60
D8
Diode
A50L-2001-0097/U06G
10
Ch3
Capacitor
A42L-000I-OI03
11
MCC
Electromagnetic contactor
12
TF
Transformer
A80L-OOOl-0276
13
FAN
Cooling fan
A90L-OOOI-OO99/A
14
TH
Thermostat
A57L-00OI-0028
15
SW
Switch
A57L-OOOI-OO30/Z
JOZ
J03
J04
A50L-000I-0096
A50L-5900-00Z9/30
A50L-5000-0029/50
A50L-2001-0138
A50L-ZOOI-0146
l.n
--..J
A58L-000I-0094/200VIAIB
A58L-OOOI-OO92/A
0\
Vl
1--.)
6.5.3
6.5.3 Adjustment of variable resistor on the PCB for AC spind le servo unit
Notes l. This table is applicable to PCBs of versions

A20B-0009-0530 to 0534.
2. Since the variable resistor, RV7, 8,14 through 19, are adjusted by
factory at shipment, they must not be readjusted by the user.
Standard
setting
No.
Symbol
Item
RVl
Velocity command
voltage level
CRl3-0V
See Subsection (1)

on the next page.
RV2
Velocity command
voltage offset
CHl3-0V
See Subsection (1)

on the next page.
RV3
Speed arrival
detection level
CR10-OV
See Subsection (4)
RV4
Speed detection
level
CR9-0V
See Subsection (5)
RV5
Torque limitation
level
RV6
Regenerated power
limitation
RV7
VF conversion
level (1)
Check terminals
Procedure
See Subsection (6)

3 scale
<>
CR23-0V
See item 5.1.5.

When the voltage
between LM and OM
is 10 V, the
frequency is
200 + 2 kRz.
RV8
Setting for speed

detection circuit
CHl8-0V
When the voltage

between CR17 and
O V, is 0.2 V,
2.2 + 0.1 V.
10
RV9
Adjustment of
forward motor
speed
RV10
Speed detection
offset
Number af motor
revolutions
CR17-0V
See Subsection (2)
When the spindle

is stopped, the
offset voltage
must be within
+2 mV.
11
RV11
Adjustment af
reverse motor
speed
12
RV12
Velocity loop
gain
13
RV13
Velocity loop
offset
Number of motor
revolutions
See Subsection (2)
Spindle
See Subsection (3)
5 scale
- 458 -
6.5.3
Standard
setting
No.
Symbol
14
RV14
Adjustment af
loadmeter
amplitude
15
RV15
Voltage adjustment af +5 V
16
RV16
Regenerated
4 scale
voltage limitation
level
17
RV17
VF conversion
level (2)
Item
Check terminals
LM-OM
+5V - OV
CR32-0V
Procedure
10 + O.lV at
acceleration
(without torque
limit)
5 + 0.05 V
When input voltage

is 200 V AC, the
frequency is
24 + 0.2 kHz.
18
RV18
Adjustment af
RA offset
CR5-0V
2.5 + 0.05 V when

CN2 is open.
19
RV19
Adjustment af
RB offset
CR6-0V
Same as the above.
l) Velocity command voltage (RV1, RV2)

When the velocity command voltage is 10 V, the motor rotates at the rated
speed.
Item
Measuring
terminals
Offset
CHl3-0V
Level
CRU-OV
Adjustment procedure
Set the motor to operating status and
supply a velocity command voltage af OV
(equivalent to SOO) to the motor.
Adjust RV2 so that the voltage between
the measuring terminals will not change
when forward rotation and reverse
rotation commands are issued alternately.
See the fallowing NOTE.
Voltage
><Adjusted>
+ <Be[ore
adjustrnent
Normal
rotation
Re;r;" +5mV
!?~tion/
+2mV
Supply arated rotational command voltage

af 10 V to the motor and adjust RV1 so
that the voltage between the measuring
terminals becomes +10 V + 0.05 V when the
spindle forward rotation-command is
issued.
(Example) For example, if the voltage at CR13 is +5.0 mV when the spindle
rotates forward and it is +5.0 mV + 1.0 mV when the spindle rotates in
reverse, the offset error af the velocity command voltage is +1.0 mV.
- 459 -
6.5.3
2) Rotational speed adjustment (RV9, RVll)

The number af motor revolutions can be adjusted accurately by the fallowing
procedure. The number af motor revolutions should be measured directly using
a stroboscope ar tachameter.
Measuring
point
Item
Adjusting procedure
Number af forward
motor revolutions
Spindle
Supply the rated velocity command voltage

to the motor.
Adjust RV9 so that the motor rota tes at
the rated speed when a forward rotation
(SFR) command is issued.
Number af reverse
motor revolutions
Spindle
Adjust RVll so that the motor rotates at

the rated speed when a reverse rotation
(SRV) command is issued.
(Example)
The forward rotation means that the Ae spindle motor rotates

counterclockwise (forward rotation) as seen from the shaf t ,
Thus, it may not correspond to the forward rotation af the
machine spindle.
Direction of forward
motor rotation (SFR)
3) Velocity offset (RV13)

This adjustment is made so that the spindle will not rotate at low speed when
a velocity command voltage af av is supplied. This should be performed af ter
the previous adjustments.
Item
Velocity offset
Measuring
point
Spindle
(ar Motor)
Adjusting procedure
Supply a velocity command voltage af av.
Adjust RV13 so that the spindle will not
rotate when forward ar revers e rotation
commands are issued.
- 460 -
6.5.3
4) Speed arrival deteetion level (RV3)

Setting of the speed arrival deteetion level ean be performed by using the
following graph.
Vertieal axis is the pereentage of motor speed to the rated value.
50
45
40
~
QJ
>
..2
35~
ec
.
u
30
QJ
"<:l
~
.;:::
....
25
Ol
"<:l
QJ
QJ
Co
CIl
20
15
10
Standard setting 15%
I
10-I
I
I
O
O
Scale of RY3
~o
9
10
How to read the seale of potentiometer
- 461 -
10
6.5.3
5) Speed deteeting level (RV4)

Vertieal axis is the pereentage af motor speed when rated value is assumed as
100%. This signal ean be used for eonfirmation when eluteh ar gear is being
ehanged.
80
70
60
~
"
50
>
.!l
Ol)
.g
o
B
-e
"
"t:l
""c ,
40
30
Cl:)
20
Standard setting 3%
10
O
10
Scale of RV4
6) Torque limit level (RV5)

Vertieal axis is the pereentage af torque when 30 minutes rated torque is
assumed as 100%.
When
TLMH
signal
is "ON"
When
TLML
signal
is "ON"
Scale ofRV5
- 462 -
6.5.4
6.5.4 Description of check terminal
Terminal
name
Signal
name
Remarks
Contents
CRl
DA2
Analog command voltage
O - 10.0 V
CR2
DAl
Output voltage from D/A

converter
O - 10.0 V
CR3
PA
Phase A output from pulse

generator
(2.5 V + 5%) + 0.2 V

TYP'
-
CR4
PB
Phase B output from pulse

generator
PA leads PB by 90 when CW
rotation
CR5
RA
Reference voltage of phase A
Direct current of PA:
-+25
mA
CR6
RB
Reference voltage of phase' B
Direct current of PB:
-+25
mA
CR7
PSA
Phase A square weve
Dut Y 50% (at constant speed)

+ 10%
OV
OV
OV af printed circuit board
CRS
PSB
Phase B square wave
DutY 50% (at constant speed)

+10%
CR9
SDTRF
Spee~
CRlO
SARRF
Speed arrival level
Variable by RV3
CRll
BDZY
Acceleration/deceleration
busy
I~O"~
CR13
VCMD
Velocity command voltage
O - +10.0 V + ; CCW, - CW
CR14
RVP
Reverse rotation speed pulse
Pulse width: 3.2 microseconds

(Only for reverse rotation)
CRl5
FWP
Forward rotation speed pulse
Pulse width: 3.2 microseconds

(Only for reverse rotation)
CR16
OV
OV af printed circuit board
CR17
TSl
F/V output af velocity

feedback
6000 rpm (CCW): -10 V
CRIS
TS2
Low speed detection signal
120 rpm (CCW): -2.2 V
CR20
TSA
Velocity feedback signal
Rated rotational speed:

'::10 V, ccv.
LTRF
Output torque limitation

voltage
Output
CH21
detection level
- 463 -
Variable 0.14 V through 7.4 V

by RV4
IlIn
l: During Acc/Dcc
~[(I VCR211+1.8)/10]
x Maximum output
6.5.4
Terminal
name
Signal
name
CH22
CRU
Contents
Phase U current detection
signal
Remarks
Current per IV
I M3,6 I MS I H12 I MIS I

I 16.7A I 25A I 35.7A 150A I
CH23
ERP
VF conversion output
CH28 la V: 200 kHz

width; 0.4 ~s
CH24
CRV
Phase V current detection

signal
V phase motor current

detection signal
CH25
TRWF
Triangle wave signal
CH26
CRW
Phase H current detection

signal
W phase motor current

detection signal
CLK
CLK
Clock signal
312.5 kHz 200 ns typ
+24
24V
Power source voltage of

+24 V
DC25.6 Vtyp, RippIe: 0.5 V

p-p
100 Hz
+15
15V

+15 V
-15 V +4%
+5
5V

+5 V
+5V +1% (Preadjusted by RV15)
av
av
av
av,
-15
-15V

-15 V
-15 V +4%
CH28
ER
Error voltage
O - 10 V
CH29
UCM
Phase U command voltage
CH30
VCM
Phase V command voltage
CH31
WCM
Phase W command voltage
CH32
24VP
Pulse signal
24 kHz at AC 200 V
19A
19A
Input voltage of 19 V AC
PCB Control power supply
CT
CT
av
19B
19B
Input voltage of 19 V AC
of printed circuit board
- 464 -
/\I\I\I\_~t
la
Vp-p
same as CH16
6.6
6.6
Adjustment af Spindle Orientation Control Circuit
6.6.1
Adjustment of magnetic sensor system spindle orientation
l) Mounting magnetizing element and magnetic sensor
Determine the mounting direction for the magnetizing element and magnetic
sensor as follows. Incorrect mounting may cause repetition of clockwise and
counterclockwise rotation of spindle without stopping during positioning,
hunting, and the end of the magnetizing element and sensor head to stop in
the opposite position.
Mounting methods of magnetizing element and sensor
Item
Explanation
Mount the magnetizing element so that the reference hole moves and
faces as shown in Figure l when the spindle rotates in the positive
direction by the command of spindle motor CW rotation (SFR and VCMD
positive).
Mount the magnetic sensor head so that the pin hole of the flange and
the reference hole of the magnetizing element face in opposite
directions.
The gap between the magnetizing element and sensor head should be
minimum of 1.5 + 0.5 mm.
4
Reference
hole
Movement af the magnetizing

element when the spindle motor
turns in the positive direction
(SFR).
y
I
I
Pin hold
~
Magnetizing element
Sensor head
Fig. 1 Mounting magnetizing element
- 465 -
6.6.1
2) Setting and adjustment af two-speed steps type

Spindle orientation circuit C
A06B-6041-J120
Orientation circuit C PCB ...... A20B-0008-0030
a) Setting and function of jumper terminal (SH)
The connection and function of jumper terminals (SH) which can be freely
selected are listed below. SHOl should be connected af ter the power is on
since it is used only for adjustment and testing.
It should be
disconnected af ter adjustment making sure that LED? goes off.
Connection and functions of jumper terminals (SH)
(A double outline indicates the standard setting)
(Note l) Status
Function
SH
Ol
02
03
04
1-2
/
o
(Note 2)
Test mode
Connected only for

adjustment
When an orientation instruction is

issued af ter power is turned an and
before driving the spindle, the
motor shaft end rotates in a
clockwise direction.
II x
II
When an orientation instruction is

issued af ter power is turned on and
before driving the spindle, the
motor shaft end rotates in a
counterclockwise direction.
II o
II
Moves in the direction the spindle

was turning just before the
orientation instruction was issued.
The orientation direct ion is

always CCW.
The orientation direction is

always CW .
x II
Initial orientation speed is about

60 x_lspindle position loop gain
Sec.
r.p.m. of the spindle.
(usual rate)
The initial rate of speed is

limit ed to 1/3 the usual rate.
The initial rate of speed is limit ed

to 2/3 the usual rate.
lix
Remarks
2-3
The setting of SH03 takes

priority of the setting
on SH02.
The setting on SH02 is
effected only when SH03
1-2 is connected.
The setting on SH02

becomes effective.
Since spindle position

loop gain is ge~rrally
close to 5 sec. , the
usual rate is about
300 r. p. m.
Notes: (1) o indicates "close", x indicates "open".

(2) When in Test Mode
(a) The orientation instruction is issued.
(b) Orientation end signal (ORAR 1,2) is not transferred.
(c) The spindle turns at the initial speed while SWl (INITIALIZING
BUTTON) is pressed. When it is released, the spindle stops at
a fixed position.
(d) The red light emitting diode (LED?) is on in this mode.
- 466 -
6.6.1
b) LED indicators
Seven display lamps (LED 1-7), indicating the meanings listed below, are
mounted an this option board.
(LED l and LED 2 are not mounted an PCB af
aIA edition).
LED indicators
LED
Meaning
Color
Explanation
ORIENTATION
Green
Lights during execution af an orientation

instruction. (ORCM l and 2 are connected: ON)
CLUTCH (gear) LOW
Green
Lights when the clutch (gear) LOW signal is

an. (*CTH l and 2 are connected: ON)
MS PEAK LEVEL
Green
Lights while the peak value af the magnetic

flux detection signal (MS) is out af the
range af +10 V. Adjustment indicator.
SLOWDOWN PERIOD
Green
Lights during the low turning speed period

when the spindle position approaches the
stop position during orientation.
IN-POSITION FINE
Green
Lights when the value af MS output approaches

within +0.1 0 af the spindle angle. Sometimes
lights when the sensor is not an the
magnetizing element.
IN-POSITION
Green
Lights when orientation has been completed

and the spindle is within +1 0 af the
adjustment position. When-it lights while
not in TEST MODE, the Orientation Completion
signal is transmitted, (ORAR l and 2 are
connected: ON)
TEST MODE
Red
Lights when SHOl pins are connected. In this

mode, the Adjustment Complet ion signal is not
transmitted and ORCM is an. The orientation
motion can be repeatedly confirmed by
pressing SWl.
- 467 -
6.6.1
c) Variable resistor set ting

Set the variable res is tor according to the fallowing values followed by
table befare orientation adjustment. * will be reset at a later stage.
Settings
Variable resistor
name
RV
Variable res is tor

scale position
CD
1*
2*
5.0
6.0
CD CD CD
6*
7*
9*
10*
11*
2.0
5.0
Cl)
2.0
5.0
5.0
RV3 and RV4 settings

Set RV3 and RV4 according to the distance H between the turning axis
af the magnetizing element and the center af the sensor head.
H (mm)
60 - 65
- 70
- 75
- 80
- 85
- 90
- 95
- 100
- 105
- 110
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
Scale position
RV5 setting
Set RV5 according to the number af revolutions (N
when the spindle
HM)
rotates at rated speed.
2,000 2,200 2,500
NHM
(rpm)
Scale
position
CD
7.5
6.5
Scale position
3,500
4,000
4,500
5,000
5,500
6,000
5.5
4.5
3.5
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
2.0 - 2.2
2.0
3,100
RV8 setting
Set RV8 according
HIGH/LOW.
~/L
2,700
3.0
to
the
transmission
ratio
2.5 - 2.8 - 3.2 - 3.7 - 4.4

4.0
5.0
6.0
Scale of variable resistor
- 468 -
7.5
8.0
af
~/L
5.3
9.0
af
spindle
6.0 - 7.0
9.5
10
6.6.1
d) Variable res is tor adjustment

Adjust RV1 - RV11 according to the foliowing tab le.
Adjustment of
orientation PCB must be performed af ter the adjustment of spindle control
PCB. Orientation position may be shifted -Lf the adjustment of RV12 or
RV13 on spindle control PCB is altered.
Variable res is tor adjustment
The foliowing adjustments should be performed in Test Mode by connecting
SHOl pins.
Term
1
Name
RVl
Adjustment
TS OFFSET
Condition
The spindle should be
stopped.
Adjustment method
(Specification)
Voltage across check 15
(TSA2) and 16 (OV) should
be within +1.0 mV
RV2
MS PEAK LEVEL
RV3
SLOWDOWN
REFERENCE
According to the setting

terms.
RV4
AMS PEAK LEVEL
According to the setting

terms.
RVs
SLOWDOWN TIME
IN HIGH MODE
Clutch (gear) is HIGH.

Press SWl to stop the
spindle at the fixed
position. The *CTH
signal is off (open).
Just before stopping LED4

(SLOWDOWN PERIOD) should
immediately light up
clearly.
RV6
GAIN

position. The *CTH
Turn in the CW direction

being careful not to overshoot when stopping.
RV7
IN-POSITION
H

position. The *CTH
LEDS (IN-POS. FINE)

should light while LED6
(IN-POSITION) is on.
RV8
SLOWDOWN TINE
IN LOW MODE
Clutch (gear) is Lm-1.

position. The *CTH
signal is on (c1osed).
LED4 (SLOWDOWN PERIOD)

should immediately light
up clearly just before
stopping. (See term 5)
RV9
GAIN
Clutch (gear) is LOW.

position. The *CTH
signal is on (c1osed).
Turn in the CW direction

being careful not to avershaot when stopping.
I
L
Keep pressing SWl

(INITIALIZING BUTTON)
- 469 -
Adjust position until

LED3 (MSPEAK LEVEL)
begins to light.
6.6.1
Term
name
Adjustment
Condition
10
RVlO
IN-POSITION
L
Clutch (gear) is LOW.

Pres s SWl to stop the
position. The *CTH
signal is an (clased).
11
RVll
POSITION SHIFT
Adjustment method
(Specification)
LEDS (IN-POS. FINE)

should be an when
LED6 (IN-POSITION) is an.
The stop position ean be

finely adjusted to within
+1 0 af the spindle angle.
Af ter adjustment, release the test mode and check that LED7 (red) is turned off.
- 470 -
CN~l
+:-..J
t-'
IG
r-
I'
INDICATORS FOR
ORIEN=TATlON
LED. I
r
lc
r
r
~
Cl)
LOW
LED Z 0
"
II
ADJUSTING
'MS PEAK SlOWOOWN IN- POSITlO~

LEVEL
PERiOO
FINE
lED30 LED40 lED50 LED6
N
POSITION
(2)
TEST MOUE
,..----,
LED?
Dg~
~~FSET
RV2
D ~~AK
~
A
ST I
RV I
(0'1)
LEVEL
RV 3
SLOWDOWN
[ REFERENCE
Df~~tEVEL
D RV[SL~WDOWNl J
TIME
D[G~~
D [~~~1TI0N J ~J
RV 7
D[~~DOWNl
DIRECT ION
SHOZ
SH03
RID'~D
F[
LIMIT
ISoH04
~
,-------,
I
I
]F
FIX
INITIAL
IMSA)(LSA)O(FWD) IZSIIMDST)D(LSXVCMDZ)(VCMD3I1NNGlIINTGIIAMSIISDRFllMS) (TSAI)
, 2
3! 4
CHECK
TERMINALS
I I
IO
II
CHECK
A20B-0008-0030/02
FANUC
I I
12
13
I
I
TERMINALS
mode In
5
(TSAZ) (OV)
14 I 15
16 I
I ~
JAPAN
__ ~_J ~ __ ~
_J ~
TACT
I SWITCH
I
leNA
RV9
[ GAl N
RV10
I I
ITlO N
RV"
D
5WI I
I
IiNITlALlZI HG BUTTON)
.2.--.J
D
J
D [~~s J
(POSITION
SHIFT
G~
Adjusting position on the orientation circuit C PCB
0\
0\
6.6.1
3) Setting and
Orientation
Orientation
PCB drawing
adjustment of three-spindle speed steps type

circuit D
A06B-6041-J121
circuit D
number .. A20B-0009-0520
The spindle speed range is as listed below.

Spindle speed range
High
4000 - 8000 rpm
Medium
1000 - 2000 rpm
Low
250 -
667 rpm
a) Setting and function of jumper terminal (SH)

Same as in item 6.5.1 (2)-(a).
b) LED indicators
LED No.
Symbol
Color
Contents
LED1
ORIENTATION
Green
Lights during execution of an orientation

command.
LED2H
GEAR/CLUTCH
Green
Lights when the gear/clutch is shifted to

high position.
LED2M

middle position.
LED2L

low position.
LED3
MS PEAK LEVEL
Green
Lights when the peak value of the MS signal I

I
sent from the magnetic sensor is out of the I
range of +10 V.
LED4
SLOWDOWN PERIOD
Green
Lights during low turning speed and goes

out when the magnetizing element reaches
the sensor.
LEDS
IN-POSITION FINE
Green

and the spindle is within +0.1 0 of the
adjustment position.
LED6
IN-POSITION
Green

and the spindle is within +1 0 of the
adjustment position. When it lights while
not in TEST mode, the orientation completion signal is transmitted.
LED?
TEST MODE
Red
Lights when terminals Ol and 02 of SH01 are

shorted.
- 472 -
6.6.1
c) Adjustments
The adjustments should be performed in the folIowing sequence in TEST mode
af ter turning on the power.
Item
l
Variable
resistor
RVl
Adjustment item
TSA OFFSET
Tachogenerator
offset
Gondition
The spindle should be
stopped.
Voltage across check
terminals GHlS (TSA2)
and l6(OV) should be
within O + 1.0 mV.
RV2
MS PEAK LEVEL
Amplitude adjustment of MS signal
SWl should be kept

pressed.
Adjust the position

until LED3 begins to
light.
RV3
SLOWDOWN REFERENGE
Setting of the
slowdown level
Measure the distance

from the center of
the spindle to the
sensor head.
See NOTE L
RV4
AMS PEAK LEVEL

Amplitude value
of AMS signal
RVS
SLOWDOWN TIME
HIGH
slowdown time
Shift the gear to the

HIGH position and
LED2H goes on.
Turn SWl on and off
repeatedly.
Just before stopping,

LED4 should immediately light up clearly
(about 0.2 sec).
RV6
GAIN HIGH
Position loop
gain
Turn clockwise to
increase the gain
being careful not
to overshoot when
stopping.
RV7
IN-POSITION H
Adjusting the
spindle stop
position.
Adjust so that LEDS

light s while LED6 is
on. LEDS may ficker.
RV8
SLOWDOWN TIME
LOW Adjustment
of slowdown time
RV9
GAIN LOW
Position loop
gain
10
RVlO
IN-POSITION LOW
Adjusting the
spindle stop
position
Shift the gear to

the LOW position
and LED2L goes on.
Turn SWl on and
off repeatedly.
Same as item S above.
Same as item 6 above.
473 -
6.6.1
Item
Variable
resistor
Adjustment item
Condition
Shift the gear to

the HEDIUH position
and LED2H goes on.
Turn SWl on and
off repeatedly.
11
RVll
SLOWDOWN TIHE
HEDIUM
Adjusting slowdown time
12
RV12
GAIN HEDIUN
Position loop
gain.
13
RV13
IN-POSITION
HEDIUM
Adjusting the
spindle stop
position
14
RV14
POSITION SHIFT
Shifting of
spindle stop
position
The stop position can

be finely adjusted
within a range of
+1 0 of the spindle
"ingIe.
Match the key position of the ATC arm

to the groove
position of the
spindle.
Af ter adjustment, release test mode making sure that LED? (Red) is off.
(Note l)
Adjust RV3 and RV4 based on the distance (Hmm) from the center of the
spindle to the sensor as listed below.
H (mm)
Position RV3, 4
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
9.5
6.5
4.5
3.0
2.2
1.5
1.0
0.5
Spindle
Magnetizing element
Scale
Scale
H (mm)
- 474 -
CN9
ORIEN-
~I
1+15) 1+51 (OV)
1-15IlMSA) (LSA) O(FWDIlZS)
I S11
11~T)i~S)lVC}J02\VCMD=uJ~G)(INTG) (AMS)(SDRF)(MS)
TATlON
@)
TSA
OFFSET
W
RVl
I LEDl
~
(TSA1)(~A2Il9X'
000 OOOOOuuOOOOOOOOuu
1
2
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
12 13 14
15 16
3
MS PEAK
LEVEL
IV2
W
lili
0
SLOWDOWN
REFERENCE
W
~
RV3
AMSPEAK
LEVEL
RV4
SLOWDO
WPERIOO
LED4
r;:o
I~~
(GEAR/CLU TCH)
LW5
.;r.
ICDI ICDI ICD I

R 5
TIME
RV6
RV13
RV9
IN.POSITIO~ [Q5] fill] [Q]

LED6
SLOWDOWN
RV7
RVl
IGAIN)
RV10
fill] fill] [Q2]
IN
POSI
TlON
t~
+:--.-J
TEST MODE
111
POllITlON
SHII'T
RVll
~ ~ ~
A20B-0009-0520/
SH02
SH03 SH04
CNA
Edition
Check terminals and variable resistor location on the PCB

o-
6.6.2
4) Confirmation af the spindle position loop gain

The spindle position loop gain should be tested af ter orientation stop
control circuit adjustment by using the procedure outlined in the next table.
Spindle position loop gain
Procedure
l
Connect SHOl pins, to enter Test Mode (LED7 goes an).
Disconnect SH04 1-2 and 2-3 pins to remove limits.
Measure the number af spindle revolutions NS(H) and NS(L) (r.p.m) when
SWl (INITIALIZING BUTTON) is an, for each af the following conditions.
Spindle clutch (gear) HIGH (*CTHl and 2 not connected)
Spindle clutch (gear) LOW (*CTHl and 2 connected)
The spindle position loop gain ean be determined using the fallowing
equations:
-l
55(sec ), where
= Ns(H ar L)
K
p(H ar L)
K (H):
KP
.
p (L) .
Position loop gain for spindle HIGH gear (clutch)

Position loop gain for spindle LOH gear (clutch)
6.6.2 For position eoder system
l) Printed circuit board

Spindle control circuit
A20B-0009-0530 - 0534
Position coder method spindle orientation control circuit
a) Stop position internal setting
A20B-0008-0240
b) Stop position external set ting
A20B-0008-0241
2) Display
Light emitting diode
LEDl ORIENTATION .. Lights when orientation command (ORCMl, 2 ON) is
issued.
LED2 LOW . Lights when the contact af clutch change signal
*CTH is clased.
Lighting indicates that clutch
LOW is selected.
LED3 IN-POSITION OUT .. Lights when orientation completion signal ORAR
1-2 is issued.
LED4 IN-POSITION ADJUST .. Lights when spindle . enters within ane pulse af
orientation position.
Stop position ean be the same at HIGH and LOW by
adjusting POT RV3/RV5 for OFFSET adjustment so
that this LED lights at gear HIGH/LOW.
- 476 -
6.6.2
3) Setting
0000
LED 1
[2]1
[2]2
[QJ3
[Q] 4
@]S
RV1- S
+SV
~
!X-I
@]@]@]
8
CNA
SW2
SW:-l
[] []
P.CTYPE B -P.C TYPEA
OG
SWl
SW4
SWS
I~I
CNS
a) +SV - SH
When the power of +SV for position eoder is supplied from

spindle amplifier, eonneet between +SV and SH and between OG and
av. When the power of +SV is supplied from NC, open between +5V
and SH between OG and av.
b) Setting of SWS and SW4
OG -
av
Position eoder
Type
SW4
SWS
Balaneed type
Type A
Right
Right
Unbalaneed type
Type B
Left
Left
c) Setting of SHOl and SH02

Follow the next table.
- 477 -
6.6.2
d) Setting of stop position SWl, 2, 3

Contents
Switch
SI-Il (16 positions)
1 position is 4096/16 = 256 pulses, equivalent to 22.5
SW2 (16 positions)
1 position is 256/16 = 16 pulses, equivalent to L 4 o
SW3 (16 positions)
1 position is 16/16 = 1 pulse, equivalent to 0.088 0
An arbitrary position in a rotation can be positioned by the unit of

0.088 0 = 1/4096 x 360 0 by setting in the order of SWl, 2 and 3.
4) Adjustment
No.
Item
Velocity feedback
offset
Variable
res is tor
RVl
Measuring point
TSA2
CH14
Standard
Adjustment
5 scale
Note
The voltage
at TSA2
should be
+l mv ,
Position gain at
gear High
RV2
Do not let spindle

overshoot.
3 - 4
scale
Offset at gear
High
RV3
Let LED4 ADJUST

light.
About
5 scale
Position gain at
gear Low
RV4
Do not let spindle

overshoot.
3 - 6
scale
Offset at gear
Low
RV5
Let LED4 ADJUST

light.
About
5 scale
Scale af variable resister
- 478 -
Gleaming of
the LED is
sufficient.
6.6.2
Table 1 Setting of SH01 and SH02

o: Connected
SHOl
Contents
No
SH02
9 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
16 15 14 lJ 12 11 10
l
Initial orientation
direction immediately
arter turning on
power
CCH
CW
CCW only
orientation
CW only
Spindle
rotational
direction
speed
which is set by
position gain
Rotational direct ion

or spindle and
position coder
In-position width to
issue orientation
completion signal
(ORAR 1, 2)
(Standard)
x
2/3
l/J
-+2
pulses
-+4
pulses
-+8
pulses
-+16
Setting due to
position coder
hysteresis
Dirrerent rrom
machine tool to
machine too1.
Incorrect setting
will cause hunting.
o
pulses
+32 pulses
-+64
(Standard)
Same
direction
Reverse
direction
(Note)
pulses
+16 pulses correspond to 2;.1. J o
+l pulse
-1 pulse
No pulse
Remarks
(Standard)
Orientation direct ion

arter initial
I Orientation
x: Open
(Standard)
(Note) The condition (c) or issue or orientation cornpletion signal

c = (Spindle is within the in-position width) and (Velocity zero signal is ON) and (ORCM is ON)
- 479 -
7.
7.
7.1
REPLACING METHOD ,OF PCB AND UNITS

Replacing Method of Power Supply Unit
l) For 10/11/100/110 series

2
CA6
CA5 CM CA3 CDI
DDDD
Master PCB
Power
supply
unit
DDDD
CVI CV2 CV3 CAI

er i CF2 CF3 CA2
DDDD
Fig. 7.1 (a) Power supply unit mounting position for 10 and 11 series
2) For 12/120 series
Connector for connection

with a back panel
- 480 -
Connector
to master
PCB
7.1.1
7.1.1
Procedure
l) Disconnect cables of connectors CPll, CPl3, CP14,

below.
CPl1
CPll, CP14
and CP1S as illustrated
CP13, CP14, CP15
2) Detach the power supply unit by removing the four screws. The power supply
unit is connected to the master PCB or back panel by the connector shown by a
dotted line in the fig. 7.1 (a).
3) For mounting new power supply unit, reverse the above procedure
2)
7.2
l).
Replacing Methods af Option PCB (for 10/11/100/110 series) and control PCB
(for 12/120 series)
Replacement of the folIowing PCBs connected to the master PCB or back panel is
described.
Option card l
Additional axis + additional memory PCB (analog servo)
r/o card Al - A3
For 10/110 series
ROM/RAM board (digital servo)
Optical fiber interface PCB
Bubble memory
}
Conversational function card
ROM/RAM card
For 11/110 series
Additional axis card (analog servo)
Resolver/inductosyn interface
Axis control PCB (digital servo)
} Common to 10/11/
CRT/MDr adapter (100/110/120 series)
100/110 series
For 12/120 series
All control PCB
- 481 -
7.2
000000
~--l-
<. 'kl: ;--l. "
J
.J
LJ
000000
l) Procedure
CD
Disconnect cables from PCBs.

i) -Disconnect HONDA connector by pushing part
screws
as shown in the folIowing figure.
~~
YONOH
IT
af ter loosening two
VGNOH
-t_D
ii) Disconnect NIHON BURNDY connector in the arrow (~) direction by

pushing part @ as illustrated below.
- 482 -
7.3
iii) Disconnect the optical fiber cable by pushing part

below.
CD.
Detach PCB by loosening two screws

For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure
CD
as illustrated
CD.
2) Setting
Set new PCB in the same way as in PCB before exchange.
3) Cautions
a) Additional axis + additional memory PCB
Check the number of mounted ROM and RAM, ROM No., and edition number.
b) Conversational PCB and ROM/RAM board
Check the number of mounted ROM and RAM, ROM number, and edition number.
c) Axis CPU PCB, Sub CPU PCB, main buffer PCB
Spindle control PCB . Check the ROM number and edition number.
CRT/MDI adapter
d) Bubble memory PCB
* Check the specifications of bubble memory PCB.
* Clear all bubble memory and reset parameters, NC data, and other setting
data without fa il whenever the bubble memory PCB is replaced.
If resetting of parameters is neglected, an alarm may occur.
7.3
Replaceing Methads af PMC ROM Cassette

-: PMC ROM cassette
/1
I
Screw
Master PCB
ar back panel
:-/--i-\C:J
Detach the PMC ROM cassette af ter loosening the two screws in back.
Make sure that the same contents used in the old cassette are written into new
ROH cassette.
- 483 -
7.4
7.4
Replacing Methods of Master PCB
l) Procedure
~
3
4
~::~~: ~~:
power supply unit according to Sec. 7.1.

option PCB according to Sec. 7.2
Remove the PMC ROM cassette according to Sec. 7.3.
Disconnect all cables from master PCB.
,...-
-.0
Fig. 7.4 (a) Master PCB
Disconnect cables by the folIowing procedures.

i) Disconnect RaNDA connector by pushing part
screws as illustrated below.
d =EF
e
~
HONDA
(E) af ter loosening two
TI
-~
T
(g)
HONDA
ii) Disconnect NIRON BURNDY connector in the arrow (c:::)
pushing part
direction by
as illustrated below.
Gi)
- 484 -
7.4
iH)
Ddsconnec t
below.
optical fiber
cable by pushing part
as
illustrated
(g)
~::: D~
I
(g)
iv)
Disconnect connector CAT cable in the arrow direction af ter unlocking

it as illustrated below.
(Note) For connecting the cable, push it
in the direct ion opposite to~
af ter setting it to mark T of the
connector
under
the
unlocked
condition, and then, lock the
cab Le ,
In this case, push the
connector forcibly, ar else the
cable cannot be locked.
The
left figure
shows
the locked
condition.
Disconnect the ground wire.

The master PCB can be removed by loosening the four screws shawn in
For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure
+
2) Setting
Setting an new PCB should be same as that an old PCB befare exchange.
@ For 10/100 series, check position control LSI, OPC (in case af small
CRT/MDI), character generator (in case af small CRT/MDI), and ROM for
normal mounting conditions.
For 11/110 series, check the position control LSI for normal mounting
condition.
For 10/100 series, a memory pari ty alarm occurs af ter replacing the
master PCB. Reset parameters af ter clear the memory.
CD
- 485 -
CD.
AI6B-101O-00I
MADE I N JAPAN
I~
FANUC
-rrgl 20 I 21 t z"2-r~AN
f-~
r-
CAE2
CAG
r-r-r-:
CAH
CAe "TJ:9r 40r 4Jl42T43T 4"4T451
r--
~I
Mouuting
position of',
character
generator
t
t
J
_JI
Mounting
position
erorc
+
t
G
og
+'
oo
0\
tt
(0 a~
l5;
@QP
l u.
''''
~ u', j
c
U"
"
,"
. ~.
-~
a~ a~
D~
'I
' ..,
'lj
t
i-U
~
-'~IDjBD---DiDDDI L~~~~UO
l ..
""" " ,
(It
c
1-
l ~I I/ ~~'"~"~,~.=" "~"'~U"">~Q"".\"-'''"~''-''' ,,,L<, ,,, ,..," ,

Mouuting position of ROM Mounting position of RAM
Fig. 7.4 (c) Check positions after replacing analog servo 10 series master PCB
-.l
FANUG
MADE IN JAPAN
AIGB-IOIO-OI9
CAH
CAI
CAB
CAG
\
CAC
CAM
"t5O 0+24
O
-'15
t"
J
~
j
D
IJ D
CF E COP2 COP I
+:-
CXJ
-J
C AE I
unD
eT
CFBI
CAP
CAI
r~
~
w,~ D[j D
GN~
o II ChlO
UQ.J LL!J lfl.J
A]
~~~~@~~~~~~~@~~~~
@~~@JI1JLTh@!J1J~LllilUJ
Mounting position of
spindle control LSI
Fig. 7.4 (d) Check positions atter replacing digital servo 10/100 series master PCB (A16B-l0l0-0190)
--l
AI61l--IOIO--032.,1lI!l'II
lI!IIlIlIIlI
,IAPAN
IN
MAn"
CAJ ..
[(
WATUI (,OWEll
roo
l'l'IABI,E CAII
LKJ~IK2'-'
FANUC
('.Mi'"
l
,I
II
(JAI, u
,-,
CAS u
,--,
OAZ ..
,--,
CAG U
,--,
,--,
'--'
'-----'
'---'
CA"I ..
CAC'"
rr-r-
IR
O O
+15V +24V
S~V
'-----'
'-----'
L-
'-----'
+<tv
OND BAT
+:CXl
CXl
-r:
F
E
QQQQ
. .
::J
J,
Cl
A
'--J
II
r--
DuDuDu
CV 21
CV22
'"
. .
(JA I
.1lO.U . .
CA Pu
r--
~~~~~~~~
-'
I
'-i i ,
l'h 15
17,J8119
\
spindle control LSI
1-1
120121.221
\
Mounting position of ROM
45
Mounting position of RAM

-.J
Fig. 7.4 (e) Check positions after replacing digital servo 10/100 series master PCB (A16B-1010-B20)
rl
.DDlw: '
CD3
FANUC
~.
MADE IN JAnAN
l t ~I
~ I~
['-I
I.,
~o
TEST
AOO.AXES
ROM
A.C.P
:.::J.
CAI2
j
j
f:J"
"
. CAIO
1121 rT31 fI4l
"tJ
CJ
r'
t ITDDrJ.~
fI5l %1 f171
1241r2S' l2S f27l 1281291
rJ7l f38 f39l f40l

I;j(l
32l f'l3' '34' l35l
!Tsl rT9' 1201
IF
co
\O
COP2
i [l :
VCMlIl')
IS~O
~2
r U" D" U"

~(J
CFI
666
CVI
LCLJ
CF2
.'0_
CF3
20~ CA2 zn
CPI4B
.j>
CPI4A
.W
CAII
BMU
~(j
~(J
-,
OSCG PC
AI6B-'010-00S.1
14
['J: l~J:
~l.l
_J
CAT
CAB
....CD4
L!.LJL!.!:l.J~@JLlJiEJ~lMJ@J@JLllJ@
Setting point
Fig. 7.4 (f)
iEJ~Gl1J~~LTh~~~L1!J~
Mounting position of position control LSI
Check positions af ter replacing analog servo 11 series master PCB
--J
:p.
"'n
nn
D~~rro" n~'"
C03
C05
"
CAI2
.i"
,O
n
AXESI
TEST
CAHI
CAE2
Il
nnrTl
ROM
ACP
BMU
C'F
.or
MADE IN JAPAN
I~'~l
FANUC
j
CPI4A
~
j
C All
L-J
CBRN)
CPI4B
1.0
CBRN)
J- ~
~
j
CAEI
CAIB
nn
~
UJ
:;;
8
~
j
:;;
oeoo
VC/AO t.1
Sil S B
CA2B
Ld..J L.J LlLJ
L..j
CFE
L1.J LiLJ l.JLJ L!Q.j
131
L!1J 1!2 iJ.lLJ L!1J tJfu
2nd spindle
1st spindle
+5'0000
~ @J @J @t.nJY@jY~ @
ru TT only) }
@@QQ1
d!J @
~ ~ ~ dj LRJ @
spindle control LSI
Fig. 7.4 (g) Check position after replacing digital servo 11 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0200)
39
L.-J
L! Lili L41J L1.=!J L4.1J
..45
L-I
-.J
Illl:l
1"';0 :
I:;"/
K
Il 1)5
.io_-
""""D r1 r1 r1 r1 r1 r1 14 r10
''';''-''''X,w,:'~'!Q
1 "1 I
,n nn
(JA 11
(lA12
MMO
PMCl
TEST
CJA]~
UAS
CAET
ROM
Mm
ADP
(JAll
CAZ
OH'
OAX o
IJMIJ
.Io
MAlliC
IlAlJM
32
II
AnD
CAJ" AXl:ll
I I I I II I
I II II II II I
IN
JAPAN
"'ANIle
j1;4A
18
(lAU
,
.p-
'"
t-'
'"
DD
nDnD
DuuD
II
1:,1
(]
LJ
1,\
t:A~A
(;V~I
(lA lU
CPHU
nl,'91
CA2lJ
z.
:t. ,I ,
:1 .
6 . 7
GAl'
:J2
CV22
(:
I III :
1"~12
1:"'1';
CO!'J
()llJ!:!
l'
V(l~1Il
() :>A
v I:MII
I
u~
):>11
tI.!1 .10:11 .12,1:! .11.IS,lu,17
')
'1
'J')
'J"
IH, IJ l_O ... J. __ ._J
lJNlJ sv
115V
I 5V () () U
'
')"
,)t
.
''1'0
.
.'
'
_,I ....l ... b. .27,
_H ._.I
.iO ,31
,3_
I.i:!, '31,35.36.
3/,
'J
')h
')'
'l
3HI.~.l1
Mounting position af spindle

control LSI
Fig. 7-4 (h) Check position atter replacing digital servo 11/110 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0330)
,10 1 11.
,12,
1.1/,1,1,,15
-J
A16B-1211-0291/_
27256
CUPPERJ
CBA
27512
C\I
CUPPERJ
O
O
C\I
~0~~2ERl C\I
27512
(LOWERJ
3J
'lf'
O
27512
(LOWERJ
r
I
C\I
27512
(LOWERl
(O
I
2J
C\I
C\I
27512
CUPPERl
27512
(LOWERJ
27512
CUPPERl
<5
~
~
'lf'
O
6J
7J
(O
.p.
~
9J
\O
N
256K SRAM
C 1(LOWERl
I~
Ij
I~
I
Mounting position of ROM
Fig. 7.4 (il
I A
Check position after replacing digital servo 11 series ROM/RAM board
-l
AIGB-1211-0291
.
.
N
.. 27256
CUPPER J
lU
CBA
27512
CUPPERJ
O
O
(\J
27512
_CUPPER J
CAG
-l'1.0
W
27512
CUPPERJ
-n
..
O
N
1/
III
"'M /
ases
Cl
CUPPERJ
S~M
'r.
256K
C2 jPP ER)
<D
6J
256K SRA M
COCLOWERJ
6267LP
1/
256K SRAM
CICLOWERJ
9J
II 626
7LP
I~
".~!! 1/
I~
assx
C2CLOWERl
JII
256K SRAM
COCUPPER)
li
27512
CLOWERJ
27512
.CLOWERl
<D
O
I
I
I
I
I
~
~
~
,,*
-,
I~
Ic
"-
'1/
Mouuting position of ROM
Fig. 7.4 lil
I
2J
27512
.. CLOWERl
~~~~ERJN
O
O
27512
CLOWERJ
/.1/
/1/
lA
B!
II/
Check position atter replacing digital servo 10 series ROM/RAM board
-..l
:p.
7.4
00
N
C?
....
....
N
....
STlc::J
cO
....tO
402
1:
'"O
.Q
:2
a:
--
a:
Ul
022
(122)
062
(162 )
OA2
(lA2 )
OE2
(lE2 )
ClH
(C5H)
C3H
(C7H)
Ol
.;:
Ol
Ul
....o .
--............
...>O
002
(02)
042
042 )
082
(82)
OC2
(lC2)
C2H
(C6H)
Ol
Ul
es
...
"C
Cl
c:
'(3
'"
......
Q.
Ol
...
Ol
'to
c:
O
'';:;
'iij
021
(l21)
061
(161)
DAl
(lAl)
DEl
(lEl)
ClL
(C5L)
C3L
(cn)
c.
-tlOl
..c:
001
(101)
041
(141 )
081
(l8l)
OCl
(1c1)
C2L
(C6L)
-z
A16B-1211-028
~_
- 494 -
7.5
7.5
Replacing Method of 12/120 Series Back Panel
l) Procedure
2
;3
Remove the power unit according to 7.1.

Remove the control PCB according to 7.2.
Remove the PMC ROM cassette according 7.3.
Disconnect the cable connected to connector CNG in the arrow direction
shawn below pushing part
(~)
-g-~
D
Disconnect the connector CAT

unlocking it as illustrated below.
cable
in
the
arrow
direction
af ter
(Note) For connecting the cable, push it in the

direct ion opposite to ~ af ter setting
it to mark T af the connector under
the unlocked condition; lock the cable.
In
this
case,
push
the
connector
forcibly, ar else the cable cannot be
locked.
The left figure shows the
locked condition.
Disconnect the earth cable.
The back panel can be detached by removing the four screws.
For mounting new back panel, reverse the procedure +
CD.
Basic back panel

\\ll,..-----r------------------,11I
Additiona! back panel
~,..----------------r_-----.
eNG
~
495 -
7.6
7.6
Replacing Methodsof 10TF, 11MF, 11TT-F Conversational PCB
r-{ CAG
(For lOTF)
CAF (For 11MF,1 lTT-F)
O O O P
O O
~~~~~~
Sub
~
10/11 series
master PCB
'"""
<=
o
.;:1
CPU
'"
Memory
Ol
'"
ni
>
<::
o
U
O O O O O O
l) Replacement of both sub CPU PCB and memory PCB
CD
Disconnect the connector cable
CD
by pushing part
Draw out PCB by loosening two screws @.

For mounting new PCB, revers e the above procedure
as illustrated.
CD.
(Caution)
l) Check the number of mounted ROM/RAM, ROM NO., and edition number.
2) In case 10T-F or llTT-F, a conversational memory parity alarm occurs
af ter replacing PCB.
Clear all submemory.
- 496 -
7.6
2) Replacement of either sub CPU PCB or memory PCB
CD
Detach PCB from the master PCB in the same way as described above.
A16B-1210
-0410
r
,,
---- -------
(Note)
A 16B-131G0300
CFF2
r----,
Note) The memory PCB specification is different

depend on kind of NC and it's option.
Disconnect the connector CFFl/CFF2

@ cable in the arrow direction af ter
(Note) For connecting the cable, push it in the

direction opposite to
af ter setting
it to mark T of the connector under
the unlocked condition; then, lock the
cable. In this case, push the connector
forcibly, or else the cable cannot be
locked.
The left figure shows the locked condition.
<==
CD.
Sub CPU PCB can be detached by removing four screws

Memory PCB can be detached by removing four spacers QD.
For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure +
- 497 -
CD.
7.7
7.7
Replacing Methods of Connection Unit 1
cv
cv
6:J
CP52
c:6
ri
CDDI
CP5I
I
I
I
I
COP4
I
I
I
,I
,
I
I
l
"
1) Procedure
Disconnect COl
COS connector cables by pushing
loosening two screws as illustrated below.
CD
part
atter
VGNOH
@
Disconnect CPSl connector cable by pushing
-0
CD
It connection unit 2 is mounted, disconnect connector CDDl cable in the

arrow direct ion atter unlocking it as illustrated below.
For connecting the cable, push it in the
direction opposite to
atter setting
it to mark T ot the connector under the
unlocked
condition,
then,
lock the
torcibly, or else the cable cannot be
locked.
The lett tigure shows the locked condition.
<==
- 498 -
7.8
Q0
If connection unit 2 is provided, disconnect the CP52 connector cable by

pushing
as LLl.us t ra t ed b e Low,
-@
@ --
Disconnect the COP4 connector cab Le by pushing
as iIIustrated b aLow,
@
(J)
The connection unit
For mounting new PCB, revers e the above procedure
2) Setting
Perform setting
exchange.
7.8
is detached by removing the four screws shown in
@.
CD.
Cl - 4) of new PCB in the same way as in old PCB before
Replacing Methods of Connection Unit (with Connecting Board)
~l
:20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
Il
la
09
08
~
:]
cop"
Connec tion
COD:!
Unit
:::=-=':3
C DD l c::::=::::J
C D[):]
_ _ _--,~r-=-:c-=-~'c!:.---- __--I
Conuecucn
""
600
II
II
OlQ
II
II
llb
"
::!
t:nit
"
tIa
- 499 -
II
rTIl
~
----Connection
Uni t 1
- - - - - - - C o n n e c tion
Uni t 2
7.8
l) Procedure
Disconnect connector cables 08 screws
CD
' vaNOH
(bl
21 by pushing
~~
<@
af ter loosening two
YCINOH
ep
(li)
----
C~ D
@
Disconnect the CPs1 connector cable by pushing
D
@-
G)
-@
Disconnect connector COP4 cable by pushing
The unit can be detached by removing four screws

Put the unit on the board as illustrated below.
Ccnnec tton
t::::: =
Unit 2
r - - - ---/"-..,f=----'=_
==
,c:=:=:J CDDI
CDD3
0(/
y-----,CDD2
80
60
Ol
II
GI
Conreetion
El
tI
Umt
SI
cif
91
LI
81
61
OG
IG
Fig. 2
- 500 -
7.8
UD
Disconnect connector CDD1/CDD2 cable

in
the
arrow
direct ion
af ter
(Caution)
For connecting the cable, push it in the
direct ion opposite to
af ter setting
it to mark T af the connector under the
unlocked
condition,
then,
lock
the
forcibly, ar else the cable cannot be
locked.
The left figure shows the locked condition.
<==
(j)
Disconnect the CDP connector cable by pushing
Af ter removing the two right and left mounting screws

in the
connection unit, insert screwdrivers into center holes
at both ends
af the connection unit, and detach the connection unit by alternately
lif ting screwdrivers.
CD
Mounting screw
Connection unit 2
Metal hole of connecting board
Rernoving direction
Center holes at
both ends of PCB
Inserting
direction
CD Center holes at both ends of PCB

Screwdriver (JIS B463 No.2)
- 501 -
7.8
2) Setting
Perform setting on new PCB in the same way as in old PCB before exchange.
Mounting Methods
For mounting PCB (for DI/DO) used on the connecting board, observe the
folIowing procedure.
CD
Put the disconnecting board on a board or the like as illustrated below.
Connecting board
PCB connector
External cable connector
CD
CD
Make sure the inserting direct ions of PCB connector and PCB connector on
the disconnecting board; lightly push these connectors af ter positioning.
Insert a screwdriver into the center holes (68) at both ends of PCB and
the hole (67) on the connecting board metal, and insert PCB by pushing
the right and left of PCB downward alternately 2 - 3 times by means of
lever.
Fix the PCB by mounting screws
af ter inserting the
connector.
(Caution)
Confirm the inserting direction of the connector, and check to see if
the connector has been securely connected by lightly pushing it before
starting the work, otherwise the connector may be broken.
Mount the unit to NC by reversing the dismounting procedure
- 502 -
CV
-+
CD.
7.9
Replacing Method of Built-in Type I/O Unit PCB (12/120 series only)
7.9
7.9.1
Replacing method of interface and I/O module
0000000
Interface module
l) Procedure
CD
Detach the optical fiber cable for interface module the cable pushing
part as illustrated below.
~::
CD
DI--cL
The PCB can be detached by loosing two screws.
@ For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure (2)
CD.
2) Setting
CD Setting an new module should be same as that in an old interface module
for exchange.
- 503 -
7.9.2
7.9.2 Replacing methad af I/O base unit
l) Proc.edure
CD
CD
Detac.h the interfac.e module and I/O module ac.c.ording to 7.9.1.

Remove all c.ables c.onnec.ted to the I/O base unit.
CAI5
CAI6
C23E C23D C2:JC C23B C23A C23E C22D C22C C22B C22A
Disc.onnec.t c.ables using the fallowing proc.edure.

i) Disc.onnec.t HONDA c.onnec.tor by pushing part
sc.rews as illustrated below.
av
VONOH
~.,
9-
af ter loosing two
VONOH
<Qi
IT
=i
ii) Disc.onnec.t NIHON BURNDY c.onnec.tion in the arrow

pushing part as illustrated b e Low ,
TI
(~)
direc.tion by
(il
Q)4 I/O base unit c.an be detac.hed by unsc.rewing four sc.rews@.

For mounting new I/O base unit, reverse the above proc.edure
- 504 -
Q)
-+
CD.
7.10
7.10
Exchange Methods of I/O Unit
7.10.1
Exchange method of power supply module

I/O base unit
Connector for
base unit
Fig. 7.10.1
l) Procedure
Draw out the
procedure.
CD
Installation diagram of module
ep3l
connector
CP31
rn
cable
according
to
the
illustrated
::C:J
Remove the power supply module by loosening four screws ~.

The power supply unit is connected to the base unit by the connector
shown by the dotted line in the figure 7.1.
Reverse the above procedure (Cl) -+
when mounting new module.
CD)
- 505 -
7.10.2
7.10.2
Exchange method of main control module and I/O module
l) Procedure
Replace these modules according to the folIowing procedure, re ferring to Fig.

7.l0.l.
l
Disconnect cables from the modules (if connected).
Loosen two screws a and draw them out by pressing b
in the case of
the RONDA connector as shown below.
VGNOH
ep -
o
+
a :t
Draw out the optical fiber cable while pushing part
below.
]
a
as illustrated
::Of----,
I
For the terminal board connection, remove the entire terminal board by
drawing it toward you while holding its upper and lower ends af ter
loosening the two screws a shown below.
For disconnecting the wiring, open the nameplate.
The nameplate is opened by drawing it toward you while applying your
fingers to parts b shown in the folIowing figure.
Terminal board
---<::J
Nameplate
- 506 -
7.10.2
CD
Draw out each module af ter loosening the two screws shown in Fig. 7.1.
Each module is connected to the base unit in the same way as in the power
supply module.
.
Reverse the procedure
+
when mounting new mo du Les ,
2) Setting
Set the new modules in the same way as in modules before exchange.
3) Cautions
a) Positioning module Check the mounting number of ROM (l pce), the ROM
number and edition number. Check the positioning control LSI.
b) Module for terminal board wiring
Detach the terminal board mounted on the module for replacement. Mount
the detached terminal board on the module thats terminal board has been
removed.
(Return these modules with terminal boards mounted.)
4) Plastic case disassembly method
(CD
CD)
[TI
/ __
.[}~::==------.JLCase
/:::,.
Panel
. . _"'\ l3l
, ~~
Cover ........ ~ -s -
Push the positions shown by

on the cover using both thumbs towards
the V marks ~ at the extreme left of the case.
Remove the cover by pushing the center af the left end af the cover shawn
by ~ from the rear side.
The panel can be detached by pushing the center of the panel (direction
~
until it is curved.
- 507 -
7.10.2
Observe the folIowing procedure when detaching the PCB from the plastic case.
..
Case
I
.u
liiJ
.>
/
~
e.--4>
I::::
...
--
ko::'C>...-
-::::L....:
"Ik.
1TQJ___
2
1 Remove PCB mounting screws ill
CD Draw the PCB out of the case in direct ion
Disconnect each cable as follows:
Disconnect RONDA connector by pushing part
@0 shown in the folIowing figure.
av
~
af ter loosening the two screws
IT
- 508 -
Sf?-
7.10.3
7.10.3 Exchange method of base units

l) Procedure
~
2
Remove the power supply module according to 7.1

Remove each modul e according to 7.2
Disconnect all cables from the base units shown by ~
:2
\ PO'w...
ll9
~
\
CAI5
~-
1\~6
~6
5
L.........,
1'1
ALC ,...., iIi:j

ALD
II j
2t~l~
F35
~
+24E
GND
()~:J:E==
vm
I/O unit
Disconnect NIHON BURNDY connector in the arrow
parts shown in the folIowing figure.
(~)
direction while pushing
Disconnect the ground wires shown in ~

Disconnect the power alarm signal cables shawn in @]. (This wiring is
not always cannected.)
The base unit can be detached by loasening the four screws shawn in ~
Reverse the procedure (@]
when maunting new units.
m)
- 509 -
7.10.3
2) Caution
Reset parameters af ter replacing the main unit.
- 510 -
7.11
7.11 Replacing Methads af Smalt CRT/MDI PCB

7.11.1
CD
Replacement of PCB A (keyboard PCB)
Disconnect connector CA9 cable by pushing part

screws a as illustrated below.
af ter loosening the two
IT -$ D
Disconnect the connector CKKl cable in the arrow direction af ter unlocking
it as illustrated below.
(I:'- .
~--':..lfl7l"-:
I
I
I
J'C-
( 1iy
.'
(Caution)
To connect the cable, push it in the
direct ion opposite to
af ter setting
it to mark 'f' of connector under the
unlocked condition, then lock the cable.
<==
Detach PCB
removing six nuts
In case of a sheet switch, detach PCB A by removing the sheet from the
front.
To mount new PCB, reverse the above procedure
z
Cl>
CD.
7.11.2 Replacement of PCB B (soft key PCB)
It is necessary when replacing PCB

B
to detach the CRT unit.
It is
recommended to detach the CRT/MDI unit from the panel as described below.
Disconnect connector CNl cable in the same way as in disconnecting the CA9
CD
o
<Il
cab Le ,
Disconnect connector CKKl cable in the same way as described in

7.8.l.
Disconnect connector CN2 cable by pushing
of
Detach the CRT/MDI unit by removing the eight screws from the front panel.
The CRT unit can be detached by removing four screws D by inserting a
screwdriver from the rear part of the CRT unit.
- 511 -
7.11.2
Remove the saft key PCB together with escutcheon by unscrewing the four
screws an the front panel.
0/ j
o
L\ 'K'Yb"~d
o
==" "
1/
(Front view)
Escutcheon
Detach the saft key PCB together with

CRT escutcheon because they are assembled into a unit.
Screw
(j)
Remove the saft key PCB by unscrewing the two screws from the rear side af
the escutcheon.
Assemble PCB by reversing the above procedure CD + CD.
(Note)
Assembly af saft key

Mount CRT by passing the flat cable af
saft key through the position above the
CRT mounting stud bolts.
(Rear view)
Soft key
eR T rnounting stud
Soft key flat cable
Replace the key sheet.
o
O
(In case af sheet switch an CRT/MDI)
C IBI -,
~
Screw (x4)
Escutcheon
Remove the screws to detach the escutcheon.
- 512 -
Then remove the sheet.
7.12
o
7.12
Replacing Methads af 9" Standard CRT/MOl Unit PCB
(The fallowing description covers the horizontal CRT/MDl, but also applicable to
the vertical type, accordingly)
l) Control PCB
A 20B-1000-0800
Disconnect PCB cable.

Remove screws.
Remove the PCB from the
connector.
2) Power supply PCB

A 20 B- 1001- 0160
Disconnect the cable

(fasten terminal).
Remove stud bolt s and
screws.
Remove PCB from the
connector.
Removal of cable
(Fasten terminal x 2)
Stud bolt (x3)
Screw (xl )
3) Backboard PCB
A20B-1000-0970
Remove screws.
Remove PCB from the
connector.
Screw (.'(6)
- 513 -
7.12
4) Keyboard PCB
A86L-G00HJl10 (Sheet switch)
A20B-1000-G830, 0831
Nut (x8)
Flat cable (soft key)
Disconnect the flat cable from keyboard PCB.

Remove the nuts from the keyboard fixing plate and detach the keyboard PCB
together with the fixing plate.
(The fixing plate and PCB are assembled.)
In the case of a sheet switch, remove the PCB af ter sheet switch is
detached.
5) CRT
Screw (x4)
~------:;;>"""---I
-.
,.,
CRT
::: , , , ,
.....................
<,
<: ,J''Il
..........
Remove CRT fixing screws.
6) Soft key
~ODO
//0 D==::::DOO
Screw (x4)
IL~bO~d
(Front view)
Remove the soft key PCB together with

CRT escutcheon because they are assembled into a unit.
- 514 -
7.12
(Note) Assembly of soft key
Mount CRT by passing the flat

cable of soft key through the
position abave the CRT maunting stud balts.
D
D
Ul
/
(Rear view)
Soft k
ey
CRT mounting stud

Soft key flat cable
7) Replace the key sheet.
o
O
(In case af sheet switch an CRT/MDI)
CJ lilI'~
o
Screw (x4)
Escutcheon
Remove the screws to detach the escutcheon.
- 515 -
Then remove the sheet.
7.13
7.13
Replacing Methods of 14- Color CRT/MDI (horizontal type) PCB
7.13.1 10/11/12 series

l) Control PCB
A20B-1000{)850
A20B-1000{)90o-
CD
Disconnect all connector cables from PCB.
@ Remove PCB by sliding it in the CA> direction af ter removing screws.

2) Power supply PCB
A 20 B- 1001
- 0160
Bundled wire (fasten)
Disconnect the bundled wire (fasten).

Remove PCB by unserewing screws.
- 516 -
7.13.1
3) Keyboard PCB
Nut (xS)
Flat cable
A 20 B-IOOO- 0870~
A20B-IOOI-0200 (IOTF)
CD
CD
Disconnect the flat cable af 50ft key from PCB.

Remove nuts; then remove together with the fixing plate.
4) Soft key PCB
CRT
A 20B-IOOO-0890
Nut(x4)
1) Remove nuts.
Remove the 50ft key PCB together with the fixing board.
- 517 -
7.13.2
7.13.2 100/110/120 series
1) Main and sub CPU, Power supply PCB, ROM/RAM file, Bubble memory
Power supply PCB

Main CPU
Sub CPU
Supporting plate for PCB
} Up to 2 peso
Bubble memory
PuIling out direetion of PCB
CD
CD
Remove the supporting plate for PCB af ter removing two screws (up and
dawn) an its.
Each ane af main-CPU, sub CPU, power supply unit, RAM/ROM file and
bubble memory can be pulled out along to a rail af ter rising up the
ejector.
2) Keyboard PCB
1
Removing af control
Flat
eable---i-
Screw
(x4)
Disconnect the cable connected to PCB and flat cable for keyboard signal,
then control section can be remove by removing the above four screws.
- 518 -
7.13.2
CD
Removing of keyboard
Nut (x5)
Keyboard PCB
Remove the keysheet from front, then remove the keyboard PCB.
3) Replacement of key sheet
[llJ
CJCJDDCJDDDD
CJD
Q)
I
I
>
Screw (x6)
[llJ
~o
Remove the screw to detach the escutcheon.

and sheet and replace the new sheet.
Then remove the escutcheon
4) Softkey PCB
The procedure is same as 14" CRT/1:1DI for 10/11/12 series.
- 519 -
7.14
7.14
Replacing Methads af 14" CRT/MOl Graphic Unit (vertical type) PCB (10/11/12 series)
1) Control PCB
A20 B-l 000-D85 O

A20B-IOOO-D900
Screw (x2)
Frame fixing screw (x2)
Flat cable connector
l) Disconnect the flat cable from keyboard.

2) Remove the frame fixing screws and open the PCB metal.
3) Remove screws and detach PCB.
2) Power supply PCB
A20B-IOOI-0160
Keyboard PCB
A20B-IOOO-OBBO A20B-IOOI-0270 (10TF)
Soft key PCB
A20B-IOOO-OB91
These PCBs can be replaced using the same procedure as in vertical type in
7.10.
- 520 -
7.15
7.15
Replacing Methods of PCB and Others Referred to Tape Reader
7.15.1
Replacement of PCB of tape reader without reels photoamplifier
0\
o~
en"""
~Z
, ......
t-
Cil
00
EZ
~~
-<
ol
1) Procedure
Disconnect connectors CNT1, CNT2 in the arrow direction by unlocking
them as shown below.
CD
..
ffi
',,-
Remove PCB by unscrewing four screws.

Mount new PCB by reversing the above procedure
-+-
CD.
2) Adjustment
Adjust RV1 and RV2 according to the maintenance manual (B-54815E).
- 521 -
7.15.2
7.15.2 Replacing methods of tape reader with reels PCB and fuses
l) Procedure
Disconnect connectors CD9 (CDB) and CP41.

Loosen the four screws on sides of the rear panel of the tape reader.
Detach PCB from the metal by pulling it upward as illustrated in the
figure below.
Disconnect PCB cables from connectors (CTN2 - CTN5).
Remove PCB by unscrewing screws.
2
3
Screw
/'-,
(Adjustment)
Adjust the photoamplifier af ter replacing it.
Screw
'. '<,
Screw
CNT2
CNT3
(Replacement.of fuses)
Replace fuses af ter eliminating the cause of blowout.
- 522 -
7.15.3
How to remove CNTl and CP41

(3 pins)
How to remove CD9, CNT2, CNT3, CNT4,

and CNT5
(Note) When connecting a
cable push it in
the direction opposite ~ af ter
setting it to mark
....
af
the
connector
under
the unlocked condition, then lock
the cab Le ,
In this case, push
the
connector
forcibly,
otherwise
the
cable
cannot be locked.
The
left
figure
shows the locked
condition.
Press
~
Press
7.15.3 Replacement of capstan roller of tape reader without reels
Loosen the two set screws af capstan roller, and detach the capstan roller from
the motor shaft.
7.15.4 Replacement of capstan roller of tape reader with reels
Upper cover
CD
ANUC
Leosen screw
- 523 -
Remove the upper cover.
7.15.4
@ Remove the armature.
Remove the tape guide by

loosening M3 nuts.
Remove the cover by

loosening M4 screws.
M3 screw
Remove
the tape guide by

loosening M3 nuts.
Tape guide
Interior of cover as viewed from the bottom
Capstan roller
Remove the capstan roller

by loosening two setscrews.
Setscrew
524 -
7.15.5
7.15.5
Replacement of brushes of tape reader with reels sole motor
CD
Four brushes are mounted in one

motor.
Disconnect cables from these brushes.
G)
Remove the brush cap s ,
Brush cap
Remove brushes.
Assemble brushes af ter replacemeht by
reversing the above procedure.
Securely connect cables to the same
place as before, otherwise the
rotating direction is reversed and
will cause an alarm.
- 525 -
7.16
7.16
Replacement of PCB for Velocity Control Unit and AC Servo Amplifier
l) Procedure
Disconnect the cables from connectors CN1 and CN2.
CD
(CN!)
(CN2)
Qj)
Loosen screw
and pull
out the connector by pushing
Pull out the connector by pushing

the arrow-marked position.
'Pull the PCB forward by opening the locks with your finger,
PCB can be removed.
P:'
Release the lock
Mount the new PCB according to procedure
- 526 -
and
CD.
and
the
7.16
2) Setting and adjustment

Set the PCB in the same way as an the old ane.
Make adjustments as required according to maintenance manual.
CD
CD
- 527 -
APPENDIX
Refer to 10/11/12/100/110/120 series OPERATOR'S MANUAL (APPENDIX)

(B-54810E) for next technical information.
l
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
FUNCTION AND TAPE FORMAT LIST

COMMAND VALUE RANGE
NOMOGRAPHS
NC TAPE JOINING
STATUS AT TURNING POWER ON AND AT RESET
PARAMETERS
TAPE CODE LIST
G CODE LIST
ERROR CODE LIST
LIST OF OPERATIONS
APPENDIX 1
APPENDIX1
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
1.1 10/100 series

JI
11
MI
Al
Il
~12
---------.;
---------------T,~-----)
~1l9
Ml8
.]2
J3
J5
J4
~[20
..1.2
Power magnetic circuit

(Machineside)
..1.3
.-
I/O card Al - 11.3

~
u[
(MDI)
CA4
Interface
PCB for
(CRT)
smal!
CA5
CRT/M DI
unit
JO
bo
.r61
9" smal!
CRT/MDI
O CAg
O CNl
J62
{MPdl 'n
CA3 fJU
CDl
DC24 V
.J 78
.]64
'"
lU
~I
IMPGI
CN2
.nw
PMC
cassette
.]63
A~
-----~
IMP~
B
J
MP
MPG:
Manual pul se
generator
1 J
J,u----[g
r:
I
-.
device
Tape reader
with sertal
interface
CD8 (with reels)
CNT4 (without rt,lsl
CP4I (with reels)
(without reels)
Punch panel
.]25
(Command) CV2I tn
.]210
(Feedback) CF91 hn
lU
J220
Digital
rr r CNIservo
TI
u
arnplifier
(1st axis)
,n
.J21 I
'u
(Cornmand) CV22
CA I
command)
Diettal
{
CNIse;o
TI
arnplifier
(2nd axis)
J 221
tn
H5
lU
,J 66
'n
(Position coder) CA2 lU
J[
1~
PCB for CF91B

additional
CV228
axis
:~
JU--
CF92B
Master PCB
II
ZOO/22OV
Position code r
.J27
I
!~
J ?13
-
Spindle speed
control
:~ motor
AC servo
AC
input
J 212
C'i2IB 1n
lo-----
:I
J26
lU
tn
(Feedback) CF92 , U
(Spindle
~~ AC serve
{Io----motor
,Digital
{
CNl servo
TI I~
arnplifier
I~
(3rd axis)
Digital
CNlservo
TI
arnplifier
(4th axis)
{IO---
rD
Aeservo
motor
']28l~ AC servo
motor
I
I
J223
J~ Option card lCDZ h~
hn
CAB
.]68
{ High-speed skip signal ar

A,c
JO OV
ON/OFF signal
CPHP
Power unit
CPl5
CPII
D(],y;;,
DC-iV
.--,
.--,
--
CP3 CP'i LP" CPo
=\'---------0
,Fig. 1.1 (al
....l-
CP2
lnput unit
{ -<>
.,/
G-
If small CRT/M DI is mounted with

NC cabinet, ON/OFF button IS
a attached NC at delivery rime.
Ae
1OTA/1 OMA total connecting diagram

f200 VAe Input type digital servo, 9" smal! CRT IMDI and I/O card
A1 - A3 are used.)
- 531 -
ON button
~OFF button
input
APPENDIX l
Connecucn
unit l
I
COPzO~
COP
10
~I
CA4
,n
!---i
f--I
1'--1
1'--1
Cl!
t=>
CCJ)::
ET'
)
J 69 Flat cable
J70
~J
Machine
side
magnetic
cireurt
'
I J 61
~O :
CA.sOD
uni'c MPG) CA3
CDl
C05
ccm
('P5:?
OJ 53
~
OJ55 J
~
~
CP5l C04
Optical cable
Interface
PCB for
small
CRT/MDI
r~'
iConnection
unit ::!
COl
1n
9" srnall
CRT/MDI
D[
CA9
I
I
J62
rr
DCJDMPG
~ ~ ~ Manual puls
generator
I'
CNl CNZ
D['----.--.-_---J
J 63
Ln
~
~~
<,
J 78
J64
lU
Punch panel
AC power-t
supply
n
PMC
][ Cassette
------0
J ZlO
J
(Command)
(Feedback)
(Spindle
command)
(Position coder)
zzo
1
I
I
J22l
II
CF92 : ~'I--------+-++-f----.
J 65
I
CAI It'n'I-__=-+++-+-"
cv
J Zl1
lU
r-n;;;;;;;1-:lc)-~-0
J Z-o
Digital
{
lnl
'u
J 66
,n
I
CAZIt, U11---------I-t-iH.,
CNlservo
TI
amplifier
(2nd axis)
jo-----
Aeservo
:~ motor
L~=======----!.--I-J
AC
input
200/2201'
Spindle speed
control
rUl
Q Position eDder I
IJ
212
1-j] l
J 222
~ 213
~!
J 223
Master PCB
CD2!h
1l n-
u Option card I CA8:h ~
'1
Digital
CNlseryo.
Tl{le>-amplifier
(4th axis)
-'==
__
t-I,.....
High-speed skip signal ar
J 68
L---.....:~j1lrt1-t--- {High-speed rneasuring

---,
....l-
(ON/OFF signal
Power unit
(If
- =-- 6
CPU
CP3 CP4 CP5 0'6
e.,"'---------D
CP_?
----------t::::r----'
Input unit
,/
AC
1001'
{=:...:= g~:~~~~~n
With)
small CRT/MDI ismounted

NC cabinet, ON/OFF button is
anached NC at deliver- urne.
'AC
input
Fig. 1.1 (b) 10TA/10MA total connecting diagram

(200 VAC input type digital servo, 9" smal! CRT/MDI and connection unit are used.)
- 532 -
APPENDIX l
Ill
... I COP4
rr:
AC power
Machine
side
magnetic
circuit
I/O unit
r----,
n
UH
IIICP31
Alann signal
Tl
COp?- II'
"II-----;::-J
'lu
-,
COPl
Optical cable
J J Ej
J e,
IMP~ IMP~
CNl CN2
U'--_..:---,._
_.....
pulse
generator
DC24V
J 78
PMC
][ Cassette
J 210
J 220
J 211
J 221
Digital
{
CNlservo
TI O - amplifier
Io--+~
(2nd axis)
J 65
J 66
AC
input
200/220V
I Spindle speed
----, control
r1]1
Q Position coder
J212
[
]
CV21B I~
PCB for CF91BII'"Il-t++-H---.,
additional
Iu
axis
CV22B :~IH++++-'"
CF92E
Digital
{
CNlsen.o
Tl
amplifier
J 222
1(3rd axis)
C::.:.'::===:::-'----+_+_---\
IO-
J213
1"D"i';!ii;;Jl1o--l-~J28Id
Digital
{
I[ CNl servo
Id
Io--
TI
amplifier
(4th axis)
J 223
Master PCB
Io-AC serve
motor
IQ-----j--'
i
I
CP14
Power unit
L:: I
CPll
Baltery
umt
Fig. 1.1 (c)
CPl5
'-
J~4V
~ ~ ~ ""'':'
CP3 CP4 CP5 CP6
l:?------------iD [CP2
Input unit
ON/OFF Signal
.\C
(IfSmall CRT/MDl is mounted with\

)1 .'C
attached NC at delivery time.
'""'
O
input
10TA/10MA total.connectingdiagram
(200 VAC input type digital servo, 9" small CRT/MOl and IIO unit)
- 533 -
100 V
,)=:.:= g~Fb~~\~~n
APPENDIX l
J75
hr PMC
WL Cassette
J2l0
J220
)
J211
Digital
J 221
CNl serve
TI <>------
10--+--1
arnplifier
(2nd axis)
J 65
AC
J 66
input
>------<J"-.()-- 200/220\'
r Spindle speed
- . control
rUl
Position coder
J 212
IT
Digital
IL CNl serve
J2l:T,r
~L
Digital
CNlServa
amplifier
(4th axis)
J 223
{10-_+--+..JJ27:~ ~~t~e;a -1I
11<>------
amplifier
(3rd axis)
J 222
{o---
Master PCB
J 68
I~
CP14 ~
Power unit
CP15
CP 11
= -
CP2
Input unit
100\
o~----------Ae
input
10TA/10MA total connection diagram

(200 VAC input type digital servo,9" standard or 14" color CRT/MOl
and conneetion unit are used.)
- 534 -
AC
CP3 CP4 CP5 CP6
O
~"--------11[
Fig. 1.1 (d)
'-
ON/OFF signal
APPENDIX l
,.,
power
m agnetic
ci rcuit
( Machine
side)
COP4
AC power ,.,
CP31
u
Alarm signal
TI
.,....'"
,n
COP2 IJU
COPI
hn
lU
>
Optical
cable
l/Q unit
Flat
cable
.......
.,
9" standard ar 14" color

CRT/MOl
CUP3
CMD
,.,
U
AC power n
CP2l (9" standard)CP24

(14" color) CD l CA3
------0
ON/OFF signal
um-o
Connection
unit for
operator's
panel
CDM CMI
aM[ CDP
c:;:;
C:;::J
Tape reader
with serial
nr CDS
u (with reels)
I[ICNT4
(without reel s
O CP4l
(with reels)
~ (without reelsl
J75
CDl flu
J63
~
~[
PMC
Cassette
'n
J210
fJu
(Feedback)
,n
J220
CF9l
(Feedback)
(Spindle
cornrnand)
Digital
n CNI serve
u
amplifier
(l st axis)
lU
nn
nn
CF92
,n
CAI
(Command) CV 22
..:
1:l~
device
~ Punch panel
~
J25 :~ AC serve
T1{ o----
fJu
Digital
nr Gllservo
.J221
-.J
lU
T1{ Io----
J65
rllI
PC~ for
CV21B
CF9lB
Spindle speed
control
additional
axis
CV22B
CF928
Master PCB
ofr
~~"
CDZ I U
Option card I
'"
eAB
b
CPIS b
CPl4
CP 11
AC servo
motor
l[ CNl serve
Digital
T1{16---.
amplifier
(3rd axis)
J 222
~[
J 23
I
J6B
Power unit
Unit
uu
;::=:;
J27
J22
~~
~~
Battery
l
'-O"
L-o a Position coder l
"I
AC servo
:~motor
J66
,ri
(Position coder) CA_ fJu
J26
amplifier
(2nd axis)
fJu
~I
motor
.J211
OU-
??
(Command) CV2l
~~
Machine
operator's
panel
B B B M P Manual
G pulse
generator
J64
c,
CM3
CM4
interface
In
CM2
Digital
CNl servo
amplifier
(4th axis)
n{ Io-----
Ae serve
J2Bl~ motor
Data l/O device

{ High-speed measuting
AC
input
2OO/220V
I
Ae
IOOV
~lQ
p'3
O
ON/OFF signal
CP4 CPS CP6
'P2
lnput unit
AC
t npu t
Fig. 1.1 (e) 10TA/10MA.total connecting diagram

(200 VAC input type digital servo, 9" standard or 14" color CRT /MDI
and I/O unit are used.]
- 535 -
APPENDIX l
110 card
DI-D3
r r-.:-~II
Of------"--'---- -'J
:;-:1
.]1
.]2
Si_!-l\f il
(-- - - - - -
0 [ COPI
O[ CP 51
(DC 21 \'
\18
\13)
i Power magnetic
' '
I l \119 O
circuit
, (Machine side)
.r5
)1
.I ~
Ol----'!..::'.---
I
hOf---..,.....)
' Optical
COP2
~'
COPl
Flat
cable
Icable
~I
\\
14" color
CRT/MOl
!Jl-Z!-D
CMDD
Connecuon
unit for
operator's
panel
CD\l
CMI
CP2400J720 CDP
CDl CA3
CM2
C\13
J
u--
Ci\l4
/}--
L..-_ _
Machine
operator's
panel
w
~
er
J i5
~_1
MPG
Manual pulse
generator
'-~~...l-_-L_--'
J 64
lr
Il
PMC
cassette
(Command) CV2l ,n
lU
(Feedback) CF9l In
Iu
J 210
J 220
(Cornmand) CV22 In
lU
J2ll
In
J221
(Feedback)
(Spindle
cornmand)
CF92
Digital
CNlservo
TI
amplifier
(2nd axis)
lU
,n
CAI 'u
,n
(Position ceder) CA 2
(Ist axis)
J65
{Io-AC
input
200/220V
J66
lU
Spindle speed
control
Position coder
0IB "h, InI--+-i-+-!-"-=c:,

C\T -'lu
PCB for
. Digital
11 CNl servo
11 additional CF9l BI;I1~ 1--+-+-+-1--.,

axlS
r-
I
f1o--f-+--
TI
\10--
ri ~
0j
AC servo
motor
amplifier
(3rd axis)
J 222
---------~----,
AC
100\
Conversational
function card
Master PCB
~Jrt~ Option
card F2
CA8
L..--"""'T:=r---.....
"
"
Power unit
CP 15
CPII
'----(lI Battery
umt
Fig. 1.1 (f)
J 68
{High-Speed skip signal or

High-speed measunng
pJ s=~~~t~;s:::
mf.--i-+-iL.f----"~-
::J
signal
d:,
CP3 CP4 CP5 CP6
9--------01 CP2
O>--
Input unit
AC
input
10TF total connecting diagram

(200 VAC input type digital servo, 14" color CRT/MOl, and I/O card are used.)
- 536 -
APPENDIX 1
Connection
unit l
Connection
unit 2
hn
C02 hn
CDl
nr !rv,P4 C03 lin

LIL
h~
CO!'1
Optical
cable
hn
JU
J 55
ci : hn
J 56
J58
CDI
ON/OFF signal
CDl
c~lDaR[
lU
PMC
Cassette
(Command) CV21 1n
lU
J2l0
CF9I 1"
lU
,r220
;~
J211
(Feedback)
I~WGI
.J 63
(Command) CV 2 2
(Feedback)
(Spindle
command)
eF92
CAI
J65
amplifier
(1st axis)
0----9~
AC serve
motor
I;
AC
nput
CV2lB In
~~
PCB for
additiona! GF9lB JU
200/220V
Spindle speed
control
Lou
Position eoder
I .J 212
][
uxis
Digital
C'Jlser'Vo
TI {
amplifier
(3rd axis)
J 27
Io--
t222
:::;
l~
AC serve
motor
-\C
lOOV
Conversational
function card
ODtion
c~rd 1
CD:~ ~
II l
~
CA8
J~
1\1
'---'
CP 14
Power unit
CPl5P
CP 11
AC servo
motor
J 26
J66
------ -- --
"Batlery
'I unit
device
TI{Io---
amplifier
(2nd axis)
1"
Punch panel
DIllf[Q;'~~:" n(l~
rDl
I[
MPG
Manua! pulse
genera tor
1,~
lU
Master PCB
achine
peratcr's
anel
P
aIJ-
Ela
"-..
Digital
.T221
(Position code r) C A2 hn
Ir-
~O-] ~
CM2 a l l CM3 Oll-
ln
CDP
1" 1"
J64
n r CN 1 servo
u,
CM4
rO
~[
J 72
Connection
unit for
cperatcr's
panel
CDM CMI
c;::i c::i
Tape reader
with serial
interface
n CD8
u.
(with reels)
CNT4
---O (without reels)
CP41
(with reels)
(without reels)
J75
hn
"-
CP24aD
CA3
p ower
m agnetic
cireuit
( Machine
side)
f'--f'---
Flat
cable
OP3
u
AC powe:r,
.J 59
nn
r)
69 Flat cable
.r70
14" color
CRT/MOl
J 57
CI3
i'-i'-i'-i'--
CD2 CP55
-e
C12 hn
I'--
............
c:::l
......
l er
'"
<-
J 54
CIO hn
ccni
'-"
'"
CDP2 fJU
C09 hn
J53
DC24V nr CP51 CD4

u
C05 hn
JU
h>S2
J50
J51
.J52
C5
,
Hi~-speed
Hish-speed skip sisnal ar

measuririg
position reach sianul
~N/OFF
signal \
~ ~ ~ ~
CP3 CP-I CP, CP6
odcp~
O
Input unit
"C
i npu t
Fig. 1.1 (g) 10TF totalconnectingdiagram

(200 VAC input type digital servo, 14" color CRT/MOl, and connection unit are used.)
- 537 -
APPENDIX l
Power
magnetic
circuit
(Machine
side)
("0=' :1
2 tarm
I/O unit
er-ar
SignalO TI
co P2 I;I llII---;;;:--""""A.~
Optical
,n
COPI fJ U
>
L-_ _- - - - - I - - - I
Flat
cable
cable
14" color
lL_++--
Iln nCOP3
CR T/MDJ
I ACpowe~
CMr:
CP24
CDl CA3
!
ON/OFF signal
J[J11!-{]
J72
J~
Connection
unit for
operator's
panel
CDM
CDP
CMIJ~1
JO-- Machine
CM2
CM3 []--
operatcr's
panel
CM4~[)--
L . - _........
J75
J64
[ PMC
Cassette
J 210
(Comrnand)
J 220
(Feedback)
J211
(Command)
J221
Digital
{
CNI servo
TI Io--amplifier
IO--t-..
,(2nd axis)
J65
AC
input
200/220V
J 66
I
I
'-----1
rlIl
Q Position coder
r------'L.,"
--------- -----1----...,
.......
hr Conversational
Wl function card
J 27
J 212
PCB for CV21B : ~

][ ad~itional CF91B I ull++f-+-h
axlS
~
Spindle speed
control
J222
Digital
{
CNI servo
TI
arnplifier
(3rd axis)
o------
IdId motor
AC serve
AC
' - - - - - - - - - - - 100V
Master PCB
Option
card I
J68
P
CPI5 P
CPI4
CPlI
ON/OFF signal
CP3 CP4 CP5 CP6
C$~--------D][ CP2
"C.
Input unit
AC
0 ) - - - - - - - - - - - - - input
Fig. 1.1 (h) 10TF total connecting diagram

(200 VAC input type digital servo, 14" color CRT/MOl, and I/O unit are used.)
- 538 -
APPENDIX 1
Connection
unit 2
Connection
unit l
'" J 50
C02 ,n J51
C09 '" J 54
~ ~ J 55
C03:~
C1I
COI lU
r - - - - - - -..H~;IICOP4
["" ni :::
...,
r-,
C12
C13
CCD2CP55
:~
J56
~~ J57
:~ J59
III"
J69 J
----
Power
magnetic
circuit
(Machina
side)
Flat
;~ble
...
COPl
J52
E}::
Ll
COP2 III~---=---'
CIO
CA7
CD16
CMD
CRT/MDI
CP24
CDI5 CD12 CA3
J75
J63
lr
PMC
cassette
Jl
Aeserve
motor
J2l0
J 220
J 211
i
J 221
Digital
eN 1 serve
TI
I
lIo----
Ie>---
ampuller
(2nd axis)
J 65
J 66
Spindle speed
control
_._.r-;::======;-'
In
CV21B
PCB for
CF91B
additional
:~
axis
CV22B lU
CF92B
:~
Position coder
I
CN l Digital
serve
Tl
arnplifler"
(3rd axis}
I I
~ 213 n,
Digital
-=----u I C1"J l serve
Master PCB
0-~J271~
I'lo-
1..------
arnplifier
(4th exis)
TI
1
o-----.
Ae serve
motor
L.-_---l
Aeserve
motor
I~
Io-- L..-
J 223
~~
Optinn card I
L
I
I
I
;~~ut
IDDV
power unit
CPll
L:I
Battery
unit
L-.':":':""---l
'T'~------_;o CP2
Input unit
Fig. 1.1 (i) 1OOT/1 OOM total connectiondiagram

(200 VAC input type digital serve and connection unit are employed.l
- 539 -
APPENDIX 1
Power
magnetic
circuit
(Machine
sie)
I/O unit
r
I
Connecuon
unit for
operator's
panel
'DM
Machine
cperator's
panel
EJ
MPG
Manual pulse
generator
)'
I
J 26
Digital
I _Q---+--ir-'
][ CNI servo
TI { ~
arnplifier
(2nd axis)
I
Io----t-I
lO
lO
AC servo
motor
AC
input
200/220V
Spindle speed
control
Position code r
J
~i
Jq AC servo
)Omotor
~r
Digital
L CNl servo
--=---u
'1'1
Ji~ motor
ACservo
arnplifier
(4th axis)
Master PCB
J 223
J 6B
Ae
input
IOOV
CPl4
Power unit
CPl5
CPII
LJiiillCrYl
.~
O
D
ON/OFF signal
J 7b
CP3 CP4 CP5 CPb
L'--------------InUHl.Ii
CP2
.
~'1
Input unit
AC
0 > - - - - - - - - - - - - input
Fig. 1.1 (j) 1OOT/1OOM total connecting diagram

(200 VAC input type digital servo and l/O unit are employed)
- 540 -
APPENDIX l
.Il
:-'11
:-'llS :-'I19 :-'[20
:-'12
'------/
.-\1
A2
A3
110 card Al - A3
====
Interface
PCB for
small
CRT/M Dl
unit
(:-'IDO
CA4
(CRT)
CA5
r ei
bo
.l62
JO
b~
O[
CNI
.J 64
~[
,n
J210
hn
lU
.J 220
~n
cvzz JU
.J21 l
~n
J22l
(Corn mand) CV2l lU
(Feedback) CF91
(Command)
(Feedback) C F92
(Spindle
C
~n
command) Al lU
.J6S
In
.J 66
"U
CV21B
l~
Il
.e-------,
amplifier
(2nd axis)CN2
In--
CD2
'"
JU
hn
(3rd axis)CN2
:=:::::
Digital
{
CNlsen,o
TI
amplifier
r.,
(4th axis)CN2
b I
-h
~
IIc--~-----'
CPIl
{ High-speed skip signal ar

High-speed measuring
J2S
l~ Ae servo
CP4 CP5 CP6
.A.C servo
J~ motor
trans-
~AC
input
/{
AC
la av
-o...J-o- ON button
4l..Ul;-0F F button
If small CRT/MOl" mounted IVIth

Input unit
Fig. 1.1 (k) 1OTA/1OMA total connecting diagram

(Digitalservo; 9" smal! CRT/MOl and I/O card A1 - A3are used.]
- 541 -
former
O attached NC at delivery time.
O CP2
C~]
ON/OFF signal
r
CP3
motor
il]--- t--
CPIo
DC24V
:~;AC servo
motor
Io---
CPH
,
J6S
AC servo
motor
---..,
~-l
. position reach signal
Power unit
J26
J27
Dizi tal
{
CNlsen,o
amplifier Tl
J 223
CAS
Punch panel
.Servo
~ transformer
J222
J2l3
Option card l
~
I
TI {
l-a[
~~
PCB for
CF91B
addi tionul
:~
CV22B
axis
Manual p ulse
generaror
'-il Q Position coder I
Master PCB
ml--
J2l2
In
CF92B
'""
Spindle speed
control
I~
ROMIRAM board
MPO:
I/O
device
~
J2S :~
(lst axis) CN2
I[ CNlsen,o
'{
{le-------,
Digital
----------
~I
Digital
CNI serve
Tl
arnplifier
lU
(Position coder) CA2 JU
with serial
interface
u CDB (with reels)

AC power n r CNT4 (without reer
CP4l (with reels)
U
------0 (without reels)
PMC
cassette
MP
l,
Tape reader
f f
J63
DC24V
J78
IMP~
1:-'!POI
CN2
(:-.fPQ)
CA3 '"
lU
CDl
91' small
CRT/MDl
O[ CA9
AC
input
APPENDIX 1
Connection
Connection
unit l
unit 2
,n J 52
'u
COP 4 C03
OCZ4V
, J 53
CP51 C04 J~I
C05]~
:;]052 ccm
................
COP 21hIn
n
COPI
?
l_
-,---'
lU
Clll~
Machine
C121~
side
magnetic
circuit
Cl3 ' n J 59
CCmCP55 lU
J 69 Flat cable
J7D
Optical cable
9"small
CRT/MOl
~[
Interface
PCB for
CA9
small
CNI
CRT/MOl
unit
(MPG) CA3
bn-
~~
) f
Ml'
CN2
MPG
MPG Manual pulse
generator
Ml'
J63
,?
J 78
][
PMC
Cassette
l
Ae serve
Ir
Digital
{
IL CN] servo
TI o---amplifier
Il~:>----i-.J
(2nd axis) CN In
Spindle speed
contrcl
Position coder
motor
>--o
Servo
trans-
o----<r'-O-- AC
input
former
J 27
AC servo
motor
Digital
{
CNIservo
TI o---amplifier
(3rd axis)CN2"11---+--'
I
hn
cv 22B nf1.-+--+-+-t-,
CP92Ban--
~r
-lj
I J 223
Master PCB
Digital
{
L CNl serve
TI
amplifier
I'n
(4th axis)CN2 I Il-- ~
Io--
Servo
L....oltrans-
J68
o---cr--.o--
former
'-
AC
input
AC
IODV
Power unit
~
er-n
Baltery
unit
I
Fig. 1.1 (I)
~~
Cp3 CP4 CP5 CP6
~"'------------10 [CP2
Input unit
10TA!10MA total connecting diagram

(Digital servo, 9" small CRT/MOl and connection unit are used.)
542 -
input
APPENDIX 1
J[
AC power
COP4
Machine
sid e
m agnetic
cir euit
l/O unit
"' CP31
UL
Alarm signal
'"
...,
t'-
COP2
]~
COP1
CD1
][
TI
...
...,
t'-
-,
Optical cable
Interface
PCB for
small
CRT/MDI
unit
In
-U L CA9
CM IJU
er
,n
lU
DC24V
J 78
n
AC power U
[[ PMC
Cassette
(Cornmand) CV21
D~
(Feedback) CF91
JG
s~
-------0
(Position code r) CA2
J 221
PCB for CV21B

additianal CF 91 B
axis
CV22B
CF92B
---D QPosition coder

J212
Power unit
CPll
motor
ce
CP 15
~~
n~
y[
I
J68
:J"
fenner
l
,J
I[
Digital
{
CNlsen.o
TI
amplifier
J 222
(3rd axislCN2
II
CP14
unit
J 26 : [AC servo
Spindle speed
control
~~
In
CD2 .lU
Option card 1
.,n
CA8 lU
I Battery
AC servo
Servo
J 223
~I
rer)
!o-----
J[
Punch panel
>-O. trans-
--------------
Master PCB
device
<.
J 66
J~
~[
Digital
{
Tl
CN l servo.
amplifier
(2nd axislCN2 rn
J 65
J~ ROM/RAM board Or-
h~
Tape reader
with serial
interface
CDB (with reels)
CNT4 (without
CP4l (with reels)
(without reels)
J 211
(Feedback) CF 9 2
(Spindle
command)
MPG
Manual pulse
generator
~~ motor
{IO-----
J 220
J~
CAI J~
igital
D"
CN1 servo.
TI
amplifier
(1st axiS)CN2 in
J 210
n
(Cornmand) CV22 1
.lU
rr
CN1 CN2
J 64
JG
IMP~a
'n
CA5 JU
(MPG)CA3
9" small
CRT/MDI
27l~
AC
input
AC servo
motor
Io-----
r1fl-----J2
Digital
{
CN l servo
TI Q-----,
amplifier
~.......,
(4th axis) eN?
' -
High-speed skip signal or

{ High-speed measuring
pcsi ticn reach signal
~ motor
AC servo
Servo
transformer
0-----<0-0--
AC
input
Ae
100V
~ ~ l ~~ l
CP3 CP4 CP5 CP6
O[
CP2
Input unit
ON/OFF signal
ONb uttan
/~OFF button
(lf small CR T/I.IDI is mounted With)

attached NC ar delivery time.
/ AC
O
input
Fig. 1.1 (m) 1OTA/1OMA total connecting diagram

(Digital servo, 9" smal! CRT/MOl and I/O unit)
- 543 -
--l...{~ o--
APPENDIX 1
Connection
unit 2
Cormecrion
unit l
COl
-------f!
r:
8[ COP4
(C~'
Ul crs:
C02
J50
C09
~ ~:: I
ClO
CU
C03h~1
In
L-J
j1
l J 6 9 Flatcable
COPll~III~f----'---....
__
....................
j j1
Flat
cable
COP3
Power
L-(
magnetic
circuit
Id
I--- j
:~:;"'"'
Connection
unit for
laperatar's
panel
14 color CRT/MOl
,----!
7O
..
9 .~tandard ar
..,
~ ~:: jI
ccm CPS"
L-J
co<0i ~:: J c"o~

C130~
C05
CP52 ('CD]
COP2Iulu'\-->~-..)
I
Optical cable~
[j-----:}
b[J-- Ma:r~~::'s
b[}--- ~~nel
CM b[}---
CMDbRl CDM CW
AC power ~: CP2] (9" standard) CP24 b

------"0 (14" color) CDl CA3
ON/OFF signal
All
CDP CMl
CM
t:;:::J i:;':l
J75
J63
BJ
IMP~ IMP~ ~~:Ual pulse
generator
J64
~[
PMC
Cassette
~o
c,
b~
J210
(Command) CV22 hn
.u
J211
hn
lU
J 221
b~
J65
(Command) CV21
(Feedback)
CF91
(Feedback)
(Spindle
command)
CF92
CAJ
(Position ceder) CA2
,..--
--------------
b~
hn
<
n
U
J220
l
I
J66
Servo
:>--o former
trans-
lU
~
~[
l~
ROM/RAM board
hn
PCB for CV21

additional CF91E
a)<IS
CV22E
CF92E
Spindie speed
D~
h~
~AC
input
control
Position eoder
J27
J212
_J---...,
lQAC serve
II
Digital
{'_
CNlservo
TI i~
amplifier
Ir>-- ~
(3rd axis)Q\i2 h-n
D~
Digital
{
CNlservo
~
arnplifier
IO---+~
(4th aXis)CN21n--n
h
J 223
Jdmotor
I
I
Master PCB
' - - - - - - - - - - - ~~OV
Power unit
r:e~------D
CP2
Input unit
AC
0 > - - - - - - - - - - - - - - input
Fig. 1.1 (n) 10TA/10MA total connection diagram

(Digital servo, 9" standard or 14" color CRT/MOl and connection unit are used.)
544 -
APPENDIX 1
nr
UL
COP4
nr
CP31
AC power
Alarm signal
In
>
fJU
hn
COPI
Optical
cable
lU
I/O unit
TI
r-'"
....,
COP2
Po wer
m agnetic
circuit
( Machine
side)
Flat
cable
..,.
e-
....,
CRT/MDI
COP3
n
u
CMD
nr
AC power
u CP21 (9" standard) cP24

------0 (14" colar) CDl CA3
ON signal
CDI
00-
][
OOJ72
D[CDP CM2
CM3
E3
J63
~
J25 :~
]~
(Corn mand)
CV22
OG
J211
(Feedback)
CF92
D~
.J 221
(Spindle
command)
CAI )~
,J 65
08
J66
(Position ceder) CA2
,--
----- - --------
~.
~[
Digital
1[
CNI servo.
T1{ ~
u'
amplifier
J21D
J22D
ROM/RAM board
CV21B
PCB for
additional CF9lB
CV22B
axis
'-GO
nn
:~
[[
~~
O~
f-
CA8
lU
CPl4
Power urut
~1:::;O" I
CPI5
ep 11
C?
b~ ! ,
CD2 )"
Option card l
II
AC servo
:~ motor
T1
Digital
{
CNlse;:;'o
amplifier
(3rd ,,-xislCN2
li
l J76
J67
J68
Digital
{
CNI servo
TI
amplifier
(4th ,,-XiSlCN 2
o--cl'"""-O- AC
input
former
l
c>--
r--ll:~ motor
J27
Ae servo
J28
Ae servo
:~ motor
fn
J 222
,J 23
Master PCB
Position coder
J22
J
J[
J26
Dizital
{
CNlservo
TI er---amplifier
(2nd axis) CN -t'n
Servo
p~
Spindle speed
control
~[
I
I
m-
(Lst axis) CN2
AC servo
motor
~ trans-
CF92B
device
Punch panel
CF91
generator
(Feedback)
erator's
anel
B B M PManual
G pulse
o.
DG
achine
L:{g
J64
(Corn mand) CV21
Jr-}
~~ ~p
CM4 ] l}--
PMC
Cassette
trL!fl
1:::;
~~
Tape reader
with serial
interface
nr CDB
UL (with reels)
CNT4
(without reels)
CP41
(with reels)
(without reels)
J75
D J71 I[
.Connection
unit for
operator's
panel
CDM CMI
Io---
0-n
IU
Data I/O device

{ High-speed measuring
Serve
AC
trans- c>---<:0-O---- input
former
AC
IDDV
ON/OFF signal
'I
~
~ ~ I:~
rp3 CP4 CP5 CP6
D[ 'P2
Input unit
Fig. 1.1 (o) 10TA/10MA total connecting diagram

(Digital servo, 9" standard or 14" color CRT/MOl and I/O unit are used.)
- 545 -
AC
input
APPENDIX l
I/O card
DI -D3
[l~'
pO
J I
8",:::w 00
n[ cor , [ ,re ~n
.13
DC 24V n r CP51
MI9
UL
.}5
pO
COPI
hn
fJu
Flat
cable
" Optical
cabIe
hn
lU
-'"
[Connection
unit for
operator's
panel
CMDO~[ CDM CMI
14" color
CRT/MOl
r-
COP3
AC power:.,.,
_
} Machine
CP2400J720[ CDP CM2
operator's
CDI CA3
CM3 [ } - panel
~?
C?
Qyl4
Tape reader
with serial
~
(Command) CV21
J 75
,n
PMC
cassette
,n
n CNlservo.
U
J 211
hn
J65
,n
J 66
CAI lU
(Position ceder) CA 2 lU
r-----------
lu
11
PCB for
CV21B
,~
additional CF9lB
>-f---------
I/O
de
{IO-~~
AC serve
motor
In
J26
Dizital
CNlse;'o
TI {
ampIifier
(2nd axis)CN2
L-1
-------nU
Position coder
IO--
~ motor
AC servo
fn
r~~]
former
AC
o----<:J'-D-- input
J27
J212
AC servo
I[ CNl servo
Digital
TI
ampIifier
(3rd axis) CN2
o------
r1]1
motor
In
J222
arnplifier
Spindle speed
control
lU
axis
J 1 1
,n
Master PCB
[}-
MPG
IMPGIIMPGI Manual pulse
ge nerator
trans-
]QROM/RAM board
II
TI
(Isr axis) CN2
J221
CF92 hn
lU
command)
J 64
Digital
J210
IJU
(Command) CV22 hn
lU
{Spindle
J63
Punch panel
J 220
(Feedback)
interface
CDB
(with reels)
CNT4
(without
reels)
--'O
CP41
(with reeIs)
(without reels)
U
CF91 In
lU
(Feedback)
~u
P[}pO
ON/OFF signal
CDI
Powerrnagne tic
circuit
(Machine side
J4
MaJ 00
COP2
J2
Ae
100V
Conversational
function card
CD2
Option card l
CA8 h n
J 68
{ High-speed skip signal or

ON/OFF signal
CP 14
CP 15
Power unit
CPlI
Battery
unit
......
,;;;;;;;
CP3 CP4 CP5 CP6
Dl CP2
Input unit
Fig. 1.1 (p) 10TF total connecting diagram

(Digital servo, 14" color CRT/MOl, and I/O card are used.)
546 -
AC
-input
APPENDIX l
Connection
nit l
DC24V ~[ p'51
COPI
O~
,n
1~69
Optical
eable
J53
'"
COS
t!'S2 CCDI
COP2 OG
Connectio
unit 2
- U U-
J58
C13
CCD2 CPSS
lU
14" eolor
CRT/MDI
OP3
CMD
AC power ...
ON/OFF signal
CDI
O~
J75
:Ol
---<)
~[
PMC
Cassette
hn
J210
(Feedback)
hn
J220
hn
J211
(Command)
cv
22
CD!
I:?
OD
J 72
aI CDP
Tape reader
with serial
interface
CD8
(with reels)
CNT4
(without reels)
CP41
(with reels)
(without reels)
'u
MPG
Manual pulse
generatar
~~
J64
"
device
Digital
4~
T1{ Io--
(1st axis) CN2
ru-
t-
AC servo
motor
J 26
hn
.T221
(Spindle
com mand)
CAI
hn
J65
hn
J 66
Il
I
fJu
{IO--
In
Position eoder
1212
CV21lJ
PCB for
additianal GF91B :~
lU
axis
![
r---,-------
r""'
AC
trans- 0---6"'-0- in put
former
Spindle speed
control
1---------
Ae serve
motor
Digital
CN1servo
TI
amplifier
(2nd axis) CN2UU- t -
J~ ROM/RAM board} ~
Digital
CN! ser-;'o
TJ {
amplifier
(3rd axis) CN2
,1222
ler---.
J 27
rU
Ae servo
motor
ITrt- r--
~[
Machine
operatcr's
pan el
~[}-
1 1 1
J 63
CF92
Master PCB
~J
[}CM3 [ } -
CM4
fJU
][
CM2
BE3EJ
nI
Lll CNI serve
amplifier
'u
(Feedback)
(Position coder) CA2
CP24
CA3
~A[
Connection
unit for
operator's
panel
CDM CMI
Punch panel
(Camrnand) CV21
CF9I
'-'-'--
Flat
cable
...,rnI
"-"--
J 59
rj
Flat eable
,170
ej>
nrt
Power
magnetic
. euit
crr
(Machine
sid e)
AC
100V
Ccnversational
function card
~[
Option
card l
CDZO
CA8
bn
CPI4

.168 { High-speed measuririg
ON/OFF signal
1:.'1'15
CPI!
CP3 CP4 CP5
cre
AC
0 " - - - - - - - - - - - - - input
Fig. 1.1 (q) 10TF total connecting diagram

(Digital servo, 14" color CRT/MOl, and connection unit are used.l
- 547 -
APPENDIX l
J I
,l ~
.J3
Power magnetic circuit (Machine side)
.J 5
J 4
......., ......., ,......, ,......,
......,
~11
M~O
M2
~118
,\119
'----/
AI
A2
A3
l/O card AI - A3
:===:
PO
bo
J 61
IMPllICA3
J 63
('D(
J 64
IMDI1CA4
ICRTICAS
Q[
9"sma11
CRT/MDl
CA9
.J6~
CNI
I~IPol I I
IMPol
eN:?
MPO
1 1
DC:!4V
J 78
~
\
device
Tape teader
with serial
interface
CDB
~[
CDB
(with reels]
CNT4
n
U
PMC
cassette
Punch panel
(without reels)
Ae power n
UL
CP41
{with rec15)
(without reels)
~------o
o-------r9[
TI
(Velocily
com mand) eVI
(Feed back) CFI
~I}
.r IO
.fIS
I[ eNI
-{l [
IstAxis
velccity
centret
unit
J20Q[
CNSpn
TI
(Feed back) CF2
CN
TIlo--TI
JO
III
::J [
('NI 2nd Axts
hlUn
116
Q[
CN6
velocity
control
command) CV]
p~
.j
(Feed back) CF3
P8
.J 17
(Spindle
command) CA l
(Position ceder) CA:!
I II
JO
I I I
J~
l[
PCB for
additional
axis
Master PCB
~[
('.-\6
Option cnrd
"V 4
hM
,:::;~
:
I
I
P I
"PI5P~
[le:.: v
I'P l-l
'--J
166
3rd Axts
.~
conrrot
C:--;6 unit
,) 18
TI
TI
('NG
C'NS
TI
unit
C~2
AC
Serve motor
rL -
ys,~o
transformer
12H
I[
J 23
nr
AC
I~ Input
Serve motor
~~
Serve
transformer
o---<Y'-O- AC
Input
~
I'P:1
';::
1High-speed skip signal er
168
.J 22 n
,n
TI
,':''1 ath Axts
) ~7 ]
.~
Position ceder
TI
l c>----
Spindle speed centret
connol
UL
UL
rxs ln
CN:?
velocity
r-p 11
.J 115
IJU
"ASOD
Power supply unit
AC
Servo motor
I---!---
CN2
vetocity
) l:l-D[
hn
Bartery
C:'JI
nr
TI
unit
TI
12
J 21
eNs
TI
IVelccity
AC
Serve motor
~ h11------
CN6
l ~6 ][
(veloctry
com mand) CV2
MPG: Manual pulse

gene rater
('/'1
l
ON/OFF signal
......., ,......,
"PS
Input unit
,'1'2
CP6
[)
Il'
Ioov
! --O---'-o- 0'"outton
I -Q.LQ- iJFF
button
ICsmall CRT/MOl is rnourned with

attached NC al dellvery rime.
o>--==-"-------=-----~ ~~ut
unit
Fig. 1.1 (s) 1OTA/1 OMA total connecting diagram

(Analog servo, 9" smal! CRT /MDI and I/O card A 1 ~ A3 are used.)
- 549 -
APPENDIX l
Ccnnection
unit l
hn
Ccnnection
unit 1:
c09~8
,j 50
CO, lU
J 51
C10
C03hn
.152
cnflfl
lU-
"" rJU
IJU
C04 fJU
CD5~8
J5S
9L
COPl
Optical eeble
g"smalJ
,,.,
.161
CA9
J 62
nr
CA51~I LIrl--------'~----+_--__f
II
UL
CNl
n-
(MPO) CA 3 [l;1 ~
I~IPOI I I I I
CN~
DC24\'
.T78
~
\
device
PMC
..,'"
~
cassette
, n
Tape reader
with serial
interface
CDB
{with teels)
CNT4
Punch panel
twttncut reels)
AC power n
CP41
twith reeis)
Iwithout reels]
------~
.T 10
TI~[
nr
command) CVII JIIIU~-----------1--1I-+-+.::..c:":"'-ju'
II1I CNI vetccny
In Axis
CN5DO
TI
control
J 15 nr
~---------+-+--+-+"':"":":""-IIII
u
(Feed back) CFl li1112
(Velocily
unit
CNZ
CN6
J 11
nr
command) CV21111 IU-~-----------1-I-+-+.::..c:":"'-fUIII CNI
2nd Axts
velocity
control
unit
.T 16
n CN6
1,811----------+_+_++..:...::..:...-IlfI
UL
(Eeed back) CF21b
eN5
3rd Axis
veloctty
centrer
nI
eNS unit
J 21
jI!-{I[
J ~2
~I
Spindle speed control
Serve
transformer
Master PCB
eA6
PCB for
additional
~[
Option card 1
axis
JU
.T 18
1n
CF4 JU
U[
D[
connol
CNS
TI
unit
CN2
4thAxis
veloctty
CN6
TI
lo-
.T 6B
f-+-+--+-'::""::=--
:==;
{ High-speed skip signal er

CPII
J0-=
CP151~
DC24V
e:e~_------+O
J 23
I[
U[
AC
Serve motor
lol
Serve
transformer
ON/OFF signal
r"""1
r=;
,.....,
,.....,
CP3
CP4
CP5
CP6
Input unit
b
o
~~O\'
-L
J--O ~ ON button
1-QLQ-- OFF button
Ir small CRT/MDI is moumed with

attached NC at dehveJY urne.
CP2
Fig. 1.1 (t] 1OTA!1OMA total connecting diagram

(Analog servo, 9" smal! CRT/MOl and connection unit are used.l
550 -
AC
~ Input
'------------
'"
Power supply unit
AC
~ Input
,'1,
CPI4
J~
CD 2 II'I nll--l-+--'
UCAB r'
I'I IU_
n >
l-
CNI
AC
serve motor
Position ceder
J 28
~[
n
u
CN2O[]- j--..,
TI
C\'4 hn
AC
serve motor
TJI(~
.T 66
(POsic~~:r) CAl n;1 f~l-----------I-t-+-+--=-=-=--j
I
~q
.T 13
I[
nr
-Ul
o----
u[}----------11111:-:~~1~~;~;;;;;;~I
I
.T 65
AC
serve motor
TI
.T 17
D~II----------t-t-+-+-.::....:-'--llll
u
b' ~
J 26
TI
CN2
TI
CN5
{Velocity
hn
.T 12 nr CNI
com mand) CV31J ull-----------+-.J-I-I-"-'''--l11J
u
(Spindle
command) CAI
O[
,'11
TI
(Feed back) CF3
.120
TI i~~
TI
generator
1"
.164
fJU
MPO MPG: Manual pulse
MPO
__+---~=7."""--t_------...L--.....L--..J
n
Ul
(Velccity
CRT/MDI
l"
J~':63
,n
CDl
ep55
r1
~ 69 Flat cable
.170
(MDl ) CA41,1IU~---~:.:...----+----f )[
(CRT)
Machine side
Magnetic circuit
C131U-CCD~
CP52 CCDI
COP2111 ~II-
,150
ClZ!~ ~:: ~
,n .T 53
24V DC
.15,'
1~5~
lU
e"'! ,n
AC
Input
APPENDIX l
-ilt
Ae power
,.,
...,
~
COP2
hn
COPI
~u
<,
Optical cable
Power
COP4
Alarm signal
magnetic
cirenit
(Machine
side)
l/O unit
I[ CP31
~ TI
-.
...,
~
9" sma1l
(MDI) CA4
OG
161
(CRT1CA5
O~
JG2
~~
JG3
J G4
(MP01CA3
CDI
n'
CRT/MDI
CA9
UL
n,
CNI
UL
MPol
eN2
Ef
DC24V
MPol
\~
device
Tape reader
with serial
interface
nr
UL
PMC
Ae power
cassette
CDS
Punch panel
(with reels)
CNn
(without recls)
nr
CMI
(with reels)
~-------o
~
J 20 a
O
TI
{velccity
command) eVI
(Feed back) CF t
(Veloctty
command) CV2
(Feed back) CF2
MPG: Manu alpuJse

gene rater
MPO
r 1"
J 78
lU
l[
I I
OG
DG
J IOn
CNI
J 15
nr
eN6
u
InAxis
velocity
centret
unit
eNs
TI
n
~
CN2
TI
~(
TI
JO-
J II
,nu
.J I G
n
u
('NI
eN6
2nd Axis
velocity
centrul
unit
TI
TI
AC
J 21 nr
u
eNS
CN2
AC
serve motor
serve notar
I Q---.
J 27
(Velocity
com man d) CV3
,n
(Feed back) CF3
hn
J I2
lU
J 17
fJu
J 65
(Position
ceder) CA2
JG
JOG
CV.j
PCB for
][
][
eNI
Il r
CN6
3rd Axis
velocity
control
unit
TI
eNS h"
lU
TI
CN2
TI
p~
[ CAG
Ul
(Spindle
command) CA l
Master PCB
ni
additianal
axis
f:'F4
CD2
Option card l
eAS
In
3[ rNl
,n
J 18
~[
JU
TI
4th AxiJ
vetcctty
control
CN6
unit
eNS
TI
CN2
TI
,n
lU
High-speed skip signal

J 68
IO-
,n
J~
AC
transformer I~
.
~Ismo
Input
Position ceder
J 13
lU
...
Spindle speed centre!
:q
Al'
serve motor
J 22 n,
p.~-{][
J 23 nr
hn
'~
AC
serve motor
lh- '~
Ol
lal
Il
o----D"'O--
Serve
rransfcrmer
Al'
100Y
CPI4P
Power supply unit
CPIS
ep II
Battery
unit
AC
I npur
ee
r-t
DC24 y
CP3
~ l ~~ 6
CP,
CP5
Input unit
ON/OFF signal
CP6
\ --O
--LO- aN button
-<J..L.Q- OFF butten
tf sma1l CRT/MOl is mounted with

NC cabinet, ON/OFF butten is
attached to NC at delivery time.
CP2
Fig. 1.1 (u) 10TA/10MA total connecting diagram

(Analog servo, 9" smal! CRT/MOl and I/O unit are used.l
- 551
AC
Input
APPENDIX 1
Cormection
Ccnnection
unit l
unit :2
.150
CO11111-="---1
e {\~,
.J 5 l
r[
I[
C03
CO",
C05
ep;;:! CCl)]
~.
~
cor~
In
JU
Optical cable
In
eDP]
nn
J 5,
ln
J 53
('l~
D~
Cl3
CP55
Flat cable
J 7 (I
lU
CA5
CA3
CDl
b
b
8[
not to be used
-n
,175
b~[
CDP
CM::!
CA3
OH
COS
(with reels)
CNT4
twhhcut reels}
,163
eNI
(with reehl
(wtmour reels)
J 64
c
c.
]~
.l IO
ln
.i i
nr
nr
u
lU
TI
rNl
,III
TI
centret
unit
CN2
CN6
nr eNI
Ul
JI6
nr
U
CN6
2nd Axis
veloeity
contra!
unit
J 12
b~
.J I i
(Spindle
command) CA I 'n
lU
J65
(Position
coder) CA2
J 66
CNI
CN6
CN2
3rd Axis
vclocil}'
control
unit
CN5
TI
CN2
TI
lU
l[
n
u
,n
l[
MPO! MpG:
Manual pulse
g. nerator
\~
J l3
CV4U,
PCB for
addition al
Axis
CF4
nr
u
J 18
J[}
nr
U
eNl
4th Axis
velcctty
h-n
1-''"'
CAS
In
AC
serve motor,
Ul.
~9
J 22 n
Ulj
AC
serve motor
h':-.
I~
lnl SeNO
transformer
TI
In
CN5 lU
unit
!9
J28
J 23 n
1J4
AC
Input
II~
AC
serve motor
p~
High-speed skip signal er

positien reach signal
J 6S
,121
J~
CD2]
Option card I
P-4J[
ni
TI,";.,
CN2
TI
centret
CN6
AC
serve motor
h~n
Position ceder
,120
;-'n
Spindie speed centret
leiSeNO
transformer
I~
AC
Input
:===:
Cl' "
J[l--
~~~~
J76
Power supply unit

CPI5]
Cp3
CP11
I OOV
ON/OFF signal
L-a~
MPG!
Machine
operatcr's
panel
,J~
TI
h...
('NS lU
TI
TI
bG
unrt
rNs 10
tst Axts
velocity
TI
CA6
MPG!
bobobo-
Punch panel
(Feed back) CF2 ]
r{] [
CM3
t~ ~;:J
bo-
CP24
device
pMC
cassette
(velccny
]
command) CV2
Master PCB
Connecnon unu
for operaters
panel
CMI
TI
(Feed back) CF3
'-'---
CDM
-c
(velocity
command) CV3
IMachine
side)
b[fL?-'-[][
Tape resder
with serlal
interface
---0
(Feed back) CFl
JD--d
ClICUIt
'--
CMD
C(JP3
ON/OFF signal
)[
(veloctty
command) CV l
Power
magnetic
'---
b~'
CRT/MOl
A~[ csz: (9" standard)

------.{} (14" cclor) ci
][
'---
Flat cable
CA4
J 5G
CCO,
l,lne
CII
iu .
D[
CP2
CP4
CpS
Input unit
CP6
AC
In put
Fig. 1.1 (v) 10TA!10MA total connecting diagram

(Analog servo, 9" standard or 14" color CRT/MOl and connection unit are used.)
- 552 -
APPENDIX 1
Power
magnetic
circuit
(Machine
side)
I/O unit
Ae power
Alarm signa!
u
TI
rOP2~1~1I~I-_ _~_.J
"'/OPtiCal cable
n
C'OP Ilj'llJu
L-...,
Flat cable

CRT/MDI
' - - - - H - - - - - l~II CO P3
c.~sD
,-------0
not to be used
CMDb
(14" color)
CDI
fonnection ~nit
p~~~rerator 5
!J-'!2-!-O[ CDM
CA3
bIJ-h [J--
CM3
? cg;:;:i
ON/OFFsignai
~1I
CM2
CP~.Jh~][CDP
IJ U -~- U
ACpowernr
U
CPll (9" standard)
CA-t ]
I I
MPG MPG: gManUaI pulse

enerater
with serial
interface
CDI
;~
eDB
GI
rJ][
----O
~[
PMC
(with n:els)
CNT4
(withcut reels)
CP41
{with reels)
(without reelsl
J63
J 64
~
~
L:J
~c,
cassette
-e
J IO
command)
b
nr
cvr )----------+-I-I-+-+-"--'-.!---Hi
eF: b, 1---------+-1-1-+-+-"--'-:::.--111
111
.116
(Feed back)
AC
servo motor
l st Axts
velacity
comret
unit
CNI
J 15
(Velocity
Machine
opererer's
panel
CM40o--
Tape teader
.175
d
IIJ--
J 26
TII,91
CN!
2nd Axls
vetocity
connol
unit
eN6
CNS lU
J[
J21
J 27
I[
lI
AC
serve motor
Tlh~ " CN2fJU
Tilo--
.rrc
Jrd Axts
AC
serve motor
UL L..-_ _-J
Io--n-+-+~.l 22 n
TI
CN5
'u
velacity
ccnrrot
.J 17
unit
.J 65
.166
Position ceder
TI
.113
r[
PCB for
addition al
Axis
CNI
-lth Axis
veiccitv
cennol
nr
UL ,'Nb
unit
Master PCB
bI
:U~ h l
~[L-_~Ujii1I-
c.,"
"
1n
('N5 JU
Tl
AC
serve motor
ru
ex: l''In
11--+---1
~~~J~
1J2
Option card l C
1 l S
Gr
.J 61'3
r High-speed skip signal ar

~
AC
I
I
j'p
IOQV
ON/OFF signal
1<lb
Power supplv unit
('PI5h
t'p l l
Input unit
O l - - - - - - - - - - - - AC
Battery
unit
Fig. 1.1 (w)
1DTA/1 DMA total connecting diagram

(Analog servo, 9" standard or 14" color CRT/MOl and I/O unit are used.)
- 553 -
Input
APPENDIX l
110 card Ol- 03
r VMl o
.1
i;:ol-lM2
J 2
0--..::....::...--
MJ 8
0-----''-''-----
81-
C()P4
.J3
I ~!l" D
['P5]
J J
Power magnetic cireurt

(Machine side)
J 5
.1-1
O'---~--
~I
COP 2
D011--...-----'
COP l
QOf----~l
::: Optical cable
14" color CRT/MOl
---+----10 [
CA4
r~!l] [}--rM2] []--
COP3
Ae power
JT
? '-::' '-::'
not to be used
r-0N-,I_O_FF-,s.::.,gn_'_1.:
-{][ ~~Ieeb)
(wunour
rD[
---O
][
(Velocity
(with reels)
(withoUl teels)
.lIS ~[
back) CFI I'IlU
ni~----------+--+-+-+-:'~'-II
rN6
, n
J I I nr
command) CV2111' ~---------+-+-+-+---''-'--''--Illl
U
ll
.116
"'
back) CF2 Illnl----------+-+-+-+--"-''-'--f1l
Ul
'u
(veloctty
ll2-0[
pI----------~'-~-+_+_'-'--I
bf----------jf-+-+-+--.:e'--{
tst Axis
vetccny
contror
unit
eNI
Tl~
,120 O
~D
TI
eNS
f'N2
2nd Axts
vetocuy
central
(;!'i6
unit
][ CN6
~~"minr:;;d) CA J IhlU
II ni
~----------t--+-t-j'-J:...6:...5=---f1
~
IU
66
,121 ni
UL
3rdAxis
vetccuv
conucl
CNS
unit
CN2
Spindle
-iJ Q
AC
serve motor
TI
CNc
TI
TI
hn
~[
TI
(,NS
o----.
~[
TI
CNI
AC
serv o motor
]~
TI
117
<Feed back)CF3
(Position
ceder) CA2
~'-_ _)
,161
TI
command) CV3
generator
PMC
eNI
(Feed
MPG: Manual pulse
cassette
In
(Velocity
\II'(]
CP41
J Ion [
command) CVll Il ul~----------+-+-+-+-''-'-''-II
(Feed
I I
,-_::,'1.::6'::'_-L_ _
fI~elsl
operators
panel
JO--
MP(]I
~;:f'"
J7S
Machine
011
'--_ _...J
l IJ
~::::~~"
CDI
"\13 ] [}---
rO-
ll
AC
serve motor
JO-ro:----. -
speed control
Position ceder
------- - ----"'-----,.
'-----------~gov
Conversational
functicn card
Master PCB
HJ[
CA6
JI
I[
Option card l
C02b
J 6R
1'1n!-+++-+---,=,--_
CA Bil
-' JU
'--
{ High-speed skip function or

:=:=:;
CPl40i
Power supply unit
CPIsl
CP3
CPII
Battery
unit
CC~--------1D[
CP"
CP5
Input unit
CP2
CPG
0 > - - - - - - - - - - - - - ;;'~ut
Fig. 1.1 (x) 10TF total connecting diagram

(14" color CRT/NOl and I/O card 01 ~ 03 are used.l
- 554 -
APPENDIX 1
Conrerion
unit l
,---------1lllcoP4
G[
OC'2-1V
CP52
COPI
OG
hlUn
CA4
CA5
CA3
Optical cable
J55
.J 5 2
J 56
J 58
J 7O
n
U.
JF-o[ CDM
CP24 J!JLZ-4][ CDP
Ae power
ON/OFF signal
J
J 75
CA3
CM3
;:::
CM4
IMPO
(with ree1J)
CNT4
.l 63
(wilhout reets)
CP41
(withrecls)
{without reels)
J 64
.J 1 O
D~
.J 15
JG
J II
h~
r\
...
nr
u
CNI
l st Axis
veleeiry
centret
unit
C:-J6
TI
CNsOD
.J 26
I[
-----------
JD-
J 16
nr
UL
nr
UL
112
lU
Jl7
In
lU
IC
TI
r.Nz~8
TI
eNI
I~N6
2nd Axls
veiacitY
control
unit
C'N5
ZI n,
UL
166
PO-
TI
CNI
3rdAx.is
vetocity
comrol
I[
122 -{][
CNS
AC
serve motor
TI
f - - I--
eN2
unit
AC
serve motor
TI
('NZ
TI
{JO CN6
>----
TI
Lalse~o
A
transformer Q--O""\..O- I
.J 6 5
O~
nput
Spindle speed control
uq
Position ceder
][
serve motor
TIlo----.
cv 3 lfL
(Position
coder) CA2
~
AC
ZO
127
(Sptndle
command) CA l
MPol MPG; ManuaI pulse

genetator
Punch panel
OG
(Feedback} CF3
~t=
JO--
Machine
o peratcr's
p anel
device
(Feed back) CFl
(Velocity
command)
bl}-
IMPol
PMC
cassette
com mand) eVI
(Feed back) eF1
CM2
C::J
CDB
nc
Ul
(,~H
COI
Tape reader
,---0
(Velocity
command) CV2
'-----
CMD
COP3
rJ][
(Velocity
Connectton unit
for operator's
panel
14" color CRT/MDl
not to be used
~l
Flat cable
JG
J 59
IU
er
.J6 9 Flat cable
withserial
interrail!!
COI
CJ 3 In
CPs~
CCDz
Power
magnetic
cireurt
( Machine
side)
,J 57
Cl2 JU
CCOI
6l
...,'"
COP2
1n
C05
.
JU
J 51
J 5l
J 53
C04 JU
CP51
Connection
unit 2
,J 50
r.01
Ac
IOov
Converaaticnal
juncticn card
Master PCB
--{JO CA6
][
eDZO
Option card l
eA8
In
J ti 8
lU
~
CPI4
Power supply unit
brr---J
CPlSP
ep I I
~~
C?
O[
l
b l

High-speed measuting
ON/OFF signal
~,.....,,.......,
CP3
ep-t
CP5
Input unit
CP6
CP2
umt
Fig. 1.1 (y)
10TF total connecting diagram

(14" color CRT/MOl and connection unit are used.)
- 555 -
AC
I nput
APPENDIX l
f[
ll
Alarm signal -O
COp2
COPI
hn
lU
lU
magnetic
circuir
IMachine
side)
TI
Flat ca ble
010
rop3
Ae power
CA']
not to be used
COI
CA3
'c:J
J~[ Cll\1
nr
U
rO[
---{)
~[
CDS
[with reets l
CNT4
(without reeis)
CP41
(with reels)
Iwithcut reeIsl
,163
cv I
(Feed back) CFI
J IO
JI
J 15
iH
1st Axis
CNI
veloclty
~[ CN6
centret
rNs
TI
umt
Punch pane
a-------P-iJD
TI
jI
.120
('N~
TI
J 26
(Velociry
command) CV2
(Feed back) CF2
,n
i :
:U
]~
,I) 6
'"'~
112
hn
JI7
C\'3 ~u
CP3 UU
G[
('N6
-D[
CNI
I[
CN6
2nd Axis
velacity
cennol
unit
TI
CNS
UL
TI
CNZ
TI
control
,n
lU
J6S
~[
m
CNS
TI
(Position
ceder) CA2
,n
J06
lU
Spindle speed centrul
Postnen ceder
][
AC
servo motor
J--- --.
l[
Ac
se rvc motor
t= -
eN2
unit
se 1'\'0 motor
o----..
TI
3rd Axts
vetocity
I[
.121 n~
TI
(Spindle
command) CAI
-- -- --- ------
~[ CNI
MPG: Manual pulse

generator
Mf'
u----~
-e
(Velocity
command)
[}-
n~
.161
Machine
operator's
panel
PMC
cassette
(',\1:-1
MpO
interface
.J 75
o-[}-[}--
I~IPol I I Dq
withserial
,n
eDP
C~ll
(':\12
CMI
Tape render
COI lU
panel
J~[
CP24
ON/OFF signal
Connecnon unit
fer nper ato r's
14" color CRT/MDI
nr
UL
CA3
Power
l/D unit
CP3l
>'' ' :-1 '
hn
CAS]
cor
lol
Serve
transformer
----~gov
Conversational
function card
Master PCB
rl][
][
CA6
Option card l
cozO
CA8
hn
Uu
J 68
:=:::;
High-speed skip tunetion or

ON/OFF signal
CPI4
~ 1 ;: ; ~~
power supply unit

CpIS ]
CP3
CPII
L--o~
umt
C?
CPS
Cl"
Input unit
ep2
CP6
Fig. 1.1 (Z) 10TF total connecting diagram

(14"color CRT/MDI and 1/0 unit are used.]
- 556 -
----~n~ut
APPENDIX 1
Connection
unit 1
,--------11~nCOP4
Connection
unit 2
h nII-J_5_0--,
COl UIIJ
C02 h n J51
C03~~
C09
CIO
J52
Cll
lU
CI2
C13
CCD2CP55
l~
l~
I~
I~
J 59
~f
co P 2 "IlUnll-_ _~---/
<,
Optical cable
COPI ~
t=~'1j
:(M:::
tic
achine
side)
.-----~
CDI6
CAi
c,
J210
.J 220
i
iI
J 211
Ae serve
lu
J 221
J 65
motor
"U
Aeserve
Digital
{
I
CN I serve
TI ~
amplifier
(2nd axis) CN2 '"
J 66
ROM/RAM board
Serve
transformer
Spindle speed
control
a
I
hr
Ul
motor
Ae servo
motor
PCB for
additional
axis
J 222
Ae servo
motor
Digital
C~ 1 senro
Master PCB
amplifler
(4th axis)
IJ 223
Option ccrd l
I
II
CD2b
,n
CAB lU
J6B
CPH
a-J
J 76

{
Servo
~AC
transinput
former
'----------- ta~v
d, 10N/OFF signal
Power unit
L-=====;-__~~::e
~r
CPIl
Battery
unit
CPI5
...J
CP3 CP4 CP5 CPG
' - - - - - - - 0 l I...CP2
Input unit
o
---l
Fig. 1.1 (aa) 100T!100M total connection diagram

(Digital serve and connection unit are employed)
- 557
APPENDIX l
~---,...---jO COP1
Ae power
;:: rAlarm signal
Power
magnetic
1/0 unit
(,Pol
cireurt
(Machine
.side)
T~n
!
COP 2
O'
"Optical cable
O
COPl
i ..
][ CRT/MOl
interface
PCB
CD13BP
,....-,
CAi
...,
ni
'[)13
UL
GI
r--l
CRT/MDl
CMLJ
ACpowe
CP24
CDJ5 CDI2 CA3
ON/OFF signal
ClJl
J7S
nn
.u
](
~J
PMC
cassette
(Feedback) CF'91
(Command)
~I
fJU
nn
....
J220
J63
(Feedback) CF92
hn
J 221
(Spindle
command)
hn
.u
J6S
nn
lU
J 66
(Position ceder)
CA2
,loI
'u
JI
ROM/RAM board
11
r[}
1[
PCB for
additional
axis
CF91B
CV22!:l
CF921J
Master PCB
~~
Digital
eN l servo,
l' l
Iqmotor
hil
II
I o----..
AC
input
transformer
J~7
TI {
arnplifier
(3rd axis) CN2
.~
In
l~
AC servo
motor
~--
~[
J 2B
l~
][
Digital
(1'< l servo
TI {
n.
aruplifler
(4th axis) CN2 I~
AC servo
motor
J 223
Cb2
Option card I
('AB
CPI ~
Power unit
CPIS
CPII
unit
Aeservo
motor
~u;D
~O
00
J 68
"-o
{ High-speed skip signal or

pO
pO
J 76
~ ~~ l,
Servo
transformer 1-
AC
input
AC
IDDY
;:::::::::;
L{E]
MPG
Manual p ulse
generator
~q
zo
ACservo
I o-----.
~'C
Position ceder
serve
t""
~D---
00-
J(p.; I Digital
~~
Machine
op erator's
pa nel
J 26
aruplifler
(2nd axis) CN2
YJd
J 21
~
~[
]>
Spindle speed
contror
r-- ---------
cvz ru
{
Digital
servo.
'l' l
arnplifier
(l st axis) CN2
J211
cv2 2 O
CAI
nr :NI
Ul
C~13
~D---
OD---
I~UOGI 1~1PG I I~WGI
<
In
~~[ 'lJP
CM2
CM~
(Comrnand) CV;:l
D[J-ll-L{]
9~~r
Tape reader
with sertal
interface
CDB
(with reels)
CNT4
(without reels)
CP41
(with reels)
(without reels}
li
Connection
unit for
operator's
panel
'DM CMI
Flat cable
cm e
ON/OFF signal
CP3 CP4 CPS CPb
nr
... ' CP2
Input unit
Fig. 1.1 (ab) 100T/100M total connection diagram

(Digital servo and I/O unit are employed)
- 558 -
AC
i nput
APPENDIX l
1.2 11/110 Series
Punchpanel
..
.164
J6
~R2[CMI~
J 63
J 72
D-----iJ
~f::l~:: ') ~ Machine side

B CM2 U _
operator's panel
C- ~
J8
D~ [c~13
Emergency
Ps o
U J9
stop
0oC~!4 I r - -<>o...--ACIOOV
n-.....::...:::
~C09g
-...;
COPI
~CIO~",
J 210
a.:
u Cl18
CV21
crst
~C12
~CI3COrt.
--flli
Machine side
Magnetic
~~
J-I
con,
circuit
J 220
C02.
cviz Uhn[}-_f-
~ C03~:;
~c04~~J79
~
Machineside
Magnetic
circuit
<=
eF92
J 211
DO--
COSCOP
---i
l/Ounit
CP31 'u
COP2
u,
J 221
r-;=::..
J 73
J 74
J 212'
CV 21 Bn::n-+-----jJnL'N1
CF9IB ,n
u,
Digital
~
servo
f------'.
A1
,lt-
'---""",nJ80
n,l)
Tape reader 1I,wIf-J-8-1-++-++l-iUIIIl g~
I
Axis
control
Position coder for

1st axis
~nn--J-8-3-+++-++l-iUJ'[] CA II
!III
D~}6A,
ol"
I
". C'
J 222
PCB
l::J1
J 82
amplifier
J27
0-)----+---"
h.
Regenerativedischargeunit
CAHl
External
position
display
Regenerativedischargeunit
'ft'r-7',"
l~
-Illl
>--- J26
u, CNI Digital ~_+
r---'"
serve
I
amPlifier~_
CV2 2B
J213
h.u!l--l--'~~--iulllf(C;Niil-D-ig-it-al-g>-----'
_ _f-J 28
CFnB
]G--
-v
,...---<
serve
l
_ amplifier ~.
hegenerative dischargeunit
J 223
o'
.~_.~
l,
S-analog output
for 1st axia

Position ceder for
2nd axis
S-analog OUtput
for 2nd axis
High-speed skip/High speed

measuring position reach signal
Magnet switcb merhod zero
point signal
Note 1)
II ", CAIA
J 65A
J 668
.lU
J 658
,J 84
J8 5
CAT: Tape teader without reels

CDS: Tape reader with reels
I II
CAH'
Ul
J 29
nJ
'-----'
~-----,
~plifier ~
"'.
Ii 1901 J911
Ill
i
i
,I
"~
CPI2
u~ C P 14 Stabilizlng ClrCUIt
('PIl CPI3
ep2
CPI
ON-OFF DOR/ DOF
CP3
CP5
CP~
CP6
------+-------9
Fig. 1.2 (a)
J
CV21B ll,un-+-+__2_1_4 _;"m'CN 1
o.
Ul ' Digital
IG-,--i
serve
fJ,9IB
I i
CA2B
ccntrol
PCB
. I :: CAI B
I i I "' CA8
i I ni C.\12
I I
CD3
'
I
::C=D4:::;:;~==:.,
I I
II
Ae input
u.
Input unit
EXR Q--..-/EXS
Magnetic
Fuse contuetor
'---'--------~
.....
'-O-_o_v
o---
-'
11 series total connectingdiagram

(200 VAC input type digital serve without separated pulse coderl
- 559 -
Note
2)
The 5th axis can

not used in the
system (lI TI)
that is provided
2nd spindle.
APPENDIX l
r-------(O)
I Bauery
unit
Manual pulse
generator
Oes Ol
.l63
Machine side
magnetic
cabinet
Mac.hin~ side..,.magnetic
cabinet
"-.r-
Position coder for 1st axis
Position ceder for 2nd axis
orr
6 6A
1D-----i,----i+H-t+-nO CA2A
J 65A !
Scanalcg output for

1st axis
For 2nd spindle
af 11
{ S-anal~g OUtputfor
2nd exe
0
0
CAIA
6 68
CAH2
Note 2) The 5th axis can not
1D-----i----i+H-H---llD CA28
J 6 5B
used in the system

(llOrn that is
provided 2nd spindle.
------"="'--+1-+-+-++++-110
J 84
Magnetic switch method--~JJ8'-'L-++H-H-+-DD

aerc point signal
Note 1)
CAT: Tape reader wlthout reel

COS: Tape reader with reel
J224
CPI2
CP14 Stabilizing circutt
C II
ePI3
Magnetic
Fuse contactor
'---'----------0"'-<>-0 O - - Ae 200/::!20V
:VOFFcn CPI
lDW1XJF
CP3
CP5
CP4 input unit
crs
EXR
/EXS 1 ) - - - , - - - - - - - - - - - - '
Ae input ------+-------<>l..-
--l
Fig. 1.2 (b) 110 series total eonnecting diagram

(200 VAC input type digital servo without separated pulse eoder)
- 560 -
APPENDIX 1
Punch panel
~
J J04
~~f---------' CDl
Manual pulse
generator
D66
~_5
--lJ
J 50
CP53
~COl
U C03
~s_to_p"",- . ._ _
:\.CI00V
m
oJ
J 25
eNl Digital
servo
C~2amplifier
J 70
Axis
C.-\.Hl
ccntrol
PCB
J 51
COIl\1
~C02,~
~
gJ53
Emergency
J 210
CP55 ~
-'-------{J
operator's panel
Optical cable
03
U C12
cIF0I:M
.) 59
Machine side
Magnetic
cireurt
aN
~Cll="
J 8
....-_ _..EL---,
COPl
5
CIO'~
J 6
~ Machine side
~
)
~ C09
C~ID~
CRT/MDl
unit
J 03
J 220
J 211
~.
~C04;1~
~ C05COr h
I
Optical cable
J 221
Machine side
Magnetic
ClfCUIt
.,tL-
l/Ounit
"r
CP31D[}--;-:;-:-+,
J 74
Al
cV218hll-l-l-~:':":~-flJrnl-29-_+
J 212
""\
CF918
Tape teader
Axis
control
PCB
J 222
J 213
CNl
DlJ---M+I-+-,--tiU CA 1 l
Position code r for
DJOciciA
lsr axis
II: i i I!
I
C0l2amplifier
I
I
S-ana1ogoutput~
far Ist a.XIS
__ r - i J t5tiS!
!
l Position coder for
2nd axls
~~~n2~~grL~rSlPUt

measuting position reach signal
Masnet switch ruethed zero
point signal
Note 1)
DO
1658
I l !:
! 1
l !l i
l! I
C\'21B
CF918
Note 2)
Axis
control
PCB
CAlB
! !
.184
J 28
Digital
servo
C_.\.~
185
CAI~
CD3
CAT: Tape teader without rcets

eD5: Tape readcr-with reels
L.,""_. _ ,_."
~
Serve
r'Pl~
'5
J 911
Fuse
.., '-'P~ l-P 1

0.\- UFF DUR, DOF
i
CP:3
l
a
(:P5
l
Input unit
'-------.;
Serve
trensformer
''-----{] CP,
O u's
E.\R
L\S
Ae input
contueter
~--o-o-o--
.j 91 :
""
Magneuc
:;:r
transformer
CPl-!Stabilizingcircuit
('PlI 1_'P13
Fig. 1.2 (c) 11 series total connecting diagram

(Digital serve without separated pulse coder)
- 561
The 5th axis Carl

nat used in the
system (IIIT)
that is provided
Znd spindle.
APPENDIX l
Punch panel
J 6
J64
Machine side
,172
cT63
[5[5
operaror's panel
Emergency stop
~ACIOO\
J77
~J
I"'""'"
Ji6
COPI
J l O
J 15
J 25
J2Jj
r'ACI
~
Machine side
Magnetic circuit
J l 00
J l lO
lnductcsyn preamplifier
J]OS
J 31
Inductosyn
J 26
.11 ti
,J21
[}--,
IOptical cable
r'ACI
COP2
-Il
J106
I/O unit
Machine side
Magnetic circult
Inductosyn
../l'-.rJ 27
J22~l
hn J
8O
Ul
Tape reader ~u
J8]
J] O o
lnductosyn preamplifier
J10i
J 33
Inductosyn
J 28
J I8
Extemal
position
display
coder
J l l 2
~
l:::f'
Position
rA'CI
Regenerative discharge unit
'123~
Inductosyn preamplifier
.~ JIOS
D'U
n
rACI
Regenerative dtscneee unit
Inductosyn
.~
J29
n '4 CA2
.,:
J.,:
6_6t -H + t+t --u
J34
wll
J 19
J 6S
J84
r"ACI
Regenetativ~unil
J8S
lnductosyn preamplifier
CD3
Inductosyn
J109
CD4
nJ.
,++++--fIu~IICP14
I
CPl2
Stabilizing cireurt
CPII CP13
.
'--- Serve
' - - - transrormero-e--,
Magnetic
Fuse
~
orvoFr CP2
IDN/l:X)f
CP3
ep 5
er i
'-
c~actor
Serve
L._ _-firansformer)--
Input unit
CN
CPG
AC Input
EXR
/EXS < } - " " " ' " ' < " - - - - - - - - - - - - - - '
-------+-------1
Fig. 1.2 (d) 11 series total connecting diagram

(for Analog servo without separate type pulse coder)
- 562 -
e>--
APPENDIX 1
~
~--------u
r---
J 6"
J63
CDI
CMD
CRT/MOl unit
O CA3
CP24
OWOFF CP2l COP3
6 [5 2J
~
J76
,....---
[f--LU----{]
po---LZ-Lo
CVI
~=
CFI
--:-::--o
,., ""l ~
2 c.CM4
~
D
~~
J3D
J3S
/L
'-r-
l/O unit
CF2
IOptical cable
J31
r~
r-
m
Tape reader ~u
hn
JBI
r-
~
motor
CV3 ~[}
J32
l.,l
J37
ru
J65
J84
J2~
ru;]
motor
~~~a:~~3er
CV4
CN
,"h~
J33
,., CNIVelocity . ; > centret Unit
J3B
J 28
J23~
CN6 (AC)CNS
CN2
r-
I'"
CAI l
Reg
~3
Position D[}J66
ceder
J 27
Regenerah~q
r---
n,
u'
~
QuVelocity
control unit
CN6 (AClCNshn
CN2
ru
cassette
position re ach signal
Magnet swt tch method
zero point signal
J2lll
Se arated
puhecoderO
Ja2
J26
~
Seanal og output
High-speed skip!
>---
Reg:~era~
J 74
JBD
motor
CN6 (AClCNS
n, CN2
~, CDP2
CF3~JJ
Extemal
position
display
CNl~e::~~Yuni
Ul
J36
J73
AL~-
[1Q
sefsarated
pu e ceder
J79
~J
enerativ~t:l
~
CV2
CP3l
J2J.~
CN2(AC) CNS r~
R..
~COI~
~C02.!
~C03~
J 25
0'l6control URi ~n
~~::r
"",u
r--
o CNIVelocity
CP51~
~C<l5 m"D-..,
Machineside
Emergency stop
~ A ClODV
J9
o---=-=--
,0
r:t28coo
Magnetic circuit
Machine side
operator's panel
F'~~CMJ~
Optical cab le
-4 CI0~
[J---1-!--
~CM2
CDPI
~G09~
Machine side
Magnetic circuit
[J----l2--
D__ CMl
0.,2
M'c ~
enerahv~q
ru;:]
motor
CA2
CVS
CF5
u, CAI
'u
J34
J39
'"
CNi"elocity . I - - control umt
CN6 (AClCNS
m CN2
J 29
J24
tiv~~
CA12
CD3
motor
~
Regenera
:: CAB
JBS
g~~~~~3er
ni
....
sefsarated
pu e coder
~
O
CD4
~
CP 12
ul.JCP14CPll
Stabilizing cirenit
CP-13
ml
CP3
CP 5
Serve
transformer 9----
Fuse
en
'---
Serve
transformer
,..........
Input unit
EXR
/EXS
Ae input
Fig. 1.2 (el
Magnetic
contactor
-e;.;.;;.--
J91
0.='.>'
i:U'l/DJr
CP4
u CP6
'-
11 series totalconnecting diagram

(fofanalog serve with separate type pulse coderl
- 563 -
APPENDIX 1
~-----oo Battery
unn
l
J 63
O
(
Manual pulse
generator
00
('09.
Emergency Stop
r~A('1'.IOV
{,']o'E
CV2lB
E=
CF9lB
Machine side
magnetic
cabinet
.121 CJ
CNIDi!tital
serve
,------1111 CN2 amplifier
Axis
control
PCB
C.o\Hl
CV22B
J211
CF92B
Machin~ side
magnetre
<:=
l/O unit
cabinet
UU---++++-H-fln
CNIDjgital
serve
c\'zamplifier
CAI l
I J 28
.-1-----=:;1.
Position coder for 1st axis
~~~~~g output for
GGA
D--t-t+-l+H---Dd CA2A
----"-"-=+-+++I++--on C~lA
J 214
CAH3
For 2nd spindle
af llOTT
Position coder for 2nd axls
{ S-~a1og output for

2nd axis
---==-+-+++I++--on
---"-----t--H+I++-ll0
Magnetic switch method
---.L.2.iL..--'--H+H--l-110
serve
I-----Iln CI\2 amplifier
CA2B
CAT: Tape reader without reel

COS: Tape reader with reel
Note 2) The 5th ms can not

used in the system
{l 10m that is
provided 2nd spind1e.
J 224
zero point signal
Note 1)
J 29
CNI Digital 1 Q-----_~
Serve
trans-
CPl2
CP14 Stabilizing circuit
CPIl
former
CPl3
:vOIT epc ePl
LO~1XlF
SerVQ
trans-
former
CP3
CP5
CP-l
CP6
Input unit
_5i~s ~_-;-
Ae input
Fig. 1.2 (f) 110 series total connecting diagram

(Digital servo without separated pulse coder)
- 564 -
....J
APPENDIX l
l) 11TT servo axes and spindle connection diagram

a) For analog servo
i) When additional axis is not connected
NC
SeNo axes
1st axis ! - - - - - - - ;
1-------".
Tool post 1
I-----~
Tool post 2
2nd axis ! - - - - - - - ;
3rd axis f - - - - - - - ;
e Common spindie
(for 1 spindie system)
Far tool post 1
(for 2-spindle system)
Spindie f - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - r - - - - j
4th axis f - - - - - - - - ;
For tool post 2
(for 2-spindle system)
5th axis f - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . . . . ,
ii) When additional axis is connected to tool post l
I_f-----~ Tool
1st axis ! - - - - - - - ;
post 1
2nd axis f - - - - - - - ;
3rd axis 1 - - - - - - - - 1
Spindie ! - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1
4th axis ! - - - - - - - - \
l------".Tool post 2
5th axis I - - - - - - - - i
iii) When additional axis is connected to tool post 2

SeNo a.xes
Tool post 1
1st axis
2nd axis 1 - - - - - - - - \
Tool post 2
3rd axis 1 - - - - - - - - ;
Spindie 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7 - - + - - - ;
4th axis 1 - - - - - - - ;
5th axis f - - - - - - - - I
- 565 -
APPENDIX l
b) For digital servo
1st axis
2nd axis
Without additional axis
Xl , Zl , X2, Z2
With additional axis
Xl , Zl , additional axis (tool post 1)

X2,Z2
Xl, Zl, X2, Z2, additional axis
(tool post 2)
3rd axis
4th axis
each axis connected to 1st axis to 5th axis is above order.

5th axis
1st
spindle
2nd
spindle
Spindle
L--
-l
Spindle 2
Common spindle (l-spindle system)

{ 1st spindle
(2-spindle system)
2nd spindle
(Note) The additional axis ean not be used when 2nd spindle is provided.
- 566 -
APPENDIX l
1.3 12/120 Series

12 series
C22A
C:!2B
C22C
CeeD
Built-In type
I/O unit
In
.1 14 O a
:~
.) I
,J l 10 c
'"
.I 14 Od
,J 1 ,IO e
C2~E
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
C23A
C236
Ce3C
ru
C230
C238 ~~
CeeA ~~
C22H
Built-in type
additionai I/O unit
(Only for Free
standing type B
cabinet)
C22C
;~
~~
C2eE ~~
C2JA
't
C"" 3
Machine side
magnetic circuit
H Id
l" 1 e
110
\ \0 g
\ j oh
oi
ao j
J Ij I f
J 14 I g
J 14 l h
,n
~"
.1
C23E ~~
'u
CRT/MDI unit
141 c
J l
C23C ~~
C23D
141 a
I -11 b
J 1"
C22'O
C238
Ob
:~
41
J \4 l
J 63
[5[5[]
Manual pulse generato
Punch panel
CD6
I/O device
o l PO 2/('D4
OIP02/CD3
OlP02./CAI9
J 84
g axes are
controlled
l
OIPOZ ar OIP13/CAl
o I P02
or 11 l PI3,/CAZ
OIP04/CAI7A
J66
;;
c
.g
:.;
"'g
J65
g
"uo
High speed skip/Hi gh speed

measuririg position r each
signal
When more than
When Jess than

8 axes are
controlled
J 130 a
D~
oq
o
s
() l PO,/r:.\ I 7B
J 130b
l)
.~
'"
l P 13 CA I iC
'u
'n
Position coder
1st external
position display
2nd external
position display
"1
3rd external
position display
130 C
ru
Spindle speed
control circuit
Hybrid ccntrol is
not pertorrned
performed
0lP09
02P09
03P09
04P09
05P09
or
or
or
or
or
01P42/CA12A D
02P42/CA12A O
03P42/CA12A nu
04P42/CA12A G
09P42/CA12A u
In pur unit
Fig..1.3 (a)
.1
R;}
J85h
J 85c
.185 d
I H5
t'
I
I
l - 3 axis
4 - 6th axis Near zero signal
7 - 9th axis ar referen ce point
IO - 12th axis signal
13 - 15th axis
AC power
Digital servo 12T/12M total connecting diagram without serve system

(when internal CRT/MOl and Built-in type I/O unit are employed)
- 567 -
APPENDIX I
12 series
o Optical cable
f)IP04/CCJP~
(,()P4
CP:,I
;;-,1-'.-7.:;,.3_ _
I/O unit
I''-----A Machine side

y-----y magnetic circuit
J 7-1
External
CRT/MOl
Ol P04,TOPI
Ju
(76
Optical I
ca ble
n, mp:,
Dl
Connection unit
for operator's
D---{] [ ~'~p panel
CMI! I}----{] [
CP24
CP~1
t'\ll C\12 C\l:, C\H
(1';/01'1'
CDI
c;;
'[ \1
III
CA3
eS
'?
Operator's panel
00

Punch
panel
('DG
0----1
l/O device
0IPO~/CD3
J 84
in
J 65
'n
iu
J GG
ru
O l P02 or Ol PI3/CA2
01 P04/CAI
J 130 a
iAU~~II---H-+--+------------I
~;I~II
1st external
position display
o 1 P O4/CA l 7 Bb~8[}---W-\-+--~~r...!..:~=----{][r2;;:ct-;;;te";:;;;D-l
2nd external
u), position display
J 1 3 Ob
(I
l P l 3 /CA l i
J 1 3 Oc
Ch~~n----W-l-+-----t~r...!..:~=--------r1ff3;:;J~t;,:;;-;;'1-l
3rd external
ul
position display
Hybrid control is
performed
O1~09
02P09
03P09
04 P09
or
or
or
or
not performed
Ol P4 2icA12A
02P42jCAI2A
03P42jCA12A
04 P42jCA12A
.J 85 a
JD-f---+-+-+-+---+--"--'-"'-"----- l - 3 axis
I .1 85 b
JD-f---+-+-+-+-----+-----"--=..:.-=----4 - 6th axis Near zero signal
,I 85 c
I~1 18f------I-+-+-+---t---"-'--=..:.---- 7 - 9th axis or refer ence
I ,l 85 d
II]I[}-f----,f-+-t-t-----+----''-':'-''''''--10- 12th axis point signal
J ti 5 e
13 -15th axis
OSP09 0' 09P42/C:,::: . .

(' I' :J
I~ICI 1-----+--
(' p 6
1I,lu f--- -
ln
0 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - AC power
Fig. 1.3 (b) Digital serve 12T/12M total conneeting diagram without serve system
Iwhen external CRT/MDI and external I/O unit are employed)
- 568 -
APPENDIX l
eNI
1st axis
eNI
CNl
CNl
CNI
eNl
Znd axis
4th axis
eNl
7th axis
3rd axis
5th axis
6th axis
eNl
8th axis
CN]
CNI
CNl
CNl
CNI
CNl
CNl
9th axis
10th axis
l l th axis
12th axis
13th axts
14th axis
15th axis
Fig. 1.3 (c)
]-------"-'-"-"------0
1st axis
r------"-'..;:.;:..-----O
2nd axis
1-------"'-'-'-"------0
3rd axis
1--------"'-='-------0
1--------"'-='-------0
4thaxis
I------~'-'-=------O
6th axis
5th axis
1--------"'-'-"-"------0
7th axis
1--------"'-='-------0
8th axis
r-----...:<...:..:..::------O
r------"-'..;:.;:..-----O
10th axis
9th axis
1-------=-"'-='-------0
lIth nxis
1--------''-'-'-''------0
12th axis
1-------=--'-"-''-------0
13th axis
1--------''-'-''-''------0
1--------''--'-'-''------0
15th axis
14th axis
Digital servo 12T/12M total connecting diagram

(Servo system signal conneeting diagram)
- 569 -
APPENDIX l
Separate t ypc pulse
ender opucal scalc .
magne ~,:.1I('
12 series
"
1 PI) \j
1 l
{'Fn l
/CF6,
't'Ffi ::I
()2!'O~
'('Fil I
D
D
CFF
..
i'Ft':J
.-
03 PO!-', ('pf' I
,CF62
/CF'6:i
0-1PO!o'
CF6 I
/(TG
=
a
/CF63
llSPOg
crt'
,n
lsI a x ts
Znd uxts
Jrd uxis
J 15 (l ti
4th ilX1S
J 15 J b
5th .!Xl~
,I 15.2 b
nth axrv
,IIS(l,
7th
,I J 51 r
ID
,O
vrh axis
J I SOd
10th a xis
J Ifdd
.c
l l th axts
,] 1 Sid
[j
12th a xis
J 150 ('
J 15 l
Ir
IJth axis
f'
14th axis
J 15 2e
/('F63
axts
xrh axis
,l 152 c
,'CF62
~, li <l
1151"
151h n xis
For pulse input type
12 series
Separate rype resolver
J 155 a
.J 1 56;;
() l P09/CFi I
./Cr72
'
e
~
-"eFi3
t
ec
~
,115
'n
vth axis
10th axis
J 156d
/CF73 ~~
/Cri2
'TFi3
Srh axis
,} 157 c
/CF73
04P09-CF'71
{J5P09/'CFi]
7th axis
J J 56 c
/CF72
6th axis
J 15 Se
03POy/('F71
/C'F72
5th axts
J 157b
/CF73
"
41h axis
.1 15Gb
/CF72
ti
.~
3rd ax is
J 155b
02P09/TF'i I
lSI ais
nd axis
.1 157 il
ll th axrs
J I;; i d
l Zth axis
J 155f'
D
'"
13th axrs
.1 ISne
14th axts
J 157 e
'0
15th axis
For resolver
Inductosyn
12 series
(J
I PO i./CT7]
/CF72
./CFi 3
02P07/CF71
"
"
'n
J l 101
;~
J Il I 1
J l 12f
J I l Ic
/CF73
J l 12 J!
/CF72 -m
,-,rFi3 ;~
"
--,eFi ;2
"
-r: Fi 3
"
",TFi2-
"
/('1-'73
~~
;~
"U
8th axis
J I l 2h
9th axis
J l IO i
J I Il
10th axts
II th uxis
J 1121
12th axis
13th axis
14th axis
15th axis
J I ti 5 f
J 106 f
.1 i or r
.1 IO;)
.1 106r.1 I07J!
.1 IO 5 h
,J] 06 h
.1 10ih
J ] (1.5 i
.J] O il i
.1 IO i
J ] O5 J
.J 1 o s J
.) 10 i I
lnductcsyn preamplifter
OIPOi
'g
t'F3 I
TI';'1:!
c
O
7th uxis
J l I l h
.1 l] O J
.1 l I lJ
.J l]:!J
~
c
5th axis
uth axis
J l 10 h
OSPOi./CF7]
4th axts
/CF72
041'f17/CFi]
.~
3rd nxis
J l IO
03P07/CFi J
"
1st axis
2nd axis
('I-'3;-j
Il:! I'll i
..
{'F:ll
CF32
(T:'1:,
lI:-\ lIll,
{'I';; l
IT;,::
IT:Li
'111'117
1']":-11
('I':l:!
(T:'1 :'I
(J;;
1'0 7 IT:'!!
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
D
D
D
D
O
O
(T:I:!
1'l':Ll
.1 1 {IO f
.1 I
oI
.l 10;2 f
J I
(l
Cl g
J I
(I
Ig
,I
IO~J!
.1 1 (l
(l
.1 IO l h
.1 IO:!h
.1 l{ilil
.r l
il l
.1 1(12
J
InU,
1 1111)
.1 l (]:! )
O
O
O
O
O
O
lst axrs
2nd axrs
3rd
.1 IOif
OIXIS
4th axis
.1 IOS;!
.)
5th uxis
nth axts
O,
7th uxts
O
O
O
Hth axis
O
O
O
O
O.
.l I 1l.5 f
.1 IOt,f
vth uxis
l Otb uxix
II th axis
t Jtb axis
13th axis
14th aXI~
l Sth uxis
1 1 Ot; h
1 lil,])
.1 1 li:'i
J l u Li l
.1 11\ i I
!
I
I
j
.1 ! o;;
1 lll11J
I IO,)
Digital serve 12T/12M total connecting diagram

(When an additional detector is employed)
- 570 -
.1 105h
For mductosv n
Fig. 1.3 (d)
!i!;g
.r 11\ i
APPENDIX l
12 series
Ol - 05P4l/CF9l - 92
Ol - 05P42/CF9l
Ol - 05P42/CV2l - 22
Digital servo
amplifier
1n
lU
PO
J30-J32
Ol - 05P42/CV2l
O CNI
CN2
c;:;
TI
TI
J20-J 22
J25-"7'
AC
motor
With a pul se ceder

Emergency stop
~
100 VAC
Servo
transformer
-0---0-
AC power
When a built-in type pulse eoder is used as a position deteetor
--
J 90 J 92
12 series
Ol
Ol
Ol
OI
Ol
Ol
05P4l/CF9l - 92
05P42/CF9l
05P41/CF9l - 92
05P42/CF9l
05P41/CV2l - 22
05P42/CV2l
~.
Digital servo
amplifier
JO-
PO
Separate type
deteetor
I
J30-32
Dl CNI
CN2
C?
TI
J25-27
AC
motor
TI
With a pulse eoder

Emergeney stop
~
100V AC
--..:J:
Servo
transformer
~
~
AC power
When a separate type deteetor is used as a position deteetor
Fig. 1.3 (e) 12T/12M servo system connecting diagram (When digital servo is employedl
- 571 -
APPENDIX l
120 series
OIP04/COP2
Optical ca ble D
J 73
ni
Ul
J i-1
I/O unit
COP4
Machine side
magnetic circuit
I~
v
CP 3 I
AL
14" CRT/MOl
OlP04/COPI
,n
JU
n,
~[
Optical
cable
Connection unit
operator's
panel
COP3
CDM for
nID [}--D [
CP21
CP24
~r---D[
CDP
Oll CM2 CM3 CM4
C1\/OF'F
E1"
'?
CA3
e5
Operator's panel
DO
o l P02
-'CD4
o l po 2/CD3
OIP02/CAI9
High speed skip/High speed

rneasuring position reach signal
J 84
,n
JU
Whenless thanl When more than

6 exes are
7 axes are
controlled
controlled
'c
;:l
OlP02
or
OIPI3/CAl
OlP02
or
OIPI3/CA2
Spindle speed
J 65
'm
JU
I con trol circuit
-o~
J 66
-in
JU
"O
Position coder
.t:
c
u
C;;
O l PO 4/CA 17 A 1n
"U
J 130 a
nrl
ul
1st external
position display
J l 3 Ob
nrl
2nd external
position display
:a
o l P04/CA 178
""ee....
,n
uJ.
"U
'c
"2
Hybrid control is
performed
"
CO
J~ 3rd external
position display
i:
.~
J l 3 OC
OIPI3/CAI7C 'n
"U
;:l
not performed
j
or OlP42/CA12A 1n
02 O?P09 or 02P42/CA12A J~
0:1 03P09 or 03P42/CA12A 'n
04 04P09 or 04P42/CA12A ]~
()5 OSP09 or 05P42/CA12A ][l.
J R5 a
J 85 b
() l OlP09
l"P~4
CP3
['P6
Input unit
J 85
J H5 d
J 85 e
I- 3
4 - 6th
7 - 9th
IO - 12th
13 - 15th
axis
axis Near ze ro signal
axis or refer ence
axis point signal
axis
-rrr
Jlf
-m
~
AC power
Fig. 1.3 (f)
Digital serve 120T/120M total connecting diagram without serve system

(When external CRT/MOl and external I/O unit are employed)
The connection of serve system is same as 12 series, See Fig. 1.3 (c) - (e).
- 572 -
APPENDIX l
12/120
C22A
C228
C22C
C22D
Built-in type
I/O unit
C22E
CZ3A
CZ3B
CZ3C
CZ3D
C23E
C22A
C22B
Built-in type
additional
I/O unit
hn
J 140 a
~~
JI40b
~~
~~
~~
J 140 c
J 14 Od
J140.
h~
J 141 a
~~
.J 141 c
~~
JI41b
~~
~~
~~
h~
.J 1 4 l e
J 141 f
J140g
~~
CZZD h~
J 14
C22C
(only for free

standing type
B cabinet)
C22E
CZ3A
CZ3B
CZ3C
~~
h~
.J 140 j
J 141 f
,n
J 14 l g
~~
J 141 h
~~
~~
C23E JU
CA3
oh
J 140 i
.J 141 i
C23D
MOl/CRT unit
Machine
side
power
magnetic
circuit
J 14 l d
J 141 i
.163
DO
[5 [5 [J
Manual pulse generat or
Reader-puncher device
CD6
'n
JU
CD7
110
01P02/CD4
bo
J87
o l PO 2/CA19 bo
J84
Punch panel
~:t:~;~uncher
ASR33/43 device
(20mA current loop)
Reader' puncher in terface
01P02/CD3
'2
High speed skip/

High speed measu nng
reach signal
==
'O
....
"E:
o
Ol
<::
.~
;;
"O
J 65
01P02 or 01P13/CA2
J66
01P04/CA17A
01P02 or 01P13/CA1
less than more than
9 axes
8 axes
Ol
....
o
'2
==
'2
"E:
o
01P04/CAl iB
.~
J l 30 a
o~
Spind1e speed
control circuit
Position coder
D 1st external
position display
ob
,n
JU
J 13
,n
J 1 3 OC
2nd externa1
u,
"i position display
Ol
,!:l
'"
,!a
....
~
---o
<"'4
e--l
O1 P 1 3/CA l iC
1J
JU
Hybrid control
is
is not
performed performed
'
OlP09 ar OIPG7./CA12
02P09
"
02POi,'C..U 2
03P09
"
03POi/C ..U 2
o 4 PO 9
05P09
'.
"
04PDi/C,H2
05P07/CA12
Input unit
D
O
O
O
in
'u
J85a
J 85b
J 8 5c
J 8 5d
I
I
.J 85 e
'i
3rd externa1
position display
1st ~ 3rd axis

4 ~ 6th axis
7 ~ 9th axis
10 ~ 12thaxis
13 ~ 15th axis
n ear zero signal
or
re ference point signal
J
ACpower
Fig. 1.3 (g) Analog servo 12/120 series connecting diagram
(Connection other than serve system; lnternal CRT/MDl and Built-in type I/O
unit are used.)
- 573 -
APPENDIX l
12/120
o I P04/COP2
Optical
cable
J 73
r1
I/O unit
mCOP4
mCP31
,} 74
Machine side
/'-----..1\
power magnetic
'------" circuit
AL
DI P04/COPl
,
I
Optical
cable
External
CRT/MOl
I i~'
;I..Zl....
COP3
CMT> [t--{]
CJ)~I
CP21
CP2-t
[1--0
CPD
011
(J.\/OFF
CDI
c
Connection
unit for
operators
panel
CA3
C~12
013014
TT
Operator's
panel
ODD

Punch
panel
Reader-puncher device
CD6~8
I 1~;~?:~~)uncher
ASR33!43 device
O1 PO 2/CD4
.....
'E
::l
'O...
'E
8
coI::
hn
J S7
Reader-puncher in terface
OIP02/CAI9
hn
High speed skip/

high speed measur mg
reach signal
J 84
flU
less than more than

7 axes
6 axes
j
hn
01P02 or 0IP13/CAl
~U
01P02 or OlP13/CA2
!-'U
,g
:a
'O
hn
OIP04/CAI7B hn
I Spindle speed
J 65
control circuit
:~
J 66
J 13 Oa
hn
J 13 Ob
hn
OIPI3/CAI7CI-'u
J 13 Oc
01 P04/CAl 7B ~u
l::
'"
.c
ee
.~
'"'"
O
---N
N
I
2nd external
I
ni position display
u.
'O
.tl
02P09
"
02P07/CA12
03P09
h~
h~
" 03P07/CA12
h~
04PD9 " 04P07/CA12
05P09
05POi/CAI2 h~
"
CP3
CP6
Input unit
J 85 a
J S 5b
J 85 c
J 85 d
J 85 e
~u
CP94
3rd external
"i position display
Hibrid control
is not
is
performed performed
l
l
OlP090r OIPD7/CAI2 hn
'i position display
'E::ll
Position coder
1st external
~U
...'"o
.~
(20mA cutrent loop)
JU
OIP02/CD3
1st - 3rd axis

4 - 6th axis
7 - 9th axis
10 - 12th axis
13 - 15th axis
Near zero signal

or
reference point signal
po------hn
p~
ACpower
Fig. 1.3 (h) Analog servo 12/120 series connecting diagram
(Connection other than serve system; External CRT/MDI and Separate I/O unit
are used.)
- 574 -
APPENDIX l
12/120
"
/CV3
O
O
O
O
1l3P06/CVI
/CV2
/CV3
1l4P06/CVI
"
/CV2
"
/CV3
O
O
O
O
"
02PO 6/CVI
"
"
"
"
o 5PO
/CV2
6/CVl
"
/CV2
"
/CV3
01P06/CF51
" /CF52
"
/CF53
/CF52
/CF53
'2::s
'O
........c::
03P06/CF51
O
O
O
';;j
c::
.~
:.a
"O
"
/CF52
"
/CF53
04P06/CF51
/CF52
O
O
O
O
O
"
"
/CF53
05P06/CF51
"
"
'"O....
,/CF52
/CF53
'S::s
"O....
;:;
"
"
.~
'"
.~
~
-O
'"
-...
'"
.13
J31le
J31e
J 32e
J30d
J 31 d
J 3 2d
J 3 oe
J 31 e
J32e
.TSa/.T65a
J 6 J/J 66J
.J 7 a/J 67 a
/CF72~~
"
/CF73hn-
J6b/J66b
D
D
D
J 7 b/J 6 7b
J5c/JG5c
J 6 e/J 66 C
J7e/J67e
Dl
Dl
J5d/J65d
J6d/J66d
O[
J 7d/.1 6 7d
Dl
J 5 e/J 65e
Dl
Ol
J 6e/J 66e
J7e/JG7e
Dr
J III b
J l 12b
J Il Oe
"
/CF72 ~G
J III c
"
/CF7.3
04P07/CF71 ~D-
" /CF7 2 ~D" /CF73;:::;

05P07/CF71 ~:
/CF72]D-
/CF73;~
DC servo motor
1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
4thaxis
5th axis
6th axis
7thaxis
8thaxis
9th axis
10th axis
11th axis
12th axis
13th axis
14th axis
15th axis
Industosyn ,
1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
4th axis
5th axis
6th axis
7th axis
8th axis
9th axis
10th axis
11th axis
12th axis
13th axis
14th axis
15th axis
oe
pO-
"
O
O
J5b/J65b
J 11 Ob
"
"
D
D
J 112 a
/CF73
03P07/CF71
ob
J 111 a
/CF72
02P07/CF71
'"
.o
,J 31 b
J32b
J l i
01P07/CF71
O
O
.J 3 2 J
O
O
D
O
O
02P06/CF51
"
"
.J 3 I
bo
/CV2
,./CV3

CNI
. 1st axis
CNl
2nd axis
D CNI
3rd axis
D CNl
4th axis
D CNl
5th axis
D CNI
6th axis
D CNl
7th axis
D CNI
8th axis
D CNI
9th axis
D CNI
10th axis
D CNl
LLth axis
D CNI 12th axis
O CNI
13th axis
O CNl
14th axis
D CNl 15th axis
J30a
0IP06/CVI
J 112e
J l lOd
J I Ild
J 112d
JIIOe
.J I l I e
J 112e
J 10 5 a
J 10 6 a
JI07a
JI05b
J 10 6b
JI07b
J IO 5 c
JI06e
J l O7 c
J 10 5d
J 10 6d
JI07d
J 10 5 e
JI06e
JI07e
Industosyn preamplifier
01P07/CF31
"
"
/CF32
/CF33
02P07/CF31
"
"
/CF32
/CF33
O
O
O
D
O
O
03P07/CF31
...CF32
"
O
OH07/CF31 PO
"
/CF33
"
/CF3200
PO
O
/CF32 O
/CF33
05P07/CF31
"
"
"
C,33
Fig. 1.3 li)
JIOOa
O
O
O
J 10 l.
J 1 o2 a
.J I OOb
Dl
J IO l b
D
O
JI02b
.J l OOc
m
m
J 101 c
O[
J 10 2 c
J 100d
J 10 I d
Dr
Dl
Ol
Dl
J IO 2d
J 10 Oe
J 101 e
J IO 2 e
1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
4th axis
5th axis
6th axis
7th axis
8th axis
9th axis
10th axis
Il th axis
12th axis
13th axis
14th axis
15th axis
JI05.
J 106.
J 10 7 J
J 10 5b
JI06b
J 10 7b
J IO 5 c
JI06e
J 10 7 c
J 10 5 d
J 10 6 d
J 107d
.J l
o5 e
JI06e
.J l
o7 e
Analog servo 12/120 series connecting diagram
(Servo system signal connection; when

inductosyn are used in DC serve motor.)
- 575
pulse
coder,
resolver
and
an
APPENDIX 1
12/120
01 P09/CP6 I
/CF62
/CF63
::
:::
02P09/CP6 I
co "8
o
c
.~ o
'"
'"
.~
Q)
o 3PO
".g
;;
o'" "O
----
'"
/CF62
/CP63
9/CF6 I
/CF62
/CF63
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
04P09/CF6 I
"
/CF62
/CF63
05P09/CF61
/CF62
/CF63
J 15
D
O
O
O
O
O
oa
J 1 51 a
J l 52 a
J l 5 Ob
J 1 51 b
J 1 52 b
JlSOc
J 151 c
J 1 52 c
J 15 Od
J151d
J 1 52d
J I 5 Oe
J 1 51 e
J152e
For pulse input type
12/120
/CF72
'2
::
::
oo
"2
co
,Sl
'"
es
'"
Q)
'l::
~
"
;;
c:
.g
J 1 57 a
J 15 5b
~~
~~
J157b
~~
J156c
/CF72
/CF72
"
/CF73
04P09/CF71
"
"O
~~
J157c
J155d
~~
~~
/CF73
o 5P09/CF7
"
"
"
"
~~
~~
~~
/CF73 JU
-..
::
o
"
co
"
::
.~
;;
..'"
"O
"2
co
o
.~
ee
.o
'"
Q)
'I::
~
---o
~~
"
"
/CF32
"
/CF33
:8
bo
pO
O
"
/CF32
"
/CF33
O
O
O
"
'CF32
"
/CF33
"
/CF32
"
/CF33
O
O
O
O
05P07/CP3 I
"
,CF32
"
/CF33
O
O
04POi/CF31
J I I 1e
J 11 2 g
J I 12h
b8
o 2PO 7/CF31
03POi/CF31
J
J I 100
J 1 IO h
/CF7 2 ~~
/CF73~~
01P07/CF31
r
112 r
J 111 h
/CF72~~
/CF7 3 ~~
o
'2
:::
J 1I I
/CF72
/CF73
For resolver
~~
/CF72 JU
/CF73
05P07/CF71
"
J156e
JI57e
J 11 O r
/CF72
~~
/CF73 JU
04P07/CF71
J]55e
-m
03P07/CF71
"
"
J 15 6d
J 1 57 d
l/eF 7 2
02P07/CF71
"
J155c
/CF72
01P07/CF71
J 156 b
-m
12/120
'2:::
J156a
/CF73
"
03P09/CF71 ~~
--- '"
o
"
~~
~~
/CF73
;~
02P09/CF71
,~
::
"O :::
1::
.o
J ] 55 a
01P09/CF71 hn
J 11
oi
J 111 i
J 1 12 i
J 11
oj
J I 11 j
J I 12 j
J I
oor
J 101 f
J 102 f
JI00g
J 1ol g
J IO 2 g
J I
ooh
J 101 h
J 1 o2 h
J 100,
,110 l ,
J 102 i
J 100 i
.J 101 j
J 102 j
Separate type pulse ceder,

linear scale, magnescale
1st axis
D
2nd axis
D
3rd axis
O
4th axis
O
5th axis
O
6th axis
O
7th axis
O
8th axis
O
9th axis
O
10th axis
O
11th axis
D
12th axis
O
13th axis
D
14th axis
O
15th axis
O
Separa te type resolver

1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
4th axis
5th axis
6th axis
7th axis
8th axis
9th axis
10th axis
11th axis
12th axis
13th axis
14th axis
15th axis
Inductosyn
1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
4th axis
5th axis
6th axis
7th axis
8th axis
9th axis
10th axis
11th axis
12th axis
13th axis
14th axis
15th axis
Inductosyn prearnplifier
1st axis
D
2nd axis
O
3rd axis
O
4th axis
O
5th axis
O
6th axis
O
7th axis
O
8th axis
O
9th axis
O
10th axis
O
11th axis
O
12th axis
O
13th axis
O
14th axis
O
15th axis
O
For inductosyn
Fig. 1.3 (j) Analog servo 12/120 series conneeting diagram
(Additional detector connection)
- 576 -
r
r
107 r
J 105
J 106
J
J 105.
J 10 6.
J 10 7 g
JI05h
JI06h
J 10 7 h
J J o5 i
J 1 O6 i
J 107 i
J 105 j
J 106 j
J 1 o7 j
J 105
J 1 O6
r
r
J IO i f
J 1 o5 g
J IO 6 g
.1 IO i g
J I 05h
J IO 6 h
J IO i h
.l 105 i
JI06,
.} 107 i
J 105 i
J I
o6 j
J 10 i j
APPENDIX l
12/120
01-05P06/CF51-53
01-05P06/CVl-3
J5~7
~[l-
J30-32
ar
J65~67
Velocity control
unit
TI
D CN1
CN2
C;:J
TI
r-=Il
J 40-42
DCmoto r with a pulse

coder ar resolver and
Emergency stop tachagen erator
100 VAC
Servo
transformer
AC power
Pulse coder or resolver is used as a position detector.

I
12/120
01-05P06/CF51-53
01-05P06/CVl-3
~[J-
D J30-32
Vela city control

unit
TI
D CN1
CN2
Tl
i;:i
Optical scale
magnescale
....
r-il
]40-42
Dt
motor with
a tachagenerator
Emergency stop
1'0
,...
100 VAC
""'-l
Servo
ACpower
transformer
Optical scale or magnescale is used as a position detector.
12/120
01-05 P07/CF31-33 ~O J100-102
01-05P07/CF71-73
JO
01-05 P06/CF51-53
'n
lU
01-05P06/CVl-3
JO
Inductosyn
preamplifier
n05-107
:T
J110-112
J65-67
J30-32
1 Inductos yn scale
Velocity control
unit
CN1
TI
CN2
r---fl
J 40-42
Emergency stop
-'"'
Serve
transformer
Inductosyn is used as a position detector .

Fig. 1.3 (k) Analogservo 12/120 series connecting diagram
(When DC motor is used)
- 577 -
DC motor with
a tachoge nerator
TI
Inductos yn slider
100 VAC
Ae power
APPENDIX 1
J15-17
JI0-12
AC motor with
Emergency stop a pulse coder
'--------(-'-.- 0>----100 VAC
'----o
Servo
trans- o--o"-'D--AC power
' - - - - - - v former
Pulse coder is used as a position detector.

Optical scale
Magnescale
Velocity control
unit
12/120
01-05P06/CF51-53
01-05P06/CVI-3
CN6
J30-32
CN5
D CNl
CN2
TI
AC motor with
Emergency stop a pulse coder
'------Cl.- 0---100 VAC
'----o Servo
trans- o---cy-.......o--AC power
' - - - - - - O former
Optical scale or magnescale is used as a position detector.
JI05-107
Inductosyn
preamplifier
Velocity control
unit
01-05P06/CF5l-53
01-05P06/CVl-3
O
l CN6
O J30-32 Dr CNl
CN2
C:l
CN5
TI
hn
~u
J20-J22
~I
I \
J25-27
TI
Emergency stop
ACmotor with
a pulse cod er
Servo
transformer
100 VAC
""V
Inductosyn is used as a position detector.

Fig. 1.3 (I) Analog servo 12/120 series connecting diagram
(When Ae motor is used)
- 578 -
Cl
~
~
ACp ower
APPENDIX 1
1.4 Connecting of input Power Supply

l) In case af free-standing type
w
200/220V AC 3<P 60 Hz
ar 200VAC 3<P 50 Hz
200-550VAC 3<P, 50/60 Hz
when multitap transformer is used)
TPl af input unit

(M5 screw terminal)
2) T seriesiM series built-in type l, M series built-in type 2-2, built-in type
3, and unbundled type
r--R
TPl af input unit

(M4 screw terminal)
r--S
@ M4 screw terminal
200/220VAC l <P 60 Hz
ar 200V AC l rp 50 Hz
3) In case af M series built-in type 2
R
S
2001220VAC l rp 60 Hz
ar 200VAC l<P 50 Hz
200-550VAC,1<P 50/60 Hz
when multitap transformer is used)
R
S
TPl af input unit

(M5 screw terminal)
Et>
- 579 -
M5 screw terminal
APPENDIX 1
4) In case of T series built-in type 2 (for domestic use)
u
v
w
TCS of terminal unit l

(MS screw terminal)
R
220/200VAC 3!fJ 60 Hz
or 200V AC 3!fJ 50 Hz
Attached cable
5) In case of T series built-in type 2 (for countries other than Japan)
r-
U
l---
V
~
W
I----
TC5 of terminal unit l

(MS screw terminal)
G
I---
'---
200A
I---
200B
I---
___J
Control unit export transformer for overseas us

(A80L-D00I-D176)
200~550VAC 3!fJ 50/60 Hz
(Note)
Connect the control unit transformer as shown in this figure, if the

export transformer does not satisfy the power supply condition shown in
(4). Then remove the attached cable.
- 580 -
APPENDIX 1
6) In case of 10/100 series
panel~mount
Power supply unit

1
::l
5
PA
6
PB
Type
6-pins connector, black (made by Nihon Burndy)
11
Input unit or power ON/OFF circuit
Connectian diagram with input unit used
Connector
10/100 control unit
01----0
CP 11
1
Input unit
3
G
PA
PB
CP 2
5
PA
PB
TP 1
M4 screw terminal
ITITJ (f)
~
'--->----->.-----+-200VAC, 1, 50 Hz
or 200/220VAC, 1, 60 Hz
'-----'------'~----
For details af input unit, see 8).
- 581 -
ON/OFF button
APPENDIX l
7) In case of 11/110 series panel-mount type

Unlike 10/100 series, our input unit should be used.
Cannectar
SMS3PK-5
11/110
CPll
Input unit
ep 2
l=IP=f=q CP OU-/
~ll
J9o
"'O'
CP2~
Cannector
SMS6PW-5
CP13
PlIlJl:DIUI] CP 13
~
~/
J9l
CPl
CP1~
TF l M4 screw terminal
m=D @
G
~
1. 50 Hz ar
200/220VAC, 1. 50 Hz
~~:-:----'----:--+-200VAC,
L-_-':::==:::=====j- ON/OFF buttan
- 582 -
APPENDIX 1
8) Input unit
The input unit reeeives Ae input power signal and ON/OFF but ton signal.
It
feeds the ON-OFF controlled Ae power to the control unit and peripheral
units.
i) Connection block diagram
Fuse
Ul V, W {
3q.> input
for
serve
==============~~g::===:::::;-~
200/220VAC,l
input
ON/OFF-controlled
200/220VAC,l
Jo ~
1-----------------,
-,
0.3 A
-:;;
:>:t
li
14" color CRT/ I

MDI unit
I
.
r,..--..l.----'-O=N-:---.' I
~rJ ~
OFF
I
button I
'"
(6P
h' ) IO
, w ite I
I
(6P,
bl::k~
CP4
(3P, black)
: ::~i~:~
CP 5
Power
supply
IO
unit
CPU
CP13
Master PCB
CPU
Master PCB
I I---+--+-.. . .
I
I I------''='.......
Standard type DI
14" color CRT/
MDI unit
1l
Separate tape
reader
iI
I,lI
Al
. al
~rm slgn
_DC
CP31
,,-o ri']---l"'o ~ ~--.J
I/O unit
TI
M3 screw terminal
- 583 -
I--11/110
.
:===::;::======~
Power
sUPfly
um
1---+---+------.,
~II re
-.3 E-
ON/OFF controlled I
200/220VAC
TP1, TP2 ..... M4 screw terminal
i:
(3P, black)
FA~
FB
Input unit is
bounded by
a dotted line
CP 2
COM
TP2
?'
(~p,~~~k1
:O-----------In~
CP l
:2
J" ,:'buttun~'li :~;
To servo
transformer
ON/OFF button is I
mounted on MDI I
;t':~~dctaYspeeO~r
Magnetic contactor
~-1O/100
APPENDIX l
ii) Power system connector terminal layout

a) CP2 (10/100 series).
CP11 (11/110 series). CP31 ... 6-pin connector. black
(made by Nihon Burndy)
l
PA
PB
PA. PB power ready signals
b) CP2 (10/100 series) CP3, CP4. CP5,

CP11 (11/110 series), CP21. CP41 .. 3-pin connector. black
c) CP6 ... 3-pin connector, white

(Nihon Burndy)
(ALA/ALB receive an alarm signal from
r/o unit and turn off the system power

supply.
d) CP1 ... 6-pin connector, white
CP1 control signal connector is used
for turning the 11/110 series
stabilizing power unit on and off.
Connect it with power supply unit
as a pair.
iii)
How to control servo transformer input power supply ON/OFF

The ON/OFF-controlled 200/220 VAC. 1 power supply can be obtained from
EXR/EXS terminals of terminal board TP1 of the input unit as shown in the
block diagram.
By connecting an electromagnetic contactor (to be prepared by machine
tools builder) to these terminals, the servo power supply can be turned on
and off in synchronization with the NC power supply.
Suppress the current to be lower than 0.3A.
- 584 -
APPENDIX l
1.5 Connection Diagram for Each Unit

l) Connection to small CRT/MDI unit (10 series only)
NC
CRT/MOl unit
CA9 (MR- 20RFD)
CA4 (MR-20RMD)
*KCMll
2 *KCMOO
3 *KCM01
4 *SW06
5 *SW04
6 *SW02
8 *KCM02
9 *KCM03
10 *SW07
11 *SW05
12 *SW03
13 *SW01
7 *SWOO
14 *KCM04
15 *KCM05
2 *KCMOO
16 *KCM06
17 *KCM07
18 *KCM08
~~
J61
3 *KCM01
~[
4 *SW06
5 *SW04
3 VSYN
20 *KCM10
7 *SWOO
16
19
20
14
8 OV
J~
18
J62
16
10 OV
17
4 VD02
11 OV
18
5 VD01
12 OV
19
15
9 OV
3 VSNC
17
12 OV
17
13 *SW01
2 HSNC
11 OV
5 VD01
16
11 *SW05
l VD03
15
OV
10 OV
4 VD02
15 *KCM05
18
6 *SW02
14
8 OV
9
10 *SW07
14 *KCM04
CN1 (MR-20RMD)
VD03
2 HSYN
9 *KCM03
12 *SW03
19 *KCM09
CA5 (MR- 20RMD)
8 *KCM02
19
13
13
7
20
20
M4 Screw terminal
CP15 (SMS 6RN-4 )

I 2 I 3
4
5 1 6
l
O 1+24 1+241
O
I ?
J 78
- 585 -
~[
CN2(SMS 6RN- 4)
3
2
5
6
4
1
O
O 1+241+24 1
1
1
I
I
APPENDIX 1
2) Connection to standard CRT/MDl unit (10/11/12 series)
NC
Standard CRT/MOl
Optical cable
COPl
bo
D(
COP3
DC
CP2l
CP3
EtffHJ
R
CP3
]/
SMS3PK-5
J76
BON
I EOF I COM I
ON
I OFF ICOM I
c;)OO{9;
COM
OFF
c:: Ql9 (;::t--M4screw

terminal
CV
Remove connecting fitting

between EOF and COM when
connecting these cables.
8HHJ
-L ON
M4 screw terminal
<,
)
Max 200 m
- 586 -
APPENDIX 1
3) Connection to'14" color CRT/MDI unit

a) 10/11/12 series
NC
External CRT/MDI unit
J D~---,----~D
Optical fiber cable
COPI
Input unit
TP2
M4 screw terminal
[COP3
M4 screw terminal
EaN
EOF
COM
ON
OFF
COM
J77
ON 1
ON2 OFFI OFF2
ON
OFF
Remove the connecting fitting)

EOF and COM when
( between
connecting these cables,
CP3
M4 screw terminal
SMS3PK-5 connector
/
J76
D
max
200 m
- 587 -
200A
200 B
200A
200 B
APPENDIX 1
b) 100/110/120 series
CNC
CRT/MDI
MRE20~1 O01-------:::==--------0[ fPr&20-RMA

Signal
Input unit
TI2: M4 screw terminal
EaN
EOF
M4 screw terminal
COM
Power
aN
OFF
on IOFF
COM
aNI
ON2
OFFI
OFF2
aN
COM
COM
OFF
Short using a short bar.
Remove the connection

attachment between EOF
and COM when connecting
a cable.
SMS3PK-5
Input unit
CP3
I
M4 screw terminal
2
200A
200B
200A
200B
Power supply
200A
(Note l)
(Note 2)
200B
A power cable 30/0.18 (0.75 mm ) and over in gauge should be used.

For the signal cable, see the next page.
- 588 -
APPENDIX 1
4) Connection to connection unit
NC
Optical cable
CP 14
CP 14
btrl1J2J
Connection unit l
DDf------=---..:~----D
J 79
SMS3PN-5
connector
/
Connector
FAS-50-17
CP51
o:IilTI
CP51
~
CP52
~9
\
I
J 70 \
CDD2
CP55
Connection
unit 2
CP55
- 589 -
Connector
SMS6PN-5
APPENDIX 1
5) Connection to I/O unit
I/O unit
NC
COP2
CP5
EHEE
R
CP5
OD
Optical cable
Connector
Connector
SMS3FK-5
SlvIS6P-l
DO
J 73
Connector
SMS3PWS-5
CP6
~
liLA AL
CP6
J 74
- 590 -
CP31
CP31
S
5
G
6
Pli PE
APPENDIX 1
6) Conriection to position coder

CAZ
MREZO-RMD
Note) (CAZA, CAZB)
l
OV
14
SC
15
*SC
16
PA
17
*PA
18
PB
19
*PB
Name af
signal
8
Z OV
SC, *SC
9
3
OV
+5V
+5V
+5V
11
Position coder C-phase signal
PA, *PA Position coder A-phase signal
10
4
Contents
Position coder B-phase signal
PB, *PB
1Z
13
ZO
NC
CA 2 (1)(2)(3)
r\, -
CA 2 (4)(5)(6)
I
I
I
I
------Q+5V
I
I
CA 2 (16)
CA 2 (17)
P osi ti on code r
input
CA 2 (18)
CA 2 (19)
CA 2 (14)
CA 2 (15)
AI
I
AI
BI
I
I
B
C
I
Cl
1\
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
:
f
I
I
I
I
- - - - - - - - -I
I
I
A (PA)
f
Posi tion coder
N (*PA)
C (P B)
R (*PB)
B (SC)
p (*SC)
\Twisted paired unified shield cable
Earth plate
(Cable clamp)
characteristic impedance 100.\1
(Note) In case af digital servo

The position coder af 11/110 series and 11TT 1st spindle is connected to
CAZA, that af 11TT Znd spindle is connected to CAZB.
- 591 -
APPENDIX l
7) Connection to manual pulse generator

CA3
MRE20-RMD
l
av
8
2
3
+5V
15
9
HEl
10
HA2
av
+5V
HAl
av
Name of
signal
14
Contents
HAl"'3
Manual pulse generator A-phase

signal
HBh3
Manual pulse generator B-phase

signal
16
17
11
HE2
12
HA3
13
HE3
18
19
+5V
20
Manual pulse
generator
CA~(8)
CA 3 (9)
HAl = = = 0
HBl ==-=--=-0
61st manual
pulse generator
CA~ av
Power supply
output for
M.P.G
Manual pulse
generator
CAi+sv
HB2
CA~(2) av
Manual pulse
generator
Power supply
output for
, M.P.G
CA3 00)
- - - D HA 2
CA3 (1)
Power supply
output for
M.P.G
CA3 (s)
2nd manual
6pulse generator
4
+sv
CA3 (2)
- - - D HA 3
CA 3 (13)
(O'
63rd manual
pulse generator
HB3
CA~OV
OH
, HV
L. __ .~
--
'4
1=
NC earth plate
(Cable clamp metal)
- 592 -
APPENDIX 1
S) Connection to spindle amplifier
CAI
MRE20-RFD
Note l) (CAIA, CAlB)
l
Name of
signal
14
8 , *ALMSl
ENBLSl
15
9
*ALMS2
10
*ALMS4
16
*SPALl
*SPAL2
17
11
*ALMS8
18
12
13
7
ENBLS2
19
ES
*COMS
VCMDS
20
CA~
Contents
ENBLSl,
ENBLS2
Spindle enable
*SPALl,
*SPAL2
Spindle alarm
VCMDS,
ES
Spindle command voltage

and common
*ALMSlrv
S8 *COMS
Alarm code signal and common
I ANU~
ENBLS' Note 2
CA l (15)
ENBLS 2
CA l (4)
ALMl
*SPALl
CA l (I7)
12V,2mA
output
impedance
100n
F
.spindle
servo umt
ALM2
*SPAL2
CA l (7)
DA2
VCMDS
CA l (19)
ES
CA~*ALMSl
*ALl
CA~*ALMS2
*AL2
CAI (lO)
*AL4
CA l (lI)
CA l (13)
L
(Note l)
(Note 2)
*ALMS4
*AL8
*ALMS 8
COM
*COMS
~
In case of digital servo,
CAIA is used for 11/110 series and llTT 1st spindle
CAlB is used for llTT 2nd spindle
ENBLSl and ENBLS2 signals are turned on when the spindle command
voltage is effective. These NEBLSl and NEBLS2 signals are not used
when FANDC spindle serve unit is used.
- 593 -
APPENDIX 1
9) Connection to separate tape reader

a) Connection between 10/100 series
and
tape
10/100 control unit
reader
without
DB-,25S-T
MR-20LMH or
MR-50LMH
or
CD2 (MR-50RF)
34
35
36
RS CS DR
37
38
CD
39
40
41
42
SD RD SG ER
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
FG
SD
RD
DR
SG
11 RDY
43
Connector: DB-25P
Lock plate: D110278
Made by Japan Aeronautical
Eleetronie Co.)
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
M3 serew
terminal
CP4
LlTI
(Note l)
(Note 2)
(Note 3)
with
Tape reader
CD1 (MH-20RF)
reels
(Nihon Burndy)
SMS3PK-5
Connector CDl is mounted on master PCB.

Connector CD2 is mounted on option card l.
Connector CP4 is mounted on input unit.
594 -
Made by Japan
Aeronautical
Eleetronies Co ,
APPENDIX l
b) Connection between 10/100 series and tape reader with reels
Tape reader
FIO control unit
CDI (MR-20RF)
1121314151 617
MR- 20LMH
ar MR- 50LMH
ERI
I
Il 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13
1/ RDj SD
14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20
I CD ISG DRI CSI RS
1--
I I I
I
ar
CD2 (MR-50RF)
34
MR-20LFH
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
RS CS DR
CD
SD RD SG ER
CP4
CNT8
~
R
(Note l)
(Note 2)
(Note 3)
P01-------0
(Nihon burndy)
SMS3PK-5
Connector CDl is mounted an master PCB.

Connector CD2 is mounted an option card l.
Connector CP4 is mounted on input unit.
- 595 -
LLLJ
APPENDIX 1
c) Connection between
interface
11/110 control
unit
U/110
and
tape
reader without
Connector
Connector
MR50LFH
MR50Ll\IH
CTX
J BO
MR50M
with parallel
Separate tape reader

without reels
8--0
CD5
reels
MR50F
Connector
S!\JS 6PN-5
d--o
CPI4A
J BIa
Nihon burndy
(6-pin, brown)
]\1<I screw terminal
+24V
OV
+5V
+24V
OV
+5V
Connector
er
CP4
Nihon burndy
(3-pin, black)
(Note l)
(Note 2)
(Note 3)
J81
M3 screw terminal
200A
200 B
CP14A is mounted an the master PCB below the stabilizing power

circuit. Disconnect the stabilizing power circuit once and connect CP14A.
CP4 is mounted an the input unit.
Connection af J81a
CP14A
Tape reader
l
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
av
av
av
av
+24V
+24V
5 t;-24V
6
(Note 4)
SMS3PK-5
---_/
---_/
**
Tape reader
Connection af J81
CP4
l
~
~
- 596 -
APPENDIX 1
d) Connection between 11/110 series and tape reader with reels

The separate tape reader with reels is connectable via I/O interface.
It is als o directly connectable to the master PCB in 11/110 series.
Connector
11/110
FAS- 50-17
Separate tape reader

without reels
CAT
Connector
SMS 3PK- 5
CP4
~
~
~
~
J80: SO core flat cable
- 597 -
APPENDIX 1
la) Connection to external position display (11/110 series)

The external position display is provided for 2 axes, 3 axes, 4 axes, and 5
axes. The connection of signal cable more or less differs among 2/3 axes, 4
axes and 5 axes types, as shown below.
5 axes
MR20LFH
2 -4 axes
Position display
NC
MR-20LFH
External reset
(If required)
INPUT
J 82
CA 11
Signal cable
----L-
+
X c - g~o~
-
te"'
~
EXR
EXS
TP3
(Input unit)
8>
J 83
power cable
(AC200)
R >o
S
C/J
Y '--
C"~
G <
,
,,
Jv!3
Max. SOm
,
I
I
M3
I
1
MR20RM
CAU
l
2
3
4
5
6
7
av
av
av
DDl
la
DD2
DD4
12
DD8
13
DWT
av
15
16
RSl
RS2
17
Name of
signal
19
RS4
Contents
DDIruDD8
Data
DWT
Data strobe
RSIruRS5
Reset input
18
RS3
av
14
RS5
20
- 598 -
--L-
/ I
M4
gc---
APPENDIX l
Interface on position display side

4-axis position display
INPUT
2/3-axis position display

INPUT
A
DD1
DD2
DD4
DD8
DD1
DD2
DD4
DD8
DHT
RSX
RSY
RSZ
DWT
RSX
RSY
RSZ
av
av
av
PSB
>
<,
Connector:
.><.
CANNaN
<,
<.
MS3102A-18-1P
S-axis position display

MR20RM
l
2
3
4
5
6
7
av
14
8
av
DD1
la
DD2
11
DD4
12
DD8
13
DWT
av
av
15
16
RS1
RS2
17
RS3
18
RS4
19
av
RSS
20
Position display external reset input

2/3-axis position display
4-axis position display
+
x r--
RESET
r--
RESET
Z
M3 screw terminal
S-axis position display
RESET
+
f---
M3 screw terminal
+
f---
+
~
M3 screw terminal
- 599 -
APPENDIX l
Il) Connection of high-speed

arrival signal
skip
signal
and
high-speed measuring
position
In case of 11/110 series

CA8 MR20RM
l
2
3
4
5
6
7
HSKPl
av
HSKP2
av
HSKP4
av
10
HAEl
11
av
HSKP3
15
av
16
HAE2
17
av
Name of
signal
Contents
HSKPh4
HAE1'\>3
High measuring position

arrival signal
.> /
HAE3
av
14
18
12
19
13
20
In case of 10/100 series

CA8 MRE20-RMD
l
2
HSOl
av
HS04
av
HS03
15
av
Name of
signal
av
9
3
14
HS02
HSOh03

(HSKP1'\>3) or high-speed
measuring position arrival
signal (HAEh3)
HS04
High-speed signal (HSKP4)
16
10
17
11
18
5
12
6
19
av
20
av
13
FSIO
FSll
C A Bill
C A Bil)
HSKPl
c A BI21 C A BI21
High-speed
signal input
High-speed
measuring
position
[:~'i~.
c A BIB'
C A BI8i
c A BI91
C A BI91
C A B041
CA
c A B051
C A BU,'
C A BI3'
C A BI31
CAHll
C A BIl!
C A Bill
C A BUO'
c A BI21
C A BOU
c A BI31
C A BU6'
c A BI91
C A Bon
BU~
C A B151
c A B U5!
C A BI61
c A
av .
HSKP2
0\'
BO~
Contents
HSKP3
OV
HSKP4
OV
HAEl
OV
HAE2
ov
HAE3
OV
600
=:J
':J
':=J
':J
=:J
':=J
':J
APPENDIX 1
12) Connection of magnetic switch system reference point signal (Il series)
CA12 MR20RM
ov
14
ov
ZD4
ZD5
10
ZD1
11
ZD2
12
ZD3
Name of
signal
15
ov
ZD1ruZD5
16
Contents
Magnetic switch system
reference point signal
17
18
19
13
20
~-
CA12 (IO)
CA12(I1l
ZD2 - - - - - - - J - - i = = = 1 2 n d - a x i s reference
point signal
CA12 (121
ZD3
CA12 (9)
CA12(l)
L __
C~12(31
-------~-_i====] 3rd-axis reference

point signal
CA12(8)
CA12(2)
l st-axis reference
point signal
ZD1
ZD4
--------+--r=====14th-axis reference
point signal
ZD5
- - - - - - - - + - - f = = = = = l Sth-axis reference
point signal
_---'
.......
av
av
av
Logic 1 means reference point.

Logic l: Open or higher than 3.1V
Logic 2: Lower than 2V
13) 20mA current loop

CD7 (when punch panel is used)
l
><
14
15
9
16
3
10
4
TTY3
av
17
11
18
12
6
TTY2
7
TTY1
19
13
><
20
- 601 -
APPENDIX 1
1.6 Connecting of I/O Unit

l) I/O unit signal connection diagram (In case of one group)
10
IFOIB
I/O base unit #3
(IFOIB used)
CA15[
CA16[
I/O module
-------- ---
Power
11R50F
modu
J81
10
IFOIB
l/O base unit #2
(IFOIB used)
CA15[
CA16[
I/O module
-----------
Power
IO----
M R50M
I~
m4;ule
J81
10
IFOIB
iiObase unit
(IFOIE used)
#i
CA15[
l/O module
----------
uo unit Group #O
CA16[
o----
ID----
Power
modul<:
J81
10
O
CA15
IFOIA
I/O base unit #O
(IFOIA used)
CA16
I/O module
Power
module
Optical
fiber cable
NC
Fig. 1.6 (a) I/O unit signal conneetion diagram (1)

(In case of one group)
- 602 -
Note:
Cable No. 1 must be 1.5 m
ar shorter.
Run wiring separately from
the power supply and l/O
module input signals.
N
'--'
I/O unit group #O

o
IO
I FOI III
_
l'AI5[
--=llJ
~....... ..
I/O buse unit #3

(If't) IB is uscd)
lU
Power
10
IO
IFOIHT leAI"
I FOIllI
ICAIS{
Power
,,,,do"'''"'
<;
1(0 unit group #3
1(0 unit group #2
1(0 unit group #1

o
Power
...... -- - - -- -WCAlliOo--
o-
CAIt{ I
---------
::l
......
rt
Ul
......
OQ
::l
Ib
f-'
IFOllJl
'1('AI5
power
I/O buse unit #2

(lFOIB is used)
- --
CAlti
- -- -
IO
IO
IO
lU
lFOIIII-,Il~;' ICA15(
I[}!IH50M
I0--
Power _
IFGIIl I
ICAIS{
power
lf{
CAI'
- - - - -
(')
CAI/{
----------
I
I
::l
::l
(1)
(')
rt
......
o
::l
p,.
......
IO
10
IO
IO
Ib
OQ
I'i
I/O buse unit #1

(lFO l li is uscd)
.........
H
o-
::J
O
W
I/O buse unit #0

(lFO IA is uscd)
Interface modulo (Note 1)

~~O.jL' \
l tl
milA
r--
U! :~'.(] {I ~;;:ill~
'!.~'-:':':[]
llll'JI:
_ _
I
"
J __
IcA lo 00
IrowejL"" Iii [ I
IO
Optical fiber _'

cuble
..-J
(')
Ib
IO
IO
Ul
Powl:r
CAI5( I
It{
CAI
---------
I I
COI"li:5I.~
IFOIAl
'."",,, - . '."- CUl':!A ---
COP,!
----..J
Cop.\
~ ------ --------- --~--=-~----'----
___r'
('01'4
COP 4
_r'
COP4
I-h
Ul
(1)
Ol
I'i
Ib
f-'
OQ
I'i
'd
Optical fib~~c;"b'i~-1(""'Z
Ul
'--'
(Note 1)
NC
Ol
2)
Interface rnodule (lF)$C) for optical interface expansion is mounted on based unit #O in group O
as an example. It ean be mounted on any type of base unit and arbitrury shot NO other than No. O.
Cable VOZ shculd be shorter than 1.5 m, It SIlOUld be separated from 1(0 signal of power 1(0
module in wiring,
?d"'Cl
trl
t1
Fig. 1.6 (b) l/O unit signal connecting diagram (2)

(When several groups are used)
><
APPENDIX 1
3)
r/o
units connecting signal cable

CAI5
CAI6
Honda Tsushin, MR-50LMH

(50-pin, male)
Fig. 1.6 (c)
Honda Tsushin. MR-50LFH

. (50-pin, fernale)
Connector for l/O units connecting signal cable (V02)
CAI5
CAI6
I
2
J
/1
4
Pin number
I
I
I
I
I
I
Pin number
__:f>---L..------f!--::_
Fig. 1.6 (d)
Signal cable connection diagram between main unit and l/O unit
- 604 -
.po
<;
H
<,
O
~
~
I/O unit
l-l.
rt
'I:l
O
::El
IFOIA Power
module
Power input unit

(in NC unit)
ro
t-I
TI
I/O rnodule
----------SMS3PK- 5
CP5
EEEEEB
H
Crimp-sty le
terminal
~
~
ALC ~M3
ro
.....-
rt.
o,
CP5
..... -
III
(JQ
M4
Tap
BURNOY
)
SMS 3HK- 4TK2
t-I
III
El
,.......
J73
0'1
SMS6P-I
lJl
rt
=SMS3PWS-5
CP6
I
ALC
2
ALO
III
C/l
ro
CP6
J74
O
Hl
O
CP3I
(
ro
BUHNOY
)
SMS 3RWS- 4028
H
<;
O
O'
PA I PB
Note l:
Note 2:
Note 3:
PA and PB af ep3l are not used.

2
Use 1.25 mm ar larger wire to
ground for GND terminal af TI.
BURNOY
SMS 6RA- 2TK2
III
C/l
ro
Use 30/0.18 (0.75 mm) ar larger

wire for J73 and J74.
Fig. 1.6 (e)
:::r
ro
I/O unit power connection diagram (In the case of one I/O unit)
~
~
......
rt
..
>
"d
"d
tT1
....~
~
lr1
'-'
"O
.174
Power input unit (Inside NC)
~
S
SMS3PI{-5
CP5
~
ALC ALD
bo--
CP6
pO--r - J B2
~dditional ~ SMS31'1{- 5
ower
input unit
CP91
0"\
M
AC
INPUT
-~ tB
M
J 73
CP91
CI'92
hn
ETIfBJ
CI'93
PO
J 73
jo
J73
~D
J 73
CI'94
JU
__
C1'92-C1'96
~
Il
CP95
'J
()
J BO
::J
::J
(1)
()
rt
llllllNDY
SMS3HJ(- 4TK2
CI'96
::J
~~~~~r
------
Il
J BO
f-'.
_.2 .._
S
-""'r,---
r;
PA
1'11
""HNDY
}ir-.I~liIlA-
III
OQ
r,--
t-(
III
)
2'1'1\2
El
.........
H
::J
S~I~fil'~j
er
(1)
M4
()
III
.1RO
(JJ
(1)
1'1
Power
M3
ALl' ~---.
Hl
A LIJ
(JJ
8:s.-
12,m
Cl'
311QIGNii 0---------1---'
__--"~,~~,j:J
MI
.1RO
To ncxt l/O unit
~
~Ol--------
~::!=
Power
SMS3PJ(5
J 82
Q..
_J..__ __ L
MI
rt
dule
f-'.
o
CI'31
ule
SMS3PI{-5
BIlllNDY
SMS31l1{- 4TK2
(1)
t-(
dule
( IlIJllNfJY
)
SMS3IlWS-1Jl28
:El
--
SMS3PWS -5
'Cl
Power
S~IS61' -
( IlllllNDY
SMS 31!J(- 4TI(2
0"\
lE
lE__
lE
lE
rt
ule
CP5
It
::J
f-'.
To next I/O unit CP31
Note l) PA and PB in ep31 ure not used.
2) GND terminal (TI) af l/O unit

(max. 4 sets) in anc grouJl is
connceted bv the wire with cross
seetion more than 1.25 mm'.
3) Wires more thnn 30/0.18
(0.75 mm') are uscd for .173, 74
and 80.
(1)
<:
(1)
t-(
III
f-'
H
<,
eT'
4) One addilional power input unit

can control l/O unit power input.
(Max. 4 sets)
III
5) Connector contuet specification

(made in Burnduy)
::J
>-
rt
tTJ
I Othcr than C1'6.. RC16M-SCT3

2 CP6 . . . . . . . RC16M-23D28
(JJ
(1)
f-'.
(JJ
'-'
Cl
.....
Fig. 1.6 (f)
I/O unit power connection diagram (When severall/O units are employed)
APPENDIX l
6) Analog input module connection
AD04A (Analog input module)
Voltage input
VPl
Channel #O
VP2
Channel #1
IP2
COM2
FG2
''''------ --
ffl.
250!2
Multiplexer
Current input
~---------,
J
VP3
IP3
10
COM3
11
Channel #2
~-------
Note l.
250!2
VPn and IPn must always

be connected short for
current input.
Note l:
Shielded twist pair cables

(2 cores) are required
as connecting cables.
12
VPl
13
IP4
14
COM4
15
FG4
16
PGI
21
Channel #3
250!2
.Connect to ground plate

in power magnetic cabinet
Fig. 1.6 (g)
Analog input module connection
- 607 -
A/D
Converter
APPENDIX 1
7) Analog output module connection
D A O2 A/D A O3 A
Voltage output
VPl
--------------,
Channel
"""
rrU
D/
converter
1------.
VNl
_L
--
Note l.
I P1
INl
IO kn
--------T
or more
Il
Load impedance
~
10 kn
Channel
#1
D/A
convertert-----.
VP2
VN2
IP2
Current output
-------- - - - 9
D/
converterl---......
500 n
or less
IN2
FG
10
Channel
#2
----~
11
VP3
12
VN3
13
IP3
14
IN3
Load impedance
~500 n
15
Note 1) A 2-pair shielded cable must be used
as connection cable. The shield must
be connected to the ground at the
load side.
2) Channel #2 eannot be used in DA02A.
Fig. 1.6 (h)
Analog output module connection
- 608 -
ro
........,
Pol I-Q
""""'0
en
t-3 1-"
o nn- 1-"
Pol o
l-';:l
1-'n ;:l
oOQ
S
El
ro o
Positiouing mudu le
Servo
(Ve/acily contr ol unit)
(DC motor feed buck)
CVl
CFl
O[ CNl
JO
M series
velocity
control
unit
CN2
transformer
Input power
AC220V,3ep
n-
;:l
OQ
Emergency stop
6IO-- ACIOOV for servo
TI [ 1 . 1
P-
1-" l-'
ro
0'0
l-';:l
o ;:l
n ro
~n
nP- 1-"
bo
1-" o
Pol ;:l
0'
<c
OQ
t-t
Pol
El
DC motor M series
,...."
I:tj
t-t
t::J
CJl
ro
(Limit switch)
Machine
(Limit switch)
TI l.J
El
n-
t-t
........,
"'Cl
tr1
Fig. 1.6 (i)
Positioning module total connecting block diagram (For DC sevo motor)
ti
er
'-"
10M,
,-I' >
./
~1
~:_
:/:'
nf1l
f-'
tI..-
1 ' . / ,
<-'l
()
I:V 1
\IH' 2fll'A
PHIWI ENA!.1 DV!.I

--~/
"
><
+t\L~l1
IS
1'llDrz ENBL2
fi
vnnvi
'I'S,\ VCi\fD
--
.~--_.-
~.~-
~-"-'
11
~In
JO
9
IAI.~ll l
1:1
11
J2
IR
19
20
'I'S II
IJV
f\I\1
AI.r.I'1
lfj
17
ovr.z
VIWY2
::l
::l
ro
20 "Mil
Mlt-201,1'I1
()
n-
-, ,
I-'O
------o
::l
o,
SMS6PW-S (Housing)
RCI6M-SCT3 (Contact) <,
Made by NIPPON BURNDY--':''o
1-'-
f1l
(Jq
t-j
f1l
IW I ,Mit
201t~IA
2
~ __ ..
._---_.
IlV
nv
1
IlV
-,
-sv
Mit - 201,1'11
5fi
89--10'--11'-12"
'13-- _._-_.
--_.. ._-._~--
_.._15_. -_.I__fi....
17
- ~
~-.J
..
- ~
Cr-"_12 ':0,-0.1
18
19
20
._--
PC!', *I'C(', l'nA :,:I'CA PC Il !:I'CI!
I OOV AC, l-phasc

Emergency stop
S-
-----
SO
Signals in (
Nole l:
When uslng motor morlet anM, eonnect thc motor

to the MA er MAE 34 - 36 terminals (SOV) uf
Note 2:
The transformer in this diagram is for dornestic U~.

For expcr t trAnsformers. change the connection
terminals and tAP nccording 10 thc input veltage.
For detaila. see Dcscriptions of FANUC DC SERVO
Servo transformer for M series
0'1
I-'
El
+"V lT1,2)
I"V
_~1!!1_()l!.2 ('I~~,~ (TSII)
14
DC motor
M series
_;'1.LJ:1
) are not used.
I1IH
rmra
the transformer.
M0TOR M Serie, (B-53262),
Nole 2
L-\
Crimp-style terminal (M3)

TI: M3 screw terminal board
1
2
a
-_._----l111W
I lO'!' I
IlT
-1
~._-
"ml
==+--o-~o-. 220VAC,
Note 3:
Nole 4:
L--'-~. _---
Note 5:
Machine to ol
(Limit switch)
DCAand DCB
lue
3phnse
power snurre for (lI .. kes
(\00VAC,O,6;\),
ZOOA and 2000 nre power scurce
(200VAC, 42W) for fan uf 30MIl,
lOOA lind IOOB are power source for electro-magnctlc
contactor.
OOM - 30M: IOOVAC,20VA
(90VA when power is on)
30MII
JOOVAC,40VA
(I) OVA wlrcn power is on}
'"d
tI:!
t1
Fig. 1.6 (j)
Total connection diagram of the positioning module
c) Total connection block diagram (when AG servo motor is used)
Servo
trans-
Input power
220VAC, 3-phase
former
Velocity
control
unit
Positioning module
(Velocity control unit)
cVIllD
Emergency stop
CNl
TI
(Vclocity control unit)

*Ae motor feedback
CFI
'I
O CN6
HOl
CN5
iN""
0'
I-'
I-'
AC servo motor
Q -------------------'- ---6-
(Limit switch)
TI
Machine tool
.(Limit switch)
Note l:
tb
Separate type pulse coder
The dotted lines apply to systems with separate-type

pulse cad er. In this case, the 12 connection is not necessary.
>
:.g
t'T1
t:::J
Fig. 1.6 (Id
Total connecting block diagram of the positioning module (When
Ae servo
motor is used)
Positionlug module
':VI '"'"
21H'A
I_L~._L_L
I..J..
~I
III
.J'~._-='L.
Vn.11l
'4~~~~:~?;tG~L~,,- :~~_
n
Mil
~lI\.
20LMII
-- .._. _.j
Ir' ---Ti' -TT-
I
,,
: MII-20IlilfA
2'"'1'11"
<,
------0
Feedback signal
MS3106B20-29SW
(Straight type)
MS3108B20-29SW
(Elbow type)
Mil
nv
I!UW2 ~';NIlL2 IOVL2!VIUJY2
~':0_~~\':.I.':.'--.gk
~kl~r'(,zEL~
-~-
Mil
~lf~ I 13-
ipez
'16'1
17 1' 18' r'F> I

;;"~.-~- ';'~, t~'~~
20
D,
SMS6PW-5
(Housing)
RC16M-SCT3
II;,VlI\I15VIL[C,1
lIl'8
!Nlov II'IC21"WI 1"101121

TIn\'
I
I
I
l
l
I
I
I
Model O, 5
"
II
MS3J06822-22S (Straight ly"e)

MS310BB2222S (Elhow type)
I A j
..
Mod~1
,,
IO. 20, 30
MS3106B24-IOS (Stralght type)

MS3IOBD24IOS (Elbow type)
A
AI
Il
AI
l'
A2
IJ
A1
~
E
Mndcl30R
-------I"
A;l
AJ
IHI~:A
- --'-r--
::....._+_-+.::
E ,'I'CI F PCZ GH'n~ II G

" - ' "._- .. ! ..
_._." tfiv
I(
lfjV
N CV P
==========L::::-::l--Jr '~-il
, n.ergenc
yO
step
T CV
___ ._____
/
O-
Nole I:
.
:D
:J"
:I
18;; IR~,~'----'- -~
Note 2:
.h
:J
'12
-'--Note l Tfllll-~[2
L..L.J_ J.3 _.Q
0-
Conncct Model 3-0 and 4 O
AC motnr series
'
IOOVAC, l-phase
Note 4:
ro
rt
::J
p.
1-'-
PJ
El
,......,
O
t-j
>
(')
TIl
ro
t-j
Whcn usfng motor modet
a-D, )-0 (20UOrpm
<:
max).
2-0, 1-0. connect the motors to terminals 34 - 36

(120V) af transformer.
This diagram Is for the transformer used in Japan.
For export transformere, change the connection
~~~~~~~~I:,n~~nl~~!I~~i~:i~i~f'~~:.~e~rrCI~~~'Efvo
Note 3:
::J
::J
'"rj
-------------
Transformer for AC servo

IH!iI~
PJ
with crimp-style lc;,";n.\<
- - - - - . - - - - - - - - . - - -61.0----...
Separate type pulse-coder

Crirn-style terminal M3
Note:
-------_
I-'
(}Q
t-j
_.r::-~
pen (
PJ
1-'.
O
I
A PC'A Il
rt
I
I
'-/
1-3
MS3106BI B-IOS (Straight type)

MS310BBI RIOS (Elbow type}
'"
EJ,
I-'
~~I
I
I
Connected only when

separate-type pulse
code r is used.
,. Connect the 8-9 pins
shcrt whcn separate-type
pulse coder is used.
,,
P.
[T[~ MoticI2 ..o, I-O
(Contact)
""
RMI5WTP-4S
: Note 4
-;;-;:-,,' ~";,~ ~"
0\
U'II
,j
..,-----
0112
I'CZ
Motor line
Velocity control unit for AC
MOTOR Series (8-547621':).

The turning an of serve transformer input power nnd
the IOOVAC (for electra-magnetic contacters} must
be done befare inputting power to thc control system
or within O.S scconds efter Iurning the power on.
When using separate-type pulse coder, thc conneelion
af posltioning modulo (eF 1) and vetocity centre!
unit for Ae serve (CN6) are not necessary.
El
O
rt
O
t-j
'-/
Note 2
'--c,,-,-----'--'-.. - - . . : - - - - - O ' - . 0 - - - -
200VAC, 3-phase
Fuse'
_._._-------
Machine tool
(Limit switch) )
>-:g
l:T1
Fig. 1.6 (I)
Total connection diagram of the positioning module
t:J
APPENDIX 1
e) Machine tool connection '(limit switch)
Positioning module
Wire material: 0.1 mm' or thicker
Receiver circuit
(insulated type)
Tl(I)
Deceleration signal input
for reference point return
RV
+ direction overtravel
limit signal input
RV
- direction overtravel
limit signal input
~
TI (2)
~
T l (3)
RV
f--
T l (4)
Fig. 1.6 (m)
t
COM
--------------0
Machine tool connection diagram
- 613 -
E: 24VDC
10%
APPENDIX 1
9) Pulse counter module connection

a) Total connection diagram
CA 14 : MR - 2 ORMA
1
OV
OV
OV
Note 2
Note 2
X
14
8
Note I
+P
15
(+5V) (+5V) (+5V)

9
1O
l 1
12
Note l
Notel
Note!
-P
*+P
*-P
16
17
18
N~~te 2
19
/MR-20LFH
13
. Detective
pulse
generator
J 1
20
MKS *MKS PAS *PAS PBS *PBS
Crimp-style terminal (M3)
TI: M3 screw terminals
ICMPA CMPB CMPC COM2
ME
CSP COMI
Machine
.(magnetic
cabinet)
J2
Note l) Connect either +/- pulse (+P.*+P, +P.*P) or phase A/B pulse (PAS.*PAS,
PBS.*PBS) of the detection pulse generator to the pulse counter module.
The pulse which is not used must be connected as follows:
A. When +/- pulse is not used
+ 5 04- - - - - - - ,
+ 5 Q-"'---..,
1000
+P v---~( V4W)
B. When phase A/B pulse is not used.
+50-----....,
+5
1 OOQ
100
PA \,.J""'"-~( V4W)
(V4W)
*+P
-P
-.r----,
100Q
(V4W)
*PA
O-=-~-_----J
PB o:..:"t-----'
*-P
*PB
OV
OV
Note 2) When using the +5V for the detection pulse generator, the capacity maximum is 350 mA. In case it exceeds 350 mA, the power supply must be
prepared at the machine tool builder.
Fig. 1.6 (n)
Pulse counter module total connecting diagram
- 614 -
APPENDIX 1
b) Connection between the detection pulse generator and pulse counter module
(when phase A/B pulse is used)
Puse counter module
CAI4(l6)
Phase A pulse
signal inpu t
CA 14( 17)
Detection pulse generator
(Note l)
PA
HA
"
llJ\
A
*PA
I I
CAI4(18)
Phase B pulse
signal inpu t
CAI4(l9)
PB
*PB
ill~\
I
CAI4(l4)
Marker
signal input
MKS
Line receiver
SN75115
CA 14(4)
iI II
CAI4(l)
CAI4(5)
CA 14(2)
CA12(6)
CAI4(3)
I I
av
MKS
*MKSW
I I
+5V
*PB
II
CAI4(15)
PB
1l!\
1iJ\
I I
*MKS
Line drive
SN75113
equivaler
+5V
av
I I
I
+5V
av
5V
av
I I
I I
t71n\
+5V
av
+5V
av
rz:
Ground
Note l) Twisted pair unified shield wire

Recommended cable: A66L-0001-0041
2
Connect at least 6 lines thicker than 0.18 mm for the +5V, OV lines.
(The three terminals of +5V, OV will have two eaeh.)
Fig. 1.6 (o)
Connection between the detection pulse generator and pulse counter module
(w hen phase A/S pulse is used)
- 615 -
APPENDIX l
c) Connection between detective pulse generator and pulse counter module

(for +/- pulse)
Detectine pulse generator
Pulse counter module
CA14(8)
+ pulse
signal inpu t
CA 14(9)
CA 14(10)
- pulse
signal input
CAI4(1l)
CA 14(14)
Marker detection
signal inpu t
MK uo-
"7'"
CA 14( 15)
Line driver
SN75113
Line receiver
SN75115
CAI4(4)
CAI4(l)
::V
CA 14(5)
CAI4(6)
CAI4(3)
I
I
5YI
1J
I ]ti
, t
I
II
I
I
+5Y
OY
OV-..r---
I
I
OY
-L.
CAI4( 2)
t1l\'-----
+5Y()---
+5Y
\
'--
:--t-7
OYr.-_-
+5Y()---
II/\,
_
J
\
1"'\---
OVo--
(Note 1)
Grounding
Note l) Twisted pair unified shield wire

Recommended cable specification: A66L-000I-0041
More than 6 pieces of wire should be connected to +5V and OV
(each 0.18 mm
or more).
Fig. 1.6 (p) Connection between detective pulse generator and pulse counter module
(for +/-pulse)
- 616 -
APPENDIX 1
d) Connection between machine (magnetic cabinet) and pulse counter module
Pulse counter module
Machine (magnetic cabinet)
Solid state relay
SSR
TI Cl)
Compare signal
output A
Compare signal
output B
SSR
Compare signal
output C
TI (2)
TI (3)
SSR
TI (4)
TI (5)
Maker enable
signal input
RV
. Counter stop"
signal input
RV
CMPA
CMPB
CMPC
COM2
ME
f--
TI (6)
CSP
t--
E: 24 VDC
TI (7)
Used wire:
Fig. 1.6 (q)
COMl
0.18 mm
or more 200 V vinyl wire
Connection between machine (Magnetic cabinet] and pulse counter module
- 617 -
.....,
10%
APPENDIX 2
APPENDIX 2
DETA!LS OF POWER UNIT
The power unit is mounted directly to the master PCB (for 10/11/100/110 series)
and control back panel (for 12/120 series).
All other inputs/outputs are
provided using connectors.
The unit is easily detachable:
Fig. l shows
10/100 series power unit, Fig. 2 shows ll/llO series power unit, Fig. 3 shows
12/120 series power unit, and Fig. 4, 5, 6 show each block diagram.
l) Input/Output connectors
I
Contents
Connector
CPll
10/100 series
ll/llO series
12/120 series
200/220 V AC input
-;~=;;-~~;::~-::~~:~l--~--~
CP12
Supply of +5, +15, -15, +24, +24E

to master PCB
------------------- --------------------~1-~
CPU
EN signal output
EN, *PF signal output
.i->
Power input unit

interface
CP14
Supply of +24E to connector unit
CP1S
Supply of +24 to
small CRT/MDI
unit
Supply of +5, +24,

+24E to built-in
type I/O unit
<>
Connector
name
CP31
200/220 VAC input
----------------------------------------------------------------PA-PB signal output

CP32
Supply of +5, +15, -15, +24, and +24E to base unit and output
of other control signals small as NE
- 618 -
APPENDIX 2
2) Rated output
(a) Power supply for 10/11/12/100/110/120 series
Name of
output
Rated
voltage
Current eapacity(MAX)
10/100 11/110 12/120
series series series
Allowable flue tuation range
+5
+5V
+3%
(+4.85 - 5.15V)
+15
+15V
+4.5%
(+14.3 - 15. 7V)
0.3A
15A
24A
1.4A
44A
1.2A
/2.4A
Remarks
Output voltage is
not adjustable.
Output voltage is
not adjustable.
-15
-15V
+4.5%
(+14.3 - 15.7V)
0.3A
0.5A
0.9A
Output voltage is
not adjustable.
+24
+24V
+ 5%
-10 o
(+21. 6 - 25.2V)
1.5A
1.4A
2.9A
/0.9A
Output voltage is
not adjustable.
Output fuse F13
is mounted.
+24E
+24v
+ 5%
-10 o
(+21. 6 - 25.2V)
3.0A
3.0A
1.2A
Output voltage is
no~ adjustable.
Output fuse F14
is mounted.
r/o unit
(b) Power supply for

Name of
output
Rated
voltage
+5
+5V
+15
+15V
-15
Allowable fluetuation range
-+3%
Current eapaeity
(+4.85 - 5.15V)
Remarks
15A/12A
No output voltage
regulation is
done.
-+4.5% (+14.3 - 15.7V)
0.4A
No output voltage
regulation is
done.
-15V
-+4.5%
0.4A
No output voltage
regulation is
done.
+24
+24V
+5 % (+21. 6 - 25. 2V)

-10 o
0.3A
Output fuse F33

is mounted.
+24E
+24V
+5 % (+21.6 - 25.2V)
-10 o
-1.2A
Output fuse F34

is mounted.
(+14.3 - 15.7V)
- 619 -
.23456
. . . . .7
<:'1
Used for testing
the
Uni~
o,
E-<
b c )
+1
321iT1T1L1
31 r1I;:;;-t
@)Il
30
298ft1
28
27
+15
-15
26
25
24
2:1
221
+5
@)
@)
@l
@)
21
20
View with
the cover
detached
19UFor
18
master
17
PCB
o-.
16
15
14
131
\ rlll+n
CPI2
12
111
10
I RUm
VS 11
FIl-12SA
200/220VAC
inpu t fuse'
9
8
7
6
5
F13,3.2A
D.
IH IJ5iII ~ +24 fuse
1I1~~~
.lItieJ~~ ~i:n'r~"
;\
3t:ITj
BLACJ<
i~
3\ 2 1
(f) O:::
ro io LrJ
"'i" In
...,.. ..... -<'7"'1 L
<
T
+C'J +
-<l
2 :1
123456
:
CIEBm)
[HJ
+
++
C ',10
For
connection
unit
o o
'i'
<:'1 <:'1
~
0:1-<
0,0,
FIl-12 SA
200/220VAC
input fuse
65;\
~
'"ti
rn
For
small MDI
& CRT unit
t:1
1-.]
Fig. 1 10/100 series power unit external view
12:145678
-I
C'l
Used for testing

the unit
r-10100:cOU
o..< ..... -<Z-o
c,
E-<
E-<
Cl' Hi
<r,
<r, '"
ED
VIt11
mID
:!il:
@l
@lI
A 10 All.).
28
27
:!ti
~
IS
2:i
~l
2:1
22
t1 ri
21
20
For
master
PCB
HI
16
17
Hi
15
O'
tv
.....
View with
the cover
detached
Cl' 12
1:J
J2
II
10
9
8
7
6
5
1
:J
1-
lILlIJo:
Fl1-12 5A
AC200/220V
a
12110:
\
o
ln
Ir.
"'1'
H)
< ..... +~~~+
<r,
2 :!
rw.r:n
LIT::.LJ
For
connection
unit
t::' I
lillI
F13 3.2A
->
+24 fuse
F145A
+24E fuse
CI'II
IIIBLACK
+24
~III ';~
Input fuse'j~
@l
EEB
200/220VAC
input
PA-PB
~
'"ti
t"l'1
Fig. 2
11/110 series power unit external view
tJ
+~
for back
panel
I
0\
N
N
with cover
removed
17
16
15
14
13
\ rlllt hCPI2
.~
et
8lUE
7.5A
200/220 VAC
::::
Input fuse
Fll~12
POWER UNIT
/lB-IOOO-0770
+24
8TI
12 3
... ...
n.
u
n.
u
200/220 VAC input
for built-in type for power input unit

I/O unit
~
'"tJ
t'11
Fig.3 12/120 series power unit external view
S
>;1
N
(.
C'l
o...
f:-;
234567
123
-I l. ., I
o...
f:-;
l1'lo:r::o
<>::
...
<>::
Z ......
>-l
<>::
o~
14
CP16
26
25
24
23
VRll
AI0 ADJ.
22 1 +5
21
20
19
18
17
16 1
O'>
N
CP18
For
Witll a
back
panel
+11~JIt/T
+L CP32
'--
15
14
cover
l
F51~32
5A
200/220 VAC
input fuse'
BLlIE
13
12
11
10 I
9
'\
O
VSll
o:
8
7
6
5
4
POWER UNIT
A16 B-1310-oo10
,I
1'1(1)
~~
L---
F33 O.5A.
+24 fuse
I--
F34 2A
+24E fuse
m!fu,
.lli~
ltJ
-lIT
Irf-\
3tillj
~1+24E I
765432
I . . . ..
o l1'll1'l til"""
lJ")
<>::I+C;S~+
-I
o
3 '2 l
l
iJ:1
en
<>::
200/220 VAC .
input
PA - PB
0...0...
6 5 4
Fig.4 Power supply module for I/O unit
>
~
tTj
Z
ti
><
1-.)
Al'>
AUXILlARY
SUPPLY
'2,IE
0512
'V
AC INPUT CIRCUIT
Hl
~FlI
R@-----0'-D--}----r I
I
II
'
,,,'O'"
.l]\-
I SHOOTHING
1
1
'en_
5ELF MAINTAiNiNG
0\
N
-IO-
RYII
Al'>
"
..
- __.._.
.. mm..
. " coumm,
__
_I
_ _ _[
cs}
AI
PQ~
A
L_
"-Ier
W
..
<ri
u,
b~ l--:_.]~
VRl1
",@__ .'".g'
_ . . ....
---=
__.
"" ",o
~!
sa
-
..
,'"yi't'""']
r __ t:11~_
1-L~t;:
SI100THING
+ 5V REGU-'ll'A "'''
PB@'-----
2,IV
..
"'@'O<'
+9'>
'.i"
[
[};?]J~i~ 'l~I: ---OUM--I1~-r.T-U:'::'
q--:.. -. -.. [tl
,~"J
;,;5V REGULA TO.R
"",'<=i"""
~}
PC
-/
CONT ACT
D3G
L-..J
;::::::::==:::: r - - - 1 -r===;
~U~A~D~~
'=J ' ,. E
_ ..s!1/LI __
027
R23
O-
-l-
2,IE
'"4
~lTJ
Q
T13 ==-===
@-----
PA@
. l.
nrn
nr n
G
~-~~L-I""
C30 '
POWER
SWITCH
eKHZ
C12
O~2J:.r~U~;i~-l---I ---?---f'--.-'
+ 24 V
, @---0'~--L-j~ .j---L.-rr--cr-t-i~-wf--+--J
I
+ 2'\ ,".
ri]
_I
--J--~
-i'-j--.!!----IL-----
f~
-
+ C~9
'
-V-
I~ I
" ,'m
0151 VCEl
nsn
CHll
-~~I-:F=L c~e
Tl4
Hll
1--(0)
D'-S----(~
Al5
. TOR
~OL"
t=t
..
''""'"''
." ..-
-,~AC
MONITOR
"
<".,
.
-0---
-c
_0___
o
c-
c-
""
,
_
...
OR'i
At-~:~
L -._.r-\'.
I"
"
-~-~ __ FIT-J-i-' - (:'::,;:;::s

TAGE
LOAD
-------
-~ .~~J
T,
",o
cONTiloL:
ClReUI
1
SIGNAL '"'L
---
__
t_LI
.
15 . 15
-.-----
"'~
---@v
~_J+-.@EtI
a
"
--'
. .A_
AI
I 71~';-------~=-----__ yR7
COImECTION TEST
H1TEST LO LEVEL
TEST@---'-
R7J
LO@--------CI------
sV
Q _~:.:.o
5.5V
+4.5V
R75
CTL
c..,...-----QR76
A
~
-c
~~~
f
_I-
?d'"'d
rn
t:J
Fig.5 10/100 series power unit block diagram
tv
Til
[0- I
AUXrLIARY
SUPPL y
L..
AC
f,
@-
I~IPUT
CIRCUIT
EM~~-I l.ul
t-o
HZ
;ljzm
' [
.1---:_
8KHl
'----l
+---->
~_I-----lJ1
--=~~i
+ 15V
ro
OyP
+ 15V
OOWN
CONTROL
+ 24V
REGULA TOR
O~B
ry.!
--@+24V
NRI
@""
c~
COIWERTER
~I
'i5 +15
030
Tl3=-
17,
REGIJLA TOR
I~--
5HUT
211 +
OT2
~O
24E
C29
:;]l
~~~f~H
O-r"
I----f----,
r i3
I
I
t~-----4--
-i.cae
+Y015, VCEI
048
C59
r---@
----<Y'-O----....-!--4.---@ ,-2'IE
T.j,CLo
,MA,
TI"
--f"1I ---- - .----
AC "!rUT VOI1!!.. []
-
TJCI 7
+ 4E
F!4
AI5
-Y-
~~-T- JtIf-!!
" @-. -o--D-
CHl3
AI5
Oll
Dt
1-15V REGULATOR
+,h C30
021
R23
PC
-I
0513
ICICHZ
r o-
0\
N
~R08
@-15Y
.. ~
+J Ci 3
0514
flf
LJ--@t5V
AI
/l 'VI
I
~
0515
C47
lC51
A
Ul
er i
'bf~;~G~~'l"~~l,~;.
rur:.-'r
~1
l .'"
A~
MAC
VDL TAGE
YCl
----=;r---~-~
--@EN
MONITOR
"--:~:rI~:J:--------------------~-----~
CL
o.
NRI
041
R59A048
o R7
"::E -'"~:~~'"
A
OT2
t5
OS'_l]8
Q22
[;~~o~~i;~~t~)- - ~
~6~ _L 'j--.J.-----1~:
VR1~{'!]+
+ 5V REGULATOR
'50Cl
_--J.
-JRI5
>-1
CTl
cc
Al5
1,'"
I
=-=0
o It
'
"'
;;:
"', "'+ ~+
~~N
~
'"ti
tti
5 5V
t:I
Fig. 6
11/110 sories power unit block diagram
><
CH13
+ 24V
AUXILlARY
SUPPLY
REGULATOR
;t
S~100THING
r>'
MU
+v
]J'-
-t-
Q15(v:~_
rn~'2~E
:1""
C67
~r
PH
.CP17@+24
OT2
C 0
R
"1~
AC
IPUT
POWER
SWITCH
f80KflZl
C12
C13
SHUT
OOWN
CONTROL
1'lZ@+15
A10
F12
)efl
)CEll.-
DSB NR2
036
-15V REGULATOR
C36
CTP2
PC
-15
I
--Itl2@-15
1.1"
A0
+5 CP14
0513
D 1
I'l2<> +5
A10
R68
M"!-
-t-
165KHZ F
0\
N
0\
lC57
CTP1
C,3
C47
C83
C84
DUMMY
LOAD
R5~
cri
CPH
1'l1@0V
1.1"
A0
on
0514
0515
0522
0523
REGULATOR
+50CL
Ae
OT2
-------
tJ
+ 5V CONTROL
VOLTAGE
MONITOR
tWM CONTROL]
O.CL
P.C.L.
I'l1@EN
l
2
All
+5
~-
NR2
el2@*PF
A0
R75
R76
R7l
A0
A0
:!l
H
TEST
LO
-c
R72
CONNECTIOII TEST
HI TEST LO LEVEL
)
)
if
R73
A0
a:::::o
a:::::o
--N.
"''''+ +
I
>
'1:1
'1:1
tTJ
+4.!lV
O +5.0V
O
CP13
POWER INPUT UNIT
INTERFACE
t:l
+5.!lV
><
Fig.7 12/120 series power unit block diagram
T1l
AUXILlARY
SUPPLy
~I
A15
Oll
-j,
C17
Hll
AB
AB
Ae INPUT CIRCUIT
O151VCEl
WF3l
@-~,
I\----Il
VSU'
Cil F32
J'iil:
-O'
O'
t--:J
111.ru-
'V
014~ ~24
POWER
SWITCH
+~e12
18~KHZl
""~
+ 24V REGULATOR
MAC
Vi
+ 15V
REGULATOR
-15V REGULATOR
+~.C36
I~T~7
@r----
CTPl
-J-
AB
NV!-
l6~KHZ
po@-
-B
F~
--.j
.ru-
lC57
'!ti>
SHOoTHIHG
st
10514
I ...
eTP1D-
'ir
AB
u
~
I'!~"'I
$'t
I~
I
~12
OS13
A1B
- . }RYll
I, 9I
T
I
(m v
D36
RYll
.r--'T'"' PC
+ 15 '15
RGll
-y
~5:.~A~~lfITAINIIIG
@-------,
PA
l:.r-
-v :
nsn
NFll
:PiL
AC IBrur
TU
+V
C~14
-15 -15
I--LI'5'5
9 T
,/
( +lC,3
TC45
0T1
0~~bIlR5B
AB
@v
,'''' REGULATOR
Ol
li!
ae
~
C5B~_
~R7B
",,@
l.O@--
4r
oa
i:~3
l-
P.CL
5LO
o.c.t.
..l
lU
ffi
eONNECTloN TEST
HI TEST LO LEVEL
AB
A1B
A~
IIV R7l
J
IJ'
R59Qa'4'B
AOJ.
VRl
HI <g:
PWH CONTROL)
l'
Al~ AIB
R72
OT1
vel
tf
AB
. + 5V CONTROL
o
o o o
'5.BV
+5.5V
+4.5V
~
QR76
AB
VOLTAGE
MONITOR
H14
Pm
It)
t.n ....
<
1++
...
... .... 1:'1
'"d
trl
Fig.8 l/O unit power module block diagram
@
~
N
APPENDIX 2
3) Input/Output signals description

a) Power
ON/OFF
leading
signal
PFL-PF-PFH
(input) ...
In
the
case
of
11/12/110/120 series only

These contact signals are given from the input unit before ON/OFF
operation of AC input when power is normaIly turned on and off by NC
ON/OFF button or external ON/OFF but ton.
Input unit
Stabilizing power unit
ep l-l
/I
-2
/I
-3
-2
PF
ON button
OFF button
=
ON/OFF leading signal
\1-
\-\
RY2 relay operation
J\~o
I~I
ACinput ON
b) POWER ON signal *PF (output) . In the case of 11/12/110/120 series only

POWER OFF TTL level signal produced from power ON/OFF leading signal.
Stabilizing unit
ON button
OFF button
=
RY2 relay operation
ON/OFF leading signal\ ':\
--l,\
\
"HIGH" level
~evel
- 628 -
APPENDIX 2
c) ENABLE signal EN (output)

TTL level signal indicates that all DC output are sent no rma I l.y
signal turns to a low level when an abnormal output is detected.
This
Power stabilizing unit
EN
High level when all outputs are normal

{ Low level when an output is abnormal
d) Alarm signal ALC-ALD (output)

In the case of 11/12/110/120 series and
I/O unit
This contact signal is output to the input unit when the EN signal turns
to a low level within an abnormal output detection range.
When this
signal is output, it is held by the AL relay in the input unit to turn off
the AC input.
(Power off due to an alarm)
i) In case of 11/12/110/120
Stabilizing power unit
ry
12
Input unit
ALC
ALD
Open normally
Closed when an alarm occurred
ii) In case of I/O unit

Power module
CP 6 Input unit
ALC
ALD
Note)
When RY12 relay operates, relay AL functions with ALM lamp lit.
- 629 -
APPENDIX 2
/ I
II
=:=15Oms I
II
Abnormal output
detection range
I\
i
I
II
I II
I
Alarm signal
I \
Il/ry
lE. 12
When EN signal has turned

to a low level;
'e) Power on hold signal PA-PB (output) .. In case of 10/100 series ~nd I/O
unit
This contact signal is output from the stabilizing power unit for holding
power-on condition when the system does not use an input unit. When the
input unit is used, this signal serves as an interface signal to the input
unit.
It functions as an alarm signal (with same function as in ALC-ALD signal
in U/UD series) when the contact is open within the abnormal output
detection range.
Stabilizing
power unit
PA-PB contact is closed when ENABLE

signal is at a high level.
PA-PB contact is open when ENABLE
signal is at a low level.
4) Adjusting and setting points

This power supply unit contains neither adjusting nor setting points.
The
reference voltage AlO (=lO.OOV) has aIready been adjusted during testing of
this unit.
Therefore, checking the voltage across AlO-AO of CP16 checking
connector and useless adjusting of the reference voltage should be avoided.
If AlO voltage is deviated, adjust it to 10.00V by turning VRll.
(Use a digital voltmeter)
The voltage increases when turning VRll clockwise.
Be sure to check the reference voltage AlO whenever the power supply unit is
replaced.
5) Causes and remedies when fuses were blown out
The power supply unit is provided with fuses FIl - F12 or F3l, 32 at the
input end, F13 (10/11/100/110 series) or F33 at +24V output terminal and F14
or F34 at +24E output terminal. The folIowing description covers causes and
remedies to be taken when these fuses were blown out.
- 630 -
APPENDIX 2
CD
Causes and remedies af a FIl - F12 ar F3l, 32 blowout

a) Short-circuit af surge absorber VSll (only for 10/11/100/110 series)
VSll is inserted for absorbing a voltage surge between the input
lines. Short mode may cause trouble if an excessive voltage surge is
applied, if an excessive voltage is constantly applied FIl - F12, ar
F3l, 32 may blow out as. aresult.
If VSll is shorted and the replacement part is not available, the
system can be operated without mounting VSll.
Obtain a new VSll as soon as possible, and mount it as specified,
particularly when a surge voltage is produced frequently according to
the installation conditions.
Specification number af VSll: A50L-8001-0077
b) Short-circuit af diode stack DSll
c) Short-circuit between C-E af switching transistors Q14, Q15
d) Short-circuit af diodes D24, D25
e) Short-circuit between C-E af transistor in auxiliary power supply
circuit Mll
Replace the spare power supply unit, if the parts shawn at (b) - (e) are
found to be shorted.
Specification number af FIl - F12 ar F31, 32 are as follows.
Use fuses having the same specification number when replacing.
A60L-0001-0194 #5.0 (for 10/11/100/110 series and I/O unit)
A60L-0001-0101 #P475H (for 12/120 series)
CD
Causes and remedies af an F13 ar F33 fuse blowout (for 10/11/100/110

series and I/O unit)
a) In case af 10 series only
The +24V power cable to the small CRT/MDI unit ar a part inside the
small CRT/MDI unit may be shorted.
Remove CP15 and check them carefully.
b) Common to 10/11 series
The master PCB +24V circuit may be shorted.
Af ter removing CP11 and CP13 - 15, detach the power supply unit from
the master PCB and check the master PCB carefully.
Specification number af F13: A60L-0001-0046 #3.2
Use the fuse having the same specification number when replacing.
c) I/O module
+24 short circuit may occur inside af each module PCB.
Remove the power modul e from back panel and check each module PCB and
back panel carefully.
Use the fuse having the same specification number when replacing.
Specification af F33: A60L-0001-0046 #0.5
CD
Causes and remedies af an F14 ar F34 fuse blowout

a) The +24E power cable to the connection unit (for 10/11/100/110
series), built-in type I/O unit (for 12 series) ar a part inside the
connection unit may be shorted.
b) The +24E power line may contact with the other power line ar cause
ground fault by machine toa l side wiring.
Remove CP14, and check them for the above symptoms carefully.
Specification number af F14 ar F34 are as follows.
Use the fuse having the same specification number at replacement.
A60L-0001-0046 #5.0 (for 10/11/100/110 series)
A60L-000l-0046 #2.0 (for 12/120 series, I/O unit)
- 631 -
APPENDIX 2
6) Main unit and I/O unit power capacity calculation table

Power supply module is mounted in the I/O unit.
the power modules in the I/O unit exceeds the
modules, the power supply modul e fuse is blown
occurs.
In such a case, examine the load current trouble
If the total load current of

rating of the power supply
out or a power supply alarm
using the foliowing table.
Table (6) I/O unit power capacity calculation table
Occupied DI/DO
points
Power source
Module name
I/O interface module
Output module
Output module
Output module
Output module
Output module
Output module
Output module
Output module
Output module
Output module
Output module
Output module
Input module
Input module
Input module
Input module
Input module
Input module
Input module
Input module
Input module
Input module
Positioning module
Analog input module
Analog output module
Analog output module
Pascal counter module
Limited value
IFOIA
IFOIB
IF04C
OD64A
OD32A
OD64B
OD32B
OD16B
OD08B
OD16C
OD08C
OA16D
OA08D
OA16E
OA08E
ID64A/B
ID32A/B
ID16A/B
ID08A/B
ID64C/D
ID32C/D
ID16C/D
ID08C/D
ID16E
IDOSE
PTOIA
AD04A
DA03A
DA02A
CTOIA
Voltage
A
1.8
1.6
1.6
2.1
1.2
2.1
1.2
0.8
0.5
0.8
0.5
0.6
0.4
0.6
0.4
0.6
0.4
0.5
0.4
0.6
0.4
0.5
0.4
0.5
0.4
2.1
0.7
0.5
0.4
1.6
12(15)*
Voltage
B
Voltage
C
DI
DO
64
32
64
32
16
8
16
8
16
8
16
8
0.7
0.35
0.2
0.15
0.5
0.35
0. 25
0.3
0.6
LI
0.8
64
32
16
8
64
32
16
8
16
8
32
64
32
32
48
32
32
Note) Limited value of voltage A is usually 12.

However, when input module
ID64A/B, 32A/B, 16A/B, 08A/B are not used, limited value comes to be 15.
(In this case, +24E output from I/O base unit cannot be used.)
- 632 -
APPENDIX 3
APPENDIX 3
l)
SPECIFICATIONS OF MAJOR PARTS IN M SERIES VELOCITY CONTROL UNIT
Mode100M velocity control unit

Symbol
A06B-6047-H001
Specifications
Name
PWB
PCB
A20B-0009-0320
MCC
A58L-0001-0158
MOL
Thermal relay
A58L-0001-0148/5
NFB1, 2
Breaker
A60L-0001-0143/15A
RM
Resistance module
A40L-0001-0103/B
Q1"'Q4
Transistor
A50L-0001-0092
DS
Diode module
A50L-2001-0134
Cl
Capacitor
A42L-0001-0095/102
ZNR
Surge absorber
A50L-2001-0139
2) Model OM, 5M velocity control unit

Symbol
A06B-6047-H002
Name
Specifications
PWB
PCB
A20B-0009-0320
MCC
A58L-0001-0151/15N
MOL
Thermal relay
A58L-0001-0148/6
NFB1, 2
Breaker
A60L-0001-0143/15A
RM
Resistance module
A40L-0001-0103/B
DCR
Discharge res is tor
A40L-0001-0114/A
TM1, 2
Transistor module
A50L-0001-0091
Q1
Discharge transistor
A50L-0001-0092
DS
Diode module
A50L-2001-0134
Diode
A50L-2001-0135
Cl
Capacitor
A42L-000I-0095/121
C2
Capacitor
A42L-0001-0095/102
ZNR
Surge absorber
A501-2001-0139
- 633 -
APPENDIX 3
3) Model 10M, 20M velocity control unit
Name
Symbol
PltJB
A06B-6047-H003
A06B-6047-H040
Specifications
PCB
A20B-0009-0320
,
MCC
AS8L-OOOl-OlSl/ISN
MOL
Thermal relay
AS8L-OOOl-0148/12
NFBl, 2
Breaker
A60L-OOOl-OI43/lSA
RM
Resistance module
A40L-OOOl-OIIS/A
DCR
Discharge module
A40L-OOOl-Ol14/A
TMl, 2
Transistor module
ASOL-OOOl-OO9l
Ql
ASOL-OOOl-OO92
DS
Diode module
ASOL-200l-0l34
Diode
ASOL-2001-013S
Cl
Capacitor
A42L-OOOl-OO9S/121
C2, 3
Capacitor
A42L-OOOI-OO9S/l02
ZNR
Surge absorber
ASOL-200l-0l39
- 634 -
APPENDIX 3
4) Model 30M velocity control unit
Symbol
A06B-6047-H004
A06B-6047-H041
Specifications
Name
PWB
PCB
A20B-0009-0320
MCC
AS8L-OOOI-OISI/ISN
MOL
Thermal relay
AS8L-OOOI-OI48/18
NFBI, 2
Breaker
A60L-OOOI-OI43/ISA
RM
Resistance module
A40L-OOOI-OIIS/B
DCR
Discharge resistor
A40L-OOOI-OI14/A
TMI - 4
Transistor module
ASOL-OOOI-OO91
QI
ASOL-OOOI-OO92
DS
Diode module
ASOL-2001-0134
Diode
ASOL-2001-013S
Cl
Capacitor
A42L-OOOI-OO9S/121
C2, 3
Capacitor
A42L-OOOI-OO9S/102
ZNR
Surge absorber
ASOL-2001-0139
- 635 -
APPENDIX 4
APPENDIX 4
1.
DC SERVO MOTOR MAINTENANCE
GENERAL
Proper maintenance inspection, such as checking the brush, is necessary to

insure continued satisfactory operation of the DC serve motor used for driving
the NC machine tool.
It is recommended that a concrete maintenance plan be made, referring to this
manual, on the basis of the operating environment and operating condition in
order to perform the proper maintenance inspection.
2.
RECEPTION AND STORAGE
Immediately upon receipt of the DC serve motor, check the folIowing items.
o Whether the DC serve motor is exactly the one specified (check the type,
detector type).
o Whether there was any mechanical damage sustained in transit.
o Whether the rotating part can be normaIly turned by hand.
o In the case of the DC servo motor with brake, whether the brake is normal.
o Whether there are any loose screws or play.
Every DC serve motor undergoes strict inspection before shipment; therefore, any
special receipt inspection is not required as a rule.
However, if a receipt
inspection is needed, it is advisable to refer to the specifications regarding
the wiring of DC servo motor and detector, current, and voltage in order to make
the inspection without error. Don't leave the received DC serve motor outdoors,
but preserve it indoors as soon as possible. Avoid storing it in a place with
an extremely high or low humidity, a radicaI change of temperature, or dust.
If the DC servo motor is to be stored for more than one year, the brush should
be removed from the DC motor.
If the brush is left in the same place in the
commutator fora long period, rusting and corrosion can take place, which may
cause poor commutation and noise.
3.
MOUNTJNG
Note the folIowing points when mounting the DC serve motor.

l) The place where the DC serve motor is mounted should be so structured that
check and replacement of the brush can be easily made. As the brush must be
checked periodically; the structure which facilitates the check work is
required.
2) In the case of the DC servo motor with a heat pipe (with a fan motor), design
the structure of the mounting place so as to easily check and clean the
cooler.
3) The water-proof structure of the DC servo motor is not as strict. If cutting
oil, lubricating oil, etc. penetrate the inside of the DC serve motor, it may
cause poor insulation, short-circuit of the coil, defective commutator
surface due to poor commutation, or abnormal wear of the brush.
Therefore,
care should be taken so that the motor body will be kept away from such
liquids as cutting oil, etc.
4)When mounting the DC serve motor on the gear box where liquid lubrication is
performed, use the DC serve motor with oil seal on the output shaft.
If the
lip of the oil seal is always exposed to oil, there is a possibility that the
oil may slowly penetrate into the inside of the motor over the course of
time. Therefore, the height of the oil level must be lower than the oil seal
lip. When the DC serve motor is mounted with the output shaft upward, mount
oil seal other than the one on the motor shaft so as to make the structure
where the oil has passed through the first oil seal can flow directly
outside.
The oil which seals used for the respective DC serve motors are
listed in the folIowing.
- 636 -
APPENDIX 4
The DC servo motors equipped with the oil seal as the standard parts.
DC motor model
Oil seal specification
OOM
AC0382AO (SC type)
OM, sM
ABI017FO (SB type)
The DC servo motors having no oil seal as the standard parts. I f the oil
seal is necessary, the oil seal flange should be specified, or the oil
seal should be furnished at the machine side.
DC motor model
10M, 20M, 30M,

3OMR
AC20s7AO (SC type)
The oil seals used for the DC servo motors are the products of JAPAN OlL SEAL
INDUSTRY Co., Ltd.
5) The DC servo motor is coupled to the load through the direct coupling, gears,
timing belt, etc. In any case, the force exerted on the motor shaft must not
exceed the values shown in the foliowing table; therefore, due care should be
taken for the operating condition, mounting method, and mounting accuracy.
DC motor mode
Permissible radial
load
Permissible axial
load
OOM
25 kg
8 kg
OM, sM
75 kg
20 kg
450 kg
135 kg
10M, 20M, 30M, 30MR

o
The values of permissible radialloads are obtained when the load is

imposed on the end of the shaft.
The values in thi s table indicate the maximum permissible loads which are the
sum of the constant force exerted on the shaft owing to the mounting method
(e.g., the force given by the tension of the belt when the belt coupling is
used) and the force generated by the load torque (e.g., the force transmitted
from the gear face).
6) Make the wiring between the DC servo motor and the control circuit exactly as
specified in the specifications.
(See the connection diagram of the
machine )
A mistake made in the wiring may cause runaway or abnormal
oscillation and may cause damage to the motor or machine. When the DC servo
motor is run by the open loop, the relations between the signals at the
respective terminals and the rotating direction are as follows.
i) Motor power line terminals (Al and A2).
l{hen the positive voltage is applied to terminal Al, the DC servo motor
turns clockwise when viewed from the output shaft.
ii) Tachogenerator terminals (GI and G2)
When the motor rotates clockwise viewed from the shaft, the positive
voltage generates on the GI side.
- 637 -
APPENDIX 4
iii)
Resolver terminals (SI, S3; 82, S4; RI, R3)

When agitation is made by applying Cosin across terminals SI and S3 and by
applying Sin across terminals S2 and S4, the motor is turne d clockwise
then the phase ar output ar RI and R3 changes direction.
iv) Pulse coder terminals (A,A;B,B;Z,Z)
When the DC motor turns clockwise viewed f r om the sha f t , the rectangle
0
wave thats phase leads 90 rrom the ar the rectangle wave an terminal B is
output rrom A.
The signals at terminals A and B have phases respectively
inverse to those ar A and B.
~~en the wiring is completed, measure the insulation between the power line
and the motor frame befare turning an the power.
The measurement should be
made with a sOOV megger an a multi-tester.
Al so , check the insulation
between the signal lines and the motor frame with a multi-tester.
Be sure
not to use a megger, especiaIly for measuring the insulation af the signal
lines for the pulse coder.
4.
MAINTENANCE AND CLEANING
4.1
Check and Cleaning af Motor Brush
Check and clean the motor brush as explained in the fallowing.

If the motor
brush is abnormally worn because af forgetting to check, the motor may be
damaged; therefore, be sure to check the motor brush.
l) Periodic check should be made at the intervals listed in the fallowing as a
standard.
o In the case af a general machine tool (lathe, milling machine, machining
center, ar such) Once ayear.
o In the case af a machine tool with a high frequency af acceleration/deceleration (turret punch press ar such) Every two months.
However, it is recommended that the check interval be determined by judging
the actual wear af the motor brush.
2) Confirm that the power supply to the DC servo motor (machd.ne ) is OFF.
Immediately af ter the DC servo motor has been operated, the brush may be hot.
In such a case, make the check af ter the brush is completely cooled.
3) Remove the brush cap, as shawn in Fig. 5(a), using a screwdriver which fits
the slot.
4) Af ter taking out the brush completely, measure (visually) the length af the
brush (see Fig. ~(b. If the length af the remaining brush is shorter than
la mm (5 mm in the case af Model OOM) , the brush cannot be used any longer.
Taking this fact into consideration, make a judgement as to whether the brush
can be used until the next check, and if necessary, replace the brush.
5) Check the brush very carefully.
If any deep groove ar scar is found an the
contact surface af the brush ar if any mark af arcing is seen an the brush
spring, replace the brush with a new ane.
In thi s case, check the brush
occasionally for about a month af ter the replacement, and if the same
situation happens during this period, contact our nearest service station.
6) Blow off the brush dust in every brush holder with compressed air (ractory
air), and the brush dust will come out through another brush holder. Berore
using compressed air, confirm that the air does not contain iran dust ar a
large amount af maisture.
7) Af ter the check, put back the brush and tighten the brush cap completely.
In
this case, be careful that the brush spring is not caught in between the
conducting metal and brush holder and the brush cap cannot go as far as the
depth.
- 638 -
APPENDIX 4
Confirm that all the brush cap s are tightened into the respective brush
holders to almost the same level.
When putting the brush into the brush
holder, sometimes the brush cannot slide smoothly due to brush dust which
adhered to the inside surface af the brush holder. In such a case, clean the
inside surface af the brush holder with the tip af a screwdriver.
(Take care
not to scratch the commutator surface.)
8) When replacing the brush, use the same brush type (in quality, shape, etc.)
as the existing ane.
Af ter replacement af the brush, run the DC servo motor
without load for a while to fit the brush surface to the commutator surface .
..
Brush length
Brush holder
Brush cap
Fig. 5 (a) Strueture of brush holder
DC motor model
DOM
OM, SM
L
Fig. 5 (b)
10M, 20M, 30M

3 OMR
Length af
new brush
Length af
usable brush
10 mm
5 mm
19 mm
10 mm
19 mm
10 mm
4.2 Cleaning af Heat-Pipe Caaling Sectian (In the case af MODEL 30MH)
A large amount of dust accumulated on the net and fin af the heat-pipe cooling
section lowers the capability of the heat pipe, and causes trouble due to the
generated heat.
l) When dust is accumulated on the net, which disturbs the ventilation, remove
the net and clean it.
2) When a large amount of dust is accumulated on the fin (made up of many
aluminum discs), clean. the fin by blowing compressed air (factoryair) on it.
If the dust cannot be removed in this way, remove it with a thin rod or
something similar.
- 639 -
APPENDIX 4
3) Since the cleanliness of the cooling section is largely dependent

environmental conditions, the frequency of periodic cleaning should
determined according to the operating environment.
(Periodic check every six months is standard.)
4.3
on
be
Check af Tachageneratar
The tachogenerator currently used for the DC serve motors is pancake type.
It
can be cleaned without disassembling it by blowing compressed air from outside.
Check the tachogenerator if any such trouble is found as described in the
f o Ll.owLng ,
(l) Troubles caused by defective tachogenerator
If a failure occurs in the tachogenerator, the trouble described below
occurs.
Machine wobbles at rapid traverse.
In most cases the vibration period is one to four times per turn of the
motor.
Generally, these troubles appear when the motor is running at high speed.
In most cases, these troubles are caused by a defect in the brush contact of
the tachogenerator.
The characteristic of the tachogenerator which has been used for a long time
will sometimes be degraded by the influence of the brush dust.
The actual
aspects of thi s kind of trouble are as follows.
i) Adjacent commutator segments short-circuit one another by the brush dust.
Segment
Undercut gro ove
The commutator' s segments are shorted when
brush carbon dust has accumulated in the under cut groove.
ii) The brush cannot slide smoothly in the brush holder due to brush dust;
therefore, the contact between the brush and commutator is unstable.
iii) The contact resistance is increased due to carbon film which thickly
adheres to the commutator surface. As aresult, the rippIe in the output
increases.
iv) The contact resistance is increased due to oil (such as cutting oil)
which adheres on the commutator surface. As aresult, the rippIe in the
output increases.
The above-mentioned examples are typical defects, and the troubles caused by
these defects can be resolved by cleaning the tachogenerator.
However, in
the case of the defect described in iv), if a large amount of oil penetrates
into the tachogenerator, the oil cannot be completely removed without
disassembling and cleaning the tachogenerator.
In such a case,
clean the
tachogenerator temporarily and replace it with a new one as soon as
possible.
(2) Cleaning af the tachagenerator
The tachogenerator is mounted an the DC servo motor with multipaIe resolver
as illustrated in Fig. S.c.
- 640 -
APPENDIX 4
Spring-Ioaded washer
Tachogenerator (stator)
Socket screw M4
Resolver damp
Flat head screw (M2.6)
Commutator
Multipole resolver
(Stator)
Tachogenerator (rotor)
Socket screw
DC motor shaft
Spring-Ioaded washer
Washer
Space (1)
(Commutator)
Multipole resolver (rotor)
Round head screw
Brush holder
Fig. 5 (c)
Pancake-type tachogenerator (with resoluer)
The figure without multipolar resolver is basically the same as that using a
multipolar resolver except that a spacer mechanism (instead of the
multipolar resolver) is included in the tachogenerator.
Remove the back cover from the DC serve motor when the tachogenerator is
cleaned. Be careful not to load the lead wires with the back cover when the
back cover is removed from the DC serve motor.
1) Blow dry air to the commutator surface.
Most of the defects caused by
the brush dust can be remedied by this.
If the trouble cannot be remedied by this work, perform the foliowing
cleaning.
2) Remove the brush holder af ter removing two small pan-head screws; check
whether the movement of the brush is smooth.
If the brush cannot slide
smoothly, remove brush dust adhering to the brush guide section, burr,
etc., with a thin screwdriver or something similar.
3) Take out the rotor and carefully remove the dust in the segment grooves.
Then check the resistance between the adjacent segments.
When the measured resistance is 20 to 30 ohm over the whole circumference, it is normal.
If any measured resistance is extremely high (e.g.,
several hundred ohms) , the winding is open somewhere between the segments.
In such a case, replace the tachogenerator with a new one.
If measured
resistance is lower than 20 ohm, there is a short circuit between the
segments, therefore further clean the segment grooves
The cleaning
should be made with a piece of rather thick paper (Don I t use a metal
piece).
- 641 -
APPENDIX 4
4) When the ccmmu t a t o r surface is covere d with thick carbon film, wipe it
off using a piece of cloth wet with alcohol.
5) If the COIDIDutator surface is rough, the tachogenerator cannot be used any
more; therefore, replace it with a new one.
6) Reassemble in reverse order of disassembly.
If the brush holder is mounted as it is, the brush will be hi t by the
side of the commutat o r and vTill be broken.
Push in the brush to the
depth with the point of an automatic pencil or something similar, thus
the spring pushes the side of the brush, and the brush stays at the
depth.
Then mount the brush holder in this state. By pushing the brush
at its back, the brush comes out again to contact the COIDIDutator.
Precisely align the matchmark between the brush holder and the magnet
before tightening the mounting screw of the brush holder.
Set the brush
holder at the position where the length of the protrusions of the four
brushes from the brush holder look almost even (concentrically).
If the alignment is not precise, the rippIe may increase.
The matchmark is a Lr e ady made to indicate the optimum positions of
magnet, and brush holder so as to minimize the rippIe.
Therefore, avoid
replacing only one of the parts with a new one. However, replacement of
the brushes is feasible.
If one of the parts should be replaced for some unavo Ldab Le: reason,
remove the DC serve motor from the machine and make it free running, then
set the parts to the optimum position so as to minimize the rippIe from
the tachogenerator, observing the rippIe with a synchroscope.
- 642 -
APPENDIX 4
5.
REPLAC1NG METHOD FOR PULSE CODER
l) Replacing process
a)
b)
c)
d)
Remove M4 + screw.
Remove the lead wires from the cannon connector by soldering.
Remove the pulse coder.
Mount the new pulse coder and tighten M4 screw.
Round head screw (M4)
Pulse coder
DC motor shaft
Oldham coupling
Feedback circuits
Wiring
Signal
Color
Cannon connector
Black
Black/lfuite
Blue
Blue/lfuite
Green
Green lfuite
av
Gray and Gray/lfuite
N,P,T
SV
Red and White
C,J,K
-643 -
APPENDIX 4
6.
CAUTIONS
l) Motor with pulse eoder

Sinee a glass dise is employed in the pulse eoder, don' t eause an extreme
impaet to the motor by hammering or something similar.
7.
SPARE PARTS
The user should have at least one set of DC motor brushes on hand.
DC motor model
Number of spare
brushes per set
Brush
speeifieation
OOM
A290-0632-VOOl
OM, 5M
A290-064l-VOOl
10M, 20M, 30M,

3OMR
A290-065l-VOOl
- 644 -
APPENDIX 5
APPENDIX 5
1.
AC SERVO MOTOR MAINTENANCE
GENERAL
As a rule, AC servo motor is free from periodic maintenance because wearing

parts are not used.
But AC serve motor contains precise detector, so false
operation or damage in transit might cause failure or trouble. It is recommended you check the motor referring to this manual whenever possible.
2.
ACCEPTANCE AND STORAGE
Immediately upon receipt of servomotor, check the folIowing items.

o Whether serve motor is exactly the specified one (check the type, detector
type).
o Whether there is any mechanical damage sustained in transit.
o Whether the rotating part can be normaIly turned by hand.
o In the case of the motor with brake, whether the brake is normal.
o Whether there is any loosened screw or play.
Every serve motor undergoes strict inspection before shipment from FANUC;
therefore, special receipt inspection is not required, as a rule.
If the
receipt inspection is needed, it is advisable to refer to the specifications
regarding the wiring of serve motor and detector, current, and voltage so as to
make the inspection without mistake.
Don I tIeave the received serve motor
outdoors, but preserve it indoors.
Avoid storing it in a place with an
extremely high or low humidity, a radicaI change of temperature, and dust.
3.
MOUNTING
Note the folIowing points when mounting the serve motor.

(l) The water-proof structure of serve motor is not so strict. If cutting oil,
lubricating oil, etc. penetrate into the inside of the motor, it may cause
poor insulation ar short-circuit af the coil.
Therefore, due care should
be taken so that the motor body will be kept away from such liquids as
cutting oil, etc.
(2) When mounting the serve motor on the gear box where liquid lubrication is
performed, if the lip of the oil seal is always exposed to oil, there is a
possibility that the oil may penetrate slowly into the inside of the motor
over the course af time.
Therefore, the height of the oil level must be
lower than the oil seal lip.
When the serve motor is mounted with the
output shaft upward, mount another oil seal at machine side so as to make
the structure where the oil which passed through the first oil seal can
directly flow outside.
The oil seal used for the respective serve motors
are listed in the folIowing.
Motor model
l-O, 2-0
AB0598EO (SB type)
O, 5
AB1314FO (SB type)
10, 20, 30, 30R
AB2057GO (SB type)
The oil seals used for the serve motors are the products of JAPAN OlL SEAL
lNDUSTRY Co., Ltd.
- 645 -
APPENDIX 5
(3)
The servo motor is coupled with the load through the direct coupling,
gears, timing belt, etc. In any case, the force exerted an the motor shaft
must not exceed the values shawn in the following table. Due care should
be taken for the operating condition, mounting method, and mounting
accuracy.
Motor model
Permissible radial loads
l-O, 2-0
25 kg
O, 5
75 kg
10, 20, 30, 30R
(4)
4.
450 kg
o The values af permissibIe . radialloads are obtained when the load is

imposed an the end af the shaft.
The values in thi s table indicate the maximum permissibIe loads which are
the sum af the constant force always exerted an the shaft owing to the
mounting method (e.g., the force given by the tension af the belt when the
belt coupling is used) and the force generated by the load torque (e.g.,
the force transmitted from the gear face).
o As a rule, axial load to the shaft should be avoided. Servo motor contains precise detectors, so excess axial shock may give damage to detectors.
Make the wiring between the servo motor and the control circuit just as
specified in the specifications.
(See the connection diagram af the
machine. )
A mistake made in the wiring may cause runaway ar abnormal
oscillation and may cause damage to the motor ar the machine. When the
wiring is completed, measure the insulation between the power line and the
motor frame befare turning an the power. The measurement should be made
with a 500 V megger.
Further, check the insulation between the signal
lines and the motor frame with a multi-tester. Be sure not to use a megger
especiaIly for measuring the insulation af the signal lines for the pulse
coder.
REPLACEMENT OF PULSE CODER
l) Outline
This section describs the method of replacing pulse coders, assuming there
are urgent field troubles due to pulse coders defect, and the way of checking
the phase-relationship between AG servo motor and pulse co de r ,
So, if
possible, please re-check the phase-relationship.
2) The way of replacing pulse coder
The method written here is applicable to AG servo motor model O, 5, 10, 20,
30 and 30R. It is impossible to remove pulse coder from other motor models
(2-0, l-O, 3-0, 4-0), because pulse coder itself is directly assembled on to
the motor shaft for those types.
a) Remove defective pulse coder. (see Fig. l)
Remove rubber capo
2 Infasten bolt l.
3 Unfasten bolt 2.
4 Remove pulse coder (+attachments) from the motor shaft.
- 646 -
APPENDIX 5
b) Mount new (good) pulse coder.

Q) Mount pulse coder (+attachments) on the motor shaft. Notice that both
a tooth (of coupling) and a groove (of pulsecoder) are fit together.
Care should be taken, for fitting length is short.
\2;
Connect both shaft by bolt l.
,><
'l.) Adjust marking-off line between attachments of pulse coder and motor
housing.
~I Fasten bolt 2.
3) The way of checking the phase-relationship.
The method written here is applicable to all models of FANUC AC servo motors.
'l)Connect V & W of motor power line. (see Fig. 2)
~Excite motor at ratedDC current from U to V & W. (U: +, V & W: -)
\~Supply DC S V to the pulsecoder, and check signals of Cl to C8. Correct
pattern is as follows.
GI
C2
C4
C8
or
1.
(l: HIGH, O: LOW)
change position of e8 is accurate.

Mark (Pulse coder) near the direction of cable
Motor
shaft --t+--H -+--:.=:--Rubber
Cap
r'
Bolt 2 (114,3 pcs)

Mark-off line
Motor housing
Fig. 1
Rated DC current at the check af phase-relationship is as follows.

..l-
I
)'
QJ
<,
,,~
"')-.,
"j
Motor Hodel 3-0, 4-0

l-O, 2-0
O, S
10
20, 30
30R
Fig. 2
- 647 -
1.2 A
4 A
9 A
10 A
30 A
40 A
APPENDIX 6
APPENDIX 6
1.
HOW TO INITIALlZE BUBBLE MEMORY
GENERAL
lf one of the folIowing alarms occurred in FII/12, it indicates that a serious

error occurred in the bubble memory. lnitialize the bubble memory according to
the folIowing procedure.
l) Alarm when power has been turned on
BUBBLE INITIALIZE
0002 0000 3FFF
ERROR
I
IL-----------Maintenance information
lts contents differ
depend upon cases.
CHECK BUBBLE ID
0040 0000 0004
ERROR
I
l'---------- Maintenance
information
lts contents differ
depend upon cases.
2) General alarms
Alarm number
(Note)
2.
Alarm contents
10010
MAP LOOP ERROR
10011
ERASED OR UNLOADED
The bubble initialize is to clear all contents of the bubble memory and
rewrite marker bit, defect loop, and other pieces of information into
the bubble.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1) Recording of defect loop data

The defect loop information of bubble memory is scribed an the bubble memory
PCB. Read data according to the folIowing procedure.
Turn off NC power supply.
Detach the bubble memory PCB from the NC master PCB.
Read the defect loop information scribed on the bubble memory PCB.
a) The bubble memory
device).
Memory capacity
80
320
640
1280
m
m
m
m
is
instalIed
on
No. af devices
l
1
2
4
- 648 -
one
PCB
as
several
chips
(called
APPENDIX 6
b) In case of a 320 m - 1280 m bubble (M bit bubble), one device comprises

two sets of bubbles (A, B). Each set of A and B is called block as a
unit.
c) The number of defect loops remains undefined, and it differs according to
devices.
d) The defect loop information is scribed at the foliowing place.
80 ID
320
640
ID
1280
ID
ID
~
~
Agroup
004 023 056 090 092

121 128
Defect loop information
B group
Defect loop information
007 044 052

B
Bubble material number

Device number
900342
2) Initialize the bubble by using CRT/MDI according to the foliowing procedure.

Assemble the bubble memory PCB on the master PCB under the power-off
condition.
Turn on the power supply by pressing both "
" and " " key s ,
The
following characters are displayed.
CD
CD
IPL MODE
l
DUMP MEMORY
2 LOAD/VERIFY
3 CLEAR FILE
4 BUBBLE
5 TEST
6 END IPL
?
CD
Turn on the BMU FREE MODE swicth on the master PCB (For 11 series) or on
01P03 main CPU PCB.
- 649 -
APPENDIX 6
Press "4"
displayed.
key
l
2
3
and
then,
INPUT
key.
The
fallowing
characters
are
The
rollowing
characters
are
DUMP
INITIALIZE
DISPLAY DEFECT LOOP
Press "2"
displayed.
key
and
then
"INPUT"
key.
SURE ?
~
Initialize processing can be stopped by pressing N key.

For initializing processing, press Y key, and the fallowing characters
are displayed.
ERASE BUBBLE : END
BLOCK ti : lA
DEFECT LOOP NUMBER
?
co
Input defect loop data af A af device l by using numeric keys, and press
INPUT key.
Repeat thi s procedure, if two ar more defective loops ~re present. If a
numerical key was pressed wrongly by mistake befare pressing the INPUT
key, it can be input again by pressing CAN key.
Check whether input data are correct ar not again af ter inputting all
defect loop data af A af device l.
If an error was detected, press RESET key, and input defect loop data af
ane block again from the beginning. Press START key af ter data af ane
block have been entered correctly. For 1M bit bubble, input defect loop
data af B by numeric keys in the same way as described ab ove , Repeat
thi s procedure, if two ar more defect loops are present. Press START
key af ter all defect data af B af device l have been entered. Defect
loop data af device l are started writing, and the fallowing characters
are displayed.
FORM BUBBLE
FFFF DF40 0000

About l - 5 min
Changable
Af ter about l - 5 minutes , the fallowing appears when data have been
written correctly.
FORM BUBBLE
END
- 650 -
APPENDIX 6
Repeat
The folIowing display appears if data are not written.
procedure starting with operation (4).
The bubble memory must be
replaced if an error occurs several times.
FOID1 BUBBLE : ERROR
0000 ESCE 00001-c:=----- Flickers
~------Maintenance
information
Its contents differ
depend upon cases.
IPL MODE
l
DUMP MEMORY
2 LOAD/VERIFY
3 CLEAR FILE
4 BUBBLE
S TEST
6 END IPL
?
Af ter processing of DEVICE l, the folIowing display appears on the CRT

screen, if DEVICES 2, 3 and 4 are present.
FORM BUBBLE : END
BLOCK II : 2A
DEFECT LOOP NUMBER
?
Perform the same operation as in 7 , and input defect loop data. The
folIowing characters are displayed on the screen. Af ter all DEVICES are
inputted.
FORM BUBBLE : END
CLEAR BUBBLE : END
IPL MODE
l
DUMP MEMORY
2 LOAD/VERIFY
3 CLEAR FILE
4 BUBBLE
S TEST
6 END IPL
?
CD
Turn off BMU FREE MODE switch, and perform system setting (setting of
options, etc.).
Run the system and input parameters, etc. again.
- 651 -
APPENDIX 7
APPENDIX 7
FUSES LIST
l) For 10/11/100/110 series

Name of unit
Parts symbol
Power supply
Fll, F12
Capacity
Specifications
Use
5 A
A60L-0001
-0194 #5.0
For 200V AC input power

supply
Fl3
3.2 A
A60L-0001
-0046 #3.2
For 24V DC for master,

option PCB, and small
CRT /MDI unit
F14
5 A
A60L-0001
-0046 #5.0
For 24V DC for connection unit and I/O card
10 series
master PCB
(analog
servo)
J19
(FUSE)
0.32 A
A60L-0001
-0046 #0.32
For battery
10/100
series ROM/
RAM board
(digital
servo)
0.32A
A60L-0001
-0046 #0.32
For battery
I/O card
(Al - 3)
3.2 A
A60L-0001
-0046 113.2
Protection from an
external defect of
machine side 24V DC
line
Connection
unit or I/O
card (Dl - 3)
F51
l.6A
A60L-0001
-0046 #1.6
Same as described above
10/11/12
series
Standard or
14" color
CRT/MDI
power supply
F21, F22
3.2 A
A60L-0001
-0175 #3.2A

supply
F23
3.2 A
A60L-0001
-0172 #DM32
For 24V DC
F24, F25
0.3 A
A60L-0001
-0172 #DM03
For power supply of

F21, F22
5.0 A
A60L-0001
-0194 115.0A
For AC 200V power

supply
F23
3.2 A
A60L-0001
-0172 #DM32
For 24V DC
F24
l.OA
A60L-0001
-0172 IIDM10
For 24V DC on operator's panel connection

unit
100/110/120
series
14" color
CRT/MDI
- 652 -
APPENDIX 7
Name of unit
PMC RAM
board
Power Supply
for I/O unit
Input unit
PCB
Parts symbol
FUSE
Input unit
(servo
input fuse)
Specifications
Use
0.32 A
A60L-0001
-0046 /10.32
For battery
F31, F32
5 A
A60L-0001
-0194 /15.0

supply
F34
2 A
A60L-0001
-0046 112. O
Protection of machine
side 24V DC line from
an external fault
F33
0.5 A
A60L-0001
-0046 /10.5
For 24V DC of I/O

module
F1, F2
10 A
A60L-0001-0101
/lP4100H

supply
0.3 A
A60L-0001-0172
/lDM03
For power ON/OFF

control circuit
10 A
A60L-0001-0042
/lJG1-10
For export transformer

input for control unit
15 A
A60L-0001-0036
/lPCl-15
For Japan
20 A
A60L-0001-0036
/lPCl-20
30 A
A60L-0001-0036
/lPCl-30
15 A
A60L-0001-0036
IIJG 1-15
20 A
A60L-0001-0036
/lJGl-20
30 A
A60L-0001-0036
IIJGl-30
40 A
A60L-0001-0036
/lJGl-40
F3
Input unit
Capacity
F1, F2
F4 - F6
- 653 -
For countries other

than Japan
For both domestic use

and overseas use
APPENDIX 7
2) For 12/120 series

Name af unit
Input unit
Parts symbol
Capacity
Specifications
20 A
Fl, F2
Use
A60L-OOOI-0042
fUGl-20
!
i
I
30
,
1C"
I
r
,i
A60L-000I-OJ42
!
flJGl-30
r
I
lI
For Built-in
type cabinet
and Freestanding
cabinet A
For Built-in
type cabinet
rB
i
For Ae
input
power (the
p r Lmarv
side af
i
trans-r.
former
i
when the I
export
transformer is
I
i
used)
I the
i
Input unit
15 A
F3 - F5
A60L-000I-0042
ifJGl-15
Power unit
I
For the
primary
side af
servo
transformer
(only for !
I
Freestanding
type
cabinet A)
A60L-000l-0042
ffJGl-20
i 2.5 kVA
I ar less
30 A
A60L-000I-0042
fUGl-30
15 kVA
I ar less
40 A
A60L-000I-0042
ffJGl-40
I 10
or
I
Fl, F2
10 A
A60L-000I-0901
1tP4100H
For AC input power

200 VAC
F3
0.3 A
A60L-000l-0172
For power ON/OFF control

circuit
about 22 VDC
ItDM03
PCB2
Total capacity af the

transformer
is 1.5 kVA
ar less
20 A
PCBl
kVA
less
Fl, F2
10 A
A60L-000I-090l
1tP4100H
For AC input power

(only for Free standing
200 VAC
cabinet B)
FIl, F12
7.5 A
A60L-000I-0194
1t7.5
For AC input in power

200 VAC
unit
2A
A60L-000I-0046
For DI common +24E

24 VDC
F14
112. O
- 654 -
APPENDIX 7
Name af unit
Power for
CRT/MDI
Built-in
type I/O unit
PMC RAM
board
Tape reader
with reels
Additional
cabinet A
input unit
Parts symbol
Capacity
Specifications
Use
F2l, F22
3.2 A
A60L-0001-0175
113.2A
For AC input in CRT/MDI

200 VAC
unit
F23
3.2 A
A60L-0001-0172
#DM32
For +24V in CRT/MDI unit

24 VDC
F24
0.3 A
A60L-0001-0172
IIDM03
For Reader-puncher
interface circuit 12 VDC
F25
0.3 A
A60L-0001-0172
#DM03
For Reader-puncher
interface circuit 12 VDC
F35
2 A
A60L-0001-0046
112.0
For DI common +24E

24 VDC
FUSE
0.32 A
A60L-0001-0046
110.32
For battery
F4l, F42
5 A
A60L-0001-0194
#5.0
For tape reader unit

200 VAC
AC input
F43
5 A
A60L-0001-0046
115.0

+24V
24 VDC
F44
5 A
A60L-0001-0046
115.0

+5V
5 VDC
F17 - F19
15 A
A60L-0001-0042
IFJGl-15
Total capacity af the

transformer
is 1.5 kVA
ar less
20 A
A60L-0001-0042
IfJGl-20
2.5 kVA
ar less
30 A
A60L-0001-0042
IIJGl-30
5 kVA
ar less
40 A
A60L-0001-0042
IIJGl-40
10 kVA
ar les s
- 655 -
4.5 VDC
The primary
side af
the servo
transformer
APPENDIX 7
3) For r/o unit

Name af unit
Additional
power input
unit PCB
r/o base
Parts symbol
Fn
Capacity
Use
10 A
A60L-0001-0901
IIp4.100H
For 200 VAC

input power
F35
2 A
A60L-0001-0046
112.0
For 24 VDC supplied to

machine side contactor
F32, F32
5 A
A60L-0001-0194
/t5.0
For 200 VAC

input power
F33
0.5 A
A60L-0001-0046
110.5
For 24 VDC internal

analog circuit
F34
2 A
A60L-0001-0046
112.0
For 24 VDC digital

output module
F91,
unit
Power module
Specifications
Digital
output module
OD08B, OD16B
FUl - FU4
3.2 A
A60L-0001-0046
113.2
For digital output
Digital
output module
OD08C, OD16C
Fl - F8
3.2 A
A60L-0001-0046
113.2
For digital output
Digital
output module
OA08D, OA16D
Fl - F4
6.3A
A60L-0001-0046
/t6.3
For digital output
Digital
output module
OA08E, OA16E
Fl - F8
3.2A
A60L-0001-0175
113.2A
For digital output
- 656 -
APPENDIX 7
l) Mounting positions of fuses on power supply unit

For 12/120 series
For 10/11/100/110
3.2 A fuse (F13)

2A Fuse
(F14)
SA fuse (F14)
(FIl, F12) SA fuse

7.SA Fuse
(Fl!, F12)
2) Mounting position of fuse on master PCB

analog servo 10 series
CAI CA6
DODO D ~
DODO
DODO
0.32A fuse
3) Mounting position of fuse on ROM/RAM board

digital servo 10/100 series
0.32A fuse
- 657 -
APPENDIX 7
4) Mounting positions of fuses of standard CRT/MDI unit

(9" monochrome)
Power supply
PCB
Fuses are mounted on

the mounting face of
power supply PCB.
O.3A fuse (F24, F25)
3.2A fuse (F23)
5) Mounting positions of fuses of 14" color CRT/MDI unit

a) For 10/11/12 series
3.2A fuse (F23)
O.3A fuse (F24, F25) -=+==l=:::f===:::~:::"::
3.2A fuse (F21, F22)
Fuses are mounted on the mounting face of power supply PCB.

(Note)
The standard and 14" CRT/MDI unit use the same power supply PCB.
- 658 -
APPENDIX 7
b) For 100/110/120
l.OA fuse
(F24)
6) Mounting position af fuse af
r/o
3.2A fuse
(F24)
cards (Al - A3)
D
D
D
3.2A fuse
7) Mounting position of fuse of connection unit and
r/o
cards (Dl - D3)
1.6A fuse (F51)
DI/DO connectors
(Note)
The connector positions and quantity differ between the connection unit
and r/o cards.
- 659 -
APPENDIX 7
8) Mounting position of fuse of PMC-I RAM Board
0.32A fuse
9) Mounting position of fuses of I/O base unit and power module
Back panel
I/O unit power supply
Terminal board
F35 2.0 a fuse

(for +24E on terminal board)
0.5A fuse
F33
2.0 fuse (For +24E on terminal)

F34
5.0A fuse (for 200V Ae)

F31,F32
- 660 -
APPENDIX 7
10) Mounting position of fuses ef input unit

Input unit PCB
+~O
,-/
~O
~O
~O
~O
-e;
For input unit

without servo
0:::-:
r-1
L-.l
O~
O-
D;:.
23
TP2
EaN Ea" COM "A "8
<:
cD ;;~;;
U]
~~
~-
z
>~>=
...;
gd'~o
rc,Y~1
;"Jl>-::-J~
~[
:::0
FI F2 "'d
/
F3
FI ,F2
Multitap transformer
input fuse
Input unit PCB
-t-
zO
~u:l
zO
~:-D
""::t.:l
For 10M/11M
built-in type 2 cabinet
~O
-t
R1
.:
81
Additiona! input unit PCB
+
I
I
I
I
I
li + 1+
-
I il
-
..lI
CP96
CP95
F92
I
I CP94
I CP93
I CP92
I CP91
F91 \ \
J~
~\
F91, F92
- 661 -
E-<
~
<
\\
c:
~O
APPENDIX 7
Servo transformer
input fuse
Input unit PCB
/
: I~ODDDD'
lrL
,-OFF
I~
F3
nocn
ALMPIL
O
~;.;
5D
~!
P5
DD DD
c()
IFANliC
SKJ
II II II II II II II II
vm]
\\
TP]
Ip2:)
IDA
Maltitap transformer
input fuse
- 662 -
j~
, ~v
I
SW
~ "li, Ilf,~) l,,,) ~ii~)~\,~)If.),,1 !,,'
'--j--
Ile]
RI
I
1/1
~-_
F6
LCJ
LCSLCRPNSPHK
II
TP4
. . .- ___4
-4
5
6
::
.[]~
:Ql:---,~
Fl.F2 .-
INT. LOCKO
la
For input u nit

with servo
>
01\
"
U
ID:
I Il___
II \'11
'r i~
---
12/120 series built-in type cabinet input unit
Malti-tap transformer
input fuse
F2/
FI
Input unit PCB (PCBl)
..
D II D
Ol
CP5
PC.B.
AI6B -1600-0080
TB2
..
B
~o
:50
<t
2
1
(-t..
T::!O
a-
QXQ/I
0'\
0'\
CP94
I+I
II
"
II
A1
II
BI
OUT1 OUT2 R I
II
II
II
II
SI
I+I
11+
w=
R .
+ID;~
<t=
o S
IO
~
'"ti
tT1
S2
X
-.I
12/120 series free-standing type cabinet A input unit

Servo transformer
input fuse
input fuse
F3
LCJ
-- .
DB
-+
/1 I
13
F4
l/I AD
14
rr
F5
23
"
24
I-"-
DB
I I
SKI
'"
DIIDI~]
+-,
0::0
TB3 I
EIBBBB
I
IU
~o
~CP94
g
TBI
-+
Input unit PCB O'CBl)
CPS
EJ
F+2
AD
o-
FI 1
DBI
.\0-
rgr
IJgLOK
r::::::II
P. C. B.
Ar6 B -1600 - 0080
ON
r::::::II
1+
~
"O
+
(.f
L.-....J
N.; INPUT
~@
tr1
t1
-$
-...J
12/120 series free-standing type cabinet B input unit
input flise
CL
(\J
r<)
<t
LO
FI
F2
:n~D~D~D
(j)
r<>
CL
U
CL
U
sr
CL
U
FNR
c::::::J
FNS
c:=J
LCR
1Oc:::::J
CL LCS
U c:::::J
c=:J
DOOR
c:::::J
INT. LOCK
c=:J
O'
O'
c=:::l
Ul
RI
PC.B. I
c:=J
OF F
et
[[]D[][ll D~
EON EOF COM FA
FB
10
CL
U
CL
U
CL
U
CL
U
CL
U
P.C.B.2
A20B -1001-0210
SI
c=:::l
ro sr
c::::::J
AI6B -1600-0080
m m m m m
c:=J
ON
c=:J
~ 'D~D~D~j=
Input unit PCB (PCBl)
c::::::J
c::::J
:LJJ:
et
~
IL'
c::::J
Q
,
/
Input unit PCB (PCB2)
TB2
TB3
W-I ~ I-d-I ~
~
'""Cl
tT1
ti
X
--.l
APPENDIX 7
Il) Fuse location on the built-in type
r/o
unit
r------
[1
I
2A Fuse
(F35)
12) Mounting positions of fuses of digital output module

OD08C,ODJ6C
OD08B,ODJ6B
lL
"-
~~
"'
..
"- ~~
~~~"
g~
"-
;~
"'--
lr
LL
IL
LL
~
~
r-r-
F4 F3
DO
'"
F5 F6
~
'--1
Il
DO
DO
~
C
Fl F2
"-
'--
OA08E,OA16E
t~~?
C
OA08D,OA16D
il
-~tl.
~
-
L.-
Lr
- 666 -
DO
F7 FS L.0
Lr
APPENDIX 8
APPENDIX 8
PROPERTY
or
LUBRICATION OlL FOR MAINTENANCE
or
TAPE READER
PROPERTY OF LAUNA-OIL
~
Item
Reaction
Specific Gravity 15!4C

Flash Point c
Viscosity cst
Launa-20
Launa-40
Launa-l00
neuter
neuter
neuter
0.8993
173
@30F
@50F
@100F
@210F
20.65
10.44
15.50
3.54
0.9095
0.9081
211
216
36.70
17.04
26.46
5.06
108.2
42.75
73.22
9.66
Viscosity index
124
134
117
Pour Point c
-32
-40
-40
Volatile Matter
wt%
98C for 5Hr
Color Union
Total Acied Value mg KOH!g
Corrosion, Cu 100C for 3Hr
Friction Value
0.04
0.03
l
l - (-)
2
l
l - (-)
2
0.21
0.20
lA
0.14
lA
0.13
0.02
l
..!.
2
0.10
lA
0.14
Rust Preventing Characteristics h
24 or more
24 or more
24 or more
Thermal Stability 140C for 6Hr
pass
pass
pass
Angle of Contact 30C for 24Hr
11.4
- 667 -
16.4
18.2
APPENDIX 8
PROPERTY OF ROCOL OlL (ROCOL ASO)
Appearance
Black Fluid
Specific Gravity
15/4C
Neuter
Reaction
c
196
38.7C
100
98.9C
9.5
Flash Point
Viscosity (cst)
75
Viscosity Index
Pour Point
Total Acid Value
0.91
Below -25
mg KOH/Gr
0.02
Wt%
0.14
Residual Carbon
Corrosion, Cu 100C for 3Hr
pass
Base oil
Mineral oil
SAE Viscosity Standard
SAE #30
Pressure Proof Test

(four-ball tester)
kg/cm
Ditto
Abrasion
mm
- 668 -
4.5
1.07
APPENDIX 8
PROPERTY OF ROCOL PASTE (ROCOL A.S~P.)
Black Fluid
Appearance
Specifie Gravity
1.43
60W/25C
Miscibility
Dropping point
Volatile matter
c
100 Cx24Hr Wt%
280'\,300
more than 70
0.40
>la
Corrosion, Cu
38CxlHr Wt%
4.35
Oxidation Stability
2
100Cxl00Hr kg/cm
0.80
Waterproof
Pres sure Proof test

(four-ball tester)
kg/cm
Ditto
Abrasion
mm
9.0
1.45
BASE OlL OF ROCOL PASTE (ROCOL A.S.P.)
Viscosity (cst)
100F
45 - 55 cst
210F
6 - 7 cst
Flash Point
192
Pour Point
-37.5
- 669 -
APPENDIX 9
APPENDIX 9
FAN UNIT LIST
Cabinet type
Free-Standing type
Built-in type l
Built-in type 2
(For lOT/llT)
Built-in type 2
(For l mf/11M)
Unbundle type
Place to install
Fan unit specification
Maker
Internal
A90L-OOOI-0049
Tobishi
External
A90L-OOOI-0219#A
NMB
Internal
A90L-OOOI-0213#A
NMB
External
A90L-OOOI-0219#A
NMB
Internal
A90L-OOOI-OO49
Tobishi
External
A90L-OOOI-0213#A
NMB
Internal
A90L-00OI-0043
Nihon Servo
External
A90L-OOOI-0213#A
NMB
Internal
A90L-OOOI-0219#A
NMB
External
A90L-OOOI-0219#A
NMB
- 670 -
APPENDIX 10
APPENDIX 10
1.
PARAMETER AND DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY FUNCTION OF

POSITIONING MODULE
PARAMETERS
1.1 Table af Parameters
Af ter turning on the main switch, parameters are transferred from the PC to the
positioning module. These parameters are shown in the table below. A parameter
corresponding to one parameter number comprises three bytes.
,
Contents
Parameter No.
Name
Bit type
Bit type
CMR
Command multiply
INPOS
Range of in-position
SERR
Position deviation limit
GRDS
Grid shift
LPGM
Loop gain multiple
LPGIN
Position loop ,gain
DRFT
Drift compensation
10
RPDF
Rapid traverse rate
LINTR
Rapid traverse time constant
12
FEDMX
Upper limit of cutting feedrate
13
LINTF
Cutting feed time constant
14
ZRNFL
Reference point return FL
11
15
,BKL
Backlash
17
LMTP
Maximum value of stroke limit
18
LMIM
Minimum value of stroke limit
19
20
21
22
- 671 -
APPENDIX 10
Table af bit type parameters
Parameter
No.
l
Byte
L
Name
ADFT
Execution af automatic drift campensation
DECI
DEC reversal
Contents
Bit
aFFVY
Does not make VRDYinitial value aN an alarm
JFD
Cutting feedrate is applied to jog feed
2M
Minus in the reference point return direction
GRDO
GRDl
GRD2
GRD3
GMRO
GMRl
GMR2
SST
Synchro start
HST
High speed start
aTN
Reference counter capacity setting
Detection multiply
Stored stroke limit not checked
- 672 -
APPENDIX 10
Parameter
No.
Byte
Bit
Name
Contents
VLCO
VLCl
VLC2
O
)
O for all
O for all
Clamp value af speed command
7
H
\
7
1.2 Parameter DetaiIs
Parameter
No.
Byte
RSWl
RSW2
ZM
FJD
OFFVY
Scale af rotary switch

for checking the
contents af parameters
by diagnostic function
- 673 -
DECI
ADFT
APPENDIX 10
ADFT
l: Automatie drift compensation is conducted.

O: Automatic drift compensation is not conducted.
Standard setting: l
Automatic
drift
compensation means
that
proper
compensation
is
automatically carrie d out to remove any drift caused within the position
serve loop. This compensation is made if the amount of serve positional
deviation has exceeded the in-position range and has continued more than
a specified period.
l: Meaning or deceleration signal for reference point return is reversed.
O: The above meaning is not reversed.
Standard setting: O
When DECI=O, deceleration is effected with the contact for the above
signal opened.
When DECI=l, deceleration is effected with the contact for the above
signal closed.
l: No alarm is effected even if VROY was ON before PRDY aN.
O: An alarm is effected when VROY is ON prior to PROY ON.
Standard set ting: O
l: Cutting feedrate is used for jog feed.
O: Rapid traverse rate is used for jog feed.
l: Minus in the reference point return direction.
O: Plus in the reference point return direction.
The first backlash compensation is carried out when the machine has firs t
moved in the reverse direction from the reference-point return direction.
DECI
OFFVY
JFD
2M
7
l
RSW1
RSW2
DMR2
DMR1
DMRO
GRD3
GR02
GRD3
GRD2
GR01
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
8000
10000
GRDO
Reference counter capacity
- 674 -
GRD1
GROa
APPENDIX 10
The capacity of the reference counter must be set. The reference counter
is used when the reference point return is performed and indicates the
grid position.
The counter specifies the grid distance.
The reference
counter is synchronized by a one revolution signal from the pulse coder.
Therefore, the grid distance must be equal to one revolution at the pulse
coder or lin of that value, assuming that n is an integer.
If this
condition is not satisfied, reference point return is impossible.
DMRO to DMR2: Detection Multiply Ratio
DMR2
DMRl
DMRO
1/2
3/2
Detection multiply ratio
The number of pulses detected at the pulse coder are multiplied by this
value and fed back to the position servo control block. Servo control is
carried out so that there is a coincidence between the amount of feed
command input into the position servo control block and the amount of
feed detected and fed back.
The detection multiply ratio is set so that
the unit of thi s command feed amount will coincide with that of the
detected feed amount.
Note l) Refer to Tables 1.2 (a) and 1.2 (b).
Note 2) Various units and various multiply ratios
Least input
increment
Data
input
Operation
distribution
Servo
positional
deviation
Servo
control
block
Servo
motor
Pulse
coder
Reference
counter
- 675 -
Grid signal
APPENDIX 10
Table 1.2 (a) Setting af metric ball screws
Amount of feed
per motor
revolution
(pulse coder)
Counting
unit
)lm
Command
multiply
ratio
Detection multiply
ratio
Pulse
Pulse
Pulse
coder
coder
coder
2000
2500
3000
Reference
counter
capacity
12 mm
la
3/2
2000
0.5
2000
4
4
6000
10000
8000
2
2
6000
5000
4000
3000
Table 1.2 (b) Setting of inch system ball screws
Amount of feed
per motor
revolution
(pulse coder)
Counting
unit
10-4inch
Command
multiply
ratio
Detection multiply
ratio
Pulse
Pulse
Pulse
coder
coder
coder
2000
2500
3000
0.6 inch
0.5
0.4
0.3
3/2
0.25
0.5
0.2
0.15
0.5
3/2
0.1
0.5
6000
5000
4000
l
- 676 -
Reference
counter
capacity
3000
5000
2000
3000
2000
APPENDIX 10
7
l
SST
OTN
HST
SST
l; Synchronous start performed

O; Synchronous start not performed
Standard setting: O
RSWl
HST
RSW2
3
When more than one positioning module is accommodated in the same I/O
unit, execution of command feed is started simultaneously for the modules
where SST has been set to l.
In this case, however, it is necessary to
give a feed command to all axes where SST has been set to l, each time
one feeding cycle is accomplished.
In addition, it is necessary to give
a command of no feed to the axes that are not to be moved.
For a module mounted on another I/O unit, synchronism cannot be secured
even when SST has been set to l. If feedrate override has been changed
in the middle of feeding, synchronization cannot be secured among axes in
which an override has been applied.
An override is effected for each
axis independently, as is interlocking.
Jog feed and reference-point
return can als o be effected for each axis independently, but not start
synchronizing.
When SST=l, a high speed start (HST=l) cannot be effected.
It is
imperative that HST=O.
The axis set for SST=O is moved absolutely independent of other axes.
l: High speed start
O: Ordinary start
Standard setting: O
When advancing the start of machine feeding, set HST+l.
In thi s case,
the time per iod can be shortened af ter the interlock is released until
the servo-motor starts moving. At that time the control sequence is as
follows, assuming that feed start (FST) is set to l:
l) Upon completion of positioning (DEN=l), the machine starts processing
work (boring, etc.) and an interlock is simultaneously effected
(*ITLK=O).
2) A command for the next feed is given.
3) At
the end of the machine's processing work, the interlock is
cancelled (*ITLK=l).
4) Machine feeding is started.
DEN
*ITLK
Command f-or-+--+';feeding amount
~/
Processing work
Machine
feedin~,,--- --------~/
__
- 677 -
APPENDIX 10
When r a i.s r.ng the hitting rate for the printed circuit board punching
machine, punch press, e t c , , it is necessary that HST=l.
In this case,
however, a careful check must be made of the time between end of
positioning and the start of machine processing, from the end of
processing to the cancelling of the interlock, and the length of the data
scanning period between the PC and I/O unit, with a view to economizing
on time. When HST+1, interlock (*ITLK) is used only for controiling the
start of feed.
In any operation mode, the condition of *ITLK must not be
turned O in the middle of feeding.
In the setting of HST=l, a
synchronized start (SST=l) cannot be carried out.
The setting must be
changed so that SST=O. In the setting of HST=O, the duration is extended
by some ten or so msec as compared with that in which HST=l, af ter the
cancelling of the interlock and until the start of the machine's feeding.
In this case, however, acceleration and deceleration will be performed
for start and stop operations even when an interlock is effected and
cancelled in the middle of machine feeding.
l: Stored stroke limit not provided
O: Stored stroke limit provided
Standard setting: O
For a machine that has a rotary axis, e t c . , where there is no stroke
limit, OTN may be set to l so that the stored stroke limit may be
disregarded. In this case, however, the overtravel limit signal input is
left effective.
If this signal input must be made invalid also, its
terminal should be short-circuited together with a common signal (COM).
OTN
7
VLC2
VLCO to VLC2:
VLC1
VLCO
Clamp value for speed command
RSW2
RSW1
VLC2
VLC1
VLCO
O VELa
Clamp value
- 678 -
APPENDIX 10
Standard setting: O
The value for the speed command is general ly proportional to the degree
of serve positional deviation. However, this value can be clamped in the
foliowing manner:
Speed
command
value
Clamp value _
6---../
Amount of servo
positioning deviation
If the clamp value is increased for accumulated feed, direction reversal

responsiveness in full-closed control, etc., the result may be preferable
in some cases. It must also be noted that toa much increase in the clamp
value will give rise to hunting, overshoot, and such adverse trouble.
Command multiply ratio (CMR)
RSWl
RSW2
3
Setting code
Command multiply ratio
0.5 times
10
20
10
In order to adjust the relationship between least command increment and

counting unit, set the above setting code in binary figures.
Last command increment
Counting unit x CMR
Example) Least command increment: 0.001 mm

Counting unit
0.0005 mm
CMR = 2 times
- 679 -
APPENDIX 10
4
RSWl
In-position range
RSW2
Setting range
O to 32,767
Unit
Counting unit
Display system
Binary codes (length 3 bytes)
Standard setting: 50
This value is used for the detection of in-position status.
The
in-position status means that the absolute value of serve positional
deviation is located within the in-position range, or that the"detected
position for the command position has been kept within the in-position
range.
For the folIowing operation, it is necessary to secure the in-position
status in advance:
a. Start of execution of rapid traverse
b. Start of execution of cutting feed preceded by rapid traverse
c. Setting of DEN for the end of positioning
Limit of positional deviation
RSWl
RSW2
Setting range
O to 32,767
Unit
Counting unit
Display system
Binary codes (length, 3 bytes)
An upper limit value is set for the serve positional deviation.
If the
amount of this serve positional deviation exceeds the above limit, an
alarm (error excessive)
is generated and the machine is stopped
immediately.
The serve positional deviation denotes a difference between machine
position and the command position possibly caused by a follow-up delay in
the serve system.
This deviation varies relative to the feeding speed,
and in inverse proportion to position gain.
This value is calculated as
follows:
- 680 -
APPENDIX 10
F
60.a..G
where, E
F
a.
G
=
=
servo positional deviation

feedrate mm/min, deg/min, inches/min
counting unit mm, deg, inches
position gain -1
s
-1
Example) When F = 10000 mm/min, a. = 0.001 mm, and G = 30s :

E = 5556
Therefore, avalue 1.2 times to 1.5 times the above obtained value shall
be set as an error excessive value.
Grid shift
RSWl
RSW2
Setting range : O to reference counter capacity

Unit
Counting unit
Display system: 2's complement (length, 3 bytes)
When returning to the reference point, pulse-coder one revolution signal
is picked up and an electrical grid is formed inside the control block.
The position where the machine stops in the reference point return is
always located on this grid. The grid-to-grid distance is determined by
the reference counter capacity preset. When the amount of grid shift is
positive, the grid is shifted in the positive direction, while it is
shifted in the negative direct ion when this value is negative.
Loop gain multiple
RSWl
RSW2
- 681 -
APPENDIX 10
Position loop gain (or position gain)
8
RSW1
RSW2
4
Setting range
l to 9999
Unit
0.01s- 1
Display system
Binary code s
Standard setting: 3000 (semi-closed), 2000 (full-closed)
The response speed in the servo control system is generaily expressed by
a numeral in units of s - l (lI se cond) and this value is called the
position (loop) gain. If a servo control system is more or less regarded
as a primary delay system, the inverse number of position gains can be
regarded as a time constant in that system.
If the position gain is too much , the servo loop becomes unstable,
resulting in vibration, overshoot, etc. Insufficient position gain may
result in slow respons e or deterioration of positioning accuracy due to
the reduction of servo rigidity. ~~en a motor built-in type pulse coder
is employed, a standard position gain is about 30s- 1
If a separate pulse coder or alinerar scale is employed, the stability
of the servo loop will be greatly affected by factors such as backlash,
mechanical rigid it y, etc. existing within the route from the servo-motor
shaft to the position detector.
In such a case, the position gain is
generaily regarded as approximately 20s- 1 If the degree of stability is
still not accetpable, then the position gain must be lowered further.
Setting range: l to 32,767
Display system: Binary codes (length of 3 bytes)
Since the position loop gain may be affected by the type of motor or the
amount of movement per revolution, a proper adjustment shall be made by
use of this parameter.
If a wrong value is set carelessly, the real
position loop gain will deviate from the correct value. Set the value in
accordance with the foliowing calculation:
Loop gain multiple
E
L
2048000 x
f7 (for a 7V 1000rpm motor)

L3.5 (for a 7V 2000rpm motor)
Amount of machine feed per motor revolution (Counting unit)
- 682 -
APPENDIX 10
Amount of feed per motor revolution

(counting unit)
7V!l000rpm
7V/2000rpm
10,000
1,434
717
8,000
1,792
896
6,000
2,389
1,195
5,000
2,867
1,434
4,000
3,584
1,792
3,000
4,779
2,389
2,000
7,168
3,584
1,000
14,336
7,168
Amount of drift compensation
RSW1
RSW2
Setting range : O to +500

Unit
VELO
Display system: Complement, 2 (length, 3 bytes)
This value is used for the compensation of a drift caused within the
serve loop.
If the correct value for compensation has been set, the
amount of serve positional deviation will be reduced to zero when the
motor s t op s ,
If automatie drift compensation is condueted, thi s value
will be changed automaticaIly. Read out the changed value and set the
parameters again on the PC side.
10
RSW1
Rapid traverse rate

RSI.J2
- 683 -
APPENDIX 10
Setting range : 30 to 24000

mm/min, 0.1 ineh/min, 1000 least eommand inerement/min
Unit
Display system: Binaryeodes (3 bytes)
Rate to be set (mm/min.)
Setting value = "7"::~~~;;';;"~;"";"';;''-;;;'=~~;:'':;=~-~
___
1000 x Least eommand inerement (mm)
Example) Rate to be set
: 10 m/min.
Least eommand inerement: 0.001 mm
.
10000
Settlng value = 1000 x 0.001 = 10000
Rapid traverse time eonstant
11
RSW1
RSW2
Set ting range : 8 to 4000

Unit
msee
Display system: Binaryeodes (3 bytes)
This value is used to set the time constant of linear acceleration/
deceleration for rapid traverse.
Rapid
traverse
rate
Time
1- constani
Upper limit of cutting feedrate
12
RSW1
RSW2
- 684 -
APPENDIX 10

mm/min, 0.1 inches/min, 1000 leas t command increment/min
Unit
Display system: Binary codes (3 bytes)
Rate to be set (mm/min.)
Se t ting value = ..."...",..."....,""""';=="";;"';;"'''';;'''';;;'-'';;;';;''';;'''''''':';';;;;;';''''';';';;;;';;;;';;'':'''-....,.---.,1000 x Least command increment (mm)
Even when a command for a cutting feedrate faster than the above value
has been entered, an actual cutting feedrate is fixed at the ab ovementioned upper limit speed.
If rapid traverse rate is lower than the upper limit af cutting feedrate,
maximum cutting feedrate becomes the rapid traverse rate.
Cutting feed time constant
13
RSW1
RSW2
5
Setting range : O to 4000
Unit
msec
Display system: Binary codes (length, 3 bytes)
This value is used to set the time constant af linear acceleration/
deleration for the highest cutting feedrate.
Hight cutting
feedrate
j
I
Time
leonstant
14
Reference point returnFL
RSW1
RSW2
5
Unit
mm/min, 0.1 inches/min, 1000 least command increment/min
Display system: Binary codes
This value is used to set a low feedrate (FL) in reference point return.
Acceleration and deceleration are not performed for the FL.
- 685 -
APPENDIX 10
Backlash
15
asvi
RSW2
Setting range : O to 511

Unit
Least command increment
Display system: Binary codes (length, 3 bytes)
~~en the feeding direction is reversed, a feeding command is given to the
servo system for the surplus amount set in thi s parameter in the
direct ion af ter reversal.
However, the command for surplus feeding is
not given in regard to the absolute present position.
17
Max. value of stroke limit at
RSWl
RSW2
+ side
Setting range: O to +8,388,607

Unit
Display system: Binary number (length, 3 bytes)
This value is used to set the position in the coordinate system where the
reference point is O.
If the command position exceeds thi s value, an
overtravel alarm is given and feeding is changed to the deceleration and
stop mode.
Min. value of stroke limit at - side
18
RSWl
RSW2
- 686 -
APPENDIX 10
Setting range: -8,388,608 to O

Unit
Display system: Complement, 2 (length, 3 bytes)
This value is used to set the - side stroke limit in the coordinate
system where the reference point is O. If the command position value is
smaller than this value, an overtravel alarm is triggered and feeding is
changad to the deceleration and stop modes.
2.
D1AGNOSTIC DISPLAY FUNCTION
The folIowing LED elements are mounted for diagnostic display on the positioning
module.
Symbol
Color
WDA
Red
A watch dog alarm if an error occurs in the basic

circuits of PCB and the microprocessor does not function
normally, this lamp lights.
Yellow
The display contents of this general-purpose display

differ according to the setting of mini-rotary switches
RSWl and RSW2. DGN shows the lowest-order bit, while
DGN7 shows the highest-order bit. These lamps light off
when logic is "l".
Numeric data are displayed by binary numbers (two's
complement in case of a negative number) when the lamp
lights on and logic l.
DGN O
I
Display contents
Note) For the mounting positions of these display LED, see Fig. 2 (a).
7003
DGN~ggi
4000
RSW10W[l\
RSW2D
Fig. 2 (a)
- 687 -
APPENDIX 10
General display (DGNO - 7) contents

Item
(1)
(2 )
(3)
Rotary switch
RS1;-J2 (Scales) RSWl(Scales)
x
x
O
O
l
(4 )
(5)
(6 )
(7)
2
3
4
5
6
7
(8)
8
9
A
B
C
D
(9)
Display contents
System alarm (irrespective of rotary switch)
Types of alarms (PC, SV, aT, OH)
PC alarm contents
I SV alarm contents
aT alarm contents
OH alarm contents
Internal DO
Internal DO
I Internal DO
Servo interface output
PC interface (DTIL)
PC interface (DTIM)
PC interface (DTIH)
PC interface (CTRLI)
E
F
l
(10)
(11 )
O
l
2
3
4
5
6
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
8
9
A
(16)
C
D
(17)
E
F
O
l
PC interface (CTRLO)
PC interface (DTOL)
PC interface (DTOM)
PC interface (DTOH)
Machine interface input
Internal DI
Servo interface input
Control data (L)
Control data (M)
Control data (H)
Servo position deviation (L)
Servo position deviation (M)
Servo position deviation (H)
Absolute present position (L)
Absolute present position (M)
Absolute present position (H)
2
3
4
5
6
(18 )
7
8
9
A
Cutting fed rate (L)

Cutting fed rate (M)
Cutting fed rate (H)
C
D
E
F
- 688 -
APPENDIX 10
Item
1.2
Rotary switch
RSW2(Scales) RSW1(Scales)
3
O
l
2
3
4
S
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
4
l
2
3
4
S
6
..,
I
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
S
l
2
3
4
S
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
Display contents
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
11
1M
IH
2L
(Parameter af each bit)

(Vela city command clamp value)
Parameter 3L (Command multiply ratio)

Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
- 689 -
4L
4M
4H
SL
SM
SH
6L
6M
6H
(In position width)

(In position width)
(In position width)
(Position deviation limit value)
(Grid shift amount)
(Grid shift amount)
(Grid shift amount)
7L (Loop gain multiplier)
7M (Loop gaLn multiplier)
7H (Loop gain multiplier)
8L (Position loop gain)
8M (Position loop gain)
8H (Position loop gain)
9L (Drift campensation value)
9M (Drift compensation value)
9H (Drift campensation value)
laL (Rapid traverse rate)
10M (Rapid traverse rate)
10H (Rapid traverse rate)
llL (Rapid traverse time constant)
11M (Rapid traverse time constant)
llH (Rapid traverse time constant)
12L (Maximum cutting feed rate)
12M (Maximum cutting feed rate)
12H (Maximum cutting feed rate)
13L (Cutting feed time constant)
13M (Cutting feed time constant)
13H (Cutting feed time constant)
14L (Reference point return FL)
14M (Reference point return FL)
14H (Reference point return FL)
lSL (Backlash compensation value)
15M (Backlash compensation value)
lSH (Backlash compensation value)
16L(Pitch error compensation width)
16M(Pitch error compensation width)
16H(Pitch error campensation width)
APPENDIX 10
Rotary switch
RSW2(Scales) RSW1(Scales)
Item
1.2
Display contents
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
O
l
2
3
4
5
171(+
17M(+
17H(+
18L(18M(18H(-
direct ion
direction
direction
direction
direction
direction
stroke
stroke
stroke
stroke
stroke
stroke
limit
limit
limit
limit
limit
limit
value)
value)
value)
value)
value)
value)
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
l) Contents of system alarms

These system alarm contents have no relation to the scale positions of rotary
switches (RSW1, RSW2). (l: Light on, O: Light off)
DGN
Contents
ROM parity error
RA..1I1 failure
System failure
Parameter receive error
I/O error
2) Types of alarms (PCAL, SVAL, OTAL, ORAL)

NormaIly set as follows.
Scale RSWl = O, RSW2 = O
Identify these alarms according to the folIowing table when alarms occurred.
If two or more alarms occur simultaneously, all corresponding LEDs light.
(l = Light on, O = Light off)
DGN
-,
Contents
PMC alarm (PCAL)
Servo alarm (SVAL)
Overtravel alarm (OTAL)
Overheat alarm (OHAL)
- 690 -
APPENDIX 10
3) PMC alarm contents

Identify these alarms according to the folIowing table when a PMC alarm in
2-2 occurred. Set rotary switches as follows (in advance).
Scale RSW1 = l, RSW2 = O
DGN
Contents
Cutting feedrate data is zero
Operation mode selection error
Data type selection error (Note 1)
Reference point return failure

(Note 2)
Note l) This alarm lights if a control output type other than specified (O 7) is input.
2) This alarm occurs if the one-rotation signal is not input from the
pulse coder until the deceleration dog is released during reference
point return or if the speed is lower than specified.
4) Servo alarm contents
Identify alarm contents when an SV alarm shown in (2) occurred. Set rotary
switches as follows (in advance).
Scale RSW1 = 2, RSW2 = O
This alarm occurs if the position control circuit inside the positioning
module, velocity control unit, or the connection cable to the servo motor is
defective.
DGN
Contents
V-READY (Velocity control unit is

defective)
Pulse coder disconnection
Excessive position deviation value
Position deviation value overflows

or DIA conversaion overflow
Velocity over
Servo overload
V-READY remains turned on at PRDY

off
Excessive drift amount
- 691 -
APPENDIX 10
5) Overtravel alarm contents

Set the rotary switches as follows (in advance).
Scale RSWl = 3, RSW2 = O
By the above setting, either + direction or - direction stroke limit can be
identified, if an overtravel alarm in (2) occurred. This alarm occurs if it
reaches either overtravel limit switch or stored stroke ilmit value on the
machine side.
DGN
Contents
Overtravel in + direction
Overtravel in - direction
6) Overheat alarm contents

Set the rotary switches as follows, in advance.
This alarm oc curs if the temperature inside the servo motor exceeds the
specified value.
DGN
7
Contents
Overheat of serve motor
7) Internal DO
By setting the rotary switches as follows, the internal DO can be checked.

DGNl . Indicates whether all (CMTN) move commands are being executed or
not.
Indicates (OVZ) whether the override is 0% or not.
DGN4
It is l when the override is 0%, and it O when the override is
other than 0%.
DGN5 Indicates whether (ITZ) interlock is input or not.
(Also, it applies to FST during JOG or reference point return,
correspondingly.)
It is l during interlock and O in the other case.
Example)
DGN
7
5
ITZ
4
OVZ
Contents
CMTN
Move commands are being executed.
Override is 0%.
- 692 -
APPENDIX 10
8) Servo interface output

This signal is a DO signal to synchronize with DO signal to the velocity
control unit and other axes. By setting the rotary switches as shown below,
the DO signal status can be checked.
Scale RSW1 = 8, RSWZ = O
DGNO .~ . (PRDY) Position ready
This signal is output to the velocity control unit. When this
signal is l, the servo motor can be excited, and when thi s signal
is O, the regenerative braking is applied.
DGN1 .. (STO) Internal DO for synchronizing with other axes.
DGNZ .. (SNIP) "
DGN3 .... (ENBL) This enable signal is output to the velocity control unit.
When this signal is l, the servo turns on, and when this signal
is O, the servo turns off.
DGN4 ..... (TQO) This code signal is output to the velocity control unit for
torque control. It is effective for AC servo motor.
DGNS (TQ1) "
DGN6 ... (TQZ) "
Example)
DGN
4
3
Z
TQO ENBL SNIP
6
TQZ
TQ1
l
O
STO PRDY
Contents
Hotor is excited, since both
PRDY = l and ENBL = l.
Hotor is not excited (servo o f f ) ,
The torque control code is 3.
9) PC interface (CTRLI)

Scale RSW1 = C, RSWZ = O
This PC interface shows the contents of control data (CTRLI) to be output to
PC-J from the positioning module.
DGNO (PHA) Positioning module assert signal.
DGNZ .. (BFL) Buffer full
This signal turns to l when the buffer of positioning module is
full.
DGN3 (DEN) Positioning end signal
This signal turns to l when the machine enters the positioning
end width (parameter setting) af ter executing a move"command. It
does not turn to l at the stop time of JOG feed. Input the data
operation mode for turning thi s signal to l in case of JOG feed
stop.
DGN4 .... (SRDY) Servo ready
This signal turns to l when the positioning module and velocity
control unit are ready for operation, and it turns to O, if a
servo alarm occurs or under the emergency stop condition.
DGNS (ALM) Alarm
This signal turns to l, if an alarm occurs in the positioning
module (velocity control unit, etc.).
- 693 -
APPENDIX 10
Example)
DGN
7
2
3
DEN BFL
4
ALH SRDY
5
l
PARA
O
PHA
Contents
An alarm occurs and servo ready is

O. Accordingly, this alarm is
servo alarm.
Since the positioning l under the

servo ready condition, the machine
(motor) is stopping.
10) PC interface (CTRLO)

RSWl = l, RSW2 = l
This PC interface signals indicate the contents af control data (CTRLO) to
be input to the positioning module from PC-J.
DGNO . (PCA) PC assert signal
DGNl ... (*EHG) Emergency stop signal
This signal turns to O under an emergency stop condition, and
turns to l normally.
DGN2 .. (RST) Reset signal
This signal clears an alarm and mave amoun t ,
It turns to l
under the reset condition.
DGN3 (FST) Feed start signal
Hove is started by turning an this signal af ter transferring
control data and mave amount to the positioning module.
It
turns to l under the feed start condition.
DGN4 (*ITLK) Interlock signal
This signal turns to O when the interlock signal turns an. No
mave is done under this condition.
DGNS - DGN7
(TYPE) Type
Data contents af DTOL, DTOH and DTOR are determined according to
the type 3 bit conditions.
TYPE
DGN
Data contents (DTOL, DTOH, DTOR)
Control data
Rapid traverse mave amount
Cutting feed mave amount
Cutting feedrate
Status data number
Parameter
- 694 -
APPENDIX 10
Example)
7
DGN
3
4
*ITLK FST
TYPE
O
Contents
O
PCA
RST *EMG
Feed start is in progress (+JOG

or reference point return is in
progress, since TYPE is O)
Since TYPE is 3, data of DTOL,

DETM and DTOH show the cutting
feedrate.
Il) PC interface (DTOL, DTOM, DTOH)
Scale
RSW1
2
DTOL
DTOM
DTOH
RSW2
l
l
l
3
4
DTOL, DTOM and DTOH data differ according to the type conditions in para.
(la). All data other than control data are numeric data (binary number or
two's complement).
Example) (A) TYPE O (in case of control data)
DGN
7
PZC
DTOL
TQL
O
OVR
DTOM
DTOH
Contents
MODE
SVOF
O
Control data are fed by +JOG

feed, and the override is set
to 100%.
Mode . Operation mode

O .. Data operation
l ... Reference point return
2 +JOG feed
[
4 . =JOG feed
SVOF
Servo off
TQL ..... Torque limit control code
PZC ...... Position zero clear
OVR ..... Override (effective for cutting feed only)
- 695 -
APPENDIX 10
(B) TYPE 1 (in case of rapid traverse move amount)

DGN
DTOL
7
128
1
6
64
(O)
(1)
16384
32768
1
DTOH
(O)
O
(1)
DTOH
5
32
1
(1)
8192
4
16
3
8
2
4
1
2
O
O
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
4096
2048
1024
1
512
1
1
O
(O)
256
O
(O)
(1)
(1)
(O)
4194304 2097152 1048567 524288 262144 131072 65535
O
O
1
O
O
O
O
(1)
(O)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
O
(1)
O
(1)
O
(1)
Contents
For rapid
traverse move
amount +100mm
(for rapid
traverse move
amount -100mm)
12) Hachine interface input

Scale RSWl = 5, RSW2 = 1
These machine interface input signals show the conditions of deceleration
signal for reference point return and plus (minus) overtravel limit signals.
DGNl (*DEC) Deceleration signal for reference point return
Reference point return is decelerated when the contact is
open, and it is not decelerated when the contact is closed.
This relation can be reversed by parameter setting.
DGN2 . (*+OT) Overtravel signal in plus direction
Plus direction overtravel condition is set when the contact is
open (O).
DGN3 . (*-OT) Overtravel signal in minus direction
Hinus direct ion overtravel condition is set when the contact
is open (O).
Example)
DGN
7
2
1
3
*-OT *+OT *DEC
Contents
Deceleration dop signal contact

for reference point return is
closed.
Plus direction overtravel limit

signal contact is closed.
- 696 -
APPENDIX 10
13) Servo interface input

Scale RSWl = 7, RSW2 = l
This signal indicates the conditions af the output signals from the velocity
control unit and servo motor.
DGNO - DGN2 (SALl, SAL2, SAL4) Alarm signals
Indicate the contents af an alarm detected in the velocity
control unit.
SAL4
SAL2
SALl
DC servo M series
AC servo
Normal
Normal
TGLS
(Runaway detection)
TG
(Runaway detection)
OVC (Abnormal load)
OVC (Abnormal load)
BRK
(No fuse breaker off)
HCAL
(High current alarm)
HVAL
(High voltage alarm)
HC
(High current alarm)
HV
(High voltage alarm)
DCAL(Discharge alarm)
DC (Dis charge alarm)
LVAL (Power voltage

drop alarm)
LV (Power voltage
drop alarm)
None
DGN3 (PZ) Pulse coder l-rotation signal

This signal turns to l when the servo motor is stopping during
l-rotation signal.
DGN4 (VRDY) Velocity control unit ready
This signal turns to l when the velocity control unit is set to
be ready.
DGN5
(*OVL) Overload signal
This signal turns to O if an overload failure occurs.
DGN6
(*OH) Overload signal
This overheat LED lights when DC servo motor is overheated,
while the overload LED lights when AC servo is overheated.
DGN7 . (*DALM) Pulse coder disconnect or level failure
This signal turns to O, if the position detection signal wire
from pulse coder is disconnected or if the level is abnormal.
Example)
DGN
7
6
5
4
*DALM *OH *OVL VRDY
3
PZ
2
l
O
SAL4 SAL2 SALl
Contents
An alarm (runaway detection) occurs in the velocity control unit

and the READY signal turns off.
Servo motor is stopping during

an-rotation signal.
- 697 -
APPENDIX 10
14) Control data (L)

The control data (L) which is input to the positioning module remains held
until it is changed.
DGNO - DGN2 . (MODE) Operation mode
O
Data operation
1
Reference point return
2
+JOG feed
3
-JOG feed
DGN3 ... (SVOF) Servo off signal
When thi s signal turns to 1, the servo motor is not excited
under the servo off condition.
DGN4 - DGN6 . (TQO) Torque limit control code s
DGN7 . (PZC) Position zero clear
vfuen this signal turns to 1, the absolute position is cleared to
zer o,
This zero clear is also done when the reference point
return ends.
Example)
DGN
6
5
TQL
Reference point return mode
Data operation mode under the

servo off condition
3
SVOF
1
MODE
Contents
7
PZC
15) Control data (M)

The control data input to the positioning module remains held until it is
changed.
DGNO - DGN3 . (OVR) Cutting feedrate override
Example)
DGN
7
Contents
OVER
Override is 100%
Override is 150%
- 698 -
APPENDIX 10
16) Servo position deviation value (L, M, H)

RSWl
Scale
L
M
H
C
D
RSW2
l
l
l
These signals indicate the difference between the move command values and
the detection values from the position detector.
The display unit is
counting unit (detection unit). The display format is two's complement.
Example)
DGN
7
128
L
2
4
l
2
O
(O)
O
(O)
O
(O)
O
(O)
O
(O)
32768
4096
l
2048
l
1024
l
512
l
256
l
(l)
(1)
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
O
(l)
3
8
6
64
l
(l)
16384
(1)
5
32
4
16
O
(O)
8192
4194304 209715 01048567 524288 262144 131072 65536

H
(l)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
. (1)
Contents
Position deviation value is

+8000
(Position deviation value is
-8000)
(1)
17) Present absolute values (L, M, H)

Scale
RSWl
E
L
M
H
F
O
RSW2
l
l
2
These signals show the positions (command values) af ter reference point or
zero position clear. The display unit is the least command increment. Its
display format is two's complement.
Example)
DGN
7
128
l
6
64
(O)
(1)
32768
16384
(O)
H
5
32
l
4
16
(1)
O
(O)
8192
4096
3
8
2
4
l
2
O
(O)
O
(O)
O
(O)
O
(O)
2048
1024
512
256
l
O
l
l
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(O)
(O)
419430~ 209715 21048567 524288 2621441131072 65536
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(O)
- 699 -
Contents
Present absolute
position is
+100.000
(Present absolute
position is
-100.000)
APPENDIX 10
18) Cutting feedrate (L, M, H)

Scale
L
M
H
RSW1
7
8
9
RSW2
2
2
2
These signals indicate the cutting feedrate which is input to

positioning module.
The display unit is the same as specified in
cutting feedrate command. Its display format is two's complement.
the
the
Example)
DGN
6
64
5
32
4
16
3
8
2
4
32768
16384
8192
512
256
7
128
L
4096
O
2048
O
1024
1
4194304 2097152 1048567 524288 262144 131072 65536

H
- 700 -
Contents
Cutting feedrate
is 1000 mm/min
(least command
increment:
0.001 mm)
APPENDIX 11
APPENDIX 11
OPTICAL FIBER CABLE
1 OPTICAL FIBER CABLE

This CNC uses optical cables for connections between the control unit and the
I/O unit and between the control unit and the CRT/MDI unit.
Unlike the
conventional power cables,
optical fiber
cables need special care in
installation and handling.
1.1 External View af Optical Fiber Cable
Optical fiber code

19.5
13
300
40
Reinforcing cover
Shield
Transmit side ferrule
Lock lever
Reinforced optical fiber code diameter: 7.3mm

Tensile strength: Optical fiber code: 25kg
Optical fiber code-connector: 5kg
Reinforcing cover: l50kg
Bending radious of optical fiber code with
reinforcing cover: 50mm
1) Standard length af an optical fiber cable is 5, 10, and 15 meters.

2) An optical fiber cable cannot be cut and j oined at machine manufacturers
side.
3) If it needs to relay on cabling, use optical fiber adapter. Up to two relay
points are allowed on a transmission line.
1.2 Natice af Optical Fiber Cable Handling
1) Even though reinforcing cover used on the optical fiber code has enough
mechanical strength, be sure not to be damaged by heavy materials drop.
2) Detaching and attaching of optical connector should always be made by
touching connector.
Optical fiber code should not be touched when
replacement.
3) Optical connector is automatically locked with both side lock levels af ter
being connected.
It is impossible to pull out the connector without
releasing the lock levers.
4) Optical connector can not be connected oppositely.
Be sure the connector
direction when connection is done.
- 701 -
APPENDIX 11
5) Optical connector should be

fiber cable .
Fix a reinforcing cover to
At laying hook the wire or
optical connector does not
processed as follows before laying of optical

a wire with hook or tension member by a tape.
pull the tension member taking enough care that
receive pulling strength.
Reinforcing cover
Optical connector
Optical
connector
-c ~
Wire with hook
Tension rnember
I
Tape
Tape
6) Reinforcing cover is fixed to cable lamp so that optical fiber cable could
not weigh directly the connecting part of connector.
7) Notice that optical connector's chip is clear.
The attached protect cap must be always put on when optical connector is not
used.
Remove dirty with a clear tissue or absorbent cotton (cotton with ethyle
alcohol is applicable). No other organic solvent than ethyl alcohol can not
be used.
- 702 -
APPENDIX Il
1'.3 Optical Fiber Cable Clamping Method

When reinforcing cover is fixed at cable clamp with sponge, enough sag
optical fiber code as shown below is necessary so that connecting part
optical should not be weighd directly by optical fiber cable.
Reinforcing cover
Cable c1amp with sponge

Optical fiber connecting
adapter or optical data
link module at NC side
Optical
connector
Optical fiber code

(Ben ding radius should be more
than 25 mm)
Reinforcing optical fiber code
Cable c1amp with sponge
- 703 -
CKN-13SP is recommended
by Kitagawa Industried Co.,
at
of
APPENDIX Il
1.4 Relay Using an Optical Fiber Adapter

l) External view of an optical fiber adapter
35O.3
~I~
.~
2405
45O.5
R1.6
L-
~; (o) - (o) W~
.Q
~
L!)
1=
+1
es.
,...;
co
2)Example of the lise of an optical fiber adapter
Optical fiber cable
Optical fiber adapter

Optical fiber cable
Mounting plate
Note: Up to two relay points are permitted.
- 704 -
Revision Record
10/11/12/100/110/120 series MAINTENANCE MANUAL (B-54815E)
100/ Il 0/ 120 series are added

Connections of digital servo system are added
05
86 '12
Contents of positioning module are added

04
86' 5
03
85'03
02
Il TT-A and Il TT-F are added
12 series is added
Connector for 200 VAC input type digital servo

are added
Ol
06
84'12
87' 5
Digital 12/120 series is added

10/11/100/110 series's Master PCB, ROM/RAM
board and 14" CRT/MOl are changed
Edition
Date
Contents
Edition
Date
Contents

Maintenance B-54815 PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Maintenance B-54815 PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

serie

NUC 1 /120 s ries

Ingenirfirmaet Jrgen Hansen

Int. +45 2040 4955

FANUC LTD .:i984

CVR-nr'(SE-mj DK 1376 2473

VAT-no.: DK 1376 2473

This manual describes the following produets.

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT

No power ean he turned on ................................

3.9 Connection with Servo .................................

4.1 Procedure of Adjustment ..........................

PARMfETER ....................... 331

SETTING AND ADJUSTMENT aN TRE PCBs ....

Setting and Adjustment an PCB for Velocity Control Unit

6.3.3 Variable resistor .........................

REPLACING METHOD OF PCB AND UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . .

7.13.2 100/110/12.0 series .........................................

CONNECTION DIAGlt~HS ..............................

10/11/12/100/110/120 series is specifically designed to be latest CNC system

Least input increment = CNR x detection unit

CRT/MOl (internal type) (lO/lI only)

Smal! connecting board

Velocity Control Unit

Adapter for separate

Velocity control unit

-: Multi-lap transfor mcr

Small CRThlD1 I A02B-0072-COOl I A02B-0073-COOl

A02B-0076-C022 I A02B-0076-C021 I A02B-0076-C022 I A02B-0076-C021

CRT/MDI (Internat view)

AI4B-0076-BOOl (IOT, 10M)

Small cermeeting board

Fig. 1.1 (b)

Built-in 1 cabinet internal component location for 10/11/100/'110 series

Tape roarler withou t reels

" ... _---'"

Velocity Control Unit

\...... _..r> .- .-J

______ A14B-0076-B002 (lOjl 00)

______ Connection unit 2

~----- Connection unit 1

Punch panel /'

Small connccting board

Adapter for separate type

/" . . - ~,--:,- ----,-;-=.-;,.---l-:;7i

Fig. 1.1 (e) 8uilt-in 2-2 cabinet internallocation (for 10M/11M)

Smalt connccting board

Adapter for separate

Velocity control unit

B'lsic coutrol unit

Fig. 1.1 (h)

Free-staudinq cabinet A internal component location for 12/120 series

additional I/O unit

Additional control;l ('

Fig. 1.1 (il

Free-standing cabinet B internal component location for 12/120 series

Basic co ntr ol unit

\ 10/11/100/110 Master & Option PCB

l) Analog servo 10 series master PCB structure

Optional fiber interface

Conversational type PCB

ROM/RAM & additional axis (AI6B-I210-0380)

Fig. 1.1 (k)